paracol update 5/27

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@30705 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

9 files changed, 7173 insertions, 1862 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/README
deleted file mode 100644
index b15fa82a63f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-paracol (v1.10): a multi-column package to typeset columns in "parallel".
-===
-Copyright (C) 2005-2012
-  Hiroshi Nakashima <h.nakashima@DOMAIN;  DOMAIN=media.kyoto-u.ac.jp>
-  (Kyoto Univerisity)
-This package can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
-archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-version 1 of the License, or any later version.
-===
-
-[Contents]
-
-- README ............ this document
-- paracol.ins ....... for docstrip
-- paracol.dtx ....... main dtx for manual and implementation document
-- man.dtx ........... source of Section 1 to 6 of user's manual
-- ref.dtx ........... source of Section 7 of user's manual
-- impl.dtx .......... source of implementation document
-- paracol-man.pdf ... PDF of user's manual
-
-[How to "make"]
-
-  % tex paracol.ins     # you'll have paracol.sty and paracol-man.tex
-
-# to have user's manual (its PDF is included in the distribution)
-  % latex paracol-man
-  % latex paracol-man   # you need do it twice to make index correct.
-  % makeindex -s gind.ist -o paracol-man.ind paracol-man.idx
-  % latex paracol-man
-
-# to have implementation document
-  % latex paracol.dtx
-  % latex paracol.dtx   # you need do it twice to make index correct.
-  % makeindex -s gind.ist -o paracol.ind paracol.idx
-  % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o paracol.gls paracol.glo
-  % latex paracol.dtx
-
-Note that if you want LaTeXing paracol-man.tex and/or paracol.dtx,
-you need newvbtm.sty being also available in CTAN.
-
-[Features]
-
-+ "paracol" environment in which you may "switch" and "synchronize columns
-  by \switchcolumn(*).
-
-+ "column", "nthcolumn", "leftcolumn" and "rightcolumn" environments used in
-  "paracol" to enclose texts to appear in a column.
-
-+ Counters are "local" to each column in default but you may make some of
-  them global to all columns by \globalcounter{<ctr>}.
-
-+ \definethecounter{<ctr>}{<col>}{<rep>} to give <ctr> its <rep>resentaion
-  specific to <col>-th column.
-
-+ \addcontentsonly{<file>}{<col>} to allow contents output for <file> only
-  from <col> (new for v1.00).
-
-+ \columnratio{<r_0>,<r_1>,...} to control the width of each column rather
-  than splitting columns evenly (*NEW* for v1.1).
-
-Enjoy!
-
-Hiroshi Nakashima <h.nakashima@DOMAIN;  DOMAIN=media.kyoto-u.ac.jp>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.pdf
index a4431bc714c..da8320a932d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.tex
index 7ae964b31cc..a4cb3884b80 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/paracol/paracol-man.tex
@@ -8,10 +8,11 @@
 %% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
 
 \ProvidesFile{paracol-man.tex}
-[2012/05/11 v1.1 ]
+[2013/05/11 v1.2 ]
 \documentclass{ltxdoc}
 \usepackage{paracol}
 \usepackage{newvbtm}
+\usepackage{color}
 \DisableCrossrefs
 \PageIndex
 \CodelineNumbered
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/impl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/impl.dtx
index 500b10621c1..65fde3b5b83 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/impl.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/impl.dtx
@@ -7,11 +7,11 @@
 % In our parallel multi-column typesetting, a column may grow independently
 % of other columns and may cross its page boundary asynchronously with
 % others.  Therefore, we cannot throw away the contents of a column in a
-% page, or {\em\Uidx\colpage} in short, when a page break occurs in the
+% page, or a {\em\Uidx\colpage} in short, when a page break occurs in the
 % column.  Instead, we have to keep \colpage{}s until all columns are
 % {\em\Uidx\sync{}ed} implicitly or explicitly.
 % 
-% The {\em\Uidx\imsync} takes place when all columns in a page see
+% An {\em\Uidx\imsync} takes place when all columns in a page see
 % page-breaks to let the page is shipped out.  In general, all columns but
 % the last one which arrives the page-break have completed \colpage{}s in the
 % page in question and some of them may have succeeding \colpage{}s.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 % 	\!\@elt!\,\s_c(\pbase{+}k{-}1)
 % \end{eqnarray*}
 % 

-% Note that a list $\S_c$ can be empty and all members $\SS$ may be empty.
+% Note that a list $\S_c$ can be empty and all members in $\SS$ may be empty.
 % 
 % The other type of \sync{}ation, {\em\Uidx\exsync}, takes place by
 % \!\switchcolumn!|*| or the beginning of starred \csenv{}s, by
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@
 % $\Uidx\ptop=\!\pcol@toppage!$ being the ordinal of the {\em\Uidx\tpage}
 % to which the most advanced {\em\Uidx\lcolumn} has reached.  On the other
 % hand, other non-flushing \exsync{} keeps the page $\ptop$ from being
-% shipped out because the \colpage{}s in it will grow further.
+% shipped out because the \colpage{}s in it or the page itself will grow
+% further.
 % 
 % 
 % 
@@ -65,9 +66,9 @@
 % the context when we leave from a 
 % column and to restore that when we revisit the column if we could.
 % However, \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} has a tremendously large number of context
-% variables and the number become virtualy boundless when we take variables
+% variables and the number becomes virtualy boundless when we take variables
 % defined in various styles and by users themselves into account.
-% Therefore, we have to abandon to keep the whole context of the column but
+% Therefore, we had to abandon to keep the whole context of the column but
 % carefully chose a small subset comprising variables automatically modified
 % outside of users' control.  That is, the \cctext{}
 % $\Uidx\cc_c=|\pcol@col|{\cdot}c$
@@ -94,10 +95,14 @@
 % $\vb^r=\!\dimen!{\cdot}\vb=\!\@colroom!$ is the room of the column.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
-% \item $\Uidx\ft=\!\pcol@currfoot!$
-% is the \!\insert! containing the footnotes added in the \ccolpage.  Its
-% constituent \!\box!, \!\count!, \!\dimen! and \!\skip! are denoted as
-% $\ft^b$, $\ft^c$, $\ft^d$, $\ft^s$ respectively.
+% \item $\Uidx\ft=\Midx{\!\pcol@currfoot!}$
+% is the \!\insert! containing the footnotes added in the \ccolpage, if
+% \Mcfnote{} typesetting is in effect.  Its constituent \!\box!, \!\count!,
+% \!\dimen! and \!\skip! are denoted as $\ft^b$, $\ft^c$, $\ft^d$ and
+% $\ft^s$ respectively.  On the other hand, if \Scfnote{} typesetting is in
+% effect, $\ft$ is always empty\footnote{

+% 

+% But the macro \cs{pcol@currfoot} is used to keep \Scfnote{}s temporarily.}.
 % 
 % \item $\Uidx\pd=\!\pcol@prevdepth!$
 % is the depth of the last vertical item in $\vb^b$ obtained by
@@ -113,17 +118,17 @@
 % is the list of bottom floats inserted in the \ccolpage.
 % 
 % \item $\Uidx\dl=\!\@deferlist!$
-% is the list of in-column floats deferred to the next \colpage.
+% is the list of column-wise floats deferred to the next \colpage.
 % 
 % \item $\Uidx\tf=\!\pcol@textfloatsep!$
-% is the vertical skip replaced with \!\textfloatsep! for top floats in the
+% is the vertical skip used instead of \!\textfloatsep! for top floats in the
 % \ccolpage{} if it has \sync{}ation points, or $\infty$ otherwise.
 % 
 % \item $\Uidx\fh=\!\@textfloatsheight!$
 % is the total height of mid floats and their separators in the \ccolpage.
 % 
 % \item $\Uidx\mb=\!\@mparbottom!$
-% is the bottom position of the last \!\marginpar! staff in the \ccolpage.
+% is the bottom position of the last \!\marginpar! stuff in the \ccolpage.
 % 
 % \item $\Uidx\tn=\!\@topnum!$
 % is the maximum number of top floats which the \ccolpage{} can accommodate
@@ -187,6 +192,8 @@
 % 
 % \subsection{Pages and Their Contexts}
 % \label{sec:imp-ovv-page}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Redesign page context and its implementation.}

 % 
 % Besides the \colpage{}s, we have to keep track each whole page not yet
 % shipped out but has some complete or incomplete (i.e., current) \colpage{}s.
@@ -198,49 +205,52 @@
 % \Uidx\PP
 % &=&\!\pcol@pages!=(\Uidx\pp(\pbase),\pp(\pbase{+}1),\ldots\pp(\ptop{-}1))\\
 % &=&\!\@elt!\,\pp(\pbase)\;\!\@elt!\,\pp(\pbase{+}1)\;\cdots\;
-%    \!\@elt!\,\pp(\ptop{-}1)
+%    \!\@elt!\,\pp(\ptop{-}1)\\
+% \pp(p)&=&|{|\pp^p(p)|}|\pp^i(p)\pp^f(p)
 % \end{eqnarray*}
 % 

-% where $\pp(p)$ is a {\em\Uidx\pctext} of $p$ being an integer whose
-% meaning is defined as follows.
+% where $\pp(p)$ is the {\em\Uidx\pctext} of $p$ and its elements $\pp^p(p)$,
+% $\pp^i(p)$ and $\pp^f(p)$ have the followings.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
-% \item $\pp(p)<0$\\
-% $\pp(p)$ is equal to the (negative) value of the counter \counter{page}
-% (i.e. \!\c@page!) for the page $p$, which we refer to as $\Uidx\page(p)$
-% hereafter.
-% 
-% \item $0\leq\pp(p)<256$\\
-% The page $p$ has multi-column floats or the single-column
-% {\em\Uidx\preenv} preceeding \beginparacol{} in the {\em\Uidx\spage}
-% where it resides and spannig all columns.  $\pp(p)=i$ represents
-% $\!\insert!{\cdot}i$ for those {\em\Uidx\spanning} whose registers have
-% the followings.
+% \item
+% $\pp^p(p)=\Uidx\page(p)$ is the value of the counter \counter{page}
+% (i.e. \!\c@page!) for the page $p$.
+% 
+% \item
+% Iff $\pp^i(p)\neq\bot$, the page $p$ has page-wise floats or the
+% single-column {\em\Uidx\preenv} preceeding \beginparacol{} in the
+% {\em\Uidx\spage} where it resides and spannig all columns.  In this case
+% $\pp^i(p)=i$ represents $\!\insert!{\cdot}i$, often {\em cached}
+% in the macro \Midx{\!\pcol@spanning!}, for such {\em\Uidx\spanning}
+% whose registers have the followings.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
 % $\pp^b(p)=\!\box!{\cdot}i$ contains the \spanning.
 % 
 % \item
-% $\pp^p(p)=\!\count!{\cdot}i=\page(p)$.
-% 
-% \item
 % $\pp^h(p)=\!\dimen!{\cdot}i=\!\@colht!$ if positive for the height of
-% columns shrunken by the \spanning.  If negative, the page is only for
+% columns shrunk by the \spanning.  If negative, the page is only for
 % the \spanning, i.e. a {\em\Uidx\fpage}.  We use the notation $\pp^h(p)$
-% for the pages $\pp(p)\notin\LBRP0{256}$ to mean \!\textheight!.
+% for the pages $\pp^i(p)=\bot$ to mean \!\textheight!.
 % 
 % \item
 % $\pp^t(p)=\!\skip!{\cdot}i=\!\pcol@topskip!$ being the value of
 % \!\topskip! at \beginparacol{} to be inserted at the top of each column in
-% non-first page.  Otherwise, i.e., for the columns in the \spage{}
+% each non-first page.  Otherwise, i.e., for the columns in the \spage{}
 % following the \preenv{}, it has 0 to prevent the \!\topskip! insertion.
-% We use the notation $\pp^t(p)$ for the pages $\pp(p)\notin\LBRP0{256}$ to
+% We use the notation $\pp^t(p)$ for the pages $\pp^i(p)=\bot$ to
 % mean \!\pcol@topskip!.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
-% \item $\pp(p)\geq256$\\
-% $\pp(p)=\page(p)+256$ to represent non-negative value $\page(p)$.
+% \item
+% Iff $\pp^f(p)\neq\bot$, \Scfnote{} typesetting, discussed in
+% \secref{sec:imp-ovv-scfnote}, is in effect and the page $p$ has some
+% footnotes in $\!\box!\cdot\pp^f(p)$.  This element is often {\em cached}
+% in the macro \Midx{\!\pcol@footins!}.

+% 

+% \SpecialMainIndex{\pcol@pages}
 % \end{itemize}
 % 

 % The reason why we keep track of $\page(p)$ is that page numbering is not
@@ -260,7 +270,7 @@
 % $\page(p)$ is fixed to be the value of \counter{page} and
 % $\page(q)$ represented by $\pp(q)$ for all $q\in[p,\ptop]$ are let be
 % $\page(p)+(q-p)$.  This update also takes place on \cswitch{} from the
-% leftmost column building a \colpage{} at $p$ to another column so that a jump
+% leftmost \colpage{} at $p$ to another column so that a jump
 % happning before the switching is notified to other columns.  On the other
 % hand, starting or \cswitch{} to a non-leftmost \colpage{} at $p$ 
 % lets \counter{page} have $\page(p)$ referring to $\pp(p)$, unless
@@ -277,18 +287,21 @@
 % \counter{page} reference even with jumps.  More importantly, it is assured
 % that indirect refereces through |.aux| records and page numbers recorded
 % in |.toc|, |.idx|, and so on are always consistent because of the lazy
-% evaluation of \counter{page} at shipping-out of a whole page.
+% evaluation of \counter{page} at ship-out of a whole page.
 % 
 % Also note that we also keep $\pp(\ptop)$ in \Midx{\!\pcol@currpage!}
-% which is initialized by \!\pcol@output@start! to represent the \!\insert!
-% for the \spanning{} preceding \beginparacol.  Then the macro is redefined
-% to have the value representing the new page in \!\pcol@startpage!, by
-% itself or \!\pcol@setordpage! invoked from the macro, to start the
-% page\footnote{

-% 

-% Other \!\def!initions of \!\pcol@currpage! in \!\pcol@setpnoelt!,
-% \!\pcol@output@start!, and \!\pcol@freshpage! are for coding trick and
-% thus not for giving a really new \!\def!initions.}.
+% which is initialized by \!\pcol@output@start! to let $\pp^i(\ptop)$ have
+% the \preenv.  Then the macro is redefined to have the value representing
+% the new page possibly with $\pp^i(\ptop)$ for page-wise floats in
+% \!\pcol@startpage! by the macro \!\pcol@defcurrpage!.  Another
+% \!\def!inition is done in \!\pcol@output@switch! also with
+% \!\pcol@defcurrpage! to let $\pp^f(\ptop)$ have \Scfnote{}s built in
+% \!\footins! if \scfnote{} typsetting is in effect and the \cswitch{}
+% leaves the column in $\ptop$\footnote{

+% 

+% The \!\def!inition of \!\pcol@currpage! in \!\pcol@setpnoelt!, and
+% emptying it in \!\pcol@output@start! and \!\pcol@freshpage! are for coding
+% trick and thus not for giving a really new \!\def!initions.}.
 % 

 % We denote the concatenation of $\PP$ and $\pp(\ptop)$ as $\Uidx\PPP$ to
 % represent all pages {\em on-the-fly}.
@@ -352,6 +365,268 @@
 % 
 % 
 % 
+% \subsection{Single-Columned and Merged Footnotes}
+% \label{sec:imp-ovv-scfnote}
+% 
+% \Uidx{\Index{single-columned footnote}}{\em Single-columned footnote}
+% typesetting is completely different from ordinary {\em multi-columned
+% footnote} typesetting.
+% 
+% When a \colpage{} in the \tpage{} is built, \!\footins! keeps all footnotes
+% \!\insert!ed by \!\footnote! or \!\footnotetext! in {\em any} columns in
+% the page.  Therefore, \!\footnote! and \!\footnotetext! in the \tpage{}
+% act as usual to add the footnote to \!\footins!.  Then if a \cswitch{}
+% takes place to leave the column, \!\footins! is saved into $\pp^f(\ptop)$
+% by \!\pcol@output@switch!, so that $\pp^f(\ptop)$ is \!\insert!ed to
+% \!\footins! again by \!\pcol@restartcolumn! when it visits a column in
+% $\ptop$, or by \!\pcol@startcolumn! when it finds a column proceeds to
+% $\ptop$.
+% 
+% Then, when a \colpage{} in the \tpage{} completes advancing $\ptop$,
+% \!\footins! is kept in $\pp^f(\ptop{-}1)$ by \!\pcol@startpage!, rather
+% than being combined with the \colpage{}.  This saving into
+% $\pp^f(\ptop{-}1)$ {\em fixes} the footnotes in $\ptop{-}1$ so that
+% $\pp^f(\ptop{-}1)$ is combined with other materials in the page by
+% \!\pcol@outputelt! or \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! through \!\pcol@putfootins!
+% when the page is shipped out.
+% 
+% Fixing $\pp^f(p)$ for $p<\ptop$ makes it impossible to add footnotes in a
+% column in the page $p$ not only to $\pp^f(p)$ but also to \!\footins!
+% for the page $p$ becaues we have at least one fixed \colpage{} $\s_c(p)$
+% unable to shrink to have such additional footnotes in $p$\footnote{

+% 

+% The \colpage{} $\s_c(p)$ could have some space at its bottom produced by,
+% for example, \cs{newpage}, but exploitation of such space is extremely
+% hard.}.
+% 

+% Therefore, such a footnote addition is {\em deferred} and is thrown into
+% $\pp^f(\ptop)$ through a list;
+% $$
+% \Uidx\df=\!\pcol@topfnotes!=
+% (f_1,f_2,\ldots,f_n)=|\vbox{|f_1\;f_2\;\cdots\;f_n|}|
+% $$
+% where $f_i$ is a |\vbox| containing the deferred footnote preceded by
+% |\penalty\interlinepenalty| to allow \TeX{} to break footnotes to place
+% them in two (or more) pages.  That is, \!\footnote! or \!\footnotetext! in
+% $p<\ptop$ adds an element for the footnote to $\df$, then all the elements

+% 

+% \footnote{More accurately, some trailing elements may be left in $\df$ if
+% its total height is too large, as discussed in
+% \secref{sec:imp-sout-scfnote}.}
+% 

+% are \!\insert!ed to \!\footins! by \!\pcol@deferredfootins! invoked in
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! when it visits a column in $\ptop$, or in
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn! when it starts a \colpage{} in $\ptop$.  The macro
+% \!\pcol@output@end! also do the \!\insert!ion by itself with \Mgfnote{}
+% typesetting to let deferred footnotes be a part of \postenv.
+% 
+% The reference to $\pp^f(p)$ for $p<\ptop$ is also made in
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! and \!\pcol@flushcolumn!.  The former \!\insert!s
+% $\pp^f(p)$ to \!\footins! so that the \colpage{} which the macro restarts
+% is built as if it has the footnotes in $\pp^f(p)$ to make the \colpage{}
+% broken leaving the space for the footnotes.  However, \!\footins! is never
+% grown because it has been fixed and thus additional footnotes will go
+% to $\df$ as discussed above.  Then \!\footins! is discarded by
+% \!\pcol@makecol! when the \colpage{} completes, or by
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! when it leaves the column.
+% 
+% The reference to $\pp^f(p)$ by the latter macro \!\pcol@flushcolumn! is to
+% build the ship-out image of the \colpage{} to be flushed.  When this macro
+% and other macros, namely \!\pcol@makecol! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!,
+% build the ship-out image in a page $p$ having $\pp^f(p)$ using
+% \!\@makecol!, we have to be careful of the fact that the \colpage{} has
+% been build as if it has footnotes in $\pp^f(p)$ but the footnotes are not
+% included in its ship-out image but that of the page.  Therefore,
+% \!\@colht! referred in \!\@makecol! should be shrunk by the sum of
+% height and depth of $\pp^f(p)$ and $\!\skip!\cdot\pp^f(p)$ by
+% \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn!.  Other and more subtle adjustment is to add the
+% stretch and shrink factors of $\!\skip!\cdot\pp^f(p)$ at the tail of the
+% \colpage{} by \!\pcol@unvbox@cclv!.  This is necessary because \TeX{} has
+% broken the \colpage{} taking acount the stretch and, more essentially,
+% shrink factors, and thus without the factors the main vertical list in the
+% \colpage{} could be a little bit taller than \!\@colht! causing overfull.
+% 
+% The feature gathering footnotes in all columns in a page brings a problem
+% to \exsync{}, because a column whose contents fitted the \tpage{} at the
+% last visit may be too tall on the \sync{}ation because other columns have
+% put some footnotes after the last visit.  That is, we cannot simply build
+% the \tpage{} combining $\s_c(\ptop)$ for all $c\In0\C$ and $\pp^f(\ptop)$
+% because there could be $\s_c(\ptop)$ too tall to reside in $\ptop$ with
+% $\pp^f(\ptop)$.
+% 
+% To solve this problem, we perform the following operations prior to fix
+% the contents of $\ptop$ having an \exsync{} point in it.  First one is
+% {\em\Uidx\cscan} to visit all columns by \cswitch{} prior to the
+% \sync{}ation so that \TeX's page builder has opportunities to break too
+% tall \colpage{}s.  Since this scan could merely break footnotes rather
+% than the main vertical lists in the \colpage{}s and the broken footnotes
+% will be reconnected when the \!\output!-routine is invoked for the
+% \sync{}ation, we then examine if all $\s_c(\ptop)$ are accommodated in
+% $\ptop$ with $\pp^f(p)$.
+% 
+% This examination for a \sync{}ation by \!\switchcolumn!|*| or its
+% relatives is done as a part of the inherent \sync{}ing procedure to see if
+% the combination of the tallest {\em top} items, i.e., top floats and the
+% main vertical list, and the tallest {\em bottom} items, i.e., bottom
+% floats and \Mcfnote{}s, is too large causing page flushing.  As for page
+% flushing and environment closing, this {\em\Uidx\pfcheck} requires a
+% special kind of \sync{}ed \cswitch{} by which we flush pages up to
+% $\ptop-1$ and examine if there is a too tall column.
+% 
+% Then if too tall columns are found, in either cases, we move to the {\em
+% tallest} column to force a page break in the column so that we have a new
+% page with shorter columns and shorter \Scfnote{}s as well.  In the
+% \sync{}ation by \!\switchcolumn!|*| or its relatives, this forced page
+% break is then applied to all other columns so that new \colpage{}s have
+% top floats, if any, below which we should place the \sync{}ation point.
+% This examination and forced page break is repeated until we have a page
+% without any too tall columns, because a page break may bring deferred
+% floats and footnotes which may result in a too tall column.
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{Coloring}
+% \label{sec:imp-ovv-color}
+% 
+% Coloring done by \textsf{color} package and its relatives using
+% \!\special! stands on the fact that the main vertical list is {\em
+% printed} in the order of occurrence in the source |.tex|.  That is, a
+% command such as \!\color!|{red}| puts
+% \!\special!|{color push [1 0 0]}|\footnote{

+% 

+% If \texttt{.dvi} is processed by \texttt{dvips}, or other
+% printer-dependent command corresponding to it.}
+% 

+% into |.dvi| to make all stuff in the main vertical list colored red until
+% other coloring \!\special! inserted by other coloring macro appears in
+% |.dvi|.  This simple mechanism works well even when the pair of coloring
+% \!\special!s are in different pages and/or columns because, with respect
+% to the main vertical list, everything between them in |.tex| is also
+% surrounded by the \!\special! pair in |.dvi|.  As for other stuff such as
+% header, footer, floats and footnotes, \LaTeX{} surrounds them by
+% \!\color@begingroup! and \!\color@endgroup! or other similar constructs so
+% that they are colored without interference with the coloring of the main
+% vertical list.
+% 
+% In \env{paracol} environment, however, the orders of the main vertical list
+% in |.tex| and |.dvi| are not always same.  When a column encounters a page
+% break, in |.dvi| the other column should intervene between the stuff in
+% the broken pair of \colpage{}s possibly changing the color of the second
+% \colpage.  A \cswitch{} from $c_1$ to $c_2$ also makes the main vertical
+% list out-of-order to cause another unexpected coloring because a coloring
+% command in $c_2$ will have no effect when $c_1$ is revisited after that
+% following its pre-switching stuff in |.dvi| which was put before the
+% coloring.  Therefore, we have to make {\em\Uidx\colorctext{}s} in both
+% |.tex| and |.dvi| coherent inserting appropriate \!\special!s into |.dvi|
+% whenever an out-of-order {\em jump} occurs in |.dvi| by a page break or in
+% |.tex| by a \cswitch{}.
+%
+% The \textsf{color} package and its relatives\footnote{

+% 

+% And all other coloring mechanism compliant with \LaTeXe{}, hopefully and
+% believingly.}
+% 

+% assume that {\em printers} have a stack for coloring and thus a color
+% changing \!\special! pushes the new color into the stack while it is
+% popped by another \!\special! which will be inserted by \!\aftergroup!
+% mechanism when a group surrounding the coloring \!\special! is closed.
+% Therefore we have to keep track of the \colorctext{} with
+% {\em\Uidx\colorstack}
+% $$
+% \Uidx\cst=\Midx{\!\pcol@colorstack!}=(\Uidx\celt_1,\celt_2,\ldots,\celt_n)=
+% \!\@elt!|{|\celt_1|}|\;\!\@elt!|{|\celt_2|}|\;\cdots\!\@elt!|{|\celt_n|}|
+% $$
+% to which we push $\celt=\!\current@color!$ when \!\set@color! is invoked
+% and from which we pop it when the corresponding \!\reset@color! appears.
+% Then when we encounter an out-of-order jump, at first we rewind the
+% \colorstack{} in |.dvi| by putting \!\special!s which \!\reset@color!
+% would put, and then reestablish the \colorstack{} by putting \!\special!s
+% as if \!\set@color! for $\celt_i$ is invoked for all $\celt_i\in\cst$.
+% Therefore from the viewpoint of a {\em printer}, it will see
+% stack-rewinding at the end of each \colpage{} and the leaving points of
+% \cswitch{}, while the beginning of each \colpage{} and the entry points of
+% \cswitch{} should have the sequence of color changing \!\special!s to
+% regain the \colorstack{} which the {\em printer} must have at each of the
+% points.
+% 
+% \SpecialArrayMainIndex{c}{\pcol@columncolor}

+% 

+% In addition, for each column $c$ we keept
+% $\Uidx\Celt^c=|\pcol@columncolor|\cdot c$ as the {\em default} color of
+% the column $c$, optionally given by the API macro \!\columncolor!.  If
+% given for $c$, it is assumed to be at the bottom of the \colorstack{}
+% denoted by $\Uidx\CST^c=(\Celt^c,\celt_1,\ldots,\celt_n)$ which we
+% rewind\slash reestablish at each out-of-order jump in the column $c$.
+% 
+% The fundamental mechanism above works well with respect to coloring, but
+% it has a problem that a \colpage{} created by, for example, a forced page
+% break may not be perfectly empty but can have some coloring \!\special!s
+% for \colorstack{} reestablishing and rewinding.  They are of course
+% invisible but affect the examination of \colpage{} emptiness for \exsync.
+% That is, we examine if a \colpage{} does not have anything by a tricky
+% way by \!\pcol@ifempty! but the existence of coloring \!\special!s makes
+% the examiation fail even if no other ordinary stuff such as boxes and
+% skips are in the \colpage.
+% 
+% Therefore we need to put coloring \!\special!s for \colorstack{}
+% establishing and rewinding a little bit more carefully to avoid empty
+% \colpage{}s just having such \!\special!s as follows.  When we start a new
+% \colpage{}, we don't put \!\special!s for establishing immediately but
+% save the \colorstack{} $\CST^c$ into
+% $\Uidx\csts=\Midx{\!\pcol@colorstack@saved!}$.  Then when we leave the
+% \colpage{} by switching or page breaking, we examine the emptiness of the
+% \colpage{} and if so we do nothing, while otherwise we put the
+% \!\special!s for reestablishing $\csts$ at the top of the \colpage{}, and
+% those for rewinding at the bottom.  Similary, when we revisit a \colpage,
+% we examine its emptiness and if so we save $\CST^c$ into $\csts$, while
+% otherwise we put \!\special!s for reestablishing $\CST^c$ and nullify
+% $\csts$ so that nothing will be put at the top of the \colpage{} when we
+% leave it.  By these mechanisms, an empty \colpage{} should not have
+% coloring \!\special!s, while non-empty ones should have a sequence of
+% triples; reestablishing \!\special!s; ordinary main vertical list items
+% including coloring \!\special!s inserted by \!\color! etc.; and then
+% rewinding \!\special!s.
+% 
+% Another attention we should pay is that \!\color! will leave \!\aftergroup! 
+% tokens of \!\reset@color! and thus they are invoked just after
+% \Endparacol.  However, since we have completed all \colpage{}s in the
+% \lpage, the \colorstack{} in |.dvi| should be empty.  Therefore to avoid
+% stack underflow, we should reestablish $\cst$ (not $\CST^c$) so that
+% elements in the stack are popped by \!\reset@color! invoked with the
+% \!\aftergroup! mechanism.
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{Column-Swapping}
+% \label{sec:imp-ovv-cswap}
+% 

+% \UsageIndex{column-swapping}
+% 

+% {\em Column-swapping} to reverse the order of column in even numbered
+% pages from left-to-right to right-to-left is easily implemented by
+% reversing the order whenever we ship out a even numbered page.  However,
+% we have to remember two other factors to be swapped.  One is a \mctext{}
+% which we usually put in the leftmost column 0 but it should go to the
+% column $\C-1$ if columns are swapped.  The other is a marginal text which
+% we usually put in the left margin if it is in the column 0 or in the right
+% margin otherwise, but \cswap{} lets us put a text in the column $\C-1$ to
+% the left margin while do in others to the right margin.
+% 
+% Note that the page number and thus its parity are {\em fixed} when the
+% page is shipped out, but does not yet when a \mctext{} or a marginal text
+% is given.  Since there are no way to know the page to which a material
+% goes until the page is shipped out, we have to accept the possibility a
+% \mctext{} or a marginal text goes to a wrong place when a page jump occurs
+% or, more likely, the material is below a page break that \TeX's page
+% builder places {\em after} the material appears\footnote{

+% 

+% As \LaTeX's marginal text placement can make a wrong decision.  Though we
+% could postpone the placement until the page is shipped out fixing the
+% column for \mctext{}s to 0, the hack is a little bit too complicated to be
+% included in the current version 1.2 and thus postponed to 1.3 or later.}.
+% 
+% 
+% 
 % \section{Interaction with \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}}
 % \label{sec:imp-tex}
 % 
@@ -365,24 +640,81 @@
 % 
 % \begin{description}
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\footins!}]
-% has footnotes \!\insert!ed in a page by \!\footnote! and \!\footnotetext!.
-% The register is referred to by \!\pcol@makenormalcol! to combine footnotes
-% to other \preenv{} to make a \spanning, and by \!\pcol@output@switch!
-% to save it in $\cc_c(\ft)$ when we leave from the column $c$.  The macro
-% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! restores $\cc_d(\ft)$ to the register by
-% \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! and then \!\insert!s the contents of
-% \!\box!\!\footins! into itself so that it contributes to the main vertical
-% list to be rebuilt for the column $d$.
+% is used to \!\insert! footnotes through it by \!\footnote! and
+% \!\footnotetext!, and then in \!\output! routine the footnotes
+% \!\insert!ed in a page is presented in the register.  The register is
+% referred to by the following macros.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makecol! examines if the register has \Scfnote{}s and, if so,
+% saves it into $\pp^f(p)$ if $p=\ptop$ or discards it otherwise.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn! \!\insert!s $\pp^f(p)$ into the \colpage{} to be
+% created through the register.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@specialoutput! logs the contents of the register for debugging.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@output@start! examines if the register has footnotes to be merged
+% with those in \env{paracol} environment, refers to its height plus depth to
+% calculate effective \!\@colht!, combines footnotes in it to other
+% \preenv{} to ship out the page of them if the effective \!\@colht! is too
+% small, and/or \!\insert!s its contents through itself to the main vertical
+% list as the first part of \Mgfnote{}s.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makenormalcol! combines footnotes in the register to other
+% \preenv{} to make a \spanning.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! saves the register into $\pp^f(p)$ or $\cc_c(\ft)$,
+% or discards its contents, when we leave from the column $c$ with footnotes.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! restores $\cc_d(\ft)$ or $\pp^f(p)$ to the register
+% and then \!\insert!s the contents of \!\box!\!\footins! into itself so
+% that it contributes to the main vertical list to be rebuilt for the column
+% $d$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! for column $d$ lets the register have $\cc_d(\ft)$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@savefootins! saves the register into an \!\insert! for $\pp^f(p)$
+% or $\cc_c(\ft)$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins! refers the \!\skip! component of the register to
+% have the vertical skip above \Scfnote{}s and \!\insert!s deferred
+% footnotes through the register.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@output@end! \!\insert!s $\pp^f(p)$ into the \lpage{} through the
+% register.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@fntexttop!\marg{text} \!\insert!s the footnote $\arg{text}$ and a
+% penalty through the register.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody!\marg{text} refers to the \!\skip! component of the
+% register to cap the height of the footnote $\arg{text}$.
+% \end{itemize}
 % 
 % \item[\rm\Uidx{\!\bx@A!}, \ldots, \Uidx{\!\bx@R!}]
 % have floats created by \!\@xfloat! in the ordinary usage of \LaTeX.  In
-% addtion to it, we use these registers to save \preenv{}
-% (\!\pcol@output@start!), completed \colpage{}s (\!\pcol@opcol!),
-% \ccolpage{}s and thier footnotes (\!\pcol@output@switch!), \spanning{}
-% and thier \fpage{}s (\!\pcol@startpage!), \fcolumn{}s
-% (\!\pcol@flushcolumn!), single-column floats having $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ for
-% \sync{}ation (\!\pcol@synccolumn!), and \spanning{} carried over at
-% \Endparacol{} (\!\pcol@output@end!). 
+% addtion to it, we use these registers for completed \colpage{}s $s_c(p)$
+% (\!\pcol@opcol!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!), main vertical list $\cc_c(\vb)$
+% (\!\pcol@output@start!, \!\pcol@output@switch!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!)
+% and \Mcfnote{}s $\cc_c(\ft)$ (\!\pcol@output@switch!) in \ccolpage{}s,
+% \spanning{} including \preenv{} $\pp^i(p)$ (\!\pcol@startpage!,
+% \!\pcol@output@start!) and \Scfnote{}s $\pp^f(p)$ (\!\pcol@makecol!,
+% \!\pcol@output@switch!) in pages, \mvlfloat{}s for main vertical lists in
+% \sync{}ed pages (\!\pcol@synccolumn!), and page-wise floats deferred
+% from \env{paracol} to \postenv{} (\!\pcol@output@end!).
 % \end{description}
 % 
 % 
@@ -402,24 +734,62 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\interlinepenalty!}]
 % is \TeX's primitive register to have the page-break penalty inserted
-% between two lines.  The register is referred to by \!\pcol@restartcolumn!
-% to insert the \!\penalty! in the register to resume a \colpage{}
-% unless it is suspended after a sectioning command,
-% i.e. $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}=\true$.
+% between two lines.  The register is referred to in \!\pcol@output@start!
+% to make \Preenv{} \Mgfnote{}s followed by this \!\penalty! on the
+% \!\insert!ion, in \!\pcol@restartcolumn!  to insert the \!\penalty! in the
+% register to resume a \colpage{} unless it is suspended after a sectioning
+% command, i.e., $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}=\true$, in \!\pcol@deferredfootins!
+% to let the secnod half of split $\df$ have this \!\penalty! as the very
+% first element, in \!\pcol@fntexttop!\marg{text} to make the footnote
+% $\arg{text}$ followed by this \!\penalty! on the \!\insert!ion, in
+% \!\pcol@fntextother!\marg{text} to make the footnote $\arg{text}$ preceded
+% by this \!\penalty! in $\df$, and in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to let it have
+% \!\interfootnotelinepenalty!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\floatingpenalty!}]
+% is \TeX's primitive register to have the page-break penalty added to
+% \!\insertpenalties! if an \!\insert! is moved to the page next to the page
+% in which the line having the \!\insert! resides.  It is let have 20000 in
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody! for footnote typesetting.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\vbadness!}]
+% is \TeX's primitive register to have the threshold of the badness of
+% \!\vbox! construction with underfull messages.   That is, if the badness
+% exceeds the threshold on a \!\vbox! construction, \TeX{} will complain
+% showing a underfull message.  In \!\pcol@deferredfootins!, the register is
+% temporarily let have 10000 to avoid that the \!\vsplit! operation in it
+% causes an underfull message.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\showboxdepth!}]
+% is \TeX's primitive register to determine the maximum depth of box
+% structure to be shown in logging etc.  The register is let have 10000 in
+% \!\pcol@ShowBox!  for full logging.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\showboxbreadth!}]
+% is \TeX's primitive register to determine the maximum breadth of box
+% structure to be shown in logging etc.  The register is let have 10000 in
+% \!\pcol@ShowBox!  for full logging.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\interfootnotelinepenalty!}]
+% is an API \!\count! register to have \!\interlinepenalty! for footnotes.
+% It is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to let \!\interlinepenalty! have it.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@ne!}]
 % is a \!\chardef! register to have 1.  The register is referred to by the
 % following macros mainly for incrementing another register.
 % 

 % \begin{quote}\raggedright
-% \!\pcol@setpnoelt!, \!\pcol@nextpage!, \!\pcol@nextpelt!,
-% \!\pcol@checkshipped!, \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@specialoutput!,
-% \!\pcol@output@switch!, \!\pcol@setcurrcol!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!,
-% \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, \!\pcol@synccolumn!, \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!,
-% \!\pcol@flushfloats!, \!\pcol@output@end!, \!\paracol!,
+% \!\pcol@output!, \!\pcol@opcol!, \!\pcol@setpnoelt!, \!\pcol@nextpage!,
+% \!\pcol@nextpelt!, \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@checkshipped!,
+% \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@output@start!, \!\pcol@makenormalcol!,
+% \!\pcol@output@switch!, \!\pcol@setcurrcol!, \!\pcol@sync!,
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn!, \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, \!\pcol@synccolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, \!\pcol@flushfloats!, \!\pcol@freshpage!,
+% \!\pcol@output@end!, \!\pcol@invokeoutput!, \!\paracol!,
 % \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!, \!\pcol@synccounter!,
 % \!\pcol@com@syncallcounters!, \!\pcol@stepcounter!,
-% \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn!, \!\pcol@mctext!.
+% \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn!, \!\pcol@mctext!, \!\pcol@visitallcols!,
+% \!\pcol@ifootnote!, \!\pcol@ifootnotemark!.
 % \end{quote}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\tw@!}]
@@ -431,18 +801,9 @@
 % is a \!\count! register to have $-1$.  It is used in \!\pcol@setpnoelt!,
 % \!\pcol@nextpelt! and \!\pcol@getpelt! to decrement \!\@tempcnta! which
 % initially has $p-\pbase$ for a page $p$.  It is also used in
-% \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! to calculate $\C-1$.
-% 
-% \item[\Uidx{\!\@cclv!}]
-% is a \!\chardef! register to have 255.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@setpnoelt! and \!\pcol@getpinfo! to examine if
-% $\page(p)\in[0,255]$ for a page $p$.  See the description of \!\box!-type
-% registers for its another usage of \!\box!\!\@cclv!.
-% 
-% \item[\Uidx{\!\@cclvi!}]
-% is a \!\mathchardef! register to have 256.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@setordpage! to let $\pp(p)={\page(p)}+256$ and \!\pcol@getpinfo! to
-% let $\page(p)=\pp(p)-256$ for a page $p$ such that $\page(p)\in[0,255]$.
+% \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! to calculate $\C-1$, in \!\pcol@iadjustfnctr!
+% to decrement \!\c@footnote!, and in \!\pcol@swapcolumn! to calculate
+% $\C-1-c$ for the column ordinal or position $c$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@m!}]
 % is a \!\mathchardef! register to have 1000.  It is used in
@@ -452,18 +813,31 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@M!}]
 % is a \!\mathchardef! register to have 10000.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@output! to examine if $\!\outputpenalty!<-10000$ to mean a special
-% \!\output! request, in \!\pcol@synccolumn! to put $\!\penalty!=-10000$
-% to force page break for flushing columns, and in \!\pcol@synccolumn! to
-% bias \!\pcol@textfloatsep! by 10000\,|pt| to indicate a colpage has an
-% \mvlfloat{} and in \!\pcol@cflt! and \!\pcol@addflhd! to remove the bias.
+% \!\pcol@ShowBox! to let \!\showboxdepth! and \!\showboxbreadth! have 10000
+% for full logging of a box having footnotes, in \!\pcol@output! to examine
+% if $\!\outputpenalty!<-10000$ to mean a special \!\output! request, in
+% \!\pcol@specialoutput! to let $\!\outputpenalty!=-10000$ to tell
+% \!\pcol@output! that the special \!\output! request is our own, in
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins! to let \!\vbadness! have 10000 temporarily to
+% avoid underfull messages, in \!\pcol@synccolumn!  to bias
+% \!\pcol@textfloatsep! by 10000\,|pt| to indicate a \colpage{} has an
+% \mvlfloat{} and in \!\pcol@cflt! and \!\pcol@addflhd! to remove the bias,
+% and in \!\pcol@switchcol! and \!\pcol@flushclear! to put
+% \!\penalty!|-10000| for forced page break.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@Miv!}]
 % is a \!\mathchardef! register to have 10004.  It is used in \!\pcol@output!
 % to examine if $\!\outputpenalty!=-10004$ for a dummy \!\output! request
 % made by \LaTeX's float-related macros and our \!\pcol@invokeoutput! to
 % ensure the real request is not eliminated when it is made at the very
-% beginning of a page or a \colpage.
+% beginning of a page or a \colpage.  It is also used in
+% \!\pcol@specialoutput! for footnote logging when
+% $\!\outputpenalty!=-10004$.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@MM!}]
+% is a \!\mathchardef! register to have 20000.  It is used in
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody! to let \!\floatingpenalty! have it for footnote
+% typesetting.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@topnum!}]
 % is a \!\count! register to have the maximum number of top floats which the
@@ -492,22 +866,31 @@
 % \!\twocolumn!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\c@page!}]
-% is \LaTeX's counter \counter{page} being a \!\count! register to have the
-% page number.  It is referred to by \!\pcol@setpnoelt!,
-% \!\pcol@setordpage!, and \!\pcol@output@start! to let
-% $\pp(p)$ represent $\page(p)$.  The macro \!\pcol@startpage! also does
-% that for multi-column \fpage{}s incrementing the register.  Then
-% $\page(p)$ is reloaded to the register from $\pp(p)$ by \!\pcol@getpelt!,
-% \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.  The other
-% user is \!\pcol@remctrelt! which lets
+% is \LaTeX's counter \Uidx{\counter{page}} being a \!\count! register to
+% have the page number.  It is referred to by \!\pcol@setpnoelt!, and
+% \!\pcol@output@start! to let $\pp^p(p)=\page(p)$.  The macro
+% \!\pcol@startpage! also does that for \fpage{}s of page-wise floats
+% incrementing the register.  Then $\page(p)$ is reloaded to the register
+% from $\pp(p)$ by \!\pcol@getpelt!, \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@sync! and
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.  The other users are \!\localcounter!\marg{ctr}
+% to check $\arg{ctr}\neq\counter{page}$, \!\pcol@remctrelt! to let
 % $|\cl@|{\cdot}\theta=\!\pcol@stepcounter!\Arg{\theta}$
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{\theta}{\cl@}
 % 

-% unless $\theta\neq\counter{page}$.
+% unless $\theta=\counter{page}$, and \!\pcol@swapcolumn! to examine its
+% evenness for \cswap,
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\c@footnote!}]
+% is \LaTeX's counter \Uidx{\counter{footnote}} being a \!\count! register
+% to have the footnote number.  It is referred to by \!\paracol! to let
+% $\bf=\!\pcol@footnotebase!$ have its value, by \!\pcol@calcfnctr! to
+% calculate the footnote ordinal which the one of its invoker
+% \!\pcol@iadjustfnctr! sets into the register, and by \!\endparacol! to let
+% the register have $\bf+\nf=\!\pcol@footnotebase!+\!\pcol@nfootnotes!$.
 % 
 % \item[$\cs{c@}{\cdot}\theta$]
-% \Uidx{\SpecialArrayIndex{\theta}{\c@}}

+% \SpecialArrayUsageIndex{\theta}{\c@}

 % 

 % is a \!\count! register being \LaTeX's counter $\theta$.  It is referred
 % to by \!\pcol@savectrelt! to let $\val_c(\theta)=\Val(\theta)$ for saving
@@ -515,30 +898,23 @@
 % $\val_0(\theta)=\Val(\theta)$ to detect a modification outside
 % \env{paracol} environment, and by \!\pcol@syncctrelt! to let
 % $\val_c(\theta)=\Val(\theta)$ for all $c$ for \csync{}.  It is also
-% referred to by \!\pcol@remctrelt! to examine if $\theta=\counter{page}$.
-% The macros \!\pcol@setctrelt! and \!\pcol@stpldelt! restore the value of
-% the counter from $\val_c(\theta)$, while \!\pcol@stpclelt! lets
-% $\Val(\theta)=0$ for zero-clearing of descendent counters.
-% 
-% \item[\Uidx{\!\count@!}]
-% is a \!\count! register for temporary use.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@getpinfo! to have $\pp(p)$ for a page $p$.
+% referred to by \!\pcol@remctrelt! and \!\localcounter! to examine if
+% $\theta=\counter{page}$.  The macros \!\pcol@setctrelt! and
+% \!\pcol@stpldelt! restore the value of the counter from $\val_c(\theta)$,
+% while \!\pcol@stpclelt! lets $\Val(\theta)=0$ for zero-clearing of
+% descendent counters.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@tempcnta!}]
 % is a \!\count! register for temporary use.  The usages of this register
 % are as follows.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
-% \item\begingroup\hbadness3700
+% \item\begin{Sloppy}{3700}
 % In \!\pcol@setpageno!, \!\pcol@setpnoelt!, \!\pcol@nextpage!,
-% \!\pcol@nextpelt!,\break\!\pcol@getcurrpage! and \!\pcol@getpelt!, it
+% \!\pcol@nextpelt!, \!\pcol@getcurrpage! and \!\pcol@getpelt!, it
 % has $p-q$ when we scan $\pp(q)$ for all $q\in[\pbase,\ptop]$ and the
 % \ccolpage{} is at $p$.
-% \par\endgroup
-% 
-% \item
-% In \!\pcol@setordpage!, it has $\pp(p)=\page(p)$ or $\pp(p)=\page(p)+256$
-% for a page $p$.
+% \end{Sloppy}
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@checkshipped!, it has $c$ when we scan $\S_c$ for all
@@ -546,8 +922,15 @@
 % to be shipped out.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@outputelt!, it has $c$ when we scan $\s_c(q)$ for all
-% $c\In0\C$ to build the shipping out image of a page $q$.
+% In \!\pcol@outputelt!, it has $c'$ when we scan $\s_c(q)$ for all
+% $c\In0\C$ to build the shipping out image of a page $q$, where $c=c'$ or
+% $c=\C-1-c'$.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@output@switch!, it is used to have $\page(p)$ obtained by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrp~info! and simply to store the value in $\pp^p(p)$ by
+% \!\pcol@defcurrpage!  when we use these macros to let
+% $\pp^f(p)=\!\footins!$.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@setcurrcol!, it has the code calculated from
@@ -562,28 +945,61 @@
 % we get it by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! because we don't need it.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!, it has $c$ when we scan fractions $r_c$ of the
-% argument of \!\columnratio! and then $\min(k,\C{-}1)$ after the scan
-% where $k$ is the number of fractions.
+% In \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!, it has $c$ to scan fractions $r_c$ of the
+% argument of \!\columnratio!, and then to distribute the unspecifed
+% portion of \!\textwidth! evenly to $\w_c$ for all $c\In{k{+}1}C$ where $k$
+% is the number of fractions.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@cmpctrelt!, it has $\Val(\theta)$ of a counter $\theta$ to be
 % compared with $\val_0(\theta)$.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn!, it has $c+1\bmod\C$ being the target of
+% In \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn!, it has $(c+1)\bmod\C$ being the target of
 % \cswitch{}.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@mctext!, it temporarily has $d$ being the target of \cswitch{}
-% during we let $\!\pcol@nextcol!=0$ to visit the first column for putting
-% a \mctext{}.
+% during we let \!\pcol@nextcol! have 0 or $C-1$ to visit the column
+% leftmost-in-printing for putting a \mctext{}.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@visitallcols!, it has $d\In0\C-\{c\}$ being the columns to be
+% visited for \cscan{}ing.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@calcfnctr!, it has the footnote ordinal calculated by the
+% macro to be referred to by the invokers \!\pcol@iadjustfnctr! and
+% \!\pcol@iifootnotetext!.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@tempcntb!}]
-% is a \!\count! register for temporary use.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! to have $\C-1$ and then $\C-\min(k,C{-}1)$ where
-% $k$ is the number of fractions given in the argument of \!\columnratio!.
+% is a \!\count! register for temporary use.  It is used in the following
+% macros.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@outputelt! it has $c$, while in \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and
+% \!\pcol@flushfloats! it has $c'$, to have $c=c'$ or $c=\C-1-c'$ according to
+% \cswap{} for $c'$-th iteration of column scanning loop.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, it has the (so-far) tallest
+% column which gives $\VP$.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\paracol! and \!\pcol@switchcol!, it has the column position $c'=c$
+% or $c'=\C-1-c$ for the current column $c$ according to \cswap.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!, it has $\C-1$ and then $\C-\min(k,C{-}1)$
+% where $k$ is the number of fractions given in the argument of
+% \!\columnratio!.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@visitallcols!, it has $c=\!\pcol@currcol!$ to exclude it from
+% the \cscan{} targets.
+% \end{itemize}
 % \end{description}
 % 
 % 
@@ -598,22 +1014,45 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\hsize!}]
 % is \TeX's primitive register to have the width of a page or a \colpage{}
-% being built.  It is let be \!\columnwidth! by \!\paracol! and
-% \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, while \!\pcol@mctext!  and \!\endparacol! let it be
-% \!\textwidth!.
+% being built.  It is let be $w_c$ by \!\pcol@invokeoutput! to restart (or
+% stay in) the column $c$, be \!\textwidth! by \!\pcol@mctext! for \mctext,
+% and be either of \!\textwidth! or $w_c$ by \!\pcol@fntextbody! according
+% to the footnote typesetting being \scfnote{} or \mcfnote{} resepectively.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\maxdepth!}]
 % is \TeX's primitive register to have the maximum depth of the page being
-% built.  It is referred to by \!\pcol@cflt! to let \!\boxmaxdepth! of
-% \!\@outputbox!, in which top floats and the main vertical list are
-% combined, be \!\maxdepth!.
+% built.  In \LaTeX, it is assumed that its value is fixed at
+% \beginenv{document}, in which the value is saved into \!\@maxdepth!, for
+% the typesetting throughout the document, unless a bottom float is added to
+% a page in which the register is let have 0 until it is shipped out.  This
+% temporary setting for a page with bottom floats has some reasonability but
+% its implementation for \env{paracol} environments having \cswitch{}
+% from/to a \colpage{} with bottom floats to/from another one without
+% them\footnote{

+% 

+% Unless we incorporate \cs{maxdepth} as a member of \cctext, but we don't
+% because the idea of temporary setting itself is too vague to pay the
+% effort and a precious membership in \cctext.}.
+% 

+% Therefore, we let the register have \!\@maxdepth! in \!\pcol@output! and
+% \!\pcol@combinefloats! to cancel the temporary setting done in
+% \!\@addtobot! for the references by \TeX's page builder and \!\@cflt!
+% respectively.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\boxmaxdepth!}]
 % is \TeX's primitive register to have the maximum depth of \!\vbox!es.
-% The macro \!\pcol@cflt! let it be \!\maxdepth! for \!\@outputbox! in which
-% top floats and the main vertical list are combined, while the macro
-% \!\pcol@makenormalcol! let it be \!\@maxdepth! for \!\@outputbox! in which
-% \preenv{} is hold.
+% The macros \!\pcol@@makecol!, \!\pcol@cflt!, \!\pcol@opcol!,
+% \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@combine~floats!, \!\pcol@output@flush!,
+% \!\pcol@output@clear! and \!\pcol@output@end! let it be \!\@maxdepth! for
+% the boxes having a completed \colpage{} or page to cap the depth of the
+% box.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\splitmaxdepth!}]
+% is \TeX's primitive register to have the maximum depth of the \!\vbox!
+% being the first half of a box being split.  It is used in
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins! to cap the depth of the first half of deferred
+% footnotes split from $\df$, and in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to let it have the
+% depth of \!\strutbox!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\prevdepth!}]
 % is \TeX's primitive register to have the depth of the box which just has
@@ -642,10 +1081,12 @@
 % let the register have \!\maxdimen! as the initial value.  Then the macros
 % \!\pcol@makecol! and \!\pcol@combinefloats! examine if
 % $\!\pcol@textfloatsep!=\!\maxdimen!$ to determine the operation type of
-% top float insertion.  The macro \!\pcol@addflhd! also examines it for the
-% measurement of the combined height of top and bottom floats, while
-% \!\pcol@measurecolumn! gives it \!\maxdimen! as its third argument for
-% bottom floats.
+% top float insertion, while \!\pcol@synccolumn! does that to know if it is
+% flushing a \colpage{} with a \sync{}ation point or is setting the first
+% \sync{}ation point in the \colpage{}.  The macro \!\pcol@addflhd! also
+% examines it for the measurement of the combined height of top and bottom
+% floats, while \!\pcol@measurecolumn! gives it \!\maxdimen! as its third
+% argument for bottom floats.
 % 
 % \item
 % The \pctext{} $\pp^h(p)$ has $-\!\maxdimen!$ if the page is a \fpage{}.
@@ -658,57 +1099,81 @@
 % 
 % \item
 % The \cctext{} $\cc_c(\tr)$ may have \!\maxdimen! if the column $c$ has a
-% \fcolumn{} in the \lpage{} of \env{paracol} environment and the floats in
+% \fcolumn{} in the \lpage{} of a \env{paracol} environment and the floats in
 % it can be put as top floats.  The macro \!\pcol@makefcolumn! makes this
-% special assignment and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! examines it.
+% special assignment, and \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!
+% examine it.
+% 
+% \item
+% The macro \!\pcol@makefcolelt! let the room for floats in a \fpage{} be
+% $-\!\maxdimen!$ if it finds no futher floats can be added to the page.
 % 
 % \item
 % At a \sync{}ation, we measure the maximum combined size of top floats and
 % the main vertical list $\VT$, that of footnotes and bottom floats $\VB$,
-% and that of four items $\VP$.  We also let $\DT$ and $\DP$ be the minimum
-% depth of the \colpage{}s which gives $\VT$ and $\VP$ respectively.  For
-% the measurement, the macro \!\pcol@sync! lets $\VT=\VB=\VP=-\!\maxdimen!$
-% and $\DT=\DP=\!\maxdimen!$ as their initial values.  Then the macro
-% \!\pcol@synccolumn! examines if $\DT=\!\maxdimen!$ to mean the
-% \sync{}ation point is set just below the top floats of a column whose main
-% vertical list is empty.  On the other hand, \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and
-% \!\pcol@output@end! examine if $\VP=-\!\maxdimen!$ to mean the last page is
-% empty.
+% that of four items $\VP$, and $\VPP$ being $\VP$ or $\VP+\!\textfloatsep!$
+% according to the existence of bottom floats.  We also let $\DT$ and $\DP$
+% be the minimum depth of the \colpage{}s which gives $\VT$ and $\VPP$
+% respectively.  For the measurement, the macro \!\pcol@sync! lets
+% $\VT=\VB=\VP=\VPP=-\!\maxdimen!$ and $\DT=\DP=\!\maxdimen!$ as their
+% initial values.  Then the macro \!\pcol@synccolumn! examines if
+% $\DT=\!\maxdimen!$ to mean the \sync{}ation point is set just below the
+% top floats of a column whose main vertical list is empty.  On the other
+% hand, \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and \!\pcol@output@end! examine if
+% $\VPP=-\!\maxdimen!$ to mean the last page is empty.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\footnotesep!}]
+% is a \!\dimen! register for an API parameter of \LaTeX{} to have the
+% vertical space inserted in a footnote when it is split into two or more
+% pages.  It is uesed in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to \!\splittopskip! have it,
+% and to make the first line of the footnote is at least as tall as the
+% amount in the register.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\textheight!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register for an API parameter of \LaTeX{} to have the
 % height of a page.  The register is referred to by \!\pcol@output! to
 % examine if a page is very short, by \!\pcol@getpinfo!, \!\pcol@startpage!,
 % \!\pcol@flushfloats! and \!\pcol@output@end! to let \!\@colht! be it for a
-% page without \spanning{} (so far), and by \!\pcol@outputelt!,
+% page without \spanning{} (so far), by \!\pcol@outputelt!,
 % \!\pcol@output@flush!, \!\pcol@output@clear! and \!\pcol@output@end! to
-% build a page to be shipped out.
+% build a page to be shipped out, and by \!\pcol@fntextbody! to cap the
+% height of a footnote.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\textwidth!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register for an API parameter of \LaTeX{} to have the width
 % of a page.  The register is referred to by \!\pcol@outputelt!,
 % \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and \!\pcol@flushfloats! to build a \!\hbox! of
 % \!\textwidth! wide to have all columns.  It also referred to by
+% \!\paracol! for the calculation of $\lrm=\!\pcol@lrmargin!$, by
 % \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! for the calculation of $\w_c$ for all $c\In0\C$,
-% and by \!\pcol@mctext! and \!\endparacol! to set it in \!\hsize! etc.
+% by \!\pcol@mctext!, \!\footnoterule! of \env{paracol}'s local and
+% \!\endparacol!  to set it in \!\columnwidth!, and by \!\pcol@fntextbody!
+% to set it in \!\hsize! if \Scfnote{} typesetting is in effect.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\columnwidth!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register for an API parameter of \LaTeX{} to have the width
-% of a column.  The register is let have $\w_0$ by \!\paracol! and $\w_c$ by
+% of a column.  The register is let have $\w_c$ by
 % \!\pcol@getcurrcol! for the column $c$, then is referred to by
 % \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and \!\pcol@flushfloats! to
-% put each \colpage{} into a \!\hbox! of \!\columnwidth! wide for shipping a
-% page out.  The register is also let have \!\textwidth! by \!\endparacol!
-% for \postenv.
+% put each \colpage{} into a \!\hbox! of $\w_c$  wide for shipping a
+% page out, by \!\pcol@invokeoutput! to let \!\linewidth! and \!\hsize!
+% have the value of or based on it, and by \!\pcol@fntextbody! to let
+% \!\hsize! have it for \Mcfnote{} typesetting.  The register is also let have
+% \!\textwidth! by \!\footnoterule! of \env{paracol}'s local defined in
+% \!\paracol! if \Scfnote{} typesetting is in effect, by \!\pcol@mctext!
+% for \mctext{}s, and by \!\endparacol! for \postenv.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\linewidth!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register for an API parameter of \LaTeX{} to have the width
 % of a line possibly shorter than \!\columnwidth! in \env{list}-like
-% environments.  It is let have \!\columnwidth! by \!\paracol! and
-% \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, and have \!\textwidth! by \!\endparacol! for
-% outermost paragraphs inside\slash outside \env{paracol} environment
-% respectively.
+% environments.  It is let have $w_c-\lrm$ by
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput! for the outermost paragraphs in \env{paracol}
+% environment, where $\lrm=\!\pcol@lrmargin!=\!\textwidth!-l$ which
+% \!\paracol! lets have to represent the left-plus-right margin of the
+% \env{list}-like environment, whose \!\linewidth! is $l$, enclosing
+% \env{paracol} if any.  The macro \!\pcol@mctext! also sets the register
+% temporarily for \mctext{}s but letting it have $\!\textwidth!-\lrm$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\columnsep!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register for an API parameter of \LaTeX{} to have the width
@@ -719,28 +1184,37 @@
 % is a \!\dimen! register to have 0\,|pt| and is used in the following macros.
 % 

 % \begin{quote}\raggedright
+% \!\pcol@ShowBox!,
 % \!\pcol@makecol!,
-% \!\pcol@combinefloats!,
+% \!\pcol@nextpelt!,
 % \!\pcol@outputelt!,
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@output@start!,
 % \!\pcol@floatplacement!,
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins!,
 % \!\pcol@sync!,
 % \!\pcol@measurecolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@synccolumn!,
-% \!\pcol@output@end!.
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!,
+% \!\pcol@output@end!,
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput!,
+% \!\pcol@mctext!,
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody!.
 % \end{quote}
 % 

-% It is also used to give the number 0 in the following macros.
+% It is also used to give the number 0 to initialize \!\pcol@currcol! at its
+% declaration, and in the following macros.
 % 

 % \begin{quote}\raggedright
+% \!\pcol@ShowBox!,
 % \!\pcol@opcol!,
 % \!\pcol@setpnoelt!,
-% \!\pcol@setordpage!,
 % \!\pcol@nextpelt!,
 % \!\pcol@checkshipped!,
 % \!\pcol@getpelt!,
-% \!\pcol@getpinfo!,
 % \!\pcol@outputelt!,
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@output@start!,
 % \!\pcol@output@switch!,
 % \!\pcol@setcurrcol!,
@@ -760,6 +1234,7 @@
 % \!\pcol@switchcolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@mctext!,
 % \!\pcol@switchcol!,
+% \!\pcol@visitallcols!,
 % \!\endparacol!.
 % \end{quote}
 % 
@@ -768,10 +1243,27 @@
 % \!\pcol@cflt!, \!\pcol@addflhd!, \!\pcol@synccolumn! and
 % \!\pcol@output@end! as the shorthand of |pt|.
 % 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@totalleftmargin!}]
+% is a \!\dimen! register to have the total size of the left margins of a
+% \env{list}-like environment and those surrounding it.  It is given to
+% \!\parshape! by \!\pcol@invokeoutput! and \!\pcol@mctext! if \env{paracol}
+% is enclosed in a \env{list}-like environment.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@maxdepth!}]
-% is a \!\dimen! register to have \!\maxdepth! in case that it is
-% temporarily modified.  It is used in \!\pcol@makenormalcol! to let
-% \!\boxmaxdepth! have it.
+% is a \!\dimen! register to have \!\maxdepth! at \beginenv{document} to
+% recover the temporary update of \!\maxdepth! with 0 by \!\@addtobot! for
+% bottom float incorporation in a page.  As discussed in the explanation of
+% \!\maxdepth!, in \env{paracol} environments \!\maxdepth! is let have
+% \!\@maxdepth! always by the assignments in \!\pcol@output! and
+% \!\pcol@combinefloats!.  Other users, \!\pcol@@makecol!, \!\pcol@cflt!,
+% \!\pcol@opcol!, \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@combinefootins!,
+% \!\pcol@output@flush!, \!\pcol@output@clear! and \!\pcol@output@end!, let
+% \!\boxmaxdepth! have \!\@maxdepth! so as to limit the depth of boxes for a
+% completed \colpage{} or page to the value for page typesetting.  The
+% register is also referred to by \!\pcol@unvbox@cclv! to go back the last
+% baseline of the main vertical list in \!\box!|255|, and by
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins! to let \!\splitmaxdepth! have its value to cap
+% the depth of the first half of footnotes split from $\df$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@colht!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register to have the height of columns in a page possibly
@@ -779,30 +1271,44 @@
 % are as folllows.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
-% \item \begingroup\hbadness1750
-% In macros \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@output@start!, \!\pcol@flushfloats!
-% and\break\!\pcol@output@end!, it is initialized to \!\textheight!.  In first
-% two, the value of the register is reduced to reflect \spanning{} and then
-% set into $\pp^h(p)$, if \spanning{} exists.
-% \par\endgroup
+% \item\begin{Sloppy}{1600}
+% In \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@output@start!, \!\pcol@flushfloats!  and
+% \!\pcol@output@end!, it is initialized to \!\textheight!.  In first two,
+% the value of the register is reduced to reflect \spanning{} if exists and
+% then set into $\pp^h(p)$.
+% \end{Sloppy}
 % 
-% \item \begingroup\tolerance1500 \hbadness1500
-% In macros \!\pcol@getpelt!, \!\pcol@sync!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!,
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@getpelt!, \!\pcol@sync!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@measure~column!  and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, it is let have
-% $\pp^h(p)$.  In addition \!\pcol@sync! examines if $\!\@colht!<\VT+\VB$, and
-% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! uses it to initialize the room of a \fpage.
-% \par\endgroup
+% $\pp^h(p)$.  In addition \!\pcol@sync! examines if
+% $\!\@colht!<\VT+\VB+v(f)$, and \!\pcol@makefcolumn! uses it to initialize
+% the room of a \fcolumn{} as well as the height of $\cc_c(\vb)$ for it.
 % 
 % \item
-% In macros \!\pcol@startcolumn!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and
+% In \!\pcol@opcol!, it is used to add \!\pcol@clearcolorstack! to the
+% bottom of $\cc_c(\vb)$ whose height is \!\@colht!.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@startcolumn!(*), \!\pcol@flushcolumn!(*) and
 % \!\pcol@freshpage!, it is used to let \!\@colroom! have it.
 % 
 % \item
-% In macros \!\pcol@output@flush! and \!\pcol@output@clear!, it is given to
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! as its argument.  The macro
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! lets \!\@colht! be the argument if it is less
+% In \!\pcol@restartcolumn!(*), it is saved and restored for the use as the
+% height cap of deferred footnote \!\insert!ion in \!\pcol@deferredfootins!
+% because it can be shrunk by the non-deferred \Scfnote{}s.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@output@flush! and \!\pcol@output@clear!, it is given to
+% \!\pcol@make~flushedpage! as its argument.  The macro
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!(*) lets \!\@colht! be the argument if it is less
 % than \!\@colht! and thus is given by \!\pcol@output@end!.
 % \end{itemize}
+% 

+% In addition, for the references in the macros with `(*)' above and
+% \!\@makecol! invoked from \!\pcol@makecol!, the height in the register can
+% be temporarily shrunk by \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! to keep the space required
+% to put \Scfnote{}s in the page they are working on.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@colroom!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register to have the height of a column possibly shrunk
@@ -811,13 +1317,14 @@
 % \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@freshpage!, the last three of which also
 % save it into $\cc_c(\vb^r)$.  This save operation is also done by
 % \!\pcol@output@switch!, while restoring from it done by
-% \!\pcol@restartcolumn!.  The macro \!\pcol@output! also refers to this
-% register to let \!\vsize! have it.   The macro \!\pcol@output@end! lets
-% the register have \!\textheight! for the \postenv{} because the
-% \colpage{}s above it simply precedes the stuff in the main vertical list.
-% The other users \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and \!\pcol@makefcolelt! use this
-% register to accumulate the total size of floats to be put in a \fcolumn{}
-% temporarily.
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn!.  The macro \!\pcol@output! and
+% \!\pcol@output@start! also refer to this register to let \!\vsize! have it
+% in the former and to calculate the room for each \colpage{} in the
+% \spage{} in the latter.  The macro \!\pcol@output@end! lets the register
+% have \!\textheight! for the \postenv{} because the \colpage{}s above it
+% simply precedes the stuff in the main vertical list.  The other users
+% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and \!\pcol@makefcolelt! use this register to
+% accumulate the total size of floats to be put in a \fcolumn{} temporarily.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@toproom!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register to have the room for top floats.  The register is
@@ -825,7 +1332,9 @@
 % \!\pcol@iigetcurrcol!.  The macro \!\pcol@makefcolumn! uses this register
 % as a flag to indicate that $\cc_c(\tl)$ of the column $c$ having
 % $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ contains floats to be put in its last \fcolumn{}
-% possibly as top floats so that it is examined by \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
+% possibly as top floats so that it is examined by \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, the former of which then lets $\cc_c(\tr)=0$ to
+% mean the floats are put in a \fcolumn{} in a non-\lpage{} by the macro.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@botroom!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register to have the room for bottom floats.  The register
@@ -855,11 +1364,7 @@
 % is a \!\dimen! register for temporary use.  It is used in 
 % \!\pcol@addflhd! and \!\pcol@hdflelt! to measure the height of top and
 % bottom floats, and in \!\pcol@measurecolumn! for them and $\VT$, $\VB$ and
-% $\VP$.  The other user \!\pcol@synccolumn! lets it have
-% $\!\textfloatsep!-\!\floatsep!$ or 0 for the adjustment of the position
-% of $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ in the last top float and \!\pcol@textfloatsep!
-% following it for a \sync{}ation whose point determined by a column having
-% empty main vertical list.
+% $\VP$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\dimen@ii!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register for temporary use.  It is used in 
@@ -871,12 +1376,6 @@
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@combinefloats!, it has the natural component of
-% \!\textfloatsep! to be used for the shrink of the vertical skip following
-% it, when we put them below the bottom floats in the last page of
-% \env{paracol} environment.
-% 
-% \item
 % In \!\pcol@startpage!, it is used to throw $\pp^h(p)$ away when
 % we get it by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! because we don't need it.
 % 
@@ -886,8 +1385,25 @@
 % \colpage{} of each column $c$ is put.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and \!\pcol@makefcolelt!, it has the room for
-% floats to be put in a \fcolumn{} in the \lpage{}.
+% In \!\pcol@startcolumn!, it is used to save \!\@colht! which can be shrunk
+% temporarily by \Scfnote{}s.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@output@start!, it is used to have the room for each \colpage{}
+% in the \spage, and then the height-plus-depth of the \preenv.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@output@switch!, it is used to throw $\pp^h(p)$ away when
+% we get it by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! because we don't need it.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@restartcolumn!, it is used to save \!\@colht! which can be
+% shrunk temporarily by \Scfnote{}s.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@unvbox@cclv!$\arg{ins}$, it has the depth of \!\box!|255| for
+% going back to the baseline of the box, and then has the natural component
+% of $\!\skip!\arg{ins}$ to add its stretch and shrink components only.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@sync!, \!\pcol@measurecolumn! and \!\pcol@synccolumn!, it has
@@ -895,8 +1411,16 @@
 % vertical list.
 % 
 % \item
+% In \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and \!\pcol@makefcolelt!, it has the room for
+% floats to be put in a \fcolumn{}.
+% 
+% \item
 % In \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!, it has $\!\textwidth!-(\C-1)\!\columnsep!$
 % being the base of $\w_c$.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@fntextbody!, it has the height-plus-depth of the \!\vbox! in
+% which the footnote is encapsulated.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@tempdimb!}]
@@ -905,19 +1429,40 @@
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, it has $\VB$.
+% In \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn!, it is let have the inverse of the \!\skip!
+% component of the argument \!\insert! register of the macro, so that in
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn! and \!\pcol@restartcolumn! it has that of $\pp^f(p)$
+% if $p$ has \Scfnote{}s, or 0 otherwise, and then is referred to by
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins! which then lets the register have the height cap
+% of $\df$ splitting.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@makefcolelt!, it has the size of a float.
+% In \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, it has $\VB$ and then, in the
+% former, it has $\VP+v(f)$, $\VT$ or $\VT+\VB+v(f)$ according to the
+% contents of the page to be \sync{}ed.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@synccolumn!, it has $\cc_c(\tf)=\!\pcol@textfloatsep!$.
+% In \!\pcol@makefcolelt!, it has the size of vertical space consumed by a
+% float.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@synccolumn!, it has $\VT-\vc(t)$ being the vertical space from
+% the bottom of $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ to the \sync{}ation point.  If the
+% \sync{}ation point is defined by a column without main vertical list but
+% with top floats, then the register is let have
+% $\VT-\vc(t)+\!\textfloatsep!-\!\floatsep!+10000\,|pt|$ to be set in
+% $\cc_c(\tf)=\!\pcol@textfloatsep!$ as the space below the \mvlfloat{}
+% biased by 10000\,|pt| to indicate the last float is the \mvlfloat{}.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!, it has
 % $\!\textwidth!-(\C-1)\!\columnsep!-\sum_{d=0}^{k-1}w_d$ being the base of
 % $\w_c$ for $c\In{k}\C$ where $k$ is the number of fractions given in the
 % argument of \!\columnratio!.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@fntextbody!, it has $\!\textheight!-\!\skip!\!\footins!$ as the
+% cap of the footnote.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % 
@@ -931,13 +1476,15 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@pageht!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register to be used in \LaTeX's \!\@specialoutput! to have
-% the height of \!\@holdpg!.  However, we use it as a scratchpad to save
-% $\pp^h(\ptop)$ in \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
+% the height of \!\@holdpg!.  However, we use it as a scratchpad to have
+% $\VP$ in \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, and to save
+% $\pp^h(\ptop)$ in \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@pagedp!}]
 % is a \!\dimen! register to be used in \LaTeX's \!\@specialoutput! to have
-% the depth of \!\@holdpg!.  However, we use it as a scratchpad to have
-% $\DP$ in \!\pcol@sync!, \!\pcol@measurecolumn! and \!\pcol@output@end!.
+% the depth of \!\@holdpg!.  However, we use it as a scratchpad in
+% \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@measurecolumn! to have $\DP$, and in
+% \!\pcol@output@end! to have the value to be set in \!\pcol@prevdepth!.
 % \end{description}
 % 
 % 
@@ -963,53 +1510,62 @@
 % non-empty columns in the last page, while \!\endparacol! restores it from
 % \!\pcol@topskip! for the pages outside \env{paracol} environmnet.
 % 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\splittopskip!}]
+% is \TeX's primitive register to have the vertical skip inserted at the
+% beginning of the second half of the box split by \!\vsplit! or \TeX's
+% internal operation for splitting an \!\insert! at a page break.  The
+% register is temporarily let have 0 by \!\pcol@deferredfootins! when it
+% splits $\df$ so that the second half does not have any skip at the top.
+% The register is also let have \!\footnotesep! in \!\pcol@fntextbody! for
+% footnote typesetting.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\floatsep!}]
-% is a \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between adjacent floats.
+% is an API \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between adjacent floats.
 % It is referred to by \!\pcol@cflt! to cancel the skip following the last
-% float, by \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and \!\pcol@makefcolelt! to examine the
-% capacity of a \fcolumn{} in the \lpage, and by \!\pcol@addflhd! and
-% \!\pcol@hdflelt!  to measure the total height of top and bottom floats.
+% float, by \!\pcol@makefcolumn! to let \!\pcol@makefcolelt! examine the
+% capacity of a \fcolumn{} in the \lpage, by \!\pcol@addflhd! and
+% \!\pcol@hdflelt!  to measure the total height of top and bottom floats,
+% and by \!\pcol@sync! to calculate the space below the \mvlfloat.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\textfloatsep!}]
-% is a \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between the main vertical
-% list and top\slash bottom floats.  It is referred to by
-% \!\pcol@combinefloats! to insert a skip below the bottom floats in the
-% \lpage{} of \env{paracol} environment, by \!\pcol@measurecolumn! to take
-% this skip into account in the calculation of $\VP$, by \!\pcol@addflhd! to
-% measure the vertical space for top and bottom floats, and by
-% \!\pcol@synccolumn! to calculate the \sync{}ation point for columns with
-% top floats.
+% is an API \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between the main
+% vertical list and top\slash bottom floats.  It is referred to by
+% \!\pcol@output@start! to calculate the room for each \colpage{} in the
+% \spage{} with bottom floats in the \preenv{}, by \!\pcol@combinefloats! to
+% insert a skip below the bottom floats in the \preenv{} and \lpage{},
+% by \!\pcol@measurecolumn! to take this skip into account in the
+% calculation of $\VPP$, by \!\pcol@addflhd!  to measure the vertical space
+% for top and bottom floats, and by \!\pcol@synccolumn! to calculate the
+% \sync{}ation point for columns with top floats.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\dblfloatsep!}]
-% is a \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between adjacent
-% multi-column floats, and is used in \!\pcol@startpage! to cancel the skip
+% is an API \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between adjacent
+% page-wise floats, and is used in \!\pcol@startpage! to cancel the skip
 % below the last float.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\dbltextfloatsep!}]
-% is a \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between the last
-% multi-column float and the top of columns, and is used in
+% is an API \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between the last
+% page-wise float and the top of columns, and is used in
 % \!\pcol@startpage! to put the skip.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@fptop!}]
 % is a \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip inserted at the top of
-% a \fcolumn, and is used in \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
+% a \fcolumn, and is used in \!\pcol@makefcolpage!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@fpsep!}]
 % is a \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip between adjacent floats
-% in a \fcolumn, and is used in \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
+% in a \fcolumn, and is used in \!\pcol@makefcolpage!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@fpbot!}]
 % is a \!\skip! register to have the vertical skip inserted at the bottom of
-% a \fcolumn, and is used in \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
+% a \fcolumn, and is used in \!\pcol@makefcolpage!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@tempskipa!}]
 % is a \!\skip! register for temporary use.  It is used to throw $\pp^t(p)$
-% away in \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!
-% and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! because we don't need it.  The macro
-% \!\pcol@output@start! uses it to determine \!\topskip! for the \spage.
+% away in \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@output@switch!,
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn!  and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! because we don't need
+% it.  The macro \!\pcol@output@start! uses it to determine \!\topskip! for
+% the \spage.
 % \end{description}
 % 
 % 
@@ -1017,34 +1573,92 @@
 % \subsubsection{Box Registers}
 % 
 % \begin{description}
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\strutbox!}]
+% is an API \!\box! register to have the strut for the current font size.
+% It is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody!\marg{text} to let \!\splitmaxdepth! have
+% its depth, and to let the last line of the footnote $\arg{text}$ have its
+% depth at shallowest.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@cclv!}] 
 % is a \!\box! register but \TeX{} defines that it has the main vertical
 % list when \!\output! routine is invoked.  It is referred to by
-% \!\pcol@specialoutput! to discard the dummy \!\vbox! inserted by
-% \!\pcol@invokeoutput!, and is let have the main vertical list of a column
-% to be passed to \!\@makecol! by \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
+% \!\pcol@makecol! and its callee \!\pcol@unvbox@cclv! to add stretch\slash
+% shrink factor of \!\skip!\!\footins! at its bottom for a \colpage{} in a page
+% having \Scfnote{}s, and by \!\pcol@specialoutput! to discard the dummy
+% \!\vbox! inserted by \!\pcol@invokeoutput!.  It is also let have the main
+% vertical list of a column to be passed to \!\@makecol! by
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, the former of which
+% also takes care the skip above \Scfnote{}s.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\voidb@x!}]
-% is a \!\box! register to be void always.  It is referred to
-% by \!\pcol@outputelt! to initialize \!\@outputbox! and to examine if
-% $\S_c$ is empty, by \!\pcol@output@switch! and \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf! to
-% let $\cc_c(\ft^b)$ be void if a column does not have footnotes, and by
+% is a \!\box! register to be void ($\bot$) always.  It is referred to
+% by the following macros.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makecol! to let \!\pcol@currfoot! void unless \Scfnote{}s in
+% \!\footins! is saved into $\pp^f(p)$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@startpage! to let
+% $\pp^i(\ptop)=\bot$ if the new \tpage{} does not have \spanning{} and
+% $\pp^f(\ptop)=\bot$ for all \fpage{}s and the new \tpage.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@outputelt! to initialize \!\@outputbox! and to examine if $\S_c$
+% is empty
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@output@start! to let $\pp^f(0)=\bot$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! to let $\cc_c(\ft^b)=\bot$ if a column does not
+% have \Mcfnote{}s.
+% 
+% \item
 % \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! to let \!\footins! be void if so.
 % 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf! to let $\cc_c(\ft^b)=\bot$ because the column $c$
+% does not have \Mcfnote{}s.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@savefootins! to let its argument macro have a void box if
+% \!\@freelist! is exhausted.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! to let $\pp^f(\ptop)=\bot$ after putting it in
+% the \lpage{} so that \!\pcol@output@end! will be unaware of the \scfnote{}
+% and non-\Mgfnote{}s.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@output@end! to let $\pp^f(\ptop)=\bot$ if it put \Mgfnote{}s in the
+% \lpage{} with \fcolumn{}s so that the footnotes will not be \!\insert!ed.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@com@flushpage! and \!\pcol@com@clearpage! gives the void box to
+% \!\pcol@flushclear! as its argument to mean these macros are only aware
+% of \CSIndex{ifpcol@flush} as the result of \pfcheck.  The macro
+% \!\endparacol! also does that if the footnote typesetting is \mgfnote.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@holdpg!}]
 % is a \!\box! register to have the main vertical list when \!\output! is
 % invoked with a special \!\penalty! code.  It is let have that by
-% \!\pcol@specialoutput!, and is referred to by \!\pcol@makenormalcol! for
-% \preenv{} and by \!\pcol@output@switch! for the column from which we are
-% leaving.
+% \!\pcol@specialoutput!, and is referred to by \!\pcol@output@start! to
+% have its height and depth, by \!\pcol@makenormalcol! for \preenv{}, and by
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! for the column from which we are leaving.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@outputbox!}]
-% is a \!\box! register to have a partial or the complete shipping-out image
+% is a \!\box! register to have a partial or the complete ship-out image
 % of a column or a page.  The usages of the register are as follows.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
+% In \!\pcol@@makecol!, it has a \colpage{} made by \!\@makecol! for
+% \!\pcol@flush~column! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
+% 
+% \item
 % In \!\pcol@combinefloats!, it has a \colpage{} to which top and bottom
 % floats are combined.
 % 
@@ -1061,10 +1675,13 @@
 % In \!\pcol@outputelt!, it has the complete page to be shipped out by
 % \!\@outputpage!.
 % 
-% \item \begingroup\tolerance1700\hbadness1700
+% \item\begin{Sloppy}{1700}
 % In \!\pcol@output@start!, it has the \preenv{} built by
 % \!\pcol@makenormalcol!.
-% \par\endgroup
+% \end{Sloppy}
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@combinefootins!, it is let have the \preenv{} with footnotes.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@flushcolumn!, it has a flushed \colpage{} built by \!\@makecol!
@@ -1080,7 +1697,7 @@
 % each of which \!\@makefcolumn! builds also in it.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@output@end!, it has the shipping-out image of the \lpage{} of
+% In \!\pcol@output@end!, it has the ship-out image of the \lpage{} of a
 % \env{paracol} environment built by \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
@@ -1089,21 +1706,34 @@
 % as follows.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
-% \item \begingroup\tolerance2100\hbadness2100
-% In \!\pcol@cflt! and \!\pcol@startpage!, it has top single-\slash
-% multi-column floats combined by the application of
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@makecol! and \!\pcol@output@switch!, it is used as a waste
+% bascket to make \!\footins! void when it contains \Scfnote{}s in
+% non-\tpage.
+% 
+% \item\begin{Sloppy}{2100}
+% In \!\pcol@cflt! and \!\pcol@startpage!, it has top column-\slash
+% page-wise floats combined by the application of
 % \!\@comflelt!\slash\!\@comdblflelt! to \!\@toplist!\slash\!\@dbltoplist!
 % respectively.
-% \par\endgroup
+% \end{Sloppy}
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@specialoutput!, it is used to discard the dummy \!\vbox! put by
 % \!\pcol@invokeoutput!.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, it is used to examine if the main vertical list
-% is empty.
-% % \end{itemize}
+% In \!\pcol@ifempty!$\arg{box}\arg{then}\arg{else}$, it is used to examine
+% if $\arg{box}$ is empty.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@deferredfootins!, it is used to have the first half split from
+% $\df$ being the deferred footnotes to be \!\insert!ed.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@fntextbody!\marg{text}, it is used to encapsulate $\arg{text}$
+% in it.
+% \end{itemize}
 % \end{description}
 % 
 % 
@@ -1139,18 +1769,23 @@
 % \item[\Uidx{\CSIndex{if@twocolumn}}]
 % is a switch to be $\true$ iff multi-column pages are being typeset.  It is
 % turned $\true$ by \!\paracol!, and then turned $\false$ by \!\endparacol!.
+% In addition, it is turned $\false$ when \!\pcol@output! finds that the
+% \!\output! request for a page break outside \env{paracol} is sneaked into
+% our own \!\output! routine, in order to avoid that \LaTeX's original
+% \!\output! routine misunderstands it is working on a two-columned
+% document.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\CSIndex{if@firstcolumn}}]
 % is a switch to be $\true$ iff the first column is being typeset.  It is
-% turned $\true$ by \!\paracol!, and so by \!\pcol@switchcol! iff it is to
-% switch to the column 0.
+% turned $\true$ by \!\paracol! and \!\pcol@switchcol! iff they start or
+% switch to the leftmost column 0 or $\C-1$ according to \cswap.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\CSIndex{if@nobreak}}]
 % is a switch to be $\true$ iff the last paragraph is for a sectioning
 % command.  The switch is saved into $\cc_c(\sw)$ together with
 % \CSIndex{if@afterindent} by \!\pcol@setcurrcol!, and then restored from
 % it by \!\pcol@iigetcurrcol!.  The macro \!\pcol@output@switch! refers to
-% it to broadcast the value set by a \mctext{} to $\cc_c(\sw)$ for all
+% it to broadcast its value set by a \mctext{} to $\cc_c(\sw)$ for all
 % $c\In0\C$.  The \!\pcol@restartcolumn! inserts $\!\penalty!=10000$ by
 % \!\nobreak! if the switch is $\true$.
 % 
@@ -1158,20 +1793,21 @@
 % is a switch to be $\true$ iff a sectioning commmand tells that the fisrt
 % paragraph following it is to be indented.  The switch is saved into
 % $\cc_c(\sw)$ together with \CSIndex{if@nobreak} by \!\pcol@setcurrcol!,
-% and then restored from it by \!\pcol@iigetcurrcol!.
-% 
-% \item[\Uidx{\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}}]\begingroup\hfuzz0.45pt
-% is a switch to be $\true$ iff a \fpage{} is built by \!\@tryfcolumn! or
-% \!\@makefcolumn!.  The value is set by \!\@tryfcolumn! for $\cc_c(\dl)$ is
-% referred to by \!\pcol@output!, \!\pcol@startcolumn!, \!\pcol@freshpage!
-% and \!\pcol@output@end!, while that for \!\@dbldeferlist! is referred to
-% by \!\pcol@startpage!.  The value set by \!\@makefcolumn! for
-% $\cc_c(\dl)$ is referred to by \!\pcol@flushcolumn!, while that for
-% \!\@dbldeferlist! is referred to by \!\pcol@output@clear!.  The macro
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and \!\pcol@flushfloats! also turns the switch
-% $\true$ iff \fcolumn{}s are to be built so that the latter itself
+% and then restored from it by \!\pcol@iigetcurrcol!.  The macro
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! refers to it to broadcast its value set by a
+% \mctext{} to $\cc_c(\sw)$ for all $c\In0\C$.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}}]
+% is a switch to be $\true$ iff a \fcolumn{} or \fpage{} is built by
+% \!\@tryfcolumn! or \!\@makefcolumn!.  The value is set by \!\@tryfcolumn!
+% for $\cc_c(\dl)$ is referred to by \!\pcol@output!, \!\pcol@startcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@freshpage!  and \!\pcol@output@end!, while that for
+% \!\@dbldeferlist! is referred to by \!\pcol@startpage!.  The value set by
+% \!\@makefcolumn! for $\cc_c(\dl)$ is referred to by \!\pcol@flushcolumn!,
+% while that for \!\@dbldeferlist! is referred to by \!\pcol@output@clear!.
+% The macro \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and \!\pcol@flushfloats! also turns the
+% switch $\true$ iff \fcolumn{}s are to be built so that the latter itself
 % and \!\pcol@output@end! know that.
-% \par\endgroup
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\CSIndex{if@tempswa}}]
 % is a switch for temporary use.  The usages of the switch are as follows.
@@ -1196,31 +1832,49 @@
 % we ship out $q$ and all \fpage{}s following it if any.
 % 
 % \item
+% In \!\pcol@makenormalcol!, it is $\true$ iff the footnotes in \preenv{} is
+% included in \!\@outputbox! which the macro builds.
+% 
+% \item
 % In \!\pcol@output@switch!, at first it holds \CSIndex{if@nobreak} of the
 % \mctext{} if columns are \sync{}ed with it to broadcast
 % \CSIndex{if@nobreak} to all $\cc_c(\sw)$.  Then it is turned $\true$ iff
 % $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$ for \sync{}ation or $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}$
-% for flushing, so as to invoke \!\pcol@sync!.
+% for flushing, so as to invoke \!\pcol@sync!.  And finally, it is turned
+% $\true$ iff $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}={\false}$ or
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$, so as to invoke \!\pcol@restartcolumn!.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@sync!, it is turned $\true$ iff the page with the \sync{}ation
-% point being set is not to be flushed, so that it is examined by
-% \!\pcol@synccolumn!.
+% In \!\pcol@restartcolumn!, it is truned $\true$ iff footnote typesetting
+% is \scfnote{} and $p<\ptop$.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@makefcolumn!, it is turned $\true$ iff the macro is acting on a
-% column in the \lpage{}, $\cc_c(\dl)$ is emptied by the macro itself, and
-% the total size of the floats to be put in the \fcolumn{} being built by
-% the macro is less than \!\@fpmim!, to mean it is possible that the floats
-% is put in the \fcolumn{} as top floats.
+% In \!\pcol@sync!, it is turned $\true$ iff the \sync{}ed or flushed page
+% can be built by \!\pcol@synccolumn!.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@makefcolumn! having non-empty $\cc_c(\tl)$, it is turned
+% $\false$ iff the macro is acting on a column in the \lpage{}, $\cc_c(\dl)$
+% is emptied by the macro itself, and the total size of the floats to be put
+% in the \fcolumn{} being built by the macro is less than \!\@fpmin!, to
+% mean it is possible that the floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ is put in the
+% \fcolumn{} as top floats.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@measurecolumn! and \!\pcol@addflhd!, it is set to be $\false$
 % iff both top floats and the main vertical list are empty, so that
 % \!\pcol@measureupdate! examines it for the update of $\VT$ and $\DT$.
 % Then it is kept $\false$ iff both of footnotes and bottom floats are
-% empty, so that \!\pcol@measureupdate! examines it for the update of $\VP$
-% and $\DP$.
+% empty, so that \!\pcol@measurecolumn! examines it for the update of $\VP$
+% and \!\pcol@measureupdate! does for $\VPP$ and $\DP$.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, it is turned $\true$ iff $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$
+% and $\VPP=\pp^h(\ptop)$ to mean the floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ should be put in
+% a \fcolumn{} in the \lpage{} as usual.  Then it is turned $\true$ iff
+% $\pp^f(\ptop)\neq\bot$ but unless $\ptop$ is the \lpage{} and \Mgfnote{}
+% typesetting is in effect, i.e., the switch is $\true$ iff \Scfnote{}s are
+% put in the page to be flushed.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@flushfloats!, it is turned $\true$ iff one or more columns have
@@ -1228,11 +1882,6 @@
 % \CSIndex{if@fcolmade} is let have its value after scanning all columns.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, it is turned $\true$ iff $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$
-% and $\VP=\pp^h(\ptop)$ to mean the floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ should be put in
-% a \fcolumn{} in the \lpage{} as usual.
-% 
-% \item
 % In \!\pcol@output@end!, at first it is turned $\true$ iff the last page is
 % not empty when we have \fcolumn{}s to be built, so that the last page is
 % shipped out prior to the pages of \fcolumn{}s.  Then it is turned $\true$
@@ -1241,11 +1890,19 @@
 % \postenv.
 % 
 % \item
+% In \!\globalcounter!\marg{ctr}, it is turned $\true$ iff $\arg{ctr}\in\CG$
+% already.
+% 
+% \item
 % In $\!\pcol@cmpctrelt!\arg{\theta}$, it is turned $\true$ iff $\theta$ is
 % not in $\Cc_0$ or $\Val(\theta)\neq\val_0(\theta)$, so that $\theta$ is
 % added to \!\@gtempa! being the list of \lcounter{}s to be synchronized.
 % 
 % \item
+% In \!\pcol@switchcolumn!$|[|d|]|$, it is turned $\false$ iff $0\leq d<\C$
+% so that we complain $c$ is invalid if the switch is $\true$.
+% 
+% \item
 % In $\!\pcol@ac@caption@def!\arg{s}\arg{t}$, \CSIndex{@tempswatrue} or
 % \CSIndex{@tempswafalse} is given as its first argument $s$ by
 % $\!\pcol@ac@caption@enable!$ or $\!\pcol@ac@caption@disable!$ respectively,
@@ -1295,12 +1952,12 @@
 % 

 % if the \lrep{} of $\theta$ in the column 0 is defined by
 % \!\definethecounter!.  The macro \!\pcol@setctrelt! also makes this
-% overriding for the column $c$ to which the macro belongs if the \lrep{}
-% for $c$ being $|\pcol@thectr@|{\cdot}\theta{\cdot}c$
+% overriding for the column $c$ to which the macro belongs if
+% $|\pcol@thectr@|{\cdot}\theta{\cdot}c$
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{\theta{\cdot}c}{\pcol@thectr@}

 % 

-% is defined, while it makes $|\the|{\cdot}\theta$
+% being the \lrep{} for $c$ is defined, while it makes $|\the|{\cdot}\theta$
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{\theta}{\the}

 % 

@@ -1313,7 +1970,7 @@
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\stepcounter!\<\theta\>$}]
 % is an API macro to increment the counter $\theta$ and zero-clear its
 % descendant counters.  It is used in \!\pcol@startpage! for the counter
-% \counter{page}.
+% \counter{page}, and in \!\pcol@iifootnotetext! for \counter{footnote}.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\nobreak!}]
 % is an API macro to insert $\!\penalty!=10000$ to inhibit line or page
@@ -1322,32 +1979,71 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\addpenalty!\arg{pen}$}]
 % is an API macro to insert a page break $\!\penalty!=\arg{pen}$ if
-% $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}=\false$.  The \!\penalty! is inserted removing the
+% $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}={\false}$.  The \!\penalty! is inserted removing the
 % last vertical skip which is reinserted after the \!\penalty!.  The macro
 % is used in \!\pcol@restartcolumn! to insert \!\interlinepenalty! if
 % $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}=\false$.
 % 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\footnotesize!}]
+% is an API macro to set the font size for footnotes.  It is used in
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody! for footnote typesetting.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\rule!\oarg{\mbox{$r$}}$\Arg{w}\Arg{h}$}]
+% is an API macro to draw a vertical rule of $w$ width and $h$ tall,
+% optionally raised by $r$.  It is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to have the
+% rule of $w=r=0$ and $h=\!\footnotesep!$ to make the first line of the
+% footnote is at least as tall as \!\footnotesep!.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\addcontentsline!\arg{file}\arg{sec}\arg{entry}$}]
 % is an API macro to put \!\addtocontents! for the arguments to |.aux| file.
 % The orignial definition of the macro is kept in
 % \!\pcol@addcontentsline! so that \!\pcol@ac@disable@toc! and
 % \!\pcol@ac@caption! make the macro regain its original definition after
-% disabling it by making it \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@gobblethree!.
+% temporarily disabling its function by making it \!\let!-equal to
+% \!\pcol@gobblethree!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\footnote!}\oarg{num}\marg{text}]
+% is an API macro to give a footnote $\arg{text}$ optionally with its number
+% $\arg{num}$.  In \!\paracol! it is made \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@footnote!
+% to implement its starred version and the adjustment of \counter{footnote}
+% at \Endparacol, while its original version is kept in \!\pcol@@footnote!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\footnotemark!}\oarg{num}]
+% is an API macro to give a footnote mark optionally with the number
+% $\arg{num}$ which the mark represents.  In \!\paracol! it is made
+% \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@footnotemark! to implement its starred version
+% and the adjustment of \counter{footnote} at \Endparacol, while its
+% original version is kept in \!\pcol@@footnotemark!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\footnotetext!}\oarg{num}\marg{text}]
+% is an API macro to give a footnote $\arg{text}$ optionally with its number
+% $\arg{num}$ but without putting the mark in the footnoted text.  In
+% \!\paracol!  it is made \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@footnotetext! to
+% implement its starred version, while its original version is kept in
+% \!\pcol@@footnotetext!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\footnoterule!}]
 % is an API macro to draw a horizontal line above footnotes, or to insert
-% whatever it has before them.  The macro is used in \!\pcol@makenormalcol!
-% to combine the main vertical list and footnotes if provided to build the
-% \preenv{} in \!\@outputbox!.
+% whatever it has above them.  With \Scfnote{} typesetting, it is redefined
+% in \!\paracol! so that it refers to \!\textwidth! instead of
+% \!\columnwidth! for drawing the horizontal line or whatever defined, while
+% the original version is kept in \!\pcol@footnoterule!.  Then it is used in
+% \!\pcol@putfootins! to separate footnotes from the stuff above them, with
+% the original or modified definition.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\newpage!}]
+% is an API macro to break a page.  It is used in \!\pcol@switchcol! as the
+% argument of \!\pcol@visitallcols! to break the \colpage{}s visited in the
+% \cscan{} when the \sync{}ed \cswitch{} requires explicit page breaks.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\dblfigrule!}]
-% is an API macro to draw a horizontal line between the last multi-column
+% is an API macro to draw a horizontal line between the last page-wise
 % floats and the main vertical list, or to insert whatever it has between
 % them.  The macro is used in \!\pcol@startpage! to build \spanning{} in
 % the page $p$ in $\pp^b(p)$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\topfigrule!}]
-% is an API macro to draw a horizontal line between the last single-column
+% is an API macro to draw a horizontal line between the last column-wise
 % top float and the main vertical list, or to insert whatever it has between
 % them.  The macro is used in \!\pcol@cflt! and \!\pcol@synccolumn! to
 % insert it below the last (real) top float.  It is also made \!\let!-equal
@@ -1359,23 +2055,39 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\normalcolor!}]
 % is an API macro to have color specification stuff for normal coloring.
-% The macro is used in \!\pcol@makenormalcol! to specify the color of
-% footnotes if provided to include them as a part of \preenv{} in
-% \!\@outputbox!.
+% The macro is used in \!\pcol@putfootins! to specify the color of footnotes
+% to be put in \!\@outputbox!, and in \!\normalcolumncolor!\oarg{c} to
+% define that the default color of the column $c$ is the normal color.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\color!}\oarg{mode}\marg{color}]
+% is an API macro defined in coloring pacakges to start text coloring with
+% $\arg{color}$ optionally with $\arg{mode}$.  The macro is used in
+% \!\pcol@xcolumncolor!\oarg{mode}\~\marg{color}\oarg{c} and
+% \!\pcol@ycolumncolor!\marg{color}\oarg{c} to define the default color of
+% the column $c$ is $\arg{color}$ optionally with $\arg{mode}$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\PackageError!\arg{pkg}\arg{msg}\arg{hlp}$}]
-% is a developer's API macro to stop the exectution showing the error message
-% $\arg{msg}$ with the package identification $\arg{pkg}$ and the help
-% mssage $\arg{hlp}$.  The macro is used in \!\pcol@ovf! in case of
+% is a developer's API macro to stop the exectution showing the error
+% message $\arg{msg}$ with the package identification $\arg{pkg}$ and the
+% help mssage $\arg{hlp}$.  The macro is used in \!\pcol@ovf! in case of
 % \!\@freelist! shortage, in \!\paracol! for illegal nesting, in
-% \!\pcol@switchenv! for illegal \cswitch{} commands\slash
-% environments in a \csenv, in \!\pcol@switchcolumn! for invalid target
-% column, and in \!\addcontentsonly! for unknown contents type.
+% \!\pcol@switchcolumn! for invalid target column, in \!\pcol@switchenv! for
+% illegal \cswitch{} commands\slash environments in a \csenv, and in
+% \!\addcontentsonly! for unknown contents type.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{$\!\PackageWarning!\arg{pkg}\arg{msg}$}]
+% is a developer's API macro to report a warning message $\arg{msg}$ with
+% the package identification $\arg{pkg}$.  The macro is used in
+% \!\pcol@ignore!  to complain an API macro appears in \env{paracol}
+% inappropriately, and in \!\pcol@fntextbody! if the footnote is taller than
+% $\!\textheight!-\!\skip!\!\footins!$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@@par!}]
 % is an internal macro to keep \TeX's original primitive \CSIndex{par} in it.
 % The macro is used in \!\pcol@output! to let \CSIndex{par} act with its
-% original definition.
+% original definition, and in \!\pcol@switchcol! and \!\pcol@flushclear! as
+% the argument given to \!\pcol@visitallcols! to give \TeX's page builder
+% the chance of page break in \cscan{}ing.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@height!}]
 % is an internal macro having the keyword |height|.  It is used in
@@ -1387,17 +2099,21 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@plus!}]
 % is an internal macro having the keyword |plus|.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@makecol! to \!\def!ine \!\@textbottom! with the body of a vertical
-% skip with infinite stretch and shrink, and in \!\pcol@synccolumn! to put a
-% vertical skip with infinite stretch to push up the main vertical list
-% above a \sync{}ation point.
+% \!\pcol@makecol! to \!\def!ine \!\@textbottom! with the body of vertical
+% skip with small infinite stretch and shrink.  It is also used in
+% \!\pcol@synccolumn! to put a $1\,|fil|$ infinte stretch below the main
+% vertical list together with a small infinte shrink in the \colpage{} being
+% flushed and having a \sync{}ation point, and a vertical skip with a small
+% infinite stretch to push up the main vertical list above a \sync{}ation
+% point.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@minus!}]
 % is an internal macro having the keyword |minus|.  It is used in
 % \!\pcol@makecol! to \!\def!ine \!\@textbottom! with the body of a vertical
-% skip with infinite stretch and shrink, and in \!\pcol@combinefloats! to
-% put a vertical skip with a shrink of \!\textfloatsep! so that the skip of
-% \!\textfloatsep! above it can be canceled if necessary.
+% skip with small infinite stretch and shrink, and in
+% \!\pcol@synccolumn! to put a small infinite shrink together with a stretch
+% of $1\,|fil|$ at the bottom of the main vertical list in a \colpage{}
+% being flused and having a \sync{}ation point.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\hb@xt@!}]
 % is an internal macro having the sequence ``\!\hbox!| to|''.  It is used in 
@@ -1429,7 +2145,15 @@
 % $|\pcol@ctr@|{\cdot}\theta$.
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{\theta}{\pcol@ctr@}
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@defcolumn! for \!\pcol@com@column*!.
 % \end{itemize}
+% 

+% We also use this macro in top level \!\def!inition of
+% \!\pcol@com@nthcolumn*!, \!\pcol@com@leftcolumn*! and
+% \!\pcol@com@rightcolumn*! for the starter of the environments
+% \env{nthcolumn*}, \env{leftcolumn*} and \env{rightcolumn*}.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@nameuse!\arg{cs}$}]
 % is an internal macro to do $|\|\arg{cs}$.  It is used in the following
@@ -1437,6 +2161,11 @@
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
+% \!\pcol@colorstack@full! for $\Celt^c=~|\pcol@column|\~|color|{\cdot}c$.
+% 

+% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columncolor}

+% 
+% \item
 % \!\column*! for \!\pcol@com@column*!.
 % 
 % \item
@@ -1497,6 +2226,12 @@
 % \SpecialIndex{\ext@figure}\SpecialIndex{\ext@table}

 % \end{itemize}
 % 
+% \item[\Uidx{$\!\@gobble!\arg{arg}$}]
+% discards its argument $\arg{arg}$.  It is used in \!\pcol@set@color@elt!
+% for temporarily letting \!\aftergroup! be \!\@gobble! to nullify
+% \!\aftergroup!  with \!\reset@color! invoked in \!\pcol@set@color!, being
+% the original version of \!\set@color!.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@ifundefined!\arg{cs}\arg{then}\arg{else}$}]
 % is an internal macro to do $\arg{then}$ or $\arg{else}$ if $\arg{cs}$ is
 % undefined or defined respectively.  It is used in
@@ -1508,21 +2243,25 @@
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@ifnextchar!\arg{char}\arg{then}\arg{else}$}]
 % is an internal macro to do $\arg{then}$ or $\arg{else}$ if the character
 % following to the macro is $\arg{char}$ or not respectively.  It is used in
-% \!\paracol!, the initial definition of \!\pcol@com@column*!,
-% \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn! and \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn! to examine if they
-% are followed by a `|[|'.
+% \!\columncolor!, \!\pcol@columncolor!, \!\normalcolumncolor!, \!\paracol!,
+% the initial definition of \!\pcol@com@column*!, \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn!, \!\pcol@adjustfnctr! and \!\pcol@ifootnotetext! to
+% examine if they are followed by a `|[|'.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@ifstar!\arg{then}\arg{else}$}]
 % is an internal macro to do $\arg{then}$ or $\arg{else}$ if the character
-% following to the macro is `|*|'.  It is used in \!\pcol@switchcolumn! to
+% following to the macro is `|*|'.  It is used in \!\pcol@switchcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@footnote!, \!\pcol@footnotemark! and \!\pcol@footnotetext! to
 % examine if the optional `|*|' is specified.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@whilesw!\arg{sw}\cs{fi}\arg{body}$}]
 % is an internal macro to iterate $\arg{body}$ while the switch $\arg{sw}$
 % is $\true$.  It is used in \!\pcol@output!, \!\pcol@startpage!,
 % \!\pcol@output@clear!, \!\pcol@flushfloats!, \!\pcol@freshpage! and
-% \!\pcol@output@end! to iterate building of \fcolumn{}s or \fpage{}s while
-% $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$.
+% \!\pcol@output@end! to iterate building process of \fcolumn{}s or
+% \fpage{}s while $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$, and in \!\pcol@switchcol!
+% and \!\pcol@flushclear! to iterate the height check of \sync{}ed or
+% flushed pages while $\CSIndex{ifpcol@flush}=\true$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@whilenum!\arg{ifnum}\cs{do}\arg{body}$}]
 % is an internal macro to interate $\arg{body}$ while the integer comparison
@@ -1541,11 +2280,12 @@
 % \!\pcol@output@end!,
 % \!\pcol@synccounter!,
 % \!\pcol@com@syncallcounters!,
-% \!\pcol@stepcounter!
+% \!\pcol@stepcounter!,
+% \!\pcol@visitallcols!.
 % \end{quote}
 % 

-% The macro is also used in \!\pcol@flushcolumn! to iterate building
-% \fcolumn{}s of a column $c$ in pages $q$ such that
+% The macro is also used in \!\pcol@flushcolumn! to iterate \fcolumn{}
+% building for a column $c$ in pages $q$ such that
 % $q\in(\cc_c(\vb^p),\ptop)$, and in \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! to make
 % assignment of $w_c$ for $c\In{\min(k,\C{-}1)}\C$ where $k$ is the number
 % of fractions given in the argument of \!\columnratio!.
@@ -1568,15 +2308,17 @@
 % \!\pcol@opcol! for the completed \colpage{}.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@startpage! for \fpage{}s and \spanning{} for multi-column top
+% \!\pcol@startpage! for \fpage{}s and \spanning{} for page-wise top
 % floats.
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@output@start! for the \preenv{} and \colpage{}s of all columns.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@output@switch! for the \colpage{} from which we are leaving, and
-% for footnotes in it if exist.
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! for the \colpage{} from which we are leaving.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@savefootins! for footnotes.
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@flushcolumn! for \fcolumn{}s and the empty \colpage{} in $\ptop$.
@@ -1586,7 +2328,7 @@
 % defined by a column whose main vertical list is empty.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@output@end! for the multi-column floats in the \lpage{} if the
+% \!\pcol@output@end! for the page-wise floats in the \lpage{} if the
 % main vertical list of the page is empty.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 

@@ -1598,27 +2340,37 @@
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@opcol! to add the completed \ccolpage{} of $c$ to $\S_c$.
+% \!\pcol@opcol! to add the completed \ccolpage{} $\cc_c(\vb)$ to $\S_c$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@startpage! to add $\pp(\ptop-1)$ and \fpage{}s to $\PP$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@outputelt! to return \spanning{} $\pp^i(q)$, \Scfnote{}s
+% $\pp^f(q)$ and/or \colpage{}s $\s_c(q)$ for all $c\In0C$ in a shipped-out
+% page q to \!\@freelist!, or to add $\pp(q)$ to $\PP$ if the page $q$ is
+% kept.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@startpage! to add \fpage{}s to $\PP$.
+% \!\pcol@output@start! to return the \ccolpage{} $\cc_0(\vb)$ to
+% \!\@freelist!.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@outputelt! to return shipped-out pages, \spanning{} and
-% \colpage{}s to \!\@freelist!, or to add $\pp(q)$ to $\PP$ if the page $q$
-% is kept.
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! to return the \ccolpage{} $\cc_c(\vb)$ to be resumed,
+% and its footnotes $\cc_c(\ft)$ if any, to \!\@freelist!.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@output@start! to return the \ccolpage{} of 0 to \!\@freelist!.
+% \!\pcol@set@color@push! to push $\celt$ in \!\current@color! to the
+% \colorstack{} $\cst=\!\pcol@colorstack!$.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! to return the \ccolpage{} 
-% to be resumed, and its footnotes if any, to \!\@freelist!.
+% $\!\pcol@reset@color@elt!\!\@elt!\Arg{\celt_i}\!\@elt!\Arg{\celt_{i+1}}$ to
+% repush the non-top $\celt_i$ into $\cst$.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! to return footnotes in the \ccolpage{} of $c$ to be
-% flushed to \!\@freelist! if any, and to add the flushed \colpage{} and
-% \fcolumn{}s to $\S_c$.
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! to return footnotes $\cc_c(\ft)$ in the \ccolpage{}
+% of $c$ to be flushed to \!\@freelist! if any, and to add the flushed
+% \colpage{} and \fcolumn{}s to $\S_c$.
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@makefcolelt! to add a float to \!\@toplist! or $\cc_c(\dl)$.
@@ -1628,32 +2380,34 @@
 % $\cc_c(\tl)$.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! to return \spanning{} to \!\@freelist!, and to
-% return footnotes in the \colpage{} to be flushed to \!\@freelist! if any.
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! to return \spanning{} $\pp^i(\ptop)$ and/or
+% \Mcfnote{}s $\cc_c(\ft)$ s.t.\ $\cc_c(\vb^p)=\ptop$ or \Scfnote{}s
+% $\pp^f(\ptop)$ in the top page to be flushed to \!\@freelist! if any.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@output@end! to return all \ccolpage{}s to \!\@freelist!.
+% \!\pcol@output@end! to return $\pp^f(\ptop)$ and all \ccolpage{}s
+% $\cc_c(\vb)$ to \!\@free~list!.
 % 
 % \item
 % $\!\globalcounter!\<\theta\>$ to add a \gcounter{} $\theta$ to $\CG$.
 % 
 % \item
-% $\!\pcol@iremctrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add \lcounter{} $\theta$ to $\CL$.
+% $\!\pcol@iremctrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add a \lcounter{} $\theta$ to $\CL$.
 % 
 % \item
-% $\!\pcol@storectrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add $\<\theta,\val_c(\theta)\>$ to
-% $\Cc_c$ for a column $c$.
+% $\!\pcol@storectrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add a pair $\<\theta,\val_c(\theta)\>$
+% to $\Cc_c$ for a column $c$.
 % 
 % \item
-% $\!\pcol@savectrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add $\<\theta,\val(\theta)\>$ to
+% $\!\pcol@savectrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add a pair $\<\theta,\val(\theta)\>$ to
 % $\Cc_c$ for a column $c$.
 % 
 % \item
-% $\!\pcol@cmpctrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add $\theta$ to the list of \lcounter{}s
-% to be synchronized.
+% $\!\pcol@cmpctrelt!\<\theta\>$ to add a counter $\theta$ to the list of
+% \lcounter{}s to be synchronized.
 % 
 % \item
-% $\!\addcontentsonly!\<t\>\<c\>$ to add $\<t,c\>$ to $\T$.
+% $\!\addcontentsonly!\<t\>\<c\>$ to add a pair $\<t,c\>$ to $\T$.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@cdr!\<a_1\>\<a_2\>\cdots\<a_n\>\cs{@nil}$}]
@@ -1662,6 +2416,11 @@
 % $\!\pcol@currpage!=\!\@elt!\Arg{\pp(\ptop)}$ and to \!\def!ine $\arg{cs}$
 % letting it have $\pp(\ptop)$.
 % 
+% \item[\Uidx{$\!\protected@edef!\arg{macro}$\marg{body}}]
+% is an internal macro to do \!\edef!$\arg{macro}$\marg{body} with the
+% \!\protect!ion so that \!\protect!$\arg{cs}$ is kept in the expansion.  It
+% is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to \!\edef!ine \!\@currentlabel!.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@eha!}]
 % is an internal macro having a help message saying the command causing an
 % error is ignored.  It is used in \!\paracol!, \!\pcol@switchcolumn!,
@@ -1675,18 +2434,43 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@latex@warning@no@line!\arg{msg}$}]
 % is an internal macro to report a warning message $\arg{msg}$ without the
-% line number in which the cause lies.  It is used \!\pcol@output! in case
-% that a page with floats and very short main vertical list is built.
+% line number in which the cause lies.  It is used \!\pcol@output! if
+% a page with floats and very short main vertical list is built.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\reset@font!}]
+% is an internal macro \!\let!-equal to \!\normalfont! to use a starndard
+% font.  It is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody! for footnote typesetting.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\set@color!}]
+% is an internal macro to start coloring of texts following it.  By default
+% it is \!\relax! but may have a definition to put a \!\special! for
+% coloring with the color in \!\current@color!.  In \!\paracol!, if it is
+% not \!\relax! to mean some color package is loaded, its
+% original definition is saved in \!\pcol@set@color! while the macro itself
+% is made \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@set@color@push!.  The macro
+% \!\pcol@icolumncolor! also refers to it to examine the color package
+% provision, and if so temporarily lets it be \!\relax! so that \!\color!
+% invoked in the macro just defines \!\current@color! without doing any
+% other coloring operations.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\reset@color!}]
+% is an internal macro to finish text coloring started by \!\set@color!.  By
+% default it is undefined but may have some definition to put a \!\special!
+% to finish coloring.  In \!\paracol!, its original definition is saved in
+% \!\pcol@reset@color! while the macro itself is made \!\let!-equal to
+% \!\pcol@reset@color@pop!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\color@begingroup!}]
 % is an internal macro to open a group in which a color is specified.  It is
-% used in \!\pcol@makenormalcol! to enclose footnotes with \!\normalcolor!
-% for \preenv{}.
+% used in \!\pcol@putfootins! to enclose footnotes with \!\normalcolor!, and
+% in \!\pcol@fntextbody!\marg{text} to enclose the coloring in the footnote
+% $\arg{text}$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\color@endgroup!}]
 % is an internal macro to close a group in which a color is specified.  It is
-% used in \!\pcol@makenormalcol! to enclose footnotes with \!\normalcolor!
-% for \preenv{}.
+% used in \!\pcol@putfootins! to enclose footnotes with \!\normalcolor!, and
+% in \!\pcol@fntextbody!\marg{text} to enclose the coloring in the footnote
+% $\arg{text}$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@stpelt!\<\theta\>$}]
 % is an internal macro to zero-clear the counter $\theta$ for the
@@ -1696,31 +2480,51 @@
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{\theta}{\pcol@cl@}
 % 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@parboxrestore!}]
+% is an internal macro to set up typesetting paramenters for paragraphs
+% encapsulated in a box.  It is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody! for paragraphs
+% in a footnonte.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@finalstrut!}$\arg{box}$]
+% is an internal macro to add an invisible vertical rule whose depth is that
+% of a $\arg{box}$.  It is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to make the last line
+% of the footnotes is as deep as \!\strutbox! at shallowest.
+% 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@sect!}]
 % is an internal macro to implement sectioning commands.  The original
 % definition of the macro is kept in \!\pcol@ac@enable@toc!, while
 % \!\pcol@ac@def@toc! makes it \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@ac@enable@toc! or
 % \!\pcol@ac@disable@toc!, the latter of which uses the original version
-% kept in \!\pcol@ac@enable@toc! after disabling \!\addcontentsline!.
+% temporarily disabling \!\addcontentsline!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@caption!}]
 % is an internal macro to implement \!\caption!.  The original definition of
 % the macro is kept in \!\pcol@ac@caption@latex!, while
 % \!\pcol@ac@caption@def! makes it \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@ac@caption!
-% which uses the original version kept in \!\pcol@ac@enable@toc! after
-% disabling \!\addcontentsline! if necessary.
+% which uses the original version temporarily disabling \!\addcontentsline!
+% if necessary.
 % 
-% \item[\Uidx{\!\ext@figure!}]
-% is an internal macro having ``|lof|'' being the extention of the file for
-% list of figures.  It is used in
-% $\!\pcol@ac@caption!\arg{type}|[|\arg{lcap}|]|\<cap\>$ to have ``|lof|''
-% when $\arg{type}=|figure|$.
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\p@footnote!}]
+% is an internal macro to have the prefix to \!\thefootnote! in the printed
+% reference of the counter \counter{footnote}.  It is used in
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody! to produce \!\@currentlabel!.
 % 
-% \item[\Uidx{\!\ext@table!}]
-% is an internal macro having ``|lot|'' being the extention of the file for
-% list of tables.  It is used in
-% $\!\pcol@ac@caption!\arg{type}|[|\arg{lcap}|]|\<cap\>$ to have ``|lot|''
-% when $\arg{type}=|table|$.
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@thefnmark!}]
+% is an internal macro to have \!\thefootnote!\footnote{

+% 

+% Or \cs{thempfootnote} in \env{minipage} environment.}.
+% 

+% It is used in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to produce \!\@currentlabel!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@footnotetext!}\marg{text}]
+% is an internal macro to implement \!\footnote! and \!\footnotetext! for
+% $\arg{text}$.  In \!\paracol!, it is made \!\let!-equal to
+% \!\pcol@fntext!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@makefntext!}\marg{fn}]
+% is an internal macro to typeset the footnote $\arg{fn}$.  It is used in
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody!\marg{text} to typeset the footnote $\arg{text}$ with
+% some other stuff.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@specialoutput!}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to process an \!\output!
@@ -1728,40 +2532,59 @@
 % It is used in \!\pcol@specialoutput! to process the request for floats.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@makecol!}]
-% is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to build the shipping-out
+% is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to build the ship-out
 % image of a column in \!\@outputbox! consisting of top floats, main
 % vertical list in \!\box!|255|, footnotes in \!\footins!, and bottom
-% floats.  It is used in \!\pcol@makecol! for an ordinary \colpage{},
-% in \!\pcol@flushcolumn! for a \ccolpage{} to be flushed, and in
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! for \colpage{}s in $\ptop$ to be flushed.
+% floats\footnote{

+% 

+% In p\LaTeX, the order of footnotes and bottom floats are reversed.}.
+% 

+% It is used in \!\pcol@output! to process a sneaked \!\output!  request
+% from outside of \env{paracol}, in \!\pcol@makecol! for an ordinary
+% \colpage{}, in \!\pcol@flushcolumn! for a \ccolpage{} to be flushed, and
+% in \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! for \colpage{}s in $\ptop$ to be flushed.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@combinefloats!}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to combine top and bottom
 % floats in \!\@toplist! and \!\@botlist! respectively with \!\@outputbox!
-% in which the main vertical list and footnotes have been put by
-% \!\@makecol!, and to have the result in \!\@outputbox! again.  It is used
-% in \!\pcol@makenormalcol! for \preenv{}, while \!\paracol! makes it
-% \!\let!-equal to our own \!\pcol@combinefloats! so that \!\@makecol! uses
-% it.
+% in which the main vertical list and footnotes\footnote{
+% 

+% In p\LaTeX, footnotes are not in \cs{@outputbox} because of the reveral of
+% footnotes and bottom floats.}
+% 

+% have been put by \!\@makecol!, and to have the result in \!\@outputbox!
+% again.  In \!\paracol!, it is made \!\let!-equal to our own
+% \!\pcol@combinefloats!  so that \!\@makecol! and \!\pcol@makenormalcol!
+% uses it instead of the original one.  However, if \!\pcol@output! finds
+% that the \!\output!  request for a page break outside \env{paracol} is
+% sneaked into our own \!\output! routine, it makes this macro \!\let!-equal
+% to \!\pcol@@combinefloats! in which \LaTeX's version is kept so that
+% \LaTeX's original \!\output! routine works perfectly as original.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@cflt!}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to put all top floats in
 % \!\@toplist! and related stuff such as the vertical skip of
 % \!\textfloatsep! into \!\@outputbox!  together with its old contents being
-% the main vertical list and footnotes.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@combinefloats! if the \colpage{} being processed does not have
-% \sync{}ation points.
+% the main vertical list and footnotes

+% 

+% \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}\footnotemark.
+% 

+% It is used in \!\pcol@combinefloats! if the \colpage{} being processed
+% does not have \sync{}ation points.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@cflb!}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to put all bottom floats in
 % \!\@botlist! and related stuff such as the vertical skip of
 % \!\textfloatsep! into \!\@outputbox!  together with its old contents being
-% top floats, the main vertical list and footnotes.  It is used in
-% \!\pcol@combinefloats!.
+% top floats, the main vertical list and footnotes

+% 

+% \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}\footnotemark.
+% 

+% It is used in \!\pcol@combinefloats!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@comflelt!\arg{flt}$}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to put $\arg{flt}$ being a
-% single-column top or bottom float to the tail of \!\@tempboxa! which
+% column-wise top or bottom float to the tail of \!\@tempboxa! which
 % finally has all top\slash bottom floats in a column.  It is used in
 % \!\pcol@cflt! to apply to each element of \!\@toplist!.
 % 
@@ -1770,7 +2593,7 @@
 % \!\@outputbox! in which a \colpage{} is stored, by \!\@makecol!.  This
 % macro is temporarily re\!\def!ined by \!\pcol@makecol! for a \colpage{}
 % having \sync{}ation points so that it has a vertical skip of inifinite
-% stretch and shrink to push up/down the staff below the last \sync{}ation
+% stretch and shrink to push up/down the stuff below the last \sync{}ation
 % point in order to adjust its top to the point.  After that, its original
 % definition kept in \!\pcol@textbottom! is restored.
 % 
@@ -1785,22 +2608,22 @@
 % followed by pages having \fcolumn{}s.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@dblfloatplacement!}]
-% is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to reinitialize multi-column
+% is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to reinitialize page-wise
 % float placement paramenters.  It is used in \!\pcol@startpage! and
-% \!\pcol@output@clear! prior to processing multi-column floats in
+% \!\pcol@output@clear! prior to processing page-wise floats in
 % \!\@dbldeferlist!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@tryfcolumn!\arg{lst}$}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine which examines if a \fcolumn{}
 % or a \fpage{} can be built with some floats in $\arg{lst}$ and, if so,
 % builds the page in \!\@outputbox! removing floats put in the page from
-% $\arg{lst}$.  It is used in \!\pcol@startpage! for multi-column floats in
-% \!\@dbldeferlist!, and in \!\pcol@startcolumn! for single-column floats in
+% $\arg{lst}$.  It is used in \!\pcol@startpage! for page-wise floats in
+% \!\@dbldeferlist!, and in \!\pcol@startcolumn! for column-wise floats in
 % $\cc_c(\dl)$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@sdblcolelt!\arg{flt}$}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine which examines if a
-% multi-column float $\arg{flt}$ can be added to \!\@dbltoplist! being the
+% page-wise float $\arg{flt}$ can be added to \!\@dbltoplist! being the
 % list of the floats to be put at the top of a page, and if so, adds
 % $\arg{flt}$ to \!\@dbltoplist!, while it is added to \!\@dbldeferlist!
 % otherwise.  It is used in \!\pcol@startpage! to apply to each element of
@@ -1808,18 +2631,18 @@
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@comdblflelt!\arg{flt}$}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to put $\arg{flt}$ being a
-% multi-column float to the tail of \!\@tempboxa! which finally has the
-% \spanning{} for multi-column floats.  It is used in \!\pcol@startpage! to
+% page-wise float to the tail of \!\@tempboxa! which finally has the
+% \spanning{} for page-wise floats.  It is used in \!\pcol@startpage! to
 % apply to each element of \!\@dbltoplist! to have the \spanning.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@floatplacement!}]
-% is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to reinitialize single-column
+% is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to reinitialize column-wise
 % float placement parameters.  It is used in our own version of it,
 % \!\pcol@floatplacement!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@scolelt!\arg{flt}$}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine which examines if a
-% single-column float $\arg{flt}$ can be added to \!\@toplist! or
+% column-wise float $\arg{flt}$ can be added to \!\@toplist! or
 % \!\@botlist! being the list of the floats to be put at the top or bottom
 % of a page respectively.  Then, if the examination succeeds, $\arg{flt}$ is
 % added to \!\@toplist! or \!\@botlist!, while it is added to
@@ -1830,27 +2653,29 @@
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to build a \fcolumn{} with
 % some floats at the head of a float list $\arg{lst}$ and to remove the
 % floats from the list.  It is used in \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and
-% \!\pcol@flushfloats! for $\cc_c(\dl)$ of single-column floats, and in
-% \!\pcol@output@clear! for \!\@dbldeferlist! of multi-column floats which
-% become single-column ones.
+% \!\pcol@flushfloats! for $\cc_c(\dl)$ of column-wise floats, and in
+% \!\pcol@output@clear! for \!\@dbldeferlist! of page-wise floats.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@opcol!}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to output a page or to keep
-% the first column until the second one is completed.  This macro is used
-% only in \!\pcol@output@end! for the case multi-column floats are left at
-% \Endparacol{} and they are put in \fpage{}s.
+% the first column until the second one is completed.  This macro is used in
+% \!\pcol@output! to process a sneaked \!\output! request from outside of
+% \env{paracol}, and in \!\pcol@output@end! for the case page-wise floats
+% are left at \Endparacol{} and they are put in \fpage{}s.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@startcolumn!}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine which tries to build a
 % \fcolumn{} for the floats in \!\@deferlist! and, if the column
 % is not built, tries to move floats to \!\@toplist! and \!\@botlist!.  This
-% macro is used only in \!\pcol@output@end! for the case multi-column floats
-% are left at \Endparacol{} after which they become single-column ones.
+% macro is used in \!\pcol@output! to process a sneaked \!\output! request
+% from outside of \env{paracol}, and in \!\pcol@output@end! for the case
+% page-wise floats are left at \Endparacol{} after which they become
+% column-wise ones.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@emptycol!}]
 % is an internal macro for \!\output! routine to put back an empty page to
-% the main vertical list.  It is used \!\pcol@output! in case that a page
-% with floats and very short main vertical list is built.
+% the main vertical list.  It is used \!\pcol@output! if a page with floats
+% and very short main vertical list is built.
 % \end{description}
 %
 % 
@@ -1858,11 +2683,6 @@
 % \subsubsection{Structural Macros}
 % 
 % \begin{description}
-% \item[\Uidx{\!\topfraction!}]
-% is an API macro to have the maximum fraction of the space for top floats
-% in a column.  It is used by \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! to recalculate
-% $\!\@toproom!=\cc_c(\tr)=\!\topfraction!\times\pp^h(\ptop)$.
-% 
 % \item[\Uidx{$\!\@elt!\<a_1\>\cdots\<a_n\>$}]
 % is an internal control sequence to represent a list element having $n$
 % subelements.  The sequence is often made \!\let!-equal to a macro which
@@ -1882,14 +2702,14 @@
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@setpnoelt! does $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to add $\pp(q)$ to $\PP$.  It
 % also uses \!\@elt! to \!\def!ine \!\pcol@currpage! with
-% $\!\@elt!\<\pp(q)\>$ or $\!\@elt!|{|\pp(q)|}|$.
+% $\!\@elt!\Arg{\pp^p(q)}\arg{\pp^i(q)}\arg{\pp^f(q)}$.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@setordpage! does $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to \!\xdef!ine
-% \!\pcol@currpage! with $\!\@elt!|{|\pp(q)|}|$.
+% \!\pcol@defcurrpage! does $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to \!\xdef!ine
+% \!\pcol@currpage! with $\!\@elt!\Arg{\pp^p(q)}\arg{\pp^i(q)}\arg{\pp^f(q)}$.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@nextpage! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@nextpelt!$ for $\PPP$.
+% \!\pcol@nextpage! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@nextpelt!$ for $\PP$.
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@getcurrpage! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@getpelt!$ for $\PPP$.
@@ -1898,8 +2718,7 @@
 % \!\pcol@startpage! does $\!\@elt!=\!\@sdblcolelt!$ for (the copy of)
 % \!\@dbldeferlist!, $\!\@elt!=\!\@comdblflelt!$ for \!\@dbltoplist!,
 % and then $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to concatenate \!\@freelist! and
-% \!\@dbltoplist!.  It also uses \!\@elt! to \!\xdef!ine \!\pcol@currpage!
-% with $\!\@elt!\<\pp(\ptop)\>$.
+% \!\@dbltoplist!.
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@outputpage! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@outputelt!$ with two arguments
@@ -1910,10 +2729,6 @@
 % $\cc_c(\dl)$.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@output@start! uses \!\@elt! to \!\xdef!fine \!\pcol@currpage! with
-% $\!\@elt!\<\pp(0)\>$.
-% 
-% \item
 % \!\pcol@makenormalcol! does $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to concatenate
 % \!\@freelist! and \!\@midlist!.
 % 
@@ -1923,6 +2738,33 @@
 % $\cc_c(\bl)=\!\@botlist!$  and $\cc_c(\dl)=\!\@deferlist!$.
 % 
 % \item
+% \!\pcol@reset@color@pop! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@reset@color@elt!$ to
+% remove the tail of \colorstack{} $\cst=\!\pcol@colorstack!$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@reset@color@elt! uses \!\@elt! for recursive invocatoin of itself.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@clearcolorstack! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@reset@color!$ for
+% $\celt_i$ in $\CST^c$ to rewind printer's \colorstack.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@restorecst!$\<\mathit{\Gamma}'\>$ does
+% $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@set@color@elt!$ for $\celt_i$ 
+% in $\mathit{\Gamma}'\in\{\CST^c,\csts\}$ to reestablish printer's
+% \colorstack.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@savecolorstack! does $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to save $\CST^c$ into
+% $\csts$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@icolumncolor! does $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to \!\xdef!ine
+% $\Celt^c=|\pcol@columncolor|{\cdot}\~c$.

+% 

+% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columncolor}

+% 
+% \item
 % \!\pcol@makefcolumn! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@makefcolelt!$ for (the copy
 % of) $\cc_c(\dl)$ to examine if each float in it can be put in a \fcolumn{}
 % to be built, and then \!\def!ine it to put floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ into
@@ -1934,8 +2776,13 @@
 % default.
 % 
 % \item
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! \!\def!ines \!\@elt! to apply it to $\cc_c(\tl)$
+% to put top floats in a \fcolumn.
+% 
+% \item
 % \!\pcol@output@end! does $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to add the \spanning{} of
-% the last page to the head of \!\@dbldeferlist!.
+% the last page to the head of \!\@dbldeferlist!, and then
+% $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@reset@color!$ to apply it to $\Celt^c$.
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\paracol! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@remctrelt!$ for $\CG$,
@@ -1945,6 +2792,10 @@
 % $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to give the default.
 % 
 % \item
+% \!\globalcounter!\marg{ctr} defeines \!\@elt!\marg{\theta} for $\CG$ to
+% check if there is $\theta\in\CG$ such that $\theta=\arg{ctr}$.
+% 
+% \item
 % \!\pcol@localcommands! has the sequence of $\!\@elt!\ARg{com}$ for all
 % \lcommand{}s $|\|\arg{com}$.
 % 
@@ -1952,8 +2803,9 @@
 % \!\pcol@gcounters! has \!\@elt!|{page}| as its initial definition.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@remctrelt! does $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@iremctrelt!$ for (the copy of)
-% $\CL$.
+% $\!\pcol@removecounter!\arg{\Theta'}\arg{\theta}$ does
+% $\!\@elt!=\!\pcol@iremctrelt!$ for (the copy of) its argument
+% $\mathit{\Theta}'$ to remove $\theta$ from it.
 % 
 % \item
 % $\!\pcol@sscounters!\arg{elt}$ does $\!\@elt!=\arg{elt}$, where
@@ -2002,9 +2854,9 @@
 % \!\pcol@checkshipped! ($S_c$)\\
 % \!\pcol@startpage! ($\pp(\ptop)$, \!\@dbltoplist!)\\
 % \!\pcol@flushcolumn! ($\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! ($\cc_c(\dl)$, $\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! ($\cc_c(\tl)$, $\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@measurecolumn! ($\cc_c(\bl),\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@addflhd! ($\cc_c(\tl)$, $\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@addflhd! ($\cc_c(\tl)$, $\cc_c(\bl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@synccolumn! ($\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! ($\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@flushfloats! ($\cc_c(\dl)$)
@@ -2015,18 +2867,38 @@
 % \begin{quote}
 % \!\pcol@cflt! ($\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@setpageno! ($\PP$, $\pp(\ptop)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@startpage! ($\cc_c(\dl)$, \!\@dbltoplist!)\\
+% \!\pcol@startpage! ($\cc_c(\dl)$, \!\@dbldeferlist!, \!\@dbltoplist!)\\
 % \!\pcol@trynextcolumn! ($\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@output@start! ($\PP$, $\pp(\ptop)$, $\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@makenormalcol! (\!\@midlist!)\\
-% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! ($\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@makefcolumn! ($\cc_c(\dl)$, $\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! ($\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@freshpage! ($\PP$, $\pp(\ptop)$)\\
 % \!\paracol! (\!\@gtempa!)\\
-% \!\pcol@remctrelt! ($\CL$)\\
+% \!\pcol@removecounter!$\<\mathit{\Theta}'\>\Arg{\theta}$
+% ($\mathit{\Theta}'\in\{\CG,\CL\}$)\\
 % \!\pcol@sscounters! ($\Cc_c$)
 % \end{quote}
+% 

+% It is also used in \!\pcol@colorstack@full! to replace undefined $\Celt^c$
+% with it.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@currentlabel!}]
+% is an internal macro to have the reference to be associated with the
+% \!\label! following it.  It is defined in \!\pcol@fntextbody! to have the
+% reference to the footnote with \!\@thefnmark!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\ext@figure!}]
+% is an internal macro having ``|lof|'' being the extention of the file for
+% list of figures.  It is used in
+% $\!\pcol@ac@caption!\arg{type}|[|\arg{lcap}|]|\<cap\>$ to have ``|lof|''
+% when $\arg{type}=|figure|$.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\ext@table!}]
+% is an internal macro having ``|lot|'' being the extention of the file for
+% list of tables.  It is used in
+% $\!\pcol@ac@caption!\arg{type}|[|\arg{lcap}|]|\<cap\>$ to have ``|lot|''
+% when $\arg{type}=|table|$.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@currbox!}]
 % is an internal macro which conventionally has an \!\insert! for floats,
@@ -2035,25 +2907,25 @@
 % 

 % \begin{quote}
 % \!\pcol@opcol! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@startpage! ($\pp(\ptop)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@outputelt! ($\pp(q)$, $\s_c(q)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@output@start! ($\pp(0)$, $\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@startpage! ($\pp^i(\ptop)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@outputelt! ($\s_c(q)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@output@start! ($\pp^i(0)$, $\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@output@switch! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@restartcolumn! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@setcurrcol! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@sync! ($\pp(\ptop)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@flushcolumn! ($\cc_c(\vb), \s_c(q)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@measurecolumn! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@synccolumn! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! ($\pp(\ptop)$, $\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@freshpage! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@output@end! (top float, $\cc_c(\vb)$)
 % \end{quote}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@freelist!}]
 % is an internal macro having available \!\insert!s for floats originially,
-% but also \colpage{}s, pages and footonotes in our usage.  Besides the
+% but also \colpage{}s, \spanning{} and footnotes in our usage.  Besides the
 % acquisition of an \!\insert! from it shown in the description of
 % \!\@next!, it is used by the following macros to return the the objects in
 % parentheses to \!\@freelist!.
@@ -2061,37 +2933,53 @@
 % \begin{quote}
 % \!\pcol@cflt! ($\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@startpage! (\!\@dbltoplist!)\\
-% \!\pcol@outputelt! ($\pp(q)$, $\s_c(q)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@outputelt! ($\pp^i(q)$, $\pp^f(q)$, $\s_c(q)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@output@start! ($\cc_0(\vb)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@makenormalcol! (\!\@midlist!)\\
-% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! ($\cc_c(\vb)$, $\cc_c(\ft)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! ($\cc_c(\vb)$, $\pp^f(p)$ or $\cc_c(\ft)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@savefootins! ($\pp^f(p)$ or $\cc_c(\ft)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@flushcolumn! ($\cc_c(\ft)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! ($\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! ($\pp(\ptop)$, $\cc_c(\ft)$, $\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@output@end! ($\cc_c(\vb)$)
+% \!\pcol@makefcolpage! ($\cc_c(\tl)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! ($\pp^i(\ptop)$, $\cc_c(\ft)$, $\pp^f(\ptop)$)\\
+% \!\pcol@output@end! ($\pp^f(\ptop)$, $\cc_c(\vb)$)
 % \end{quote}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@nil!}]
 % is an internal control sequence which is conventionally used to terminate
 % a variable length argument.  It is used in \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! for the
-% invocation of \!\@cdr!.
+% invocation of \!\@cdr!, in \!\pcol@reset@color@pop! as the tail sentinel
+% of the \colorstack{} $\cst$ temporarily stored in \!\reserved@a!, and in
+% \!\pcol@iadjustfnctr! and \!\pcol@iifootnotetext! to terminate their
+% argument |[|$[|+-|]\meta{disp}$|]| passed to \!\pcol@calcfnctr!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\@nnil!}]
+% is an internal macro having \!\@nil!.  It is referred to by
+% \!\pcol@reset@color@elt! to examine if it acts on the last element of the
+% \colorstack{} $\cst$ followed by the tail sentinel \!\@elt!\!\@nil!.
+% 
+% \item[\Uidx{\!\current@color!}]
+% is an internal macro having color information to be put into |.dvi| as a
+% part of the argument of coloring \!\special!.  It is referred to by
+% \!\pcol@set@color@push!, \!\pcol@set@color@elt!  and
+% \!\pcol@icolumncolor!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@dbldeferlist!}]
-% is an internal macro having the list of multi-column floats whose page
+% is an internal macro having the list of page-wise floats whose page
 % appearance are not yet fixed.  It is scanned and then updated in
 % \!\pcol@startpage! and \!\pcol@output@clear!, while \!\pcol@output@start!
 % lets it have \!\@deferlist! made before \beginparacol, and
-% \!\pcol@output@end! adds multi-column floats to be put in the empty
+% \!\pcol@output@end! adds page-wise floats to be put in the empty
 % \lpage{} to it and then move the whole of the list to \!\@deferlist!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@dbltoplist!}]
-% is an internal macro having the list of multi-column floats which
+% is an internal macro having the list of page-wise floats which
 % \!\@sdblcolelt! decided to be put in the new page.  The macro
-% \!\pcol@startpage! scans it to put all floats in the page $\ptop$, and then
-% empties it after returning all floats to \!\@freelist!.
+% \!\pcol@startpage! scans it to put all floats into the page $\ptop$ as its
+% \spanning{} $\pp^i(\ptop)$, and then empties it after returning all floats
+% to \!\@freelist!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@deferlist!}]
-% is an internal macro having the list of single-column floats whose page
+% is an internal macro having the list of column-wise floats whose page
 % appearance are not yet fixed.  It is scanned and then updated in
 % \!\pcol@startcolumn!, \!\pcol@trynextcolumn!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and \!\pcol@flushfloats!, while the following macros
@@ -2104,10 +2992,14 @@
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@setcurrcol! and \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! saves\slash restores it
-% in/from $\cc_c(\dl)$, respectively.
+% into/from $\cc_c(\dl)$, respectively.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makefcolelt!$\arg{flt}$ returns $\arg{flt}$ to the list if
+% $\arg{flt}$ cannot be put in the \fcolumn{} which the macro is working on.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@measurecolumn! examines its emptiness to make $\VP=\pp^h(\ptop)$
+% \!\pcol@measurecolumn! examines its emptiness to make $\VPP=\pp^h(\ptop)$
 % if not empty.
 % 
 % \item
@@ -2116,42 +3008,44 @@
 % 
 % \item
 % \!\pcol@output@end! lets it have \!\@dbldeferlist! so that it processed as
-% sigle-float floats after \Endparacol.
+% column-wise floats after \Endparacol.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@toplist!}]
-% is an internal macro having the list of single-column floats which is
+% is an internal macro having the list of column-wise floats which is
 % decided to be put at the top of the \ccolpage{} by float environments or by
 % \!\pcol@trynextcolumn!.  This list is scanned by \!\pcol@cflt! if its
 % invoker \!\pcol@combinefloats! finds the macro is not empty.  The list is
 % also scanned by \!\pcol@measurecolumn! for the measurement of the combined
 % size of top floats, while \!\pcol@setcurrcol! and \!\pcol@igetcurrcol!
-% saves\slash restores the list in/from $\cc_c(\tl)$ respectively.  In
+% saves\slash restores the list into/from $\cc_c(\tl)$ respectively.  In
 % addition our macros may add an element or build the entire list in the
 % following two cases.  One case is for a \sync{}ation for which
 % \!\pcol@synccolumn! lets the main vertical list in $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ be a
 % float, namely {\em\mvlfloat} to be added to this list.  Another case is for
 % a \fcolumn{} in the \lpage{} for which \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and
 % \!\pcol@makefcolelt! build this list for deferred floats.  In the latter
-% case, the list is scanned by \!\pcol@makefcolumn! itself or by
+% case, the list is scanned by \!\pcol@makefcolpage! invoked from
+% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! itself, \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and
 % \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@botlist!}]
-% is an internal macro having the list of single-column floats which is
+% is an internal macro having the list of column-wise floats which is
 % decided to be put at the bottom of the \ccolpage{} by float environments or
 % by \!\pcol@trynextcolumn!.  The emptiness of this list examined by
-% \!\pcol@combinefloats! to invoke the scanner \!\@cflb! unless empty.  The
-% list is also scanned by \!\pcol@measurecolumn! for the measurement of the
-% combined size of bottom floats, while \!\pcol@setcurrcol! and
-% \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! saves\slash restores the list in/from $\cc_c(\bl)$
-% respectively.
+% \!\pcol@combinefloats! to invoke the scanner \!\@cflb! unless empty, and
+% by \!\pcol@output@start! to calculate the room for each \colpage{} in the
+% \spage.  The list is also scanned by \!\pcol@measurecolumn! for the
+% measurement of the combined size of bottom floats, while
+% \!\pcol@setcurrcol! and \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! saves\slash restores the list
+% into/from $\cc_c(\bl)$ respectively.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@midlist!}]
 % is an internal macro having the list of in-text floats which has already
 % been put in the \ccolpage{} but is kept to check the ordering of the
 % succeeding floats.  The list is emptied by \!\pcol@makenormalcol! after
 % returning all elements in it to \!\@freelist!, while \!\pcol@setcurrcol!
-% and \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! saves\slash restores the list in/from
+% and \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! saves\slash restores the list into/from
 % $\cc_c(\ml)$ respectively.
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\cl@@ckpt!}]
@@ -2175,17 +3069,36 @@
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
+% In $\!\pcol@iLogLevel!\<l\>\arg{name}$, it is used to implement
+% $\!\let!|\|\arg{name}=|\|\arg{name}{\cdot}l'$ where $l'$ is the roman
+% representation of the level $l$.
+% 
+% \item
 % In \!\pcol@setpageno!, it has $\PPP$ so that we update $\PP$ and
 % $\pp(\ptop)$ scanning their original contents.
 % 
 % \item
+% In \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo!, it has $\pp(\ptop)$ so that we give its three
+% components to \!\pcol@getpinfo! as its first three arguments.
+% 
+% \item
 % In \!\pcol@specialoutput!, it is \!\let!-equal to $|\pcol@output@|{\cdot}f$
 % corresponding to $\!\outputpenalty!=|\pcol@op@|{\cdot}f$, or
 % \!\@specialoutput!.
 % 
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@flushcolumn!, it is used to throw $\pp^b(\ptop)$ away because
-% we don't need it.
+% In \!\pcol@output@switch!, it is \!\let!-equal to \!\@nobreaktrue! or
+% \!\@nobreakfalse! according to \CSIndex{if@nobreak} in the leaving column
+% to broadcast it to other columns.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@reset@color@pop!, it has $\cst$ so that we redefine
+% \!\pcol@colorstack! removing its tail applying \!\pcol@reset@color@elt! to
+% each element $\celt_i$.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@ifempty!$\arg{box}\arg{then}\arg{else}$, it has $\arg{then}$ or
+% $\arg{else}$ according to the emptiness of $\arg{box}$.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!, it is used to have the fraction $r_c$ being a
@@ -2197,13 +3110,18 @@
 % $\!\let!|\|\arg{com}=|\pcol@com@|{\cdot}\~\arg{com}$.
 % 
 % \item
+% In \!\globalcounter!\marg{ctr}, it is used to have $\arg{ctr}$ for the
+% \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison with each $\theta\in\CG$.
+% 
+% \item
 % In $\!\pcol@remctrelt!\<\theta\>$, it is used to implement
 % $\!\let!|\pcol@cl@|{\cdot}\theta=|\cl@|{\cdot}\theta$,
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{\theta}{\pcol@cl@}\SpecialArrayIndex{\theta}{\cl@}

-% 

-% and then it has $\theta$ for the \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison in
-% \!\pcol@iremctrelt!.
+% 
+% \item
+% In $\!\pcol@removecounter!\<\mathit{\Theta}'\>\Arg{\theta}$, it is used to
+% have $\theta$ for the \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison in \!\pcol@iremctrelt!.
 % 
 % \item
 % In $\!\pcol@thectrelt!\<\theta\>$, it is used to implement
@@ -2228,6 +3146,22 @@
 % $|\pcol@thectr@|{\cdot}\theta{\cdot}c$.
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{\theta{\cdot}c}{\pcol@thectr@}

+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@switchenv!, it is used to save \!\switchcolumn! which is
+% redefined in the macro, and then to invoke \!\switchcolumn! with the
+% original definition.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@fntext!\marg{text}, it is \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@fntextother!
+% or \!\pcol@fntext~top! according to the footnote $\arg{text}$ is deferred
+% or not.
+% 
+% \item
+% \begingroup\hfuzz0.6pt
+% In \!\pcol@calcfnctr!$\arg{num}$\!\@nil!, it has the first token of
+% $\arg{num}$ for \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison with `|+|' and `|-|'.
+% \par\endgroup
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\reserved@b!}]
@@ -2240,11 +3174,37 @@
 % \!\pcol@outputpage! ($\PP$)\\
 % \!\pcol@trynextcolumn! ($\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
 % \!\pcol@makefcolumn! ($\cc_c(\dl)$)\\
-% \!\pcol@remctrelt! ($\CC$)
+% \!\pcol@removecounter!$\<\mathit{\Theta}'\>\Arg{\theta}$
+% ($\mathit{\Theta}'\in\{\CG,\CC\}$)
 % \end{quote}
 % 

-% In addition, $\!\pcol@iremctrelt!\<\theta\>$ uses it to have $\theta$ in
-% it for \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison.
+% In addition, it is used in the following macros.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@output@switch!, it is \!\let!-equal to |\@afterindenttrue| or
+% |\@after|\~|indentfalse| according to \CSIndex{if@afterindent} in the
+% leaving column to broadcast it to other columns.
+% 
+% \item
+% In
+% \!\pcol@reset@color@elt!\!\@elt!$\Arg{\celt_i}$\!\@elt!$\Arg{\celt_{i+1}}$,
+% it has $\celt_{i+1}\in\CST$ or \!\@nil! for \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison with
+% \!\@nnil!.  Then it is let have \!\@elt!$\Arg{\celt_{i+1}}$ or \!\relax!
+% respectively for the recursive invocation of the macro itself.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\globalcounter!$\Arg{\theta}$, it has $\cg_i\in\CG$ for
+% \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison with $\theta$.
+% 
+% \item
+% In $\!\pcol@iremctrelt!\<\mathit{\Theta}'\>\Arg\theta$, it has $\theta$ for
+% \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison with $\theta'$ to be removed from $\CG$ or $\CC$.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@calcfnctr!$\arg{num}$\!\@nil!, it has `|+|' and then `|-|' for
+% \CSIndex{ifx}-comparison with the first token of $\arg{num}$.
+% \end{itemize}
 % 
 % \item[\Uidx{\!\@gtempa!}]
 % is an internal macro used as a \!\global!ly modifiable scratchpad.  Its
@@ -2252,17 +3212,17 @@
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
-% In \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, it has \!\lastpenalty! in a \!\vbox! whose
-% value is examined outside the \!\vbox! for the empty check of
-% $\cc_c(\vb^b)$.
+% In \!\pcol@ifempty!$\arg{box}\arg{then}\arg{else}$, it has \!\lastpenalty!
+% in a \!\vbox! whose value is examined outside the \!\vbox! for the
+% emptiness check of $\arg{box}$.
 % 
 % \item
 % In \!\paracol! and \!\pcol@cmpctrelt!, it has the list of counters to be
 % synchronized.
 % 
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@savectrelt! and \!\pcol@sscounters!, it has the new version of
-% $\CC_c$.
+% In \!\pcol@storectrelt!, \!\pcol@savectrelt! and \!\pcol@sscounters!, it
+% has the new version of $\CC_c$.
 % \end{itemize}
 % \end{description}
 % 
@@ -2281,6 +3241,9 @@
 % registers.
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@currcol}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add initialization to 0 after the declaration.}

+% 

 % The register \!\pcol@currcol! has the zero-origin ordinal $c$ of the
 % column which we were in when \!\output! is invoked.  Therefore, for
 % example, in the process of \!\switchcolumn!, the register has $c$ from
@@ -2293,19 +3256,34 @@
 % are in (or which column is processed by their invokers).
 % 

 % \begin{quote}\raggedright
+% \!\pcol@Log@iii!,
+% \!\pcol@Log@ii!,
 % \!\pcol@opcol!,
 % \!\pcol@output@switch!,
 % \!\pcol@getcurrcol!,
 % \!\pcol@setcurrcol!,
+% \!\pcol@clearcolorstack!,
+% \!\pcol@restorecolorstack!,
+% \!\pcol@columncolor!,
+% \!\normalcolumncolor!,
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput!\footnote{

+% 

+% Only for logging.},
+% 

 % \!\pcol@sscounters!,
 % \!\pcol@setctrelt!,
 % \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@switchcol!,
+% \!\pcol@visitallcols!,
 % \!\pcol@aconlyelt!,
-% \!\pcol@com@flushpage!,
-% \!\pcol@com@clearpage!.
+% \!\pcol@flushclear!.
 % \end{quote}
 % 

+% Among the macros above, \!\columncolor! and \!\normalcolumncolor! could
+% refer to the register outside \env{paracol} environment and thus before
+% the initialization by \!\pcol@output@start!.  Therefore, the register is
+% also initialized to be 0 after its declaration to assure safe reference.
+% 
 % The following macros use the register for the scan of all $c\In0\C$ by
 % themselves or their invokers.
 % 

@@ -2329,12 +3307,15 @@
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@nextcol}
 % The register \!\pcol@nextcol! has the zero-origin ordinal $d$ of the
-% column to which we are switching, or in which we are staying.  The main
-% usage of the register is to set the switching target in
-% \!\pcol@switchcolumn!, but other macros use it to specify the (temporary)
-% target of \!\pcol@switchcol!; 0 in \!\paracol!, \!\pcol@mctext!,
-% \!\endparacol!; and $c=\!\pcol@currcol!$ in \!\pcol@com@flushpage! and
-% \!\pcol@com@clearpage! to stay in the current column $c$.
+% column to which we are switching, or in which we are staying, to be set
+% into \!\pcol@currcol! by \!\pcol@restartcolumn!.  The main usage of the
+% register is to set the switching target in \!\pcol@switchcolumn!, but
+% other macros use it to specify the (temporary) target of
+% \!\pcol@switchcol!; the tallest column in \!\pcol@sync!; 0 in \!\paracol!,
+% \!\pcol@mctext! and \!\endparacol!; all in $\LBRP0\C$ but
+% $c=\!\pcol@currcol!$ in \!\pcol@visitallcols!; and $c$ in
+% \!\pcol@flushclear! to stay in the current column $c$.  The other user of
+% this register is \!\pcol@invokeoutput! but only for logging.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@ncol}
@@ -2356,30 +3337,33 @@
 % \!\pcol@synccounter!,
 % \!\pcol@com@syncallcounters!,
 % \!\pcol@stepcounter!,
+% \!\pcol@visitallcols!.
 % \end{quote}
 % 

 % The other references are made by \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn! and
-% \!\pcol@switchcolumn! to examine $c<\C$, and by \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! to
-% calculate $\w_c$.
+% \!\pcol@switchcolumn! to examine $c<\C$, by \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! to
+% calculate $\w_c$, and by \!\pcol@swapcolumn! to calculate $\C-1-c$ for the
+% column ordinal or position of $c$.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@page}
 % The register \!\pcol@page! has the zero-orgin ordinal $p$ of the page
-% which we are in.  The register is intialized to be 0 not only by
+% which we are in.  The register is initialized to be 0 not only by
 % \!\pcol@output@start! to give the obvious starting point, but also by
 % \!\pcol@freshpage! for page flushing which clears $\PP=\!\pcol@pages!$ to
 % give us another type of starting point.  Then the register is incremented
 % by \!\pcol@nextpage! to advance one page, by \!\pcol@nextpelt! to skip a
-% \fpage, by \!\pcol@startpage! to start a new page, and by
-% \!\pcol@output@clear! for pages of \fcolumn{}s and \fpage{}s.  The other
+% \fpage, and by \!\pcol@startpage! for a \fpage{} to be created.  The other
 % type of updates of the register is done by \!\pcol@restartcolumn! which
 % lets $p$ be $\cc_c(\vb^p)$ when we revisit the column $c$ belonging to the
 % page $p$.  Note that, besides these \!\global!  updates,
 % \!\pcol@flushcolumn! locally updates the register to scan
 % $\PP=\!\pcol@pages!$, and \!\pcol@freshpage! also performs local updates
 % but in more weird manner.  Besides the updates discussed above, the
-% macros \!\pcol@opcol!, \!\pcol@setpageno!, \!\pcol@getcurrpage! and
-% \!\pcol@output@switch! refer to the register to know which page they are
+% macros \!\pcol@Log@iii!, \!\pcol@Log@ii!, \!\pcol@makecol!, \!\pcol@opcol!,
+% \!\pcol@setpageno!, \!\pcol@getcurrpage!, \!\pcol@startcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! and 
+% \!\pcol@fntext! refer to the register to know which page they are
 % operating on.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

@@ -2403,21 +3387,50 @@
 % The register is initialized to be 0 by \!\pcol@output@start! and
 % \!\pcol@freshpage! together with \!\pcol@page!, and then let be
 % $p=\!\pcol@page!$ by \!\pcol@startpage! to start a new page $p$.  The
-% macro \!\pcol@opcol! refers to the register to examine if the \ccolpage{}
-% explores a new page, while \!\pcol@flushcolumn! examines if the
-% \ccolpage{} is behind the top page.
+% macros \!\pcol@makecol!, \!\pcol@opcol!, \!\pcol@startcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! and \!\pcol@restartcolumn!  refer to the register
+% to examine if they are working on a \colpage{} in the \tpage, while
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@fntext! examines if the \ccolpage{} is
+% behind the \tpage.  The register is also referred to by \!\pcol@Log@iii!
+% and \!\pcol@Log@ii! for logging.
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@footnotebase}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for single-columned footnotes.}

+% 

+% The register \!\pcol@footnotebase! is let have the value of \!\c@footnote!
+% at the start of a \env{paracol} environment by \!\paracol! to give the
+% base value $\Uidx\bf$ for relative numbering of \counter{footnote} done in
+% \!\pcol@calcfnctr! for the starred versions of \!\footnote!,
+% \!\footnotemark! and \!\footnotetext!.  The register is also referred to
+% by \!\endparacol!  to let \!\c@footnote! have $\bf+\nf$ where
+% $\nf=\!\pcol@nfootnotes!$ shown below is the number of footnotes in the
+% \env{paracol} environment to be closed.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@nfootnotes}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for single-columned footnotes.}

+% 

+% The register \!\pcol@nfootnotes! is to accumulate the number of footnotes
+% $\Uidx\nf$ in a \env{paracol} environment.  Therefore, it is zero-cleared
+% by \!\paracol!, then incremented by \!\pcol@ifootnote! and
+% \!\pcol@ifootnotemark! for \!\footnote! and \!\footnotemark!, and finally
+% referred to by \!\endparacol! to let $\!\c@footnote!=\bf+\nf$.
+% \end{macro}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 
 %% Register Declaration
 
-\newcount\pcol@currcol
+\newcount\pcol@currcol \global\pcol@currcol\z@
 \newcount\pcol@nextcol
 \newcount\pcol@ncol
 \newcount\pcol@page
 \newcount\pcol@basepage
 \newcount\pcol@toppage
+\newcount\pcol@footnotebase
+\newcount\pcol@nfootnotes
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 
 % 
@@ -2426,51 +3439,101 @@
 % 
 % The second declaration group is for switches.
 % 

+% \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@output}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to solve the \cs{output} request sneaking.}
+% 

+% The switch \CSIndex{ifpcol@output} is $\true$ iff \!\pcol@output@start!
+% which turns the switch $\true$ has been invoked but \!\pcol@output@end!
+% which does $\false$ has not yet.  Then the switch is examined by
+% \!\pcol@output! to detect an \!\output! request sneaked from outside of
+% the \env{paracol} environment.
+% \end{macro}
+% 
 % \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@nospan}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Renamed from \cs{pcol@textonly}.}

 % 

-% The switch |\ifpcol@nospan| is true iff a page $p$ does not have
-% \spanning, i.e., $\pp(p)<0$ or $\pp(p)\geq256$.  It is set by
-% \!\pcol@setpnoelt! for its local use, and by \!\pcol@getpinfo! for the
-% examination in \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and
-% \!\pcol@output@end!.
+% The switch |\ifpcol@nospan| is $\true$ iff a page $p$ does not have
+% \spanning, i.e., $\pp^i(p)=\bot$.  It is set by by
+% \!\pcol@getpinfo! for the examination in \!\pcol@outputelt!,
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and \!\pcol@output@end!.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@sync}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
-%	{Add initialization to be $\mathit{false}$.}

-% 

-% The switch |\ifpcol@sync| is true iff \!\pcol@output@switch! is invoked
-% from \!\pcol@mctext! or \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn! via \!\output! for
-% \sync{}ing column switching.  Besides being turned true by these macros,
-% the switch is turned false by \!\pcol@sync! after the \sync{}ation to give
-% the default state.
+%	{Add initialization to be $\string\mathit{false}$.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@switchcol} and \cs{pcol@flushclear} to the macros
+%	 turning the switch $\string\mathit{true}$ due to column scanning
+%	 and pre-flushing column height check.}

+% 

+% The switch |\ifpcol@sync| is $\true$ iff \!\pcol@output@switch! is invoked
+% for \sync{}ed \cswitch{} by \!\switchcolumn!|*| or its relative
+% enviroment openers, or \pfcheck{} prior to page flushing or environment
+% closing.  Therefore, the switch is \!\global!ly turned $\true$ by
+% \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn! and \!\pcol@mctext! for the \sync{}ing
+% \cswitch{}ing but then temporarily turned $\false$ by \!\pcol@switchcol!
+% invoked by them for \cscan{}ning and then turned $\true$ again by the
+% macro.  For \pfcheck{}, the macro \!\pcol@flushclear! turns the switch
+% $\true$.  The other macro turns this switch is \!\pcol@output@switch! at
+% the end of which the switch is turned $\false$ to go back to the default
+% state.  The macros examining this switch are \!\pcol@output@switch!,
+% \!\pcol@sync!, \!\pcol@invokeoutput! (for logging) and
+% \!\pcol@switchcol!.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@mctext}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced to restrict the broadcast of \cs{if@nobreak} and
 %	 \cs{everypar} only when a column-switching is accompanied with
-%	 multi-column text.}

+%	 spanning text.}

 % 

-% The switch |\ifpcol@mctext| is true iff \!\pcol@output@switch! is invoked
-% from \!\pcol@mctext! to put \mctext.  The switch is turned false by
-% \!\pcol@output@switch! to give the default state after it examines the
-% switch to {\em broadcast} \CSIndex{if@nobreak} and \!\everypar! to all
-% columns if true.
+% The switch |\ifpcol@mctext| is $\true$ iff \!\pcol@output@switch! is
+% invoked from \!\pcol@mctext! to put \mctext.  The switch is turned false
+% by \!\pcol@output@switch! to give the default state after it examines the
+% switch to {\em broadcast} \CSIndex{if@nobreak}, \CSIndex{if@afterindent}
+% and \!\everypar! to all columns if $\true$.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@clear}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
-%	{Add initialization to be $\mathit{false}$.}

+%	{Add initialization to be $\string\mathit{false}$.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@flushclear} to the macros turning the switch
+%	 $\string\mathit{true}$ due to the pre-flushing column height
+%	 check.}

+% 

+% The switch |\ifpcol@clear| is $\true$ iff \!\pcol@output@switch! is
+% invoked for \pfcheck{}, page flushing or environment closing.  Therefore,
+% the switch is turned $\true$ by \!\pcol@flushclear! in the first case, and
+% by \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! in the latter two.  These two macros also
+% turned the switch $\false$ after the direct\slash indirect invocation of
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! to give the default state.  The switch is examined
+% by \!\pcol@output@switch! and its descendants \!\pcol@sync!,
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@synccolumn!  for \sync{}ation, and by
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput!  for logging.
+% \end{macro}
 % 

-% The switch |\ifpcol@clear| is true iff \!\pcol@output@switch! is invoked
-% from \!\pcol@make~flushedpage! to flush pages.  The macro
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! also turns the switch false after the invocation
-% of \!\pcol@output@switch! to give the default state.  The macros
-% \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@flushcolumn! being descendants of
-% \!\pcol@output@switch! also examine the switch.
+% \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@flush}
+% \changes{v1.2-3}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to fix the problem with a too-tall page at
+%	 synchronization.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add uses for single-columned footnote functions.}

+% 

+% The switch |\ifpcol@flush| is turned $\true$ by \!\pcol@sync! iff it finds
+% that the page to be \sync{}ed or to be flushed is too tall because the
+% sum of the total height of top floats and main text in a column and that
+% of bottom floats and footnotes in another column is larger than
+% \!\@colht!, or the page has \Scfnote{}s whose total height is too large to
+% let them reside in the page as a whole.  Then the switch is examined in
+% \!\pcol@sync! itself to restart the tallest column if $\true$, in
+% \!\pcol@switchcol! to have a explicit page break in each column if $\true$,
+% and in \!\pcol@flushclear! also to have a page break if $\true$.  The last
+% examiner \!\pcol@flushclear!  may turn the switch $\true$ when it is invoked
+% from \!\endparacol! if the last page leaves deferred and non-merged
+% \Scfnote{}s for which an explicit page break is also required.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@outputflt}
@@ -2492,43 +3555,185 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@lastpage}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced for special operations in the last page.}

+% \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@lastpagesave}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to fix the bug that \cs{@makecol} and
+%	 \cs{pcol@makefcolumn} in \cs{pcol@flushcolumn} misunderstand that
+%	 non-last pages are last.}
 % 

-% The switch |\ifpcol@lastpage| is used to know whether they works on the
-% {\em\Uidx\lpage} of \env{paracol} environment in the following macros
-% to do special operations if so.
+% The switch |\ifpcol@lastpage| is used to know whether the following macros
+% work on the {\em\Uidx\lpage} of a \env{paracol} environment to do special
+% operations if so.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
-% \!\pcol@makecol! does not make \!\@textbottom! have inifinite stretch and
-% shrink even if the \lpage{} has \sync{}ation point.
-% 
-% \item
 % \!\pcol@combinefloats! adds \!\textfloatsep! below bottom floats of each
 % column if any so that the floats are well sepearated from the \postenv.
 % 
 % \item
+% \!\pcol@sync! examines $\VPP$ instead of $\VP$ for the \pfcheck.
+% 
+% \item
 % \!\pcol@makefcolumn! trys to make deferred floats as top floats.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! with \Scfnote{}s leaves the footnotes untouched
+% if \Mgfnote{} typesetting is in effect, and let $\!\pcol@colht!=0$ if it
+% had $-\infty$.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 

+% The switch is initialized to be $\false$ by \!\paracol!, then turned
+% $\true$ by \!\endparacol!, and then finally turned $\false$ by
+% \!\pcol@output@end! again for
+% \fpage{}s following the \lpage{} if any.  The macro \!\pcol@flushcolumn!
+% saves the switch into \CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpagesave} then turning it
+% $\false$ during it works on \colpage{}s in non-top and thus non-\lpage{}s
+% to keep \!\@makecol! and \!\pcol@makefcolumn! from misunderstanding the
+% pages are last, and then restore the switch when the macro reaches to the
+% \tpage.  This saving and temporary turning $\false$ is also done in
+% \!\pcol@flushclear! when it forces a page break so that the \!\output!
+% routine working on the broken non-\lpage{} correctly recognizes that.
+% Another temporary turning is made by \!\pcol@makenormalcol! but in reverse
+% to let the switch be $\true$ so that its callee \!\pcol@combinefloats!
+% puts a vertical skip of \!\textfloatsep! below the bottom floats in
+% \preenv.
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@scfnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for single-columned footnote functions.}

+% 

+% The switch \!\ifpcol@scfnote! is turned $\true$ by \!\singlecolumnfootnotes!
+% and \!\mergedfoot~notes! (through \!\singlecolumnfootnotes!) to indicate
+% footnotes in all columns are merged and \scfnote, while
+% \!\multicolumnfootnotes! turns it $\false$ to make footnote typesetting
+% \mcfnote{}, being default as well.  The switch is examined by the
+% following macros to do special operations for single-columned footnotes if
+% it is $\true$.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makecol! shrinks \!\@colht! and put the stretch\slash shrink
+% factor of \!\skip!\!\footins! at the bottom of the \colpage{} to be build
+% by the macro if the page has footnotes.  If the \colpage{} is in the
+% \tpage{} $\ptop$, the macro also saves \!\footins! into \!\pcol@currfoot!
+% which then will be saved into $\pp^f(\ptop)$ by \!\pcol@startpage!, or
+% \!\footins! is discarded otherwise.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn!, if it is invoked from \!\pcol@output! to start a
+% \colpage{} in a page $p$, \!\insert!s $\pp^f(p)$ through \!\footins!, and
+% also the deferred footnotes in $\df$ by \!\pcol@deferredfootins! if
+% $p=\ptop$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! saves \!\footins! into $\pp^f(\ptop)$ if the macro
+% is to leave a \colpage{} in the \tpage, or discards it otherwise.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! to restart a \colpage{} in a page $p$ \!\insert!s
+% $\pp^f(p)$ through \!\footins!, and also the deferred footnotes in $\df$
+% by \!\pcol@deferredfootins! if $p=\ptop$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@sync! examines whether the total height of \Scfnote{}s is too
+% large to let them reside in the page to be synchronized or flushed as a
+% whole.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\paracol! redefines \!\footnoterule! so that it refers to \!\textwidth!
+% rather than \!\column~width! to determine the width of the rule above
+% footnotes.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@fntext! invokes \!\pcol@fntextother! to add the footnote given to
+% it to $\df$ as a deferred footnote if $p<\ptop$.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody! lets \!\hsize! be \!\textwidth! rather than
+% \!\columnwidth! to typeset the footnote given to it.
 % \end{itemize}
+% \end{macro}
 % 

-% The switch is initialized to be $\false$ by \!\paracol! and then turned
-% $\true$ by \!\pcol@output@end! which may also turned it $\false$ again for
-% \fpage{}s following the \lpage{} if any.
+% \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@mgfnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for single-columned footnote functions.}

+% 

+% The switch \!\ifpcol@mgfnote! is turned $\true$ by \!\mergedfoot~notes!
+% to indicate footnotes in the \spage{} and \lpage{} of a \env{paracol}
+% environment are merged with those in pre- and \postenv{}, while
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! and \!\multicolumnfootnotes! turn it $\false$ to
+% put them above\slash below the columns in the starting\slash\lpage{}
+% respectively, being default as well.  The switch is examined by the
+% following macros to do special operations for merged single-columned
+% footnotes if it is $\true$.
+% 

+% \Index{pre-environment stuff}
+% \Index{starting page}
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makenormalcol! leaves \!\footins! untouched rather than putting it
+% as a part of \preenv.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! leaves \!\footins! untouched rather than putting it
+% as a part of the \lpage{} of \env{paracol} if it works on the page.
+% 
+% \item
+% \!\endparacol! does not let \!\pcol@flushclear! examine the existence of
+% deferred footnotes in \pfcheck{} for the \lpage.
+% \end{itemize}
 % \end{macro}
 % 

+% \begingroup\let\small\footnotesize
+% \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@fncounteradjustment}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for single-columned footnote functions.}

+% 

+% The switch \!\ifpcol@fncounteradjustment! is turned $\true$ by the API
+% macro \!\fncounter~adjustment!, which is also invoked from
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! and \!\mergedfootnotes! (through
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes!), to let $\!\c@footnote!=\bf+\nf$ by
+% \!\endparacol!.  The macro \!\nofncounteradjustment! turns the switch
+% $\false$ to give the default state.
+% \end{macro}
+% \endgroup
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\ifpcol@swapcolumn}
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for column-swapping in even pages.}

+% 

+% The switch \!\ifpcol@swapcolumn! is turned $\true$ by the API macro
+% \!\swapcolumninevenpages! to make columns in even pages are put from right
+% to left, while \!\noswapcolumninevenpages! turns it $\false$ for the
+% default left to right order.  The switch is examined by the macro
+% \!\pcol@swapcolumn! to reverse the order of column visiting in
+% \!\pcol@outputelt!, \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, \!\pcol@flushfloats!,
+% \!\paracol!, \!\pcol@mctext! and \!\pcol@switchcol! if it is $\true$.
+% \end{macro}
+% 
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifpcol@output \global\pcol@outputfalse
 \newif\ifpcol@nospan
 \newif\ifpcol@sync \pcol@syncfalse
 \newif\ifpcol@mctext \pcol@mctextfalse
 \newif\ifpcol@clear \pcol@clearfalse
+\newif\ifpcol@flush
 \newif\ifpcol@outputflt
 \newif\ifpcol@lastpage
+\newif\ifpcol@lastpagesave
+\newif\ifpcol@scfnote \pcol@scfnotefalse
+\newif\ifpcol@mgfnote \pcol@mgfnotefalse
+\newif\ifpcol@fncounteradjustment \pcol@fncounteradjustmentfalse
+\newif\ifpcol@swapcolumn \global\pcol@swapcolumnfalse
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 
 % 
 % 
 % \subsection{\cs{dimen} and \cs{skip} Registers}
 % 
-% The last declaration group is for three \!\dimen! and one \!\skip!
+% The next declaration group is for four \!\dimen! and one \!\skip!
 % registers.
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@prevdepth}
@@ -2539,25 +3744,30 @@
 % \!\prevdepth! also by \!\pcol@invokeoutput! after \!\output! for the
 % column $d$.  The value of the register is stored in $\cc_c(\pd)$ by
 % \!\pcol@setcurrcol! and then restored into the register by
-% \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! for the use in \!\pcol@measurecolumn!.  The register
-% is also updated by \!\pcol@synccolumn! for empty main vertical list case,
-% and by \!\pcol@output@end!  to be set into \!\prevdepth! for the first
-% vertical item of \postenv.
+% \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! for the use in \!\pcol@measurecolumn!, which may let
+% the register and $\cc_c(\pd)$ have $\infty$ if the \colpage{} $c$ is
+% empty.  The register is also updated by \!\pcol@synccolumn! for empty main
+% vertical list case, and by \!\pcol@output@end!  to be set into
+% \!\prevdepth! for the first vertical item of \postenv.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@colht}
-% The \!\dimen! register \!\pcol@colht! has the height of the tallest column
-% in the \tpage{} $\ptop$ in which an \exsync{} takes place.  The register
-% is initialized to be $-\!\maxdimen!$ by \!\pcol@sync! and then is examined
-% and updated in \!\pcol@measurecolumn! to find the tallest column.  Besides
-% the internal use of this exploration, its result is referred to by
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! when it is invokded from \!\pcol@output@end! to
-% know the height of the last multi-column stuff of the \env{paracol}
-% environment.  The other usage of this register is in \!\pcol@freshpage! to
-% keep the value of \!\@colht! of the page made by \!\flushpage! or
-% \!\clearpage! so that it is given to $\!\@colroom!=\cc_c(\vb^r)$ of each
-% column $c$ in case a column $c'$ s.t.\ $c'<c$ mades another page for
-% \fcolumn{}s updating \!\@colht!.
+% The \!\dimen! register \!\pcol@colht! has $\VPP$ being the height of the
+% tallest column in the \lpage{} taking \!\textfloatsep! below bottom floats
+% into account if any.
+% The register is initialized to be $-\!\maxdimen!$ by \!\pcol@sync! and
+% then is examined and updated in \!\pcol@measurecolumn! to find the tallest
+% column.  Besides the internal use of this exploration, its result is
+% referred to by \!\pcol@sync! as the threshold of \pfcheck, and by
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! through its argument given by
+% \!\pcol@output@end! to know the height of multi-column stuff in the
+% \lpage{}.  The macro \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! also lets the register have
+% 0 if the \lpage{} has nothing but non-\mgfnote{} \Scfnote{}.  The other
+% usage of this register is in \!\pcol@freshpage! to keep the value of
+% \!\@colht! of the page made by \!\flushpage! or \!\clearpage! so that it
+% is given to $\!\@colroom!=\cc_c(\vb^r)$ of each column $c$ in case a
+% column $c'$ s.t.\ $c'<c$ made another page for \fcolumn{}s updating
+% \!\@colht!.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@textfloatsep}
@@ -2584,19 +3794,195 @@
 % \!\pcol@addflhd! and \!\pcol@synccolumn!.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@lrmargin}
+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to let \cs{linewidth} for each column has the value
+%	 according to $w_c$ and the list-like environment surrounding
+%	 \string\texttt{paracol} envrionment.}

+% 

+% The \!\dimen! register \!\pcol@lrmargin! is let have
+% $\Uidx\lrm=\!\textwidth!-\!\linewidth!$ by \!\paracol!, so that
+% \!\linewidth! for column $c$ is let have $\w_c-\lrm$ by
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput!, which also sets \!\parshape! if $\lrm>0$.
+% \end{macro}
+% 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@topskip}
 % The \!\skip! register \!\pcol@topskip! keeps the value of \!\topskip! at
 % \beginparacol{} for the ordinary usage of \!\topskip! which may have 0 in
 % the starting and \lpage{} temporarily.  After the initialization by
-% \!\paracol!, it is referred to by \!\pcol@getpinfo!, \!\pcol@startpage!,
-% \!\pcol@output@start! and \!\endparacol!.
+% \!\paracol!, it is referred to by \!\pcol@getpinfo! for pages without
+% \spanning{} and thus \preenv, by \!\pcol@startpage! to let \!\topskip! and
+% $\pp^t(p)$ has it for non-\spage{} $p$, by \!\pcol@output@start! for the
+% second page if it finds \preenv{} is too large to combine with the
+% multi-column stuff, and by \!\endparacol! to recover \!\topskip! for the
+% pages following the \lpage.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newdimen\pcol@prevdepth
 \newdimen\pcol@colht
 \newdimen\pcol@textfloatsep
+\newdimen\pcol@lrmargin
 \newskip\pcol@topskip
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{\cs{box} Register}
+% 
+% The last declaration is for the following \!\box! register.
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@topfnotes}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for single-columned footnote functions.}

+% 

+% The \!\box! register \!\pcol@topfnotes! is the implementation of $\df$ to
+% have the list of deferred footnotes.  The register is made void by
+% \!\pcol@output@start! and then is made grown by \!\pcol@fntextother!  with
+% a deferred footnote added by the macro.  The macro
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins! invoked from \!\pcol@startcolumn! and
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn!  tries to \!\insert! the contents of the register
+% through \!\footins! but may keep some of trailing ones in it if the total
+% height of the footnotes is too large, while \!\pcol@output@end! does the
+% \!\insert!ion without height capping.  The macro \!\endparacol! with
+% non-\mgfnote{} \Scfnote{} typesetting also refers to the register to pass
+% it to \!\pcol@flushclear! as its argument so as to make an explicit page
+% break if the register has some deferred footnotes.
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbox\pcol@topfnotes
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \section{Logging Tools}
+% \label{sec:imp-logging}
+% 
+% Prior to the |\def|initions of macros to implement \textsf{paracol}'s
+% functions, we define a few macros for debug logging.
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@ShowBox}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@ShowBox!\arg{f}$ put a logging \!\message! showing the
+% height, depth and width of the \!\insert! register $f$ containing
+% footnotes and dump its contents into |.log| file by making overfull
+% intentionally.
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+% \vskip15\baselineskip\vskip-15\baselineskip
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@LogLevel}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@iLogLevel}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Log}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Log@iii}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Log@ii}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Log@i}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logstart}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logstart@ii}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logstart@i}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logend}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logend@ii}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logend@i}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logfn}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logfn@ii}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@Logfn@i}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for debugging single-columned footnote functions.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@LogLevel!\arg{l_1}\arg{l_2}\arg{l_3}$ defines the
+% detailedness of logging done by logging macros.  It invokes
+% $\!\pcol@iLogLevel!\Arg{l_i}\Arg{cs}$ to let the following $|\|\arg{cs}$
+% be $|\|\arg{cs}|@|\arg{l'_i}$ where $l'_i$ is the \!\romannumeral!
+% representation of $l_i$.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% $\!\pcol@Log!\arg{cs}\Arg{m}\arg{f}$ to log the contents of the \!\insert!
+% register $f$ containing footnotes which is referred to by the macro
+% $\arg{cs}$ in a context shown by $m$.  The macro \!\pcol@Log@iii!
+% ($l_1=3$) logs the detailed contents of $f$ by \!\pcol@ShowBox!, while
+% \!\pcol@Log@ii! ($l_1=2$) just shows the height of $f$ and \!\pcol@Log@i!
+% ($l_1=1$) does nothing.
+% 
+% \item
+% $\!\pcol@Logstart!\Arg{m}$ and $\!\pcol@Logend!\Arg{m}$ put logging
+% \!\message!s `$|S:|m$' and `$|E:|m$' respectively to show the beginning
+% and end of a procedure in the macro whose name is at the head of $m$, if
+% $l_2=2$ and thus they are \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@Logstart@ii! and
+% \!\pcol@Logend@ii!.  If $l_2=1$, \!\pcol@Logstart@i! and \!\pcol@Logend@i!
+% do nothing.
+% 
+% \item
+% $\!\pcol@Logfn!\Arg{m}$ put a logging \!\message! $m$ whose head is the
+% macro name for footnotes whose information such as the ordinal number of
+% the footnote processed by the macro may be shown in $m$ as well, if
+% $l_3=2$ and thus it is \!\let!-equal to \!\pcol@Logfn@ii!.  If $l_3=1$,
+% \!\pcol@Logfn@i! does nothing.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%% Logging Tools
+
+\def\pcol@ShowBox#1{\message{(\the\ht#1+\the\dp#1)x(\the\wd#1)}%
+  {\showboxdepth\@M \showboxbreadth\@M \setbox\z@\vbox to\z@{\unvcopy#1}}}
+\def\pcol@LogLevel#1#2#3{%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#1}{pcol@Log}%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#2}{pcol@Logstart}%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#2}{pcol@Logend}%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#3}{pcol@Logfn}}
+\def\pcol@iLogLevel#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@a
+    \csname #2@\romannumeral#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname #2\endcsname\reserved@a}
+\def\pcol@Log@iii#1#2#3{\message{\string#1{#2%
+    (\number\pcol@page:\number\pcol@currcol/\number\pcol@toppage)}}%
+  \pcol@ShowBox#3\message{end\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Log@ii#1#2#3{\message{\string#1{#2%
+    (\number\pcol@page:\number\pcol@currcol/\number\pcol@toppage)}=\the\ht#3}}
+\def\pcol@Log@i#1#2#3{}
+\def\pcol@Logstart@ii#1{\message{S\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Logend@ii#1{\message{E\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Logstart@i#1{}
+\def\pcol@Logend@i#1{}
+\def\pcol@Logfn@ii#1{\message{\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Logfn@i#1{}
+\pcol@LogLevel111
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 
@@ -2612,8 +3998,8 @@
 % \!\PackageError! with a message notifying the shortage.  The additional
 % help message is \!\@ehb! as in \!\@fltovf!.  This macro is used in
 % \!\pcol@opcol!, \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@output@start!,
-% \!\pcol@output@switch!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!, \!\pcol@synccolumn! and
-% \!\pcol@output@end!.
+% \!\pcol@output@switch!, \!\pcol@savefootins!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@synccolumn! and \!\pcol@output@end!.
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2625,10 +4011,22 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@output}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@Logstart} and \cs{pcol@Logend}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the examination of \cs{ifpcol@output} and \protect\LaTeX's
+%	 original sequence for \cs{output} request sneaked from outside of
+%	 \texttt{paracol} environment.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the assignment of \cs{@maxdepth} to \cs{maxdepth} to nullify
+%	 the temproary setting done by \cs{@addtobot}.}

+% 

 % The macro \!\pcol@output! is the \Paracol's version of \!\output! which
 % is let have this macro as its sole token by \!\paracol!.  The structure of
 % this macro is same as that of \LaTeX's \!\output! but the following
-% replacements are made.
+% replacements are made\footnote{
.
+% 

+% Besides the logging with \cs{pcol@Logstart} and \cs{pcol@Logend}.}.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
@@ -2643,26 +4041,83 @@
 % 	 column-pages with synchronization points.}

 % 

 % $\!\@makecol!\to\!\pcol@makecol!$ for a special care for \ccolpage{} having
-% \sync{}ation point.
+% \sync{}ation point and/or \Scfnote{}s.
 % 
 % \item
 % $\!\@opcol!\to\!\pcol@opcol!$ to hold the \ccolpage{} which just has
 % completed.
 % 
 % \item
-% $\!\@startcolumn!\to\!\pcol@startcolumn!$ to creat a new \colpage{}.
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add an argument \cs{@ne} to \cs{pcol@startcolumn} to distinguish it
+%	 from the invocation in \cs{pcol@freshpage}.}

+% 

+% $\!\@startcolumn!\to\!\pcol@startcolumn!$ to creat a new \colpage{}.  The
+% argument \!\@ne! is to distinguish the invocations in this macro from
+% those in \!\pcol@freshpage! so that the \!\insert!ions of $\pp^f(p)$ and
+% $\df$ are done only when a new \colpage{} is created with ordinary page
+% break.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 

+% In addition, before we start the sequence for non-special \!\output!
+% request on page breaks, we examine if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@output}=\true$ to
+% mean \!\pcol@output@start! has already been invoked in order to cope with
+% \!\output! request {\em sneaking}.  This sneaking happens when
+% \beginparacol{} is at a crtical position of page breaking at which the
+% \preenv{} has already exceeds \!\vsize! but \TeX{} cannot make the
+% \!\output! request for the page break at \CSIndex{par} at the beginning of
+% \!\paracol! because it sees $\!\penalty!=10000$ due to, e.g., a sectioning
+% command just preceding \beginparacol.  In this case, the request is
+% postponed until \TeX{} see a \!\penalty! less than 10000 and thus it
+% is made  with some non-special \!\outputpenalty! greather than $-10000$
+% when \TeX{} sees the dummy request of $\!\penalty!=-10004$ in
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput! for \!\pcol@output@start!.  At this timing,
+% \!\paracol! has already let \!\output! have \!\pcol@output! of course but
+% the request must be processed by original \!\output! because it is made
+% {\em outside} of the \env{paracol} environment which has just started.
+% Therefore, if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@output}=\false$, we have to perform the
+% operation sequence as the original \!\output! does.  Furthermore, we have
+% to take care of the fact that a few our own settings related to \!\output!
+% routine has already been made in \!\paracol!, namely
+% $\CSIndex{if@twocolumn}=\true$ and
+% $\!\@combinefloats!=\!\pcol@combinefloats!$, which should make the
+% macros in the original sequnce confused especially by the former.
+% Therefore, we turns $\CSIndex{if@twocolumn}=\false$ and let
+% \!\@combinefloats! have the original definition kept in
+% \!\pcol@@combinefloats!\footnote{

+% 

+% Though we know \cs{pcol@combinefloats} acts exactly as \cs{@combinefloats}
+% because \cs{paracol} initializes $\cs{pcol@textfloatsep}=\infty$ and
+% $\cs{ifpcol@lastpage}=\false$.  On the other hand, we don't cancel the
+% re\cs{def}itnition of \cs{footnoterule} because it should be
+% $\cs{textwidth}=\cs{columnwidth}$ outside of \cs{paracol}}
+% 

+% temporarily, i.e., only in the group automatically surrounding the
+% invocation of \!\output!.
+% 
+% Another addition is to assign \!\@maxdepth! to \!\maxdepth! in order to
+% nullify the temporary setting to 0 done in \!\@addtobot!.  By this
+% assignment, in \env{paracol} environments \TeX's page builder always
+% refers to the value in \!\@maxdepth!.
+% 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@output{\let\par\@@par
+  \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@output\number\outputpenalty}%
   \ifnum\outputpenalty<-\@M
     \pcol@specialoutput
-  \else
+  \else\ifpcol@output
     \pcol@makecol
     \pcol@opcol
-    \pcol@startcolumn
-    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn}%
-  \fi
+    \pcol@startcolumn\@ne
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn\@ne}%
+  \else
+    \@twocolumnfalse \let\@combinefloats\pcol@@combinefloats
+    \@makecol
+    \@opcol
+    \@startcolumn
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@opcol\@startcolumn}%
+  \fi\fi
+  \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
   \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@Miv
     \ifdim\@colroom<1.5\baselineskip
       \ifdim\@colroom<\textheight
@@ -2677,7 +4132,8 @@
     \fi
   \else
     \global\vsize\maxdimen
-  \fi}
+  \fi
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -2687,24 +4143,58 @@
 % \section{Completing Column-Page}
 % \label{sec:imp-opcol}
 % 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@@makecol}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to cope with the careless implementaion of \cs{@makecol}
+%	 in p\string\LaTeX.}

+% The macro \!\pcol@@makecol! is used in \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! which simply require \LaTeX's original
+% \!\@makecol! to build the ship-out image of a \colpage.  The reason why we
+% need our own version is that a variation of \LaTeX, namely p\LaTeX{} for
+% Japanese, carelessly implements its own \!\@makecol! to make the resulting
+% \!\@outputbox! has a depth larger than \!\@maxdepth! if the \colpage{} has
+% \Mcfnote{}s whose last line is unusually deep.  To cope with the problem,
+% this macro at first invokes \!\@makecol!, and then reshape \!\@outputbox!
+% assigning \!\@maxdepth! to \!\boxmaxdepth! to cap its depth.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%% Completing Column-Page
+
+\def\pcol@@makecol{\@makecol
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth \unvbox\@outputbox}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@makecol}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced for special float handling in a column-page with
 %	 synchronization point.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add save/discard of single-columned footnotes.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Remove unnecessary check of \cs{ifpcol@lastpage} on the
+%	 redefinition of \cs{@textbottom}.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@makecol! is invoked solely from \!\pcol@output! to build
 % the shipping image of the \ccolpage{} which just has completed in
-% \!\@outputbox!.  This macro just invokes its original version \!\@makecol!
-% if $\cc_c(\tf)=\infty$ to mean the \colpage{} does not have \sync{}ation
-% points.  Otherwise, \!\@makecol! is invoked too but with a special
-% \!\def!inition of \!\@textbottom! to put a vertical skip having
-% $1/1000\,|fil|$ as its stretch and shrink.  This modification is to
-% nullify not only finite stretches (as \!\raggedbottom! does) but also
-% finite shrinks possibly inserted just below the last \sync{}ation point to
-% move up the first visible item upward a little bit if active.  Therefore,
-% \!\flushbottom!  setting is nullified for \colpage{}s having \sync{}ation
-% points and a small exceess from the bottom of a \colpage{} cannot be
-% absorbed by shrinks but visible at the bottom\footnote{

+% \!\@outputbox!.  This macro has two additional functions to its original
+% version \!\@makecol!\footnote{

+% 

+% Not \cs{pcol@@makecol} because the depth capping of \cs{@outputbox} is
+% done by \cs{pcol@opcol} when it saves the box into $\cc_c(\vb^b)$.}
+% 

+% invoked in this macro.
+% 
+% First, if $\cc_c(\tf)\neq\infty$ to mean the \colpage{} has \sync{}ation
+% points, \!\@makecol! is invoked with a special \!\def!inition of
+% \!\@textbottom! to put a vertical skip having $1/10000\,|fil|$ as its
+% stretch and shrink.  This modification is to nullify not only finite
+% stretches (as \!\raggedbottom! does) but also finite shrinks possibly
+% inserted just below the last \sync{}ation point to move up the first
+% visible item upward a little bit if active.  Therefore, \!\flushbottom!
+% setting is nullified for \colpage{}s having \sync{}ation points and a
+% small exceess from the bottom of a \colpage{} cannot be absorbed by
+% shrinks but visible at the bottom\footnote{

 % 

 % That is, the author gives higher priority to the perfect alignment of the
 % items following a \sync{}ation point.}.
@@ -2715,76 +4205,133 @@
 % 

 % This save/restore cannot be done by a grouping because \!\@makecol! builds
 % \!\@outputbox! by local assignments.}.
+% 
+% The second addition is for \Scfnote{}s.  If they are presented in
+% \!\footins!, we shrink \!\@colht! by its height plus depth
+% by \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! and put the stretch and shrink factor of
+% \!\skip!\!\footins! at the bottom of \!\box!|255| by \!\pcol@unvbox@cclv!
+% to {\em remove} footnotes from the \colpage{} but keeping the
+% stretch\slash shrink contribution to the page breaking by their existence.
+% Then we save \!\footins! into a new \!\insert! to be referred to as
+% \!\pcol@currfoot!\footnote{

+% 

+% Not in \cs{pcol@footins} because it is destroyed in \cs{pcol@startpage}
+% just before saving operation into $\pp^f(p)$.}
+% 

+% by \!\pcol@savefootins! if $p=\ptop$ so that it is saved in $\pp^f(p)$ by
+% \!\pcol@startpage! afterward, or simply discard the contents of
+% \!\footins! otherwise because $\pp^f(p)$ has already been fixed.  Note
+% that these saving\slash discarding make \!\footins! void and thus
+% \!\@makecol! will not put footnotes.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-%% Completing Column-Page
-
 \def\pcol@makecol{\let\pcol@textbottom\@textbottom
-  \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen\else \ifpcol@lastpage\else
-    \def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@\@plus.0001fil\@minus.0001fil}\fi\fi
-  \@makecol \let\@textbottom\pcol@textbottom}
+  \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen\else
+    \def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@\@plus.0001fil\@minus.0001fil}\fi
+  \def\pcol@currfoot{\voidb@x}%
+  \ifpcol@scfnote \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\footins
+    \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\pcol@unvbox@cclv\footins}%
+    \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@makecol{save}\footins
+      \pcol@savefootins\pcol@currfoot
+    \else
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@makecol{discard}\footins
+      \setbox\@tempboxa\box\footins
+    \fi
+  \fi\fi
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@makecol
+  \ifvoid\footins\else \pcol@Log\@makecol{put}\footins \fi
+  \@makecol
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@makecol
+  \let\@textbottom\pcol@textbottom}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 

+% \begin{macro}{\@combinefloats}
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@combinefloats}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced for special float handling in a column-page with
 %	 synchronization point.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Remove the shrink of \cs{textfloatsep} because each column in the last
+%	 page is now made not taller than \cs{@colht} definitely by the
+%	 introduction of the pre-flushing column height check.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the assignment of \cs{@maxdepth} to \cs{maxdepth} to nullify
+%	 the temproary setting done by \cs{@addtobot}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@@combinefloats}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to solve the \cs{output} request sneaking.}
 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@combinefloats! is our own version of \!\@combinefloats!
-% which is used in \!\@makecol! and \!\pcol@makenormalcol!.  Since the
-% original and our own are made \!\let!-equal by \!\paracol!, our own is
-% active throughout the environment.  The customization is twofold for both
-% of top and bottom floats.
+% is used in \LaTeX's \!\@makecol! because the original and our
+% own are made \!\let!-equal by \!\paracol!, and in \!\pcol@makenormalcol!
+% explicitly.  The customization is twofold for both of top and bottom
+% floats.
 % 
 % For the top floats, we invoke the original \!\@cflt! if
 % $\cc_c(\tf)=\infty$ to mean the \colpage{} to be shipped out does not have
-% \sync{}ation points, or our own \!\pcol@cflt! which we will discuss
-% shortly.  For the bottom floats, we invoke the original \!\@cflb! always
-% but, if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\true$ to mean the \colpage{} is in the
-% \lpage, we insert \!\textfloatsep! in
-% \!\@outputbox! below the bottom floats so that they are well separated
-% from \postenv.  We also insert a vertical skip whose natural height is 0
-% but shrink is the natural height of \!\textfloatsep! because the
-% \colpage{} can be taller than the height specified by \!\@colht! by up to
-% this amount.
-% 
-% Note that the macro acts exactly same as the original when it is invoked
-% from \!\pcol@makenormalcol! because \!\pcol@textfloatsep! and
-% \CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage} has their initial values $\infty$ and $\false$
-% given by \!\paracol!.
+% \sync{}ation points, or otherwise our own \!\pcol@cflt! which we will
+% discuss shortly.  Prior to the invocation of \!\@cflt!, in addition, we
+% let $\!\maxdepth!=\!\@maxdepth!$ so that the macro refers to the value used
+% throughout a \env{paracol} environment instead of that modified by
+% \!\@addtobot! possibly affect the work in \!\@cflt! by the following
+% sequence.
+% 

+% \begin{eqnarray*}
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn!(c)&\to&\!\pcol@trynextcolumn!\to\cdots\to\!\@addtobot!\\
+% &\to&\!\pcol@flushcolumn!(c{+}k)\to\!\pcol@@makecol!\to\!\@makecol!\\
+% &\to&\!\pcol@combinefloats!\to\!\@cflt!
+% \end{eqnarray*}
+% 

+% For the bottom floats, we invoke the original \!\@cflb!
+% always but, if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\true$ to mean the \colpage{} is
+% in the \lpage{}, we insert \!\textfloatsep! in \!\@outputbox! below the
+% bottom floats so that they are well separated from \postenv.  The switch
+% is also $\true$ in the invocation from \!\pcol@makenormalcol! for
+% \preenv{}, so that the bottom floats in it are well separated from the top
+% of multi-column stuff in the \spage.
+% 
+% On the other hand, the original \!\@combinefloats! saved in
+% \!\pcol@@combinefloats! by \!\paracol! is used in \!\pcol@output! to
+% restore the original when it finds \!\output! request sneaking.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@combinefloats{%
+  \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
   \ifx\@toplist\@empty\else
     \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen \@cflt \else \pcol@cflt \fi
   \fi
   \ifx\@botlist\@empty\else \@cflb
     \ifpcol@lastpage
-      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\unvbox\@outputbox \vskip\textfloatsep
-        \@tempdima\textfloatsep \vskip\z@\@minus\@tempdima}%
+      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\box\@outputbox \vskip\textfloatsep}%
     \fi
   \fi}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@cflt}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced for special float handling in a column-page with
 %	 synchronization point.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Replace \cs{maxdepth} with \cs{@maxdepth}.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@cflt! is invoked solely from \!\pcol@combinefloats! if
 % the \colpage{} for which the macro combines the top floats has
 % \sync{}ation points.  The macro has the same structure as \LaTeX's version
-% \!\@cflt! but has two modification.  The first one is the floats are
-% packed in a \!\vbox! rather than listed in \!\@outputbox! to nullify the
-% stretch and shrink of \!\floatsep! to keep the \sync{}ation point from
+% \!\@cflt! but has three modifications.  The first one is that the floats
+% are packed in a \!\vbox! rather than listed in \!\@outputbox! to nullify
+% the stretch and shrink of \!\floatsep! to keep the \sync{}ation point from
 % moving by them\footnote{

 % 

 % Maybe unnecessary because of \!\@textbottom! inserted by \!\pcol@makecol!
 % but \ldots}.
 % 

-% The second is that the \!\textfloatsep! is replaced with
+% The second is that we use \!\@maxdepth! instead of \!\maxdepth! to make it
+% clear we always use the value common throughout a \env{paracol}
+% environment.  The third is that the \!\textfloatsep! is replaced with
 % $\!\pcol@textfloatsep!=\cc_c(\tf)$ (definitely finite) which can have a
 % value different from \!\textfloatsep! when the float space is enlarged for
 % \sync{}ation.  If this enlargement is required, $\cc_c(\tf)$ is biased by
@@ -2803,7 +4350,7 @@
   \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{}%
   \@toplist
   \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{
-    \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+    \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
     \box\@tempboxa
     \vskip-\floatsep
     \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep>5000\p@
@@ -2825,6 +4372,10 @@
 %	{Remove unnecessary assignment of \cs{@colht}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Rename \cs{pcol@maxpage} as \cs{pcol@toppage}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@clearcst@unvbox} to add coloring \cs{special}s at the
+%	 top and bottom of the column-page to be shipped out, together with
+%	 the setting $\cs{boxmaxdepth}\EQ\cs{@maxdepth}$ for depth capping.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@opcol! is invoked from \!\pcol@output! for the ordinary
 % completed \colpage{} built by \!\pcol@makecol!, or from the loop creating
@@ -2836,11 +4387,23 @@
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@shipped}
 % 

-% by \!\@cons!.  Then if $c=0$, we fix the page number of the page $p$
-% having the \colpage{} and let $\pp(q)$ represent $\page(p)+(q-p)$ for all
+% by \!\@cons!.  In this saving operation, we add the sequence of uncoloring
+% \!\special!s at the bottom to clear \colorstack{} by
+% \!\pcol@clearcst@unvbox! giving it \!\@outputbox! to be \!\unvbox!ed and
+% possibly coloring \!\special!s for the \colpage{}'s \colorctext{} saved in
+% $\csts$ at the top, so that the succeeding \colpage{} in printing order
+% starts with its own \colorctext.  For this addition, furthermore, we let
+% $\!\boxmaxdepth!=\!\@maxdepth!$ to keep the depth capping made in the box
+% builder from nullified\footnote{

+% 

+% Or to apply the capping dropped from p\LaTeX's \cs{@makecol}, or to do
+% nothing for the box made by \cs{@tryfcolumn} and thus being 0 deep.}.
+% 
+% Then if $c=0$, we fix the page number of the page $p$ having the
+% \colpage{} and let $\pp^p(q)$ have $\page(p)+(q-p)$ for all
 % $q\in[p{+1},\ptop]$ by \!\pcol@setpageno!.  After that, we invoke
 % \!\pcol@nextpage! to let $p=p'$ for the next \colpage{} of $c$, where
-% $p'=p+1$ usually but can be $p+k+1$ if we have consectutive $k$ \fpage{}s
+% $p'=p+1$ usually but can be $p+k+1$ if we have consecutive $k$ \fpage{}s
 % from $p+1$.
 % 
 % Next, we check if the oldest page $\pbase$ is made ready to be shipped out
@@ -2855,7 +4418,9 @@
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@opcol{%
-  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}\pcol@ovf
+  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox to\@colht{
+      \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+      \pcol@clearcst@unvbox\@outputbox}}\pcol@ovf
   \expandafter\@cons\csname pcol@shipped\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname\@currbox
   \ifnum\pcol@currcol=\z@ \pcol@setpageno \fi
   \pcol@nextpage
@@ -2868,48 +4433,32 @@
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
-% 

+% 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@setpageno}
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@setpnoelt}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Rename \cs{ifpcol@textonly} as \cs{ifpcol@nospan}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Completely recode reflecting the redesign of page context.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@setpageno! is invoked from \!\pcol@opcol! when it
 % proceeses the \colpage{} of the first column $c=0$ to fix the page number
 % $\page(p)\gets\counter{page}=\!\c@page!$ of the page $p=\!\pcol@page!$
 % having the \colpage{}.  It is also invoked from \!\pcol@output@switch!
 % when it leaves from the first column to reflect a jump of \counter{page}
-% made in the column building.  In both cases, the macro lets $\pp(q)$
-% represent $\page'(q)=\page(p)+(q-p)$ for all $q\in[p,\ptop]$.
+% made in the column building.  In both cases, the macro lets $\pp^p(q)$
+% have $\page'(q)=\page(p)+(q-p)$ for all $q\in[p,\ptop]$.
 % 
 % Since we possibly have to update $\pp(q)$ such that $q\geq p$, at first we
 % temporarily let
 % $\Uidx\PPP=(\PP,\pp(\ptop))=\!\pcol@pages!\!\pcol@currpage!$ empty
 % after copying its original value into $\mathit{\Pi}'=\!\reserved@a!$.
 % Then we scan $\pi'(q)\in\mathit{\Pi}'$ for all $q\in[\pbase,\ptop]$ by
-% applying \!\pcol@setpnoelt! to each $\pi'(q)$ to update $\pp(q)$ as
-% follows.
-% 

-% $$
-% \pp(q)=\cases{
-%   \pi'(q)&		$q<p$\cr
-%   \page'(q)&
-% 	$q\geq p\;\land\;\pi'(q)\notin[0,255]\;\land\page'(q)<0$\cr
-%   \pi'(q)&
-% 	$q\geq p\;\land\;\pi'(q)\in[0,255]$\quad
-%	(also let $\pp^p(q)=\page'(q)$)\cr
-%   \page'(q)+256&
-% 	$q\geq p\;\land\;\pi'(q)\notin[0,255]\;\land\page'(q)\geq0$}
-% $$
-% For the update shown above, the macro \!\pcol@setpnoelt! for $\pi'(q)$ at
-% first add $\pp(q-1)$ to the tail of $\PPP$ where $\pp(\pbase-1)$
-% is defined as empty.  Then for $q$ such that $q\geq p$, it invokes
-% $\!\pcol@setordpage!$ to let $\pp(q)=\page'(q)<0$ or
-% $\pp(q)=\page'(q)+256\geq256$ if $\pi'(q)\notin[0,256]$ for an orginary
-% page without \spanning, or lets $\pp^p(q)=\page'(q)$
-% otherwise.  Note that we let \!\c@page!  have $\page'(q)$, but this
-% assignment is temporary and \!\c@page! will regain the value $\page(p)$
-% after \!\pcol@setpageno!  finishes.
+% applying \!\pcol@setpnoelt! to each $\pi'(q)$ giving its three components
+% to the macro, so that the macro updates $\pp(q)$ by \!\pcol@defcurrpage!
+% letting $\pp^p(q)=\page'(q)$ if $q\geq p$.  Note that we let \!\c@page!
+% have $\page'(q)$, but this assignment is temporary and \!\c@page! will
+% regain the value $\page(p)$ after \!\pcol@setpageno! finishes.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@setpageno{\begingroup
@@ -2918,50 +4467,42 @@
   \global\let\pcol@pages\@empty \global\let\pcol@currpage\@empty
   \let\@elt\pcol@setpnoelt \reserved@a
   \endgroup}
-\def\pcol@setpnoelt#1{%
+\def\pcol@setpnoelt#1#2#3{%
   {\let\@elt\relax \xdef\pcol@pages{\pcol@pages\pcol@currpage}}%
-  \pcol@nospantrue
-  \ifnum#1<\z@         \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}}%
-  \else\ifnum#1>\@cclv \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}}%
-  \else                \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt#1}\pcol@nospanfalse
-  \fi\fi
-  \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@\else
-    \ifpcol@nospan \pcol@setordpage
-    \else          \global\count#1\c@page
-    \fi
+  \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@ \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}#2#3}%
+  \else \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}{#2}{#3}%
     \advance\c@page\@ne
   \fi
   \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 

-% \begin{macro}{\pcol@setordpage}
-% \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
-%	{Renamed from \cs{pcol@settextpage}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@defcurrpage}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced by the redesign of page context, partly replacing
+%	 \cs{pcol@setordpage} which once we call \cs{pcol@settextpage}.}

 % 

-% The macro \!\pcol@setordpage! is invoked from \!\pcol@setpnoelt! and
-% \!\pcol@startpage! to let $\pp(q)$ for the ordinary page $q$ without
-% \spanning{} as follows.
-% $$
-% \pp(q)=\cases{\!\c@page!&	$\!\c@page!<0$\cr
-% 		\!\c@page!+256&	$\!\c@page!\geq0$}
-% $$
-% In the invocatoin from \!\pcol@setpnoelt!, $q\in[p,\ptop]$ and
-% $\!\c@page!=\page(p)+(q-p)$, while $q=p=\ptop$ and $\!\c@page!=\page(p)$
-% in the invocation from \!\pcol@startpage!.
+% The macro $\!\pcol@defcurrpage!\Arg{\pp^p(p)}\arg{\pp^i(p)}\arg{\pp^f(p)}$
+% is invoked from \!\pcol@setpnoelt! to update $\pp^p(p)$,
+% \!\pcol@startpage! to initialize a newly created page,
+% \!\pcol@output@start! to initialize a \spage{}, and \!\pcol@output@switch!
+% to update $\pp^f(\ptop)$.  The macro \!\xdef!ines \!\pcol@currpage! letting
+% it have the \pctext{} $\pp(p)$ given by the arguments.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pcol@setordpage{\begingroup
-  \@tempcnta\c@page
-  \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@\else \advance\@tempcnta\@cclvi \fi
-  \let\@elt\relax \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{\number\@tempcnta}}
-  \endgroup}
+\def\pcol@defcurrpage#1#2#3{{%
+  \let\@elt\relax \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}#2#3}}}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@nextpage}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Remove unnecessary scan of $\pi(p_t)$.}

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@nextpelt}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

+% 

 % The macro \!\pcol@nextpage! is invoked solely in \!\pcol@opcol! to let
 % $p$ be $p+k+1$ where $k$ is the number of \fpage{}s directly following
 % $p$.  For this update, the macro scans $\pp(q)\in\PP$ for all
@@ -2971,7 +4512,7 @@
 % $$
 % \<p,f\>\gets\cases{
 % 	\<p,f\>&	$q\leq p$\cr
-% 	\<p{+}1,f\>&	$q>p\;\land\;f\;\land\;\pp(q)\in[0,255]\;\land\;
+% 	\<p{+}1,f\>&	$q>p\;\land\;f\;\land\;\pp^i(q)\neq\bot\;\land\;
 %			\pp^h(q)<0$\cr
 %	\<p,\false\>&	otherwise}
 % $$
@@ -2980,17 +4521,16 @@
 \def\pcol@nextpage{\begingroup
   \@tempcnta\pcol@page \advance\@tempcnta-\pcol@basepage
   \@tempswatrue
-  \let\@elt\pcol@nextpelt \pcol@pages\pcol@currpage
+  \let\@elt\pcol@nextpelt \pcol@pages
   \global\advance\pcol@page\@ne
   \endgroup}
-\def\pcol@nextpelt#1{%
+\def\pcol@nextpelt#1#2#3{%
   \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@
-    \ifnum#1<\z@ \@tempswafalse
-    \else\ifnum#1>\@cclv \@tempswafalse
+    \ifvoid#2\@tempswafalse
     \else\ifdim\dimen#1<\z@
       \if@tempswa \global\advance\pcol@page\@ne \fi
     \else \@tempswafalse
-    \fi\fi\fi
+    \fi\fi
   \fi
   \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}
 
@@ -2999,7 +4539,7 @@
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@checkshipped}
 % The macro \!\pcol@checkshipped! is invoked solely in \!\pcol@opcol! to let
-% \CSIndex{if@tempswa} be true iff $S_c=|\pcol@shipped|{\cdot}c\neq()$
+% \CSIndex{if@tempswa} be $\true$ iff $S_c=|\pcol@shipped|{\cdot}c\neq()$
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@shipped}
 % 

@@ -3018,59 +4558,77 @@
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@getcurrpage}
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@getpelt}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@getpinfo}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Rename \cs{ifpcol@textonly} as \cs{ifpcol@nospan}.}

-% 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@getcurrpinfo}
-% The macro \!\pcol@getcurrpage! is ivoked in \!\pcol@opcol!,
-% \!\pcol@restartcolumn!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@freshpage! to let
-% \!\c@page!, \!\@colht!, \!\topskip! and \CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan} be those
-% represented in $\pp(p)\in\PPP=(\PP,\pp(\ptop))$ where
-% $\pp(\ptop)=\!\pcol@currpage!$.  To do that, the macro scans all
-% $\pp(q)\in\PPP$ applying \!\pcol@getpelt!  to $\pp(q)$ to invoke
-% $\!\pcol@getpinfo!\arg{\pi}\arg{pg}\arg{ch}\arg{ts}$ with the following
-% arguments for \!\global! assignments, if $q=p$.
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@getcurrpage! is invoked in \!\pcol@opcol!,
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@freshpage! to let;
+% 

+% \begin{eqnarray*}
+% &&\!\c@page!=\pp^p(p)\quad
+%   \!\@colht!=\pp^h(p)\quad
+%   \!\topskip!=\pp^t(p)\quad
+%   \CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}=(\pp^i(p)=\bot)\\
+% &&\!\pcol@spanning!=\pp^i(p)\quad
+%   \!\pcol@footins!=\pp^f(p)
+% \end{eqnarray*}
+% 

+% for $p=\!\pcol@page!\in[p_b,p_t]$.  To do that, the macro scans all
+% $\pp(q)\in\PPP=(\PP,\pp(\ptop))$ applying \!\pcol@getpelt! to
+% $\pp(q)=\Arg{\pp^p(q)}\arg{\pp^i(q)}\arg{\pp^f(q)}$ to invoke
+% $$
+% \!\pcol@getpinfo!\Arg{\pp^p(q)}\arg{\pp^i(q)}\arg{\pp^f(q)}
+% \arg{pg}\arg{ch}\arg{ts}
 % $$
-% \arg{\pi}=\pp(q)\quad\arg{pg}=\!\global!\!\c@page!\quad
+% with the following arguments for \!\global! assignments, if $q=p$.
+% $$
+% \arg{pg}=\!\global!\!\c@page!\quad
 % \arg{ch}=\!\global!\!\@colht!\quad\arg{ts}=\!\global!\!\topskip!
 % $$
-% Then the macro \!\pcol@getpinfo! do the following assighments.
+% Then the macro \!\pcol@getpinfo! do the obvious assighments to
+% \!\pcol@spanning!, \!\pcol@footins! and $\arg{pg}$, and the following
+% condintional assignments.
 % 

 % \begin{eqnarray*}
-% &&\<\arg{pg},\arg{ch},\arg{ts},\CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}\>=\\
-% &&\qquad\qquad\left\{\begin{array}{lllll}
-%	\<\pp(q),&\!\textheight!,&\!\pcol@topskip!,&\true\>&\quad\pp(q)<0\\
-%	\<\pp^p(q),&\pp^h(q),&\pp^t(q),&\false\>&\quad0\leq\pp(q)<256\\
-%	\<\pp(q){-}256,&\!\textheight!,&\!\pcol@topskip!,&\true\>&
-% 		\quad\pp(q)\geq256\end{array}\right.
+% &&\<\arg{ch},\arg{ts},\CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}\>=
+% \left\{\begin{array}{llll}
+%	\<\!\textheight!,&\!\pcol@topskip!,&\true\>&\quad\pp^i(q)=\bot\\
+%	\<\pp^h(q),&\pp^t(q),&\false\>&\quad\pp^i(q)\neq\bot\end{array}\right.
 % \end{eqnarray*}
 % 

-% The other macro $\!\pcol@getcurrpinfo!\arg{cs}\arg{pg}\arg{ch}\arg{ts}$ is
-% invoked in \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@sync! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!
-% do the similar assignments using \!\pcol@getpinfo!, but it is not for
-% $\pp(p)$ but for $\pp(\ptop)$ which is assigned to $\arg{cs}$.  The macro
-% \!\pcol@getpinfo! also has a direct invoker \!\pcol@outputelt!.
+% The other macro $\!\pcol@getcurrpinfo!\arg{pg}\arg{ch}\arg{ts}$ is invoked
+% in \!\pcol@startpage!, \!\pcol@output@switch!, \!\pcol@sync!,
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! do the similar
+% assignments using \!\pcol@getpinfo!, but it is not for $\pp(p)$ but for
+% $\pp(\ptop)={}$\!\pcol@currpage!.  The macro \!\pcol@getpinfo! also
+% has a direct invoker \!\pcol@outputelt!.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@getcurrpage{\begingroup
   \@tempcnta\pcol@page \advance\@tempcnta-\pcol@basepage
   \let\@elt\pcol@getpelt \pcol@pages\pcol@currpage
   \endgroup}
-\def\pcol@getpelt#1{%
+\def\pcol@getpelt#1#2#3{%
   \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@
-    \pcol@getpinfo{#1}{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}\fi
+    \pcol@getpinfo{#1}#2#3{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}\fi
   \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}
-\def\pcol@getpinfo#1#2#3#4{\count@#1\relax \pcol@nospantrue
-  \ifnum\count@>\@cclv
-    \advance\count@-\@cclvi #2\count@ #3\textheight #4\pcol@topskip
-  \else\ifnum\count@<\z@
-    #2\count@ #3\textheight #4\pcol@topskip
-  \else #2\count\count@  #3\dimen\count@ #4\skip\count@ \pcol@nospanfalse
-  \fi\fi}
-\def\pcol@getcurrpinfo#1{%
-  \edef#1{\expandafter\@cdr\pcol@currpage\@nil}%
-  \pcol@getpinfo#1}
+\def\pcol@getpinfo#1#2#3#4#5#6{\pcol@nospantrue
+  \gdef\pcol@spanning{#2}\gdef\pcol@footins{#3}%
+  #4#1\relax
+  \ifvoid#2\relax #5\textheight #6\pcol@topskip
+  \else #5\dimen#2\relax #6\skip#2\relax \pcol@nospanfalse
+  \fi}
+\def\pcol@getcurrpinfo{%
+  \edef\reserved@a{\expandafter\@cdr\pcol@currpage\@nil}%
+  \expandafter\pcol@getpinfo\reserved@a}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
@@ -3087,23 +4645,25 @@
 %	{Rename \cs{pcol@maxpage} as \cs{pcol@toppage}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Rename \cs{pcol@settextpage} as \cs{pcol@setordpage}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@startpage! is invoked from \!\pcol@opcol! with
 % $\!\pcol@currpage!=\pp(p{-}1)$ to start a new page $p=\!\pcol@page!$, or
-% from \!\pcol@output@start! or \!\pcol@freshpage! with
-% $\!\pcol@currpage!=|{}|$ and $\!\c@page!=\page(p)$ to start a new page
-% $p=0$.
+% from \!\pcol@output@start! with a too large \preenv{} or
+% \!\pcol@freshpage! with $\!\pcol@currpage!=|{}|$ and $\!\c@page!=\page(p)$
+% to start a new page $p=0$.
 % 
 % First, we let $\!\pcol@firstprevdepth!=\!\relax!$ to mean we have (had)
-% left from the first page of \env{paracol} environment so that
-% \!\pcol@output@end! will be informed of that.  Next we let $\ptop=p$ and
-% then, if invoked from \!\pcol@opcol!, lets $\!\c@page!=\page(p{-}1)+1$
-% invoking \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! to have $\page(p{-}1)$ in \!\c@page! from
-% $\pp(p{-}1)$ and \!\stepcounter! to increment it, and
-% $\PP\gets\PPP=(\PP,\pp(p{-}1))$.  Then we let $\!\@colht!=\!\textheight!$
-% as the base value without \spanning, and $\!\topskip!=\!\pcol@topskip!$
-% because the new page is the second or succeeding one built in
-% \env{paracol} environment.
+% left from the \spage{} so that \!\pcol@output@end! will be informed of
+% that.  Next we let $\ptop=p$ and then, if invoked from \!\pcol@opcol!,
+% lets $\!\c@page!=\page(p{-}1)+1$ invoking \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! to have
+% $\page(p{-}1)$ in \!\c@page! from $\pp^p(p{-}1)$ and \!\stepcounter! to
+% increment it, and $\PP\gets\PPP=(\PP,\pp(p{-}1))$ with
+% $\pp^f(p)=\!\pcol@currfoot!$ into which \!\pcol@makecol! saved \Scfnote{}s
+% if any.  Then we let $\!\@colht!=\!\textheight!$ as the base value without
+% \spanning, and $\!\topskip!=\!\pcol@topskip!$ because the new page is the
+% second or succeeding one built in \env{paracol} environment.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Starting New Page
@@ -3112,28 +4672,31 @@
   \global\let\pcol@firstprevdepth\relax
   \global\pcol@toppage\pcol@page
   \ifx\pcol@currpage\@empty\else
-    \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@currbox{\global\c@page}\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+    \pcol@getcurrpinfo{\global\c@page}\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+    \@cons\pcol@pages{{\number\c@page}\pcol@spanning\pcol@currfoot}%
     \stepcounter{page}%
-    \xdef\pcol@pages{\pcol@pages\pcol@currpage}%
   \fi
   \global\@colht\textheight
   \global\topskip\pcol@topskip
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

 % Then, we build \fpage{}s if any as follows.  First we invoke
-% \!\@dblfloatplacement! to reinitialize the parameters for double-column
-% (multiple-column) float placement.  Then we repeat \!\@tryfcolumn! giving
-% it \!\@dbldeferlist! having double-column floats not contributed to
-% previous pages yet, while $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$ meaning it builds
-% \fpage{}s in \!\@outputbox!.  For each \fpage{}, we acquire an \!\insert!
-% from \!\@freelist! by \!\@next! to let $\pp(p)=\pp(\ptop)$ have the
+% \!\@dblfloatplacement! to reinitialize the parameters for page-wise float
+% placement.  Then we repeat \!\@tryfcolumn! giving it \!\@dbldeferlist!
+% having page-wise floats not contributed to previous pages yet, while
+% $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$ meaning it builds \fpage{}s in
+% \!\@outputbox!.  For each \fpage{}, we acquire an \!\insert!  from
+% \!\@freelist! by \!\@next! for $\pp^i(\ptop)$ to let it have the
 % followings to represent the \fpage{}.
-% $$
-% \pp^b(p)=\!\@outputbox!\quad
-% \pp^p(p)=\!\c@page!\quad
-% \pp^h(p)=-\!\maxdimen!\quad
-% \pp^t(p)=\!\pcol@topskip!
-% $$
+% 

+% \begin{eqnarray*}
+% \pp^p(\ptop)&=&\!\c@page!\quad
+% \pp^b(\ptop)=\!\@outputbox!\quad
+% \pp^h(\ptop)=-\!\maxdimen!\quad
+% \pp^t(\ptop)=\!\pcol@topskip!\\
+% \pp^f(\ptop)&=&\bot
+% \end{eqnarray*}
+% 

 % We also increment $p$ and $\ptop$, and also \!\c@page! by \!\stepcounter!,
 % to let them have the values for the page following the \fpage{}s.
 % 

@@ -3143,23 +4706,23 @@
   \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{%
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{%
       \global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}\pcol@ovf
-    \global\count\@currbox\c@page
     \global\dimen\@currbox-\maxdimen
     \global\skip\@currbox\pcol@topskip
-    \@cons\pcol@pages\@currbox
+    \@cons\pcol@pages{{\number\c@page}\@currbox\voidb@x}
     \stepcounter{page}%
     \global\advance\pcol@page\@ne \global\pcol@toppage\pcol@page
     \@tryfcolumn\@dbldeferlist}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% Next, we copy \!\@dbldeferlist! containing double-column floats which
+% Next, we copy \!\@dbldeferlist! containing page-wise floats which
 % could not be included in \fpage{}s to \!\reserved@b!, clear the list, and
 % then scan the copied list by applying \!\@sdblcolelt! to each list
 % element to invoke \!\@addtodblcol! for adding the element to \!\@dbltoplist!
 % or keeping it in \!\@dbldeferlist!, as \LaTeX's \!\@startdblcolumn!
 % does.  If this scan results in empty \!\@dbltoplist! to mean the new page
-% does not have any \spanning, we invoke \!\pcol@setordpage! so that
-% $\pp(\ptop)$ reprsents a page without \spanning.
+% does not have any \spanning, we invoke \!\pcol@defcurrpage! with
+% $\pp^i(\ptop)=\pp^f(\ptop)=\bot$ so that $\pp(\ptop)$ reprsents a page
+% without \spanning{} nor \Scfnote{}s.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \begingroup
@@ -3169,24 +4732,29 @@
     \reserved@b
   \endgroup
   \ifx\@dbltoplist\@empty
-    \pcol@setordpage
+    \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}\voidb@x\voidb@x
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

 % Otherwise, i.e., \!\@dbltoplist! is not empty, we scan all elements in it
-% by letting \!\@comdblflelt! to have all double-floats in \!\@tempboxa!.
-% Then, after returning all elements to \!\@freelist!, we acquire an
-% \!\insert! from \!\@freelist! to be $\pp(\ptop)$ by \!\@next! and store the
-% contents of \!\@tempboxa! in $\pp^b(\ptop)$ after removing the
-% last vertical skip \!\dblfloatsep! and then adding \!\dblfigrule! and the
-% vertical skip \!\dbltextfloatsep!.  The other element of $\pp(\ptop)$ is
-% set as follows to represent the page with \spanning{} which makes the height
-% of each column \!\@colht! shrunk from its initial value \!\textheight!
-% by the series of \!\@addtodblcol!.
+% by letting $\!\@elt!=\!\@comdblflelt!$ to have all page-wise floats in
+% \!\@tempboxa!.  Then, after returning all elements to \!\@freelist!, we
+% acquire an \!\insert! from \!\@freelist! to be $\pp^i(\ptop)$ by \!\@next!
+% and store the contents of \!\@tempboxa! in $\pp^b(\ptop)$ after removing
+% the last vertical skip \!\dblfloatsep! and then adding \!\dblfigrule! and
+% the vertical skip \!\dbltextfloatsep!.  The other elements of $\pp(\ptop)$
+% are set as follows to represent the page with \spanning{} which makes the
+% height of each column \!\@colht! shrunk from its initial value
+% \!\textheight!  by the series of \!\@addtodblcol!.
 % $$
 % \pp^p(\ptop)=\!\c@page!=\page(\ptop)\quad
 % \pp^h(\ptop)=\!\@colht!\quad
-% \pp^t(\ptop)=\!\pcol@topskip!
+% \pp^t(\ptop)=\!\pcol@topskip!\quad
+% \pp^f(\ptop)=\bot
 % $$
+% 
+% Finally, regardless of the existence of the page-wise floats, we let
+% $\!\pcol@footins!=\bot$ to mean the \tpage{} does not have any \Scfnote{}s,
+% so far if footnote typesetting is \scfnote, or never otherwise.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \else
@@ -3202,13 +4770,12 @@
           \unvbox\@tempboxa \vskip-\dblfloatsep \dblfigrule
           \vskip\dbltextfloatsep}}%
         \pcol@ovf
-      \global\count\@currbox\c@page
       \global\dimen\@currbox\@colht
       \global\skip\@currbox\pcol@topskip
-      \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt\@currbox}%
+      \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}\@currbox\voidb@x
     \endgroup
   \fi
-}
+  \gdef\pcol@footins{\voidb@x}}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -3222,16 +4789,16 @@
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Rename \cs{ifpcol@stopoutput} as \cs{ifpcol@outputflt}.}

 % 

-% The macro \!\pcol@outputpage! is invoked from \!\pcol@opcol! with argument
-% $\arg{all}=0$ to ship out the page $\pbase$ and \fpage{}s following it if
-% any, or \!\pcol@sync! with $\arg{all}=1$ to ship out all pages in $\PP$.
-% It copies $\PP=\!\pcol@pages!$ into $\mathit{\Pi}'=\!\reserved@b!$ and
-% clear $\PP$ once to remove pages shipped out from it.  Then, after
+% The macro \!\pcol@outputpage!$\arg{all}$ is invoked from \!\pcol@opcol!
+% with $\arg{all}=0$ to ship out the page $\pbase$ and \fpage{}s following
+% it if any, or \!\pcol@sync! with $\arg{all}=1$ to ship out all pages in
+% $\PP$.  It copies $\PP=\!\pcol@pages!$ into $\mathit{\Pi}'=\!\reserved@b!$
+% and clear $\PP$ once to remove pages shipped out from it.  Then, after
 % initializing $f_o=\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\true$ to ship out (the first)
 % ordinary page and $f_f=\CSIndex{ifpcol@outputflt}=\true$ to ship out
-% \fpage{} (following the first page), scan all $\pp(q)\in\mathit{\Pi}'$
-% applying $\!\pcol@outputelt!\arg{all}$ to $\pp(q)$ to ship it out or keep
-% it in $\PP$.
+% \fpage{}s (following the first page), it scans all
+% $\pp(q)\in\mathit{\Pi}'$ applying $\!\pcol@outputelt!\arg{all}$ to
+% $\pp(q)$ to ship it out or keep it in $\PP$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Shipping Page Out
@@ -3245,26 +4812,31 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@outputelt}
-% The macro $\!\pcol@outputelt!\arg{all}\<\pp(q)\>$ ships out the ordinary
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

+% 

+% The macro
+% $\!\pcol@outputelt!\arg{all}\Arg{\pp^p(q)}\arg{\pp^i(q)}\arg{\pp^f(q)}$
+% ships out the ordinary
 % or \fpage{} $q$ if $f_o=\true$ or $f_f=\true$ respectively.  After
-% initializing \!\@outputbox! to be \!\voidb@x!, we retrive the page $q$'s
+% initializing \!\@outputbox! to be $\bot$, we retrive the page $q$'s
 % information by \!\pcol@getpinfo! to have $\page(q)$ in \!\c@page! locally,
-% \!\textheight! or $\pp^h(q)$ in $h=\!\@tempdima!$, and
-% $f_{\it ns}=\CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}=(\pp(q)\notin[0,255])$.
+% \!\textheight! or $\pp^h(q)$ in $h=\!\@tempdima!$,
+% $f_{\it{}ns}=\CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}=(\pp^i(q)=\bot)$, and
+% $\!\pcol@footins!={\pp^f(q)}$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pcol@outputelt#1#2{%
+\def\pcol@outputelt#1#2#3#4{%
   \setbox\@outputbox\box\voidb@x
-  \def\@currbox{#2}%
-  \pcol@getpinfo\@currbox\c@page\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+  \pcol@getpinfo{#2}#3#4\c@page\@tempdima\@tempskipa
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% Then, we do one of the follolwings according to $h$ and $f_o$.
+% Then, we do one of the followings according to $h$ and $f_o$.
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item $h<0$\\
 % It means $q$ is a \fpage{}.  If $f_f=\true$, we let \!\@outputbox! have
-% $\pp^b(q)$ to ship it out and return $\!\insert!{\cdot}\pp(q)$ to
+% $\pp^b(q)$ to ship it out and return $\!\insert!{\cdot}\pp^i(q)$ to
 % \!\@freelist! by \!\@cons! because it is no longer necessary.  Otherwise,
 % we return $\pp(q)$ back to $\PP$.
 % \end{itemize}
@@ -3275,10 +4847,10 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@
     \ifpcol@outputflt
-      \setbox\@outputbox\box\@currbox
-      \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
+      \setbox\@outputbox\box\pcol@spanning
+      \@cons\@freelist\pcol@spanning
     \else
-      \@cons\pcol@pages\@currbox
+      \@cons\pcol@pages{{#2}#3#4}
     \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

@@ -3289,7 +4861,7 @@
 % Then we put materials to be shipped out in \!\@outputbox! whose height is
 % \!\textheight! as follows.  First, if $f_{\it ns}=\false$ to mean
 % $\pp(q)$ has \spanning{} in $\pp^b(q)$, they are put in the box by
-% \!\unvbox! and $\!\insert!{\cdot}\pp(q)$ is returned to \!\@freelist! by
+% \!\unvbox! and $\!\insert!{\cdot}\pp^i(q)$ is returned to \!\@freelist! by
 % \!\@cons!.  Then we put a \!\hbox! of \!\textwidth! wide having \!\hbox!es
 % of $\w_c=|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c$
 % 

@@ -3298,13 +4870,30 @@
 % wide containing $\sigma_c$ followed by \!\hss! for all $c\In0\C$, where
 % $\sigma_c=\!\box!{\cdot}s_c(q)$ being the first element removed from
 % $\S_c$ by \!\@next! and then returned to \!\@freelist! by \!\@cons! if it
-% is not empty, or \!\voidb@x!  otherwise.  We sepearate \!\hbox!es of
+% is not $\bot$, or \!\voidb@x!  otherwise.  We sepearate \!\hbox!es of
 % $\sigma_c$ by \!\hfil!  by making each \!\hbox!  preceded by
 % \!\pcol@hfil!

 % 

 % \SpecialMainIndex{\pcol@hfil}
 % 

 % being \!\relax! for the first one and \!\hfil! for others.
+% 
+% Note that the scanning order of $c\In0\C$ is usually ascending of course,
+% but is descending if \cswap{} is specified and $\page(q)\bmod2=0$.  For
+% this ordering, we invoke $\!\pcol@swapcolumn!\arg{c'}\arg{c}$ to have $c$
+% for the $c'$-th iteration of the scanning where $c'=\!\@tempcnta!$ and
+% $c=\!\@tempcntb!$.
+% 
+% Then if $\pp^f(q)\neq\bot$ to mean the page $q$ has \Scfnote{}s, we
+% put them at the bottom of \!\@outputbox! by \!\pcol@putfootins!, and
+% return $\pp^f(q)$ to \!\@freelist!.  Finally\footnote{

+% 

+% Not necessary to be finally, but we placed this assignment at the end of
+% the box to make it clear the depth capping is only for the box.},
+% 

+% we let $\!\boxmaxdepth!=\!\@maxdepth!$ to cap the depth of \!\@outputbox!
+% which we are now closing, as done for each \colpage{} and as expected to be
+% applied to \Scfnote{}s.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
@@ -3312,52 +4901,59 @@
 % \changes{v1.1}{2012/05/11}
 % 	{Use $\cs{pcol@columnwidth}{\cdot}c$ instead of \cs{columnwidth} as
 %	 the width of $c$'s \cs{hbox}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add column-swapping for even pages if specified.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add ship-out of single-columned footnote.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add $\cs{boxmaxdepth}\EQ\cs{@maxdepth}$ for depth capping.}

 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \else\if@tempswa
     \ifnum#1=\z@ \@tempswafalse \fi
+    \pcol@Logstart\pcol@outputelt
     \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{%
       \ifpcol@nospan\else
-        \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
-        \unvbox\@currbox
+        \@cons\@freelist\pcol@spanning
+        \unvbox\pcol@spanning
       \fi
       \hb@xt@\textwidth{%
         \let\pcol@hfil\relax
         \@tempcnta\z@ \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+          \pcol@swapcolumn\@tempcnta\@tempcntb
           \expandafter\@next\expandafter\@currbox
-            \csname pcol@shipped\number\@tempcnta\endcsname
+            \csname pcol@shipped\number\@tempcntb\endcsname
             \relax{\let\@currbox\voidb@x}%
           \ifvoid\@currbox\else \@cons\@freelist\@currbox \fi
           \expandafter\@tempdima
-            \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\@tempcnta \endcsname
+            \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\@tempcntb \endcsname
           \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\@tempdima{\box\@currbox\hss}%
           \let\pcol@hfil\hfil
-         \advance\@tempcnta\@ne}}}%
+         \advance\@tempcnta\@ne}}%
+      \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@outputelt{output}\pcol@footins
+        \pcol@putfootins\pcol@footins
+        \@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins
+      \fi
+      \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth}%
+    \pcol@Logend\pcol@outputelt
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item $h\geq0\;\land\;f_o=\false$\\
 % It means $q$ is a non-\fpage{} to be kept.  Therefore, we let
 % $f_f=\false$ to keep \fpage{}s following it from being shipped out.  Then
-% we return $\pp(q)$ to $\PP$ by \!\@cons!.  Note that if $f_{\it ns}=\true$
-% to mean $\pp(q)\notin[0,255]$ for a page without \spanning, we have to
-% surround $\pp(q)$ giving to \!\@cons! by |{| and |}| because it is a
-% decimal number rather than a \!\chardef! token for an \!\insert! with
-% \spanning.
+% we return $\pp(q)$ to $\PP$ by \!\@cons!.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \else
     \pcol@outputfltfalse
-    \ifpcol@nospan
-      \@cons\pcol@pages{{\@currbox}}
-    \else
-      \@cons\pcol@pages\@currbox
-    \fi
+    \@cons\pcol@pages{{#2}#3#4}%
   \fi\fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% Finally, if $\!\@outputbox!\neq\!\voidb@x!$ to mean $\pp(q)$ is to be
+% Finally, if $\!\@outputbox!\neq\bot$ to mean $\pp(q)$ is to be
 % shipped out, we invoke \!\@outputpage! to do it and increment $\pbase$ to
 % let it has $q+1$.  Note that since we have let $\!\c@page!=\page(q)$, the
 % direct and indirect references to it in \!\@outputpage! are correctly done.
@@ -3381,22 +4977,89 @@
 % \label{sec:imp-startcolumn}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@startcolumn}
-% \begin{macro}{\pcol@trynextcolumn}
-% The macro \!\pcol@startcolumn! is invoked from \!\pcol@output! and
-% \!\pcol@freshpage! to start a new \colpage.  This macro has the exactly
-% same functionality as \LaTeX's \!\@startcolumn!, but \CSIndex{else} part of
-% \CSIndex{if@fcolmade} construct is enclosed in the macro
-% \!\pcol@trynextcolumn!  which is also invoked in \!\pcol@flushcolumn!.
-% That is, the only reason why we have our own version of \!\@startcolumn!
-% is this additional use of the \CSIndex{else} part.
+% The macro $\!\pcol@startcolumn!\arg{f}$ is invoked from \!\pcol@output!
+% with $f=1$ and \!\pcol@freshpage! with $f=0$ to start a new \colpage.
+% This macro has two additional functions to \LaTeX's \!\@startcolumn!, one
+% for \Scfnote{}s and the other for coloring.
+% 
+% First, if the page $p$ in which the new \colpage{} resides has \Scfnote{}s
+% in $\pp^f(p)=\!\pcol@footins!$ because the column is not the leading one,
+% 

+% \Index{leading column}

+% 

+% we temporarily shrink \!\@colht! and \!\@colroom! by the space required to
+% put $\pp^f(p)$ by \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! during the trial of deferred
+% float placement, remembering the existence of the footnotes by letting
+% $\!\@tempdimb!=-\!\skip!\!\pcol@footins!$ which should be 0 otherwise.
+% This shrinkage is essentially required when $p<\ptop$ because $\pp^f(p)$
+% has been fixed to be a part of $p$ and thus deferred floats cannot push
+% footnotes down to succeeding pages.  In the case of $p=\ptop$, the
+% shrinkage is also desirable to avoid unnecessary pushing down of footnotes
+% which \TeX{} has decided to be in $p$.
+% 
+% Then after trying put deferred floats in the \colpage{} by \!\@tryfcolumn!
+% and \!\pcol@trynextcolumn! as done in \LaTeX's \!\@startcolumn!, we
+% \!\insert! $\pp^f(p)$, if it is has some footnoes, by letting \!\footins!
+% have it by \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! so that \TeX{} will be aware of the
+% footnotes when it examines the page break of the \colpage{}.  Then if
+% $p=\ptop$, we also \!\insert! deferred footnotes in $\df$ until their
+% total height reaches \!\@colht! by \!\pcol@deferredfootins! if $f=1$ to
+% mean this macro is invoked from \!\pcol@output!\footnote{

+% 

+% The \cs{insert}ion of $\pp^f(p)$ also requiers $f=1$ but this examination
+% is redundant because $\pp^f(p)=\bot$ definately if $f=0$.}.
+% 

+% Note that the deferred footnote \!\insert!ion in the case of $f=0$ will
+% be done afterward when \!\pcol@freshpage! does \!\pcol@restartcolumn! at
+% its tail.  Also note that \!\pcol@deferredfootins! examines if
+% $\!\@tempdimb!=0$ to mean $\pp^f(p)=\bot$ and thus \!\skip!\!\footins!
+% should be taken into account in its extraction of the footnotes from $\df$.
+% 
+% Then after restoring \!\@colht! and canceling the temporary shrinkage of
+% \!\@colroom!, we invoke \!\pcol@savecolorstack! to save \colpage{}'s
+% \colorctext{} into $\csts$ so that coloring \!\special!s to reestablish
+% $\csts$ will be put at its top if it has something when we leave it.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Starting New Column Page
 
-\def\pcol@startcolumn{%
+\def\pcol@startcolumn#1{%
+  \@tempdima\@colht \@tempdimb\z@
+  \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
   \global\@colroom\@colht
   \@tryfcolumn\@deferlist
-  \if@fcolmade\else \pcol@trynextcolumn \fi}
+  \if@fcolmade\else
+    \pcol@trynextcolumn
+    \ifpcol@scfnote \ifnum#1>\z@
+      \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+        \edef\pcol@currfoot{\pcol@footins}%
+        \pcol@getcurrfoot\copy
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@startcolumn{insert}\footins
+        \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}%
+      \fi
+      \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+        \pcol@deferredfootins\pcol@startcolumn \fi
+    \fi\fi
+  \fi
+  \advance\@tempdima-\@colht
+  \global\advance\@colroom\@tempdima
+  \global\advance\@colht\@tempdima
+  \pcol@savecolorstack}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@trynextcolumn}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{No change in the code itself but its explanation is modified
+%	 according to the drastic redesign of \cs{pcol@startcolumn}.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@trynextcolumn! is invoked from \!\pcol@startcolumn! and
+% \!\pcol@flush~column! to try to move deferred floats in \!\@deferlist!
+% into \!\@toplist! or \!\@botlist!.  The body of this macro is perfectly
+% equivalent to the \cs{else} part of \CSIndex{if@fcolmade} in \LaTeX's
+% \!\@startcolumn!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@trynextcolumn{\begingroup
   \let\reserved@b\@deferlist
   \global\let\@deferlist\@empty
@@ -3405,7 +5068,7 @@
   \endgroup}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
 % 
 % 
 % 
@@ -3425,10 +5088,11 @@
 % \!\outputpenalty! code less than $-10000$ to invoke the corresponding
 % macro $|\pcol@output@|{\cdot}f$.  The code macros are given to
 % \!\pcol@invokeoutput! as its argument by \!\paracol! ($f=|start|$),
-% \!\pcol@switchcol! ($f=|switch|$), \!\pcol@com@flushpage! ($f=|flush|$),
-% \!\pcol@com@clearpage! ($f=|clear|$) and \!\endparacol! ($f=|end|$) to set
-% one of them into \!\outputpenalty!, so that the other user
-% \!\pcol@specialoutput! examines which special function is invoked.

+% \!\pcol@switchcol! ($f=|switch|$), \!\pcol@visitallcols! ($f=|switch|$),
+% \!\pcol@com@flushpage! ($f=|flush|$), \!\pcol@com@clearpage!
+% ($f=|clear|$), \!\pcol@flushclear! ($f=|switch|$), and \!\endparacol!
+% ($f=|end|$) to set one of them into \!\outputpenalty!, so that the other
+% user \!\pcol@specialoutput! examines which special function is invoked.

 % 

 % \SpecialIndex{\pcol@output@start}

 % \SpecialIndex{\pcol@output@switch}

@@ -3450,6 +5114,8 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@specialoutput}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Remove unnecessary \cs{pcol@latex@specialoutput}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add footnote logging if $\cs{outputpenalty}\EQ-10004$.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@specialoutput! is invoked solely in \!\pcol@output! to
 % invoke our own or \LaTeX's special output routine.  It examines if
@@ -3464,7 +5130,9 @@
 % \!\pcol@output! after this macro finishes.
 % 
 % Otherwise, i.e., if $\!\outputpenalty!\notin\{|pcol@op@|{\cdot}f\vert f\in
-% F\}$, we simply invokes \LaTeX's \!\@specialoutput!.
+% F\}$, we simply invokes \LaTeX's \!\@specialoutput!\footnote{

+% 

+% With footnote logging if $\cs{outputpenalty}=-10004$.}.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@specialoutput{%
@@ -3480,6 +5148,9 @@
     \let\reserved@a\pcol@output@end
   \else \let\reserved@a\@specialoutput
   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Miv\relax
+    \ifvoid\footins\else \pcol@Log\dummy{dummy}\footins
+  \fi\fi
   \ifx\reserved@a\@specialoutput\else
     \global\setbox\@holdpg\vbox{\unvbox\@holdpg \unvbox\@cclv
       \setbox\@tempboxa\lastbox \unskip}%
@@ -3500,62 +5171,98 @@
 %	{Rename \cs{pcol@maxpage} as \cs{pcol@toppage}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Add special operation in case of too small room for column-pages.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add initialization of $\string\mathit{\string\Phi}$ and
+%	 single-columned footnote output operations, and revise reflecting
+%	 the redesign of page context.}
 
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@outputtrue} to solve the \cs{output} request sneaking.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Include the effect of the separation of pre-environment bottom
+%	 floats and columns in the starting page into the check of too large
+%	 pre-envronment stuff.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@output@start! is invoked solely from
 % \!\pcol@specialoutput! to process the special \!\output! request made in
 % \!\paracol! and to build the {\em\Uidx\spage} from which parallel columns
-% start.  First we invoke \!\pcol@makenormalcol! to let \!\@outputbox! have
-% the stuff preceding \beginparacol{}, or {\em\Uidx\preenv} in short, in the
-% \spage{} as its \spanning.  Then we shrink \!\@colht! by the sum of the
-% height $h$ and depth $d$ of the \spanning.  Next we let $p=\pbase=\ptop=0$
-% and $\PP=()$ because we have nothing for $q<\ptop=0$.  We also move
-% \!\@deferlist! to \!\@dbldeferlist! and then let \!\@deferlist! be empty
-% because all single-column dererred floats become multi-column.
-% 
-% Then we examine if $\!\@colht!<1.5\times\!\baselineskip!$ to mean
-% \!\pcol@output! would force a page break with warning.  If so, we ship out
-% the \preenv{} by \!\@outputpage! to avoid the break and warning, and
+% start possibly with the stuff preceding \beginparacol{}, or
+% {\em\Uidx\preenv} in short.  First, we turn
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@output}=\true$ so that \!\output!  requests for page
+% breaks are processed by our own macros such as \!\pcol@makecol! hereafter.
+% Then we let $p=\pbase={\ptop}=0$ and $\PP=()$ because we have nothing for
+% $q<\ptop=0$.  We also move \!\@deferlist! to \!\@dbldeferlist! and then
+% let \!\@deferlist! be empty because all column-wise dererred floats become
+% page-wise, and let $\df=\bot$ because we don't have any deferred footnotes.
+% 
+% Next we caculate $H=H_r-(H_m+H_f+H_b)$ where $H_r=\!\@colroom!$, $H_m$ is
+% the heigh-plus-depth of the main vertical list in \!\@holdpg!, $H_f$ is
+% the sum of \!\skip!\!\footins! and the height-plus-depth of \!\footins! if
+% any or 0 otherwise, and $H_b=\!\textfloatsep!$ if the \preenv{} has bottom
+% floats or 0 otherwise.  That is, $H$ is the room for each of \colpage{} in
+% the \spage.  Then we examine if $H<1.5\times\!\baselineskip!$ to mean
+% \!\pcol@output!  would force a page break with warning.  If so, we invoke
+% \!\pcol@makenormalcol! giving it 0 as its argument to make the ship-out
+% image of the \preenv{} in \!\@outputbox! as \LaTeX's \!\@makecol! does and
+% ship out it by \!\@outputpage!, to avoid the break and warning.  Then we
 % invoke \!\pcol@startpage! for the \spage{} $\ptop=0$ letting $\pp(0)$ be
 % empty so that the macro will not refer to it.  We also let \!\topskip! be
 % the value at \beginparacol, i.e., \!\pcol@topskip! because the first item
 % of each column will start from the top of the \spage.
 % 
-% Otherwise, the \spanning{} are moved in $\pp^b(0)$ which is acquired from
-% \!\@freelist! by \!\@next!, and $\pp^p(0)$ and $\pp^h(0)$ are let be
-% \!\c@page! and \!\@colht! respectively for \spage.  As for $\pp^t(0)$, we
-% let it be \!\topskip! if both the height and depth of $\pp^b(0)$ are 0
-% assuming that the page does not have any \spanning{} to typeset
-% \colpage{}s from the top of the page.  Otherwise, i.e., either the height or
-% depth is non-zero, $\pp^t(0)$ and \!\topskip! are let be 0 to inhibit the
-% ordinary \!\topskip! insertion.
+% Otherwise, i.e., if $H\geq1.5\times\!\baselineskip!$, we invoke
+% \!\pcol@makenormalcol! as well but with the argument 1 to let the macro
+% exclude \Mgfnote{}s if any and add the skip of \!\textfloatsep!  below the
+% bottom floats also if any, to make the \preenv{} as the \spanning{} of the
+% \spage.  Then the \spanning{} is moved into $\pp^b(0)$ which is acquired
+% from \!\@freelist! by \!\@next!, and $\pp^h(0)$ is let be \!\@colht!
+% shrunk by $h$ being the height-plus-depth of the \spanning{}.  As for
+% $\pp^t(0)$, we let it be \!\topskip! if $h=0$ assuming that the page does
+% not have any \spanning{}\footnote{

+% 

+% Checking the emptiness by \cs{pcol@ifempty} does not work well for the
+% very first page of a document because it has a \cs{write} as the very
+% first item.}
+% 

+% to typeset \colpage{}s from the top of the page.  Otherwise, i.e., if
+% $h>0$, $\pp^t(0)$ and \!\topskip!  are let be 0 to inhibit the ordinary
+% \!\topskip! insertion.  Then we let $\pp(0)$ have those elements shown
+% above and $\pp^p(0)=\!\c@page!$ and $\pp^f(0)=\bot$ by
+% \!\pcol@defcurrpage!.
 % 
 % Then for the both cases, we initialize \!\@colroom! to be \!\@colht!, and
 % invoke \!\pcol@floatplacement! to reinitialize the parameters of
-% single-column float placement.
+% column-wise float placement.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Special Output Routines: Building First Page
 
 \def\pcol@output@start{%
-  \pcol@makenormalcol
-  \global\advance\@colht-\ht\@outputbox
-  \global\advance\@colht-\dp\@outputbox
+  \global\pcol@outputtrue
   \global\pcol@page\z@ \global\pcol@toppage\z@ \global\pcol@basepage\z@
   \global\let\pcol@pages\@empty
   \global\let\@dbldeferlist\@deferlist \global\let\@deferlist\@empty
-  \ifdim\@colht<1.5\baselineskip
+  \setbox\z@\box\pcol@topfnotes
+  \@tempdima\@colroom
+  \advance\@tempdima-\ht\@holdpg \advance\@tempdima-\dp\@holdpg
+  \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \advance\@tempdima-\skip\footins
+    \advance\@tempdima-\ht\footins \advance\@tempdima-\dp\footins
+  \fi
+  \ifx\@botlist\@empty\else \advance\@tempdima-\textfloatsep \fi
+  \ifdim\@tempdima<1.5\baselineskip
+    \pcol@makenormalcol\z@
     \@outputpage
     \global\let\pcol@currpage\@empty \pcol@startpage
-    \global\topskip\pcol@topskip 
+    \global\topskip\pcol@topskip
   \else
+    \pcol@makenormalcol\@ne
+    \@tempdima\ht\@outputbox \advance\@tempdima\dp\@outputbox
+    \global\advance\@colht-\@tempdima
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}\pcol@ovf
-    \global\count\@currbox\c@page \global\dimen\@currbox\@colht
-    \@tempskipa\z@
-    \ifdim\ht\@currbox=\z@ \ifdim\dp\@currbox=\z@
-      \@tempskipa\topskip
-    \fi\fi
+    \global\dimen\@currbox\@colht
+    \ifdim\@tempdima=\z@ \@tempskipa\topskip \else \@tempskipa\z@ \fi
     \global\skip\@currbox\@tempskipa \global\topskip\@tempskipa
-    \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt\@currbox}%
+    \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}\@currbox\voidb@x
   \fi
   \global\@colroom\@colht
   \pcol@floatplacement
@@ -3573,7 +5280,7 @@
 % last item.  The important issue is that the \!\prevdepth! to be referred
 % is assured having its value at \beginparacol, which is usually the depth
 % of the last item of \spanning, by the following mechanism: (1)
-% \!\pcol@invokeoutput!  invoked in \!\paracol! saves \!\prevdepth! in
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput! invoked in \!\paracol! saves \!\prevdepth! in
 % \!\pcol@prevdepth! before the \!\output! request for
 % \!\pcol@output@start!; (2) \!\pcol@prevdepth! is saved in $\cc_c(\pd)$ by
 % \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf!  invoked from \!\pcol@output@start! as discussed
@@ -3585,21 +5292,25 @@
 % \!\pcol@prevdepth! after the request.  Therefore, the baseline progress
 % from the last line of the \spanning{} to the first line of each
 % \colpage{} should be very natural as we see in the third and fourth lines
-% of \secref{sec:man-close}.
+% of \secref{sec:man-close} of Part \ref{part:man}.
 % 
 % Then we invoke \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf! to save the following values for
 % $\cc_c(e)$ ($e\neq\vb$); $\cc_c(\ft)=\!\voidb@x!$ because $c$ does not
-% have footnotes;  $\cc_c(\pd)=\!\prevdepth!$ as discussed above;
+% have \Mcfnote{}s so far;  $\cc_c(\pd)=\!\prevdepth!$ as discussed above;
 % $\cc_c(\tl)=\cc_c(\ml)=\cc_c(\bl)=()$ because \!\pcol@makenormalcol! and
 % \!\@combinefloats! invoked from it emptied them;  $\cc_c(\dl)=()$ as
-% discussed above;  $\cc_c(\fh)=\cc_c(\mb)=0$ as initialized by
+% discussed above;  $\cc_c(\fh)={\cc_c(\mb)}=0$ as initialized by
 % \!\pcol@floatplacement!;  $\cc_c(\tn)=\!\c@topnumber!$,
 % $\cc_c(\bn)=\!\c@botnumber!$ and $\cc_c(\tn)=\!\c@totalnumber!$ as
 % initialized by \!\@floatplacement! invoked from \!\pcol@floatplacement!;
 % $\cc_c(\tr)=\!\topfraction!\times\!\@colht!$ and
 % $\cc_c(\br)=\!\bottomfraction!\times\!\@colht!$ as initialized by
 % \!\@floatplacement!; $\cc_c(\sw)$ is defined by \CSIndex{if@nobreak} and
-% \CSIndex{if@afterindent} at the time of \beginparacol; and
+% \cs{if@after}\~|indent|
+% 

+% \expandafter\SpecialIndex\csname if@afterindent\endcsname
+% 

+% at the time of \beginparacol; and
 % $\cc_c(\ep)=\!\everypar!$ at the time of \beginparacol.  We also let
 % $\cc_c(\vb^p)=0$ because $p=0$ and $\cc_c(\vb^r)=\!\@colroom!$ defined
 % above.  In addition, we let $\S_c=\phi$ because we don't have any
@@ -3612,8 +5323,7 @@
   \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{%
       \ifdim\topskip=\z@ \hrule\@height\z@\@width\z@
-      \fi}}
-      \pcol@ovf
+      \fi}}\pcol@ovf
     \pcol@setcurrcolnf
     \global\count\@currbox\z@
     \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
@@ -3621,29 +5331,92 @@
    \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %

-% Finally, we let $c=\!\pcol@currcol!=0$ for the first column, regain the
-% parameters in $\cc_0$, and put $\cc_0(\vb^b)$ to the main
-% vertical list by \!\unvbox! returning $\cc_0(\vb)$ to \!\@freelist! by
-% \!\@cons! because it has become useless so far.
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add emptying \cs{pcol@colorstack} and the invocation of
+%	 \cs{pcol@savecolorstack} at the beginnig of the first
+%	 column-page to be built.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add insertion of \cs{footins} having footnotes to be merged if it
+%	 is not void.}

+% 

+% Finally, we let $c=\!\pcol@currcol!=0$ for the first column, and regain the
+% parameters in $\cc_0$ by \!\pcol@getcurrcol!.  Then before putting
+% $\cc_0(\vb^b)$ to the main vertical list by \!\unvbox! returning
+% $\cc_0(\vb)$ to \!\@freelist! by \!\@cons! because it has become useless
+% so far, we let the \colorstack{} $\cst$ empty and save the \colorctext{}
+% just with $\Celt^0$ into $\csts$ by \!\pcol@savecolorstack!.  Then we
+% \!\insert! \!\footins! through itself to the main vertical list if it
+% is not $\bot$ and thus has footnotes to be \mgfnote{}.  This \!\insert!ion
+% is different from other footnote \!\insert!ion because \!\footins! is not
+% \!\unvbox!ed but is put as a whole and is followed by
+% \!\penalty!\!\interlinepenalty!, so that footnotes will not be broken by
+% \TeX's page builder to prevent the reconnection of a broken footnote with
+% innapropriate glue discarding, which we will discuss in
+% \secref{sec:imp-fnote}.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \global\pcol@currcol\z@
   \pcol@getcurrcol
-  \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
-  \unvbox\@currbox}
+  \gdef\pcol@colorstack{}\pcol@savecolorstack
+  \@cons\@freelist\@currbox \unvbox\@currbox
+  \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \pcol@Log\pcol@output@start{insert}\footins
+    \insert\footins{\box\footins\penalty\interlinepenalty}%
+  \fi}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@makenormalcol}
-% The macro \!\pcol@makenormalcol! is invoked solely from
-% \!\pcol@output@start! to let \!\@output~box! have the \preenv{} as the
-% \spanning{} of the \spage.  The macro is very similar to the first half of
-% \!\@makecol! but \!\@cclv! in it is replaced with \!\@holdpg! because the
-% stuff have been stored in \!\@holdpg! by \!\pcol@specialoutput!.  Note
-% that bottom floats and footnotes are put in \!\@outputbox! and thus they
-% will not appear at the bottom of the page but above the \colpage{}s in the
-% page\footnote{

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Replace the building operation of \cs{@outputbox} with footnotes
+%	 with the invocation of \cs{pcol@combinefootins} and add the
+%	 examination of \cs{ifpcol@mgfnote}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Turn \cs{ifpcol@lastpage} be $\string\true$ temporarily for
+%	 \cs{pcol@combinefloats} to separate bottom floats in 
+%	 pre-environment stuff and the multi-column stuff in
+%	 \string\texttt{paracol} environment by \cs{textfloatsep}.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@makenormalcol!$\arg{span}$ is invoked solely from
+% \!\pcol@output@start! to let \!\@output~box! have the \preenv{} as an
+% ordinary page ($\arg{span}=0$) or the \spanning{} of the \spage
+% ($\arg{span}=1$).  The operations this macro performs are very
+% similar to those in the first half of \!\@makecol! especially when
+% $\arg{span}=0$, but has the following
+% four differences.
+% 

+% \begin{enumerate}\def\labelenumi{(\arabic{enumi})}
+% \item
+% In both cases, \!\@cclv! in \!\@makecol! is
+% replaced with \!\@holdpg! because the stuff have been stored in
+% \!\@holdpg! by \!\pcol@specialoutput!.
+% 
+% \item
+% If $\arg{span}=1$, we examine \CSIndex{ifpcol@mgfnote} and, if $\true$,
+% exclude footnotes in \!\footins! from \!\@outputbox! because they are
+% \mgfnote{} with \Scfnote{}s given in columns.
+% 
+% \item
+% In both cases, if footnotes are not
+% \mgfnote{}, we combine them with the main vertical list by
+% \!\pcol@combinefootins! which does the corresponding operaions in
+% \!\@makecol! but with \!\@holdpg!.
+% 
+% \item
+% If $\arg{span}=1$, we turn $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\true$ temporarily at
+% the invocation of \!\pcol@combinefloats! at the tail in order to let it
+% put a vertical skip of \!\textfloatsep! below the bottom floats if any so
+% that the floats are well seperated from the top of multi-column stuff in
+% the \spage.  The other special function in \!\pcol@combinefloats! for
+% \sync{}ed \colpage{}, on the other hand, is not active in this invocation
+% because \!\paracol!  initialized $\!\pcol@textfloatsep!=\infty$ to mean we
+% have no \sync{}ation points.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% 

+% Note that bottom floats and non-\mgfnote{} footnotes are put in
+% \!\@outputbox!  and thus they will not appear at the bottom of the page
+% but above the \colpage{}s in the page\footnote{

 % 

 % We could put them at the bottom by keeping them somewhere and insert them
 % in \!\pcol@outputpage!, but it will cause another problem that the numbers
@@ -3651,23 +5424,20 @@
 % are above them.}.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pcol@makenormalcol{%
-  \ifvoid\footins \setbox\@outputbox\box\@holdpg
+\def\pcol@makenormalcol#1{%
+  \ifvoid\footins \@tempswafalse \else \@tempswatrue \fi
+  \ifpcol@mgfnote \ifnum#1=\@ne \@tempswafalse \fi\fi
+  \if@tempswa 
+    \pcol@Log\pcol@makenormalcol{output}\footins
+    \pcol@combinefootins\@holdpg\footins
   \else
-    \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{
-      \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
-      \unvbox\@holdpg
-      \vskip\skip\footins
-      \color@begingroup
-        \normalcolor
-        \footnoterule
-        \unvbox\footins
-      \color@endgroup}%
-   \fi
+    \setbox\@outputbox\box\@holdpg
+  \fi
   \let\@elt\relax
   \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}%
   \global\let\@midlist\@empty
-  \@combinefloats}
+  \ifnum#1=\@ne \pcol@lastpagetrue \fi
+  \pcol@combinefloats \pcol@lastpagefalse}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -3678,7 +5448,7 @@
 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@floatplacement! is invoked from \!\pcol@opcol!,
 % \!\pcol@output@start!, \!\pcol@flushcolumn!, \!\pcol@freshpage! and
-% \!\pcol@output@end! to reinitialize the parameters of single-column float
+% \!\pcol@output@end! to reinitialize the parameters of column-wise float
 % placement at the beginning of a \colpage{} or that of \postenv.  The macro
 % lets \!\@mparbottom! and \!\@textfloatsheight! be 0 and then invokes
 % \!\@floatplacement!, as \!\@opcol! does its tail.  In addition, the macro
@@ -3700,20 +5470,45 @@
 % \label{sec:imp-sout-switch}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@output@switch}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@clearcst@unvbox} to add coloring \cs{special}s at the
+%	 top and bottom of the column-page to be saved.}

+% 

 % The macro \!\pcol@output@switch! is invoked from
 % \!\pcol@specialoutput! to process the special \!\output! request made in
-% \!\pcol@switchcol! and to switch from a column $c=\!\pcol@currcol!$ to
-% $d=\!\pcol@nextcol!$ which can be $c$.  The macro is also invoked from
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! to \sync{}e and to flush all \ccolpage{}s
-% but staying in $c$.
-% 
-% First, we acquire an \!\insert! to be $\cc_c(\vb)$ and to store the
-% \ccolpage{} built in \!\@holdpg!, from \!\@freelist! by
-% \!\@next!.  Then, if the \colpage{} has footnotes, we acquire another
-% \!\insert! to be $\cc_c(\ft)$ to which all items \!\box!,
-% \!\count!, \!\dimen! and \!\skip! of \!\footins! are moved.  Otherwise,
-% i.e., no footnotes in the \colpage{}, $\cc_c(\ft)$ is let be \!\voidb@x!.
+% \!\pcol@switchcol!, \!\pcol@visitallcols! and \!\pcol@flushclear!, for a
+% \cswitch{} from $c=\!\pcol@currcol!$ to $d=\!\pcol@nextcol!$ which can be
+% $c$.  The macro is also invoked from \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!  to \sync{}e
+% and to flush all \ccolpage{}s but staying in $c$.
+% 
+% First, we acquire an \!\insert! from \!\@freelist! by \!\@next! for
+% $\cc_c(\vb)$ and store the \ccolpage{} built in \!\@holdpg! by
+% \!\pcol@clearcst@unvbox! to add uncoloring \!\special!s to rewind the
+% \colorstack{} $\CST^c$ at the bottom and possibly coloring ones to
+% establish that saved in $\csts$ at the top as the \colorctext{} for the
+% \colpage{} when it has the first item.
 % 
+% Then if $\!\footins!\neq\bot$, we perform one of the followings.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% If \Scfnote{} typesetting is in effect and $p=\ptop$, we save \!\footins!
+% into $\pp^f(p)$ by the sequence of \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! to get $\pp(p)$,
+% \!\pcol@savefootins! to move it in $\pp^f(p)$, and \!\pcol@defcurrpage! to
+% update $\pp(p)$ with $\pp^f(p)$.
+% 
+% \item
+% If \Scfnote{} typesetting is in effect but $p<\ptop$, we simply discard
+% the contents of \!\footins!  by making it $\bot$, because \!\footins!
+% should have $\pp^f(p)$ which has been already fixed.
+% 
+% \item
+% If \Mcfnote{} typesettinng is in effect, by \!\pcol@savefootins! we save
+% \!\footins! into \!\pcol@currfoot!, which should be $\bot$ in other cases,
+% so that it will be saved into $\cc_c(\ft)$ by \!\pcol@setcurrcol!
+% afterward.
+% \end{itemize}
+% %
 % Then if $c=0$, we invoke \!\pcol@setpageno! to reflect the jump of
 % \!\c@page! made in the building process of the \colpage{} to $\pp(q)$ for
 % all $q\in[p,\ptop]$.  After that, we save $c$'s \cctext{} into $\cc_c$ by
@@ -3724,15 +5519,24 @@
 %% Special Output Routines: Column-Switching
 
 \def\pcol@output@switch{%
-  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@holdpg}\pcol@ovf
-  \ifvoid\footins
-    \def\pcol@currfoot{\voidb@x}%
-  \else
-    \@next\pcol@currfoot\@freelist{%
-      \global\setbox\pcol@currfoot\box\footins
-      \global\count\pcol@currfoot\count\footins
-      \global\dimen\pcol@currfoot\dimen\footins
-      \global\skip\pcol@currfoot\skip\footins}\pcol@ovf
+  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{
+      \pcol@clearcst@unvbox\@holdpg}}\pcol@ovf
+  \def\pcol@currfoot{\voidb@x}%
+  \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \ifpcol@scfnote
+      \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+        \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@tempcnta\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@output@switch{save}\footins
+        \pcol@savefootins\pcol@footins
+        \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\@tempcnta}\pcol@spanning\pcol@footins
+      \else
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@output@switch{discard}\footins
+        \setbox\@tempboxa\box\footins
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@output@switch{save}\footins
+      \pcol@savefootins\pcol@currfoot
+    \fi
   \fi
   \ifnum\pcol@currcol=\z@ \pcol@setpageno \fi
   \pcol@setcurrcol
@@ -3740,35 +5544,43 @@
   \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% Next, $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$ for \sync{}ation and
+% Next, if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$ for \sync{}ation and
 % $\CSIndex{ifpcol@mctext}=\true$ to mean the \colpage{} suspends after a
-% \mctext, we {\em broadcast} the \CSIndex{if@nobreak} if true and tokens in
-% $\!\everypar!=\cc_c(\ep)$ for the page break inhibition to all columns
-% $e\In0\C$ so as to inhibit page break at the \sync{}ation point and after
-% the first line following it in any columns.  That is, for each column $e$,
-% we restore its \cctext{} from $\cc_e$ by \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, let
-% $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}=\true$ if it is true in $c$ ($=0$) and
-% $\!\everypar!=\cc_c(\ep)$, and then save the context to $\cc_e$ by
-% \!\pcol@setcurrcol! so that $\cc_e(\sw)=1$ or 2 according to the saved
-% state of \CSIndex{if@afterindent} and $\cc_e(\ep)=\cc_c(\ep)$.  Note
-% that this broadcast is essential when the \mctext{} has sectioning
-% commands, and broadcasting of \!\everypar! is natural even when it does
-% not have sectioning because all columns may be considered following the
+% \mctext, we {\em broadcast} \CSIndex{if@nobreak} and
+% \CSIndex{if@afterindent}, or in other words $\cc_c(\sw)$, and tokens in
+% $\!\everypar!=\cc_c(\ep)$, to pretend all columns follow the \mctext.
+% That is, for each column $e$, we restore its \cctext{} from $\cc_e$ by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, let \CSIndex{if@nobreak} and \CSIndex{if@afterindent}
+% have the values for $c$ ($\in\{0,\C{-}1\}$) and $\!\everypar!=\cc_c(\ep)$,
+% and then save the context to $\cc_e$ by \!\pcol@setcurrcol! so that
+% $\cc_e(\sw)=\cc_c(\sw)$ and $\cc_e(\ep)=\cc_c(\ep)$.  After that, we turn
+% $\CSIndex{pcol@mctext}=\false$ to give it the default state.
+% 
+% Note that this broadcast is essential when the \mctext{} has sectioning
+% commands to have consistent settings of the page break inhibition, the
+% skip above the another sectioning command following them, and the
+% indentation of the first paragraph, for all columns.  On the other hand,
+% broadcasting of \!\everypar! is natural even when it does not have
+% sectioning commands because all columns may be considered following the
 % \mctext.
 % 

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Restrict the broadcast of \cs{if@nobreak} and \cs{everypar} only
-%	 when a column-switching is accompanied with multi-column text.}

+%	 when a column-switching is accompanied with spanning text.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Modify broadcasting of $\kappa_c(\sigma)$ so that \cs{@afterindent}
+%	 is broadcasted with \cs{@nobreak}.}

 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \@tempswafalse
+  \let\reserved@a\@nobreakfalse \let\reserved@b\@afterindentfalse
   \ifpcol@sync
     \ifpcol@mctext
-      \if@nobreak \@tempswatrue \fi
+      \if@nobreak \let\reserved@a\@nobreaktrue \fi
+      \if@afterindent \let\reserved@b\@afterindenttrue \fi
       \@temptokena\everypar
       \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
-        \pcol@getcurrcol \if@tempswa \@nobreaktrue \fi
-        \everypar\@temptokena
+        \pcol@getcurrcol \reserved@a \reserved@b \everypar\@temptokena
         \pcol@setcurrcol
        \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
     \fi
@@ -3777,15 +5589,28 @@
   \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the case
+%	 $\cs{ifpcol@clear}\EQ\cs{ifpcol@sync}\EQ\string\mathit{true}$ for
+%	 the invocation of \cs{pcol@restartcolumn} for pre-flushing column
+%	 height check.}

+% 

 % Finally we invoke \!\pcol@sync! for the \sync{}ation if
 % \CSIndex{ifpcol@sync} or \CSIndex{ifpcol@clear} is $\true$, and then
 % \!\pcol@restartcolumn! to restart the \ccolpage{} $d$ if
-% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}={}\false$.
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}={}\false$ to mean ordinary (but possibly
+% \sync{}ed) \cswitch{} or $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}={}\true$ but
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}={}\true$ too to mean pre-flushing column height
+% check, before finishing \!\output!  routine letting
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\false$ for next \cswitch.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \ifpcol@clear \@tempswatrue \fi
   \if@tempswa \pcol@sync \fi
-  \ifpcol@clear\else \pcol@restartcolumn \fi}
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \ifpcol@clear \ifpcol@sync\else \@tempswafalse \fi\fi
+  \if@tempswa \pcol@restartcolumn \fi
+  \global\pcol@syncfalse}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -3802,22 +5627,6 @@
 % $p=\cc_c(\vb^p)$ and $\!\@colroom!=\cc_c(\vb^r)$ before returning
 % $\cc_c(\vb)$ to \!\@freelist! by \!\@cons! because it has become useless
 % so far.  We also restore the \pctext{} of $p$ by \!\pcol@getcurrpage!.
-% 
-% Then we move everything in $\cc_c(\ft)$ into \!\footins! by
-% \!\pcol@getcurrfoot!, and, if $\cc_c(\ft^b)$ was not void,
-% \!\insert! its contents into \!\footins! itself by \!\unvbox!, returning
-% $\cc_c(\ft)$ to \!\@freelist!.  Note that for the safe garbage collection
-% of $\cc_c(\ft)$ we return it to \!\@freelist! if not void and then 
-% invoke \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! because the latter makes $\cc_c(\ft^b)$
-% void.  After that, we put the contents of $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ being the
-% \ccolpage{} to the main vertical list by \!\unvbox!.  We also put
-% $\!\penalty!=10000$ by \!\nobreak! if $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}=\true$ or
-% \!\interlinepenalty! by \!\addpenalty!\footnote{

-% 

-% As done in \!\@specialoutput! but \!\penalty!\!\interlinepenalty! should
-% be sufficient.}
-% 

-% otherwise to the list as the page break penalty at the returning point.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@restartcolumn{%
@@ -3827,16 +5636,130 @@
   \global\@colroom\dimen\@currbox
   \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
   \pcol@getcurrpage
-  \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot \fi
-  \pcol@getcurrfoot
-  \ifvoid\footins\else \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}\fi
-  \unvbox\@currbox
-  \if@nobreak \nobreak \else \addpenalty\interlinepenalty \fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Redesign the footnote insertion mechanism to cope with
+%	 single-columned footnotes.}

+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@restorecst@restart} to return main vertical list
+% 	 with coloring operations.}

+% 

+% Then we perform footnote \!\insert!ion as follows, letting
+% $f=\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\true$ iff footnote typestting is \scfnote{} and
+% $p<\ptop$.
+% 

+% \begin{enumerate}\def\labelenumi{(\arabic{enumi})}
+% \item
+% If $f=\false$, we put the contents of $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ by
+% \!\pcol@restorecst@restart! to make the \colorctext{} in |.dvi| consistent
+% with the current |.tex|'s one, and then $\!\penalty!=10000$ by \!\nobreak!
+% if $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}=\true$ or \!\interlinepenalty! by
+% \!\addpenalty!\footnote{

+% 

+% As done in \!\@specialoutput! but \!\penalty!\!\interlinepenalty! should
+% be sufficient.}
+% 

+% otherwise to the list as the page break penalty at the returning point.
+% Note that adding the \!\penalty! will be nullified by \TeX{} if
+% $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ has nothing and thus, if the \colpage{} is still empty when
+% we leave from it, its emptiness without any items is assured.
+% 
+% \item
+% In \!\pcol@currfoot!, we have $\pp^f(p)$ through the \!\def!inition of
+% \!\pcol@footins! done by \!\pcol@getcurrpage! if footnote typesetting is
+% \scfnote, or $\cc_c(\ft)$ by the \!\def!inition done by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrcol! otherwise.
+% 
+% \item
+% If $f=\true$, we \!\copy! $\pp^f(p)$ into \!\footins! by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! because $\pp^f(p)$ has been fixed and thus will be
+% kept until it is shipped out.
+% 
+% \item
+% If $f=\false$, we move $\pp^f(p)$ or $\cc_c(\ft)$ into \!\footins! by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! and returns the source \!\insert! register to
+% \!\@freelist! by \!\@cons!  because the contents of the source will be
+% \!\insert!ed.
+% 
+% \item
+% We invoke \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! to shrink \!\@colht! temporarily by the
+% space requried to put the footnotes in \!\footins! by
+% \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn!  remembering existence of them by letting
+% $\!\@tempdimb!=-\!\skip!\!\footins!$, knowing this shrinkage is
+% meaningless in \Mcfnote{} typesetting but unharmful.
+% 
+% \item
+% We \!\insert! the contents of \!\footins! through itself so that
+% $\pp^f(p)$ or $\cc_c(\ft)$ contributes to building of the \ccolpage.
+% Note that if $f=\true$, the footnotes are \!\insert!ed {\em before} the
+% $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ goes back to the main vertical list assuring \TeX's page
+% builder keeps the space for the footnotes.  If $f=\false$ on the other
+% hand, the page builder will break footnotes pushing trailing ones down to
+% the succeeding page if the total height of the main vertical list and
+% footnotes is too large.  This expectedly prevents the reversal of
+% a footnoted text and the footnote with \Scfnote{} typesetting, while
+% footnote-first column restarting will cause the reversal when a column
+% having a footnote is revisted after many footnotes are put in the other
+% column\footnote{

+% 

+% But the main-text-first could cause another type of inappropriate footnote
+% placing.}.
+% 
+% \item
+% If $f=\true$, we put $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ and other stuff as done in (1).
+% 
+% \item
+% If footnote typesetting is \scfnote{} and $p=\ptop$, we \!\insert!
+% deferred footnotes in $\df$ until their total height reaches
+% \!\@colht!, which we temporarily shrank if $\pp^f(p)\neq\bot$ remembering
+% the fact by letting $\!\@tempdimb!=-\!\skip!\!\footins!$, by
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins!.  This height capping keeps \TeX's page builder
+% from holding too large number of footnotes unprocessed causing confused
+% ordering on presenting them to \!\output! routine.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \ifpcol@scfnote
+    \edef\pcol@currfoot{\pcol@footins}%
+    \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage\else \@tempswatrue \fi
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa\else
+    \pcol@restorecst@restart
+    \if@nobreak \nobreak \else \addpenalty\interlinepenalty \fi
+  \fi
+  \@tempdima\@colht \@tempdimb\z@
+  \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else
+    \if@tempswa
+      \pcol@getcurrfoot\copy
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@restartcolumn{insdmy}\footins
+    \else
+      \pcol@getcurrfoot\box \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@restartcolumn{insert}\footins
+    \fi
+    \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\footins
+    \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \pcol@restorecst@restart
+    \if@nobreak \nobreak \else \addpenalty\interlinepenalty \fi
+  \fi
+  \ifpcol@scfnote \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+    \pcol@deferredfootins\pcol@restartcolumn
+  \fi\fi
+  \@colht\@tempdima}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@getcurrcol}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2012/05/11}
+% 	{Add assignment $w_c$ to \cs{columnwidth}, \cs{hsize} and
+%	 \cs{linewidth}.}
 
+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Move assignment $w_c$ to \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth} to
+%	 \cs{pcol@invokeoutput}.}

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@igetcurrcol}
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@iigetcurrcol}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
@@ -3844,10 +5767,13 @@
 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@getcurrcol! is invoked from the following macros to
 % restore the typesetting parameters of the column $c=\!\pcol@currcol!$ from
-% $\cc_c$, and to let \!\columnwidth!, \!\hsize! and \!\linewidth! commonly
-% have $\w_c=|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c$.
+% $\cc_c$, and to let \!\columnwidth! have
+% $\w_c=|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c$\footnote{

 % 

-% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columnwidth}
+% \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth} are let have $w_c$ and $w_c-\lrm$
+% respectively in \cs{pcol@invokeoutput}.}.
+% 

+% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columnwidth}

 % 

 % \begin{itemize}\item[]\begin{tabular}{lll}
 % \!\pcol@output@start!&\!\pcol@output@switch!&\!\pcol@restartcolumn!\\
@@ -3869,33 +5795,37 @@
 % 

 % in the body of $|\pcol@col|{\cdot}c$,
 % 

-% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@col}
+% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@col}

 % 

 % we restore first eight by \!\pcol@igetcurrcol! giving everything above as
-% its arguments by double expansion of
+% its arguments by the expansion of
 % $$
 % \!\csname!| pcol@col|\!\number!\!\pcol@currcol!\!\endcsname!
 % $$
 % and then of the resulting control sequence.  Then this macro gives its
-% nineth argument to \!\pcol@iigetcurrcol! which restores the last nine.
+% nineth argument to \!\pcol@iigetcurrcol! which restores the last nine.  We
+% also do
+% $$
+% \!\global!\!\columnwidth!|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c
+% $$
+% 

+% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columnwidth}

+% 

+% by a pair of \!\expandafter! for the first two control sequences.
 % 
-% Note that the restore operation is \!\global!, except for $\cc_c(\vb)$ and
-% $\cc_d(\ft)$, including \CSIndex{if@nobreak} for which \!\@nobreaktrue!
-% and \!\@nobreakfalse! are defined \!\global! by \LaTeX.  Also note that
+% Note that the restore operations are \!\global!, except for $\cc_c(\vb)$
+% and $\cc_d(\ft)$ because they are referred to only in \!\output!,
+% including \CSIndex{if@nobreak} for which \!\@nobreaktrue!  and
+% \!\@nobreakfalse! are defined \!\global! by \LaTeX.  Also note that
 % \!\dimen!-type parameters are saved in the form of integers and thus
 % restoring them needs to specify the unit |sp|.
 % 

-% \changes{v1.1}{2012/05/11}
-% 	{Add assignmnet $w_c$ to \cs{columnwidth}, \cs{hsize} and
-%	 \cs{linewidth}.}
 
-% 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@getcurrcol{%
   \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pcol@igetcurrcol
     \csname pcol@col\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
   \expandafter\global\expandafter\columnwidth
-    \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
-  \global\hsize\columnwidth \global\linewidth\columnwidth}
+    \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname}
 \def\pcol@igetcurrcol#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
   \def\@currbox{#1}\def\pcol@currfoot{#2}\global\pcol@prevdepth#3sp\relax
   \gdef\@toplist{#4}\gdef\@midlist{#5}\gdef\@botlist{#6}\gdef\@deferlist{#7}%
@@ -3916,15 +5846,23 @@
 % \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@getcurrfoot}
-% The macro \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! is invoked from \!\pcol@restartcolumn!,
-% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! to put everything in
-% $\cc_c(\ft)=\!\pcol@currfoot!$ into \!\footins!.  That is, if
-% $\cc_c(\ft^b)$ is void, we let $\!\box!{\cdot}\!\footins!$ be so.
-% Otherwise, we move \!\box!, \!\count!, \!\dimen! and \!\skip! of
-% $\cc_c(\ft)$ into those of \!\footins!\footnote{

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add an argument being \cs{box} or \cs{copy}}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@getcurrfoot!\arg{com}$ is invoked from
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn! (\!\copy!, $\pp^f(p)$), 
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn! (\!\copy!\slash\!\box!, $\pp^f(p)$\slash$\cc_c(\ft)$),
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! (\!\box!, $\cc_c(\ft)$) and  \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!
+% (\!\box!, $\cc_c(\ft)$) to put everything in $\!\pcol@currfoot!$, having
+% the second element in the parens following macro names, into \!\footins!
+% using $\arg{com}$ shown as the first element in parens for the \!\box!
+% component.  That is, if the source $\pp^f(p)$ or $\cc_c(\ft^b)$ is void,
+% we let $\!\box!{\cdot}\!\footins!$ be so.  Otherwise, we move \!\box!,
+% \!\count!, \!\dimen! and \!\skip! of the source into those of
+% \!\footins!\footnote{

 % 

 % Moving \!\count!, \!\dimen! and \!\skip! is redundant almost always
-% because it is very unlikely that these footonote parameters are modified
+% because it is very unlikely that these footnote parameters are modified
 % dynamically.  Moreover, dynamic modification of them is hardly consistent
 % with repetitive self-\!\insert!ion of \!\footins! in
 % \!\pcol@restartcolumn! and \!\@reinserts! of \LaTeX.  However, we dare to
@@ -3933,10 +5871,10 @@
 % 

 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pcol@getcurrfoot{%
+\def\pcol@getcurrfoot#1{%
   \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot \global\setbox\footins\box\voidb@x
   \else
-    \global\setbox\footins\box\pcol@currfoot
+    \global\setbox\footins#1\pcol@currfoot
     \global\count\footins\count\pcol@currfoot
     \global\dimen\footins\dimen\pcol@currfoot
     \global\skip\footins\skip\pcol@currfoot
@@ -3945,6 +5883,9 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@setcurrcol}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
+%	{Add save of \cs{pcol@textfloatsep}.}

+% 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@setcurrcolnf}
 % The macro \!\pcol@setcurrcol! is invoked from \!\pcol@output@switch!,
 % \!\pcol@measurecolumn! and \!\pcol@synccolumn! to save \cctext{} of
@@ -3962,9 +5903,6 @@
 % The macro \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf! \!\def!ines $\cc_c(\ft)=\!\pcol@currfoot!$
 % as \!\voidb@x!, and then invoke \!\pcol@setcurrcol! for saving.
 % 

-% \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
-%	{Add save of \cs{pcol@textfloatsep}.}

-% 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@setcurrcol{{\let\@elt\relax
   \@tempcnta\if@nobreak\if@afterindent\@ne\else\tw@\fi\else\z@\fi
@@ -3981,22 +5919,599 @@
 % 
 % 
 % 
+% \subsection{Color Management}
+% \label{sec:imp-sout-color}
+% 

+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the subsection ``Color Management'' to describe newly
+%	 introduced macros for coloring.}

+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\set@color}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@set@color}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@set@color@push}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to work as \cs{set@color}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\reset@color}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@reset@color}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@reset@color@pop}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to work as \cs{reset@color}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@reset@color@elt}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to implement \cs{pcol@reset@color@pop}.}

+% 

+% The macros \!\pcol@set@color@push! and \!\pcol@reset@color@pop! are
+% invoked whenever \LaTeX's counterparts \!\set@color! and \!\reset@color!
+% appear in a \env{paracol} environment through coloring commands such as
+% \!\color!, because \!\paracol! replaces \LaTeX's macros with them saving
+% the original versions in \!\pcol@set@color! and \!\pcol@reset@color!
+% respectively, if the origina \!\set@color! is not \!\relax! to mean some
+% coloring package is in use.
+% 
+% The macros at first invoke the original versions of their \LaTeX's
+% counterparts to let them put appropriate coloring \!\special! to |.dvi|.
+% Then, \!\pcol@set@color@push! pushes the contents of \!\current@color!,
+% which \!\set@color! should refer to as the color information to be set,
+% into the \colorstack{} $\cst=\!\pcol@colorstack!$, or in other words adds
+% it to the tail of $\cst$ by \!\@cons!.
+% 
+% On the other hand, \!\pcol@reset@color@pop! pops the \colorstack{} $\cst$
+% removing its last element.  The removal is done by applying
+% \!\pcol@reset@color@elt! to each member of $\cst$ to add it to the new
+% stack, which becomes $\cst$, by \!\@cons! unless it is the tail element.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%% Special Output Routines: Color
+
+\def\pcol@set@color@push{\pcol@set@color
+  \@cons\pcol@colorstack{{\current@color}}}
+\def\pcol@reset@color@pop{\pcol@reset@color \begingroup
+  \let\reserved@a\pcol@colorstack
+  \gdef\pcol@colorstack{}\let\@elt\pcol@reset@color@elt
+  \reserved@a\@elt\@nil \endgroup}
+\def\pcol@reset@color@elt#1\@elt#2{\def\reserved@b{#2}%
+  \ifx\reserved@b\@nnil \let\reserved@b\relax
+  \else \@cons\pcol@colorstack{{#1}}\def\reserved@b{\@elt{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \reserved@b}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@magicpenalty}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@ifempty}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to examine the emptiness of the box, extracting the code
+% 	 from \cs{pcol@measurecolumn} so as to be used for coloring as
+%	 well.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@ifempty!\arg{box}\arg{then}\arg{else}$ is used in
+% \!\pcol@clearcst@unvbox!, \!\pcol@restorecst@restart! and
+% \!\pcol@measurecolumn! to examine if $\arg{box}$ is empty, and to perform
+% $\arg{then}$ if so or $\arg{else}$ otherwise.
+% Since \TeX{} does not provide any convenient way for examination
+% unfortunately, we perform a series of tricky operations to put the
+% followings into \!\@tempboxa!; a penalty of $\!\pcol@magicpenalty!=12345$
+% whose existence in the $\arg{box}$ is (almost) impossible; contents of
+% $\arg{box}$ put by \!\unvcopy!; and then a \!\global! \!\def!inition of
+% \!\@gtempa! to let it have the decimal representation of \!\lastpenalty!.
+% Since \!\lastpenalty! has $\arg{pen}$ if the last item is
+% $\!\penalty!\arg{pen}$, or 0 otherwise,
+% $\!\@gtempa!=\!\pcol@magicpenalty!$ iff $\arg{box}$ is empty.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@magicpenalty{12345}
+\def\pcol@ifempty#1#2#3{%
+  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\penalty\pcol@magicpenalty
+    \unvcopy#1\xdef\@gtempa{\number\lastpenalty}}%
+  \ifnum\@gtempa=\pcol@magicpenalty\relax \def\reserved@a{#2}%
+  \else                                   \def\reserved@a{#3}%
+  \fi
+  \reserved@a}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@clearcst@unvbox}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to put coloring \cs{special}s above and below of a
+%	 column-page.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@clearcolorstack}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to clear color context.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@clearcst@unvbox!$\arg{box}$, invoked from \!\pcol@opcol!
+% and \!\pcol@output@switch!, puts the followings above and below
+% $\arg{box}$ containing the main vertical list of a \colpage{} from which
+% we are now leaving, if \!\pcol@ifempty! judges that $\arg{box}$ is not
+% empty.  Above the $\arg{box}$, we put coloring \!\special!s to establish
+% the \colorstack{} of |.dvi| saved in $\csts=\!\pcol@colorstack@saved!$ by
+% \!\pcol@restorecst! as the opening \colorctext{} of the \colpage{}.  The
+% stack $\csts$, however, can be empty if $\arg{box}$ already has the
+% \!\special!s, i.e., when we visited of the \colpage{} it had already had
+% some items.  Below $\arg{box}$, on the other hand, we put uncoloring
+% \!\special!s by \!\pcol@clearcolorstack! to rewind $\CST^c$ to clear the
+% \colorctext{} of the \colpage{} in |.dvi| temporarily so that afterward it
+% is made consistent with that in |.tex|.
+% 
+% The macro \!\pcol@clearcolorstack!, also used in \!\pcol@icolumncolor!,
+% simply scans the \colorstack{} $\CST^c$ for the current column $c$, to
+% which \!\pcol@colorstack@full!  is expanded, applying \!\pcol@reset@color!
+% being the original version of \!\reset@color! to each element in it.  That
+% is, we invoke \!\pcol@reset@color! $\Abs{\CST^c}$ times ignoring the color
+% information in each element and the order of elements, expecting
+% \!\reset@color! just pops printer's \colorstack{} or lets printer's text
+% color be \!\current@color!, as defined in all printer |.def|inition files
+% in \textsf{graphic} package.  If the former is chosen for a printer, its
+% \colorstack{} is rewineded as we intend.  Otherwise, the sequence of
+% \!\reset@color! is meaningless but harmless at the same time.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@clearcst@unvbox#1{%
+  \pcol@ifempty#1\relax
+   {\pcol@restorecst\pcol@colorstack@saved
+    \unvbox#1\pcol@clearcolorstack}}
+\def\pcol@clearcolorstack{{\def\@elt##1{\pcol@reset@color}%
+  \pcol@colorstack@full}}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@restorecst@restart}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to restart a column with coloring.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@restorecolorstack}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to reestablish color context.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@restorecst}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to reestablish color context.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@set@color@elt}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to implement color context reestablishment.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@restorecst@restart!, solely used in
+% \!\pcol@restartcolumn!, examines the emptiness of the \colpage{} of the
+% column $c$ to be restarted in $\cc_c(\vb)=\!\@currbox!$.  If so, the
+% \colorstack{} $\CST^c$ is saved into $\csts=\!\pcol@colorstack@saved!$ by
+% \!\pcol@savecolorstack! as the opening \colorctext{} of the \colpage{}.
+% Otherwise $\csts$ is nullified because the opening \colorctext{} has
+% already been put when we left from the \colpage{}, and then $\cc_c(\vb)$
+% and the coloring \!\special!s is put into the main vertical list by
+% \!\pcol@restorecolorstack!.
+% 
+% The macro \!\pcol@restorecolorstack!, also used in \!\pcol@icolumncolor!
+% and \!\pcol@output@end!, makes \colorctext{} in |.dvi| consistent with
+% that in |.tex| by giving $\CST^c$, to which \!\pcol@colorstack@full! is
+% expanded, to \!\pcol@restorecst! which applies \!\pcol@set@color@elt! to
+% each element in its argument \colorstack{} $\CST^c$ or $\csts$.  That is
+% for each $\celt$ in the stack, \!\current@color! is defined as $\celt$ and
+% then \!\pcol@set@color!, being the original \!\set@color!, is invoked to
+% push $\celt$ into the \colorstack{} in the printer in use.  Note that
+% before the invocation of \!\pcol@set@color!, we make \!\aftergroup!
+% \!\let!-equal to \!\@gobble! in order to nullify \!\aftergroup! with
+% \!\reset@color! in the macro, so that the macro simply puts some coloring
+% \!\special! into the main vertical list without taking care of popping the
+% \colorstack{} in |.dvi| because the real push/pop operations are done by
+% \!\pcol@set@color@push! and \!\pcol@reset@color@pop!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@restorecst@restart{%
+  \pcol@ifempty\@currbox
+    \pcol@savecolorstack
+   {\gdef\pcol@colorstack@saved{}\unvbox\@currbox \pcol@restorecolorstack}}
+\def\pcol@restorecolorstack{\pcol@restorecst\pcol@colorstack@full}
+\def\pcol@restorecst#1{{\let\@elt\pcol@set@color@elt#1}}
+\def\pcol@set@color@elt#1{\def\current@color{#1}\let\aftergroup\@gobble
+  \pcol@set@color}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@savecolorstack}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to save the opening color context of a column-page.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@savecolorstack! is used in \!\pcol@startcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@output@start! and \!\pcol@restorecst@restart! to save the opening
+% \colorctext{} in $\CST^c$ of a \ccolpage{} $c$ known to be or found empty.
+% The saving to $\csts=\!\pcol@colorstack@saved!$ is done by \!\xdef!ining it
+% with the expansion result of \!\pcol@colorstack@full!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@savecolorstack{{\let\@elt\relax
+  \xdef\pcol@colorstack@saved{\pcol@colorstack@full}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@colorstack@full}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to represent $\string\mathit{\Gamma}^c$.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@colorstack@full!, used in \!\pcol@clearcolorstack!,
+% \!\pcol@restorecolor~stack! and \!\pcol@savecolorstack!, to represent the
+% color stack $\CST^c$ of the column $c$'s own, i.e., $(\Celt^c,\cst)$.
+% Therefore, the macro has the concatenation
+% $\Celt^c=|\pcol@columncolor|{\cdot}c$
+% 

+% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columncolor}

+% 

+% and $\cst=\!\pcol@colorstack!$, but we have to take care of the case
+% that $\Celt^c$ is undefined not to leaving the control sequece
+% $|\pcol@columncolor|{\cdot}c$ but to have nothing, especially for the
+% invocation from \!\pcol@savecolorstack!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@colorstack@full{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname pcol@columncolor\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname\relax
+    \@empty
+  \else \@nameuse{pcol@columncolor\number\pcol@currcol}\fi
+  \pcol@colorstack}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\columncolor}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to define the default color of a column.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@xcolumncolor}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to implement \cs{columncolor}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@ycolumncolor}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to implement \cs{columncolor}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@columncolor}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to implement \cs{columncolor}.}

+% 

+% The API macro \!\columncolor!\oarg{mode}\marg{color}\oarg{c} defines the
+% default color specified by $\arg{color}$ optionally with color
+% $\arg{mode}$ of the column $c$ being the current column or that specified
+% by the optional argument.  Via macros \!\pcol@xcolumncolor!,
+% \!\pcol@ycolumncolor! and \!\pcol@columncolor! to process two optional
+% arguments $\arg{mode}$ and $c$, the macro
+% \!\pcol@icolumncolor!\marg{cmd}\oarg{c} is invoked to perform real
+% operations with the coloring command
+% $\arg{cmd}=\!\color!$\oarg{mode}\marg{color}.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\columncolor{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  \pcol@xcolumncolor\pcol@ycolumncolor}
+\def\pcol@xcolumncolor[#1]#2{\pcol@columncolor{\color[#1]{#2}}}
+\def\pcol@ycolumncolor#1{\pcol@columncolor{\color{#1}}}
+\def\pcol@columncolor#1{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  {\pcol@icolumncolor{#1}}{\pcol@icolumncolor{#1}[\number\pcol@currcol]}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\normalcolumncolor}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to define the default color of a column is
+%	 \cs{normalcolor}.}
 
+% 

+% The API macro \!\normalcolumncolor!\oarg{c} defines the default
+% color of the column $c$, being the current column or that specified
+% by the optional argument, is \!\normalcolor!.  That is, this macro simply
+% invokes \!\pcol@icolumncolor!\marg{cmd}\oarg{c} to perform real
+% operations with the coloring command $\arg{cmd}=\!\normalcolor!$.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\normalcolumncolor{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  {\pcol@icolumncolor\normalcolor}%
+  {\pcol@icolumncolor\normalcolor[\number\pcol@currcol]}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@icolumncolor}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to implement \cs{columncolor} and
+%	 \cs{normalcolumncolor}.}
 
+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@icolumncolor!\marg{cmd}\oarg{c}, invoked from
+% \!\pcol@columncolor! and \!\normal~columncolor!, performs the operations to
+% define the default color of the column $c$ with the coloring command
+% $\arg{cmd}\in\{\!\color!|[|\arg{mode}|]|\ARg{color},\,\!\normalcolor!\}$
+% as follows if \!\set@color! is not \!\relax!.  First, we invoke
+% $\arg{cmd}$ to let \!\current@color! have the printer-specific color
+% information $\celt$ of $\arg{color}$ or what \!\normalcolor!  specifies,
+% temporarily letting \!\set@color! be \!\relax! to let \!\color!  or
+% \!\normalcolor!  just do the \!\def!inition of \!\current@color!  without
+% putting coloring \!\special!s nor preparing \colorstack{} popping.  Then
+% we \!\xdef!ine $|\pcol@columncolor|{\cdot}c$ to have $\celt$, i.e., we let
+% $\Celt^c=\celt$.
+% 

+% \SpecialArrayMainIndex{c}{\pcol@columncolor}
+% 

+% Note that these operations are surrounded by \!\pcol@clearcolorstack! and
+% \!\pcol@restorecolorstack! if we are in \env{paracol} enviroment, i.e.,
+% \!\paracol! is not \!\pcol@paracol!, so that $\Celt^c$ sits at the bottom
+% of \colorstack{} $\CST^c$ of |.dvi|.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@icolumncolor#1[#2]{%
+  \ifx\set@color\relax\else
+    \ifx\pcol@paracol\paracol\else \pcol@clearcolorstack \fi
+    \begingroup
+    \let\@elt\relax \let\set@color\relax #1%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname pcol@columncolor#2\endcsname
+      {\@elt{\current@color}}%
+    \endgroup
+    \ifx\pcol@paracol\paracol\else \pcol@restorecolorstack \fi
+  \fi}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{Footnote Handling}
+% \label{sec:imp-sout-scfnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the subsection ``Footnote Handling" to describe newly
+%	 introduced macros for single-columned footnotes.}

+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@savefootins}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to save footnotes in multiple occasions.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@savefootins!\arg{cs}$, invoked from \!\pcol@makecol!
+% for \Scfnote{}s and from \!\pcol@output@switch! for both \mcfnote{} and
+% \Scfnote{}s, saves \!\footins! to an \!\insert! register obtained by
+% \!\@next! from \!\@freelist!, and \!\def!ines $\arg{cs}$ being
+% \!\pcol@currfoot! or \!\pcol@footins! so that it has the register as its
+% body and the register is then saved into $\pp^f(p)$ or $\cc_c(\ft)$.  We
+% save not only \!\box! component of \!\footins! but also \!\count!,
+% \!\dimen! and \!\skip!\footnote{

+% 

+% Knowing these three components are virtually constants.}.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%% Special Output Routines: Footnote Handling
+
+\def\pcol@savefootins#1{%
+  \@next#1\@freelist{%
+    \global\setbox#1\box\footins
+    \global\count#1\count\footins
+    \global\dimen#1\dimen\footins
+    \global\skip#1\skip\footins}{\def#1{\voidb@x}\pcol@ovf}}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to shrink \cs{@colht} temporarily by the
+%	 height-plus-depth of single-columned footnotes and the natural size
+% 	 of the skip above them.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn!\arg{ins}$, invoked from
+% \!\pcol@makecol!, \!\pcol@startcolumn!, \!\pcol@restartcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, shrinks \!\@colht!
+% temporarily so that a column or the set of all columns resides in a page
+% with \Scfnote{}s in the \!\insert! $\arg{ins}$.  The shrinkage is
+% calculated by adding the sum of the height plus depth of all footnotes,
+% i.e., that of $\arg{ins}$, and the natural component of
+% $\!\skip!\arg{ins}$, i.e., the vertical space inserted between the columns
+% and the footnotes.  Note that the stretch and shrink components of
+% $\!\skip!\arg{ins}$ cannot be incorporated into the calculation but their
+% contribution to each \colpage{} is taken care of by the following macro
+% \!\pcol@unvbox@cclv! if required.  Also note that the inverse of
+% $\!\skip!\arg{ins}$ is kept in \!\@tempdimb! so that
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins! knows $\arg{ins}\neq\bot$ when this macro is
+% invoked from \!\pcol@startcolumn!  and \!\pcol@restartcolumn!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn#1{%
+  \@tempdimb-\skip#1\relax
+  \advance\@colht-\ht#1\advance\@colht-\dp#1\advance\@colht\@tempdimb}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@unvbox@cclv}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to add stretch/shrink components of
+%	 \cs{skip}\cs{footins} at the bottom of a column-page if the page has
+%	 single-columned footnotes.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@unvbox@cclv!\arg{ins}$, invoked from \!\pcol@makecol! and
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! when they work on a column-page with \Scfnote{}s,
+% adds the stretch and shrink components of $\!\skip!\arg{ins}$ at the end
+% of \!\box!|255|, where $\arg{ins}$ is non-void $\pp^f(p)$ having
+% \Scfnote{}s.  Before the addition, the macro goes back to the baseline of
+% \!\box!|255|\footnote{

+% 

+% The comparison of the depth of \cs{box}\texttt{255} and \cs{@maxdepth} and
+% taking the latter if it is smaller is really just-in-case.}
+% 

+% to nullify the baseline progress mechanism so as to make it sure the exact
+% amount of the vertical skip is added.  Then it adds the stretch and shrink
+% by at first adding the skip itself and then the negative amount of its
+% natural component.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@unvbox@cclv#1{%
+  \@tempdima\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv
+  \vskip \ifdim\@tempdima>\@maxdepth -\@maxdepth \else -\@tempdima \fi
+  \vskip\skip#1\@tempdima\skip#1\vskip-\@tempdima}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@deferredfootins}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to insert deferred footnotes.}

+% 

+% \hfuzz0.3pt

+% The macro $\!\pcol@deferredfootins!\arg{macro}$, invoked from
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn! and \!\pcol@restartcolumn!, tries to \!\insert! some
+% of leading deferred footnotes in $\df$ through \!\footins!\footnote{

+% 

+% The argument $\arg{macro}$ has the invoker itself shown in debug
+% messages.}.
+% 

+% In order to avoid that \!\footins! has footnotes across three or more
+% pages to make confusion in the order of footnotes kept inside of \TeX, we
+% cap the total height of footnotes by $h+s$, where $h=\!\@colht!$, and
+% $s=\!\@tempdimb!$ having the inverse of the skip to be added above
+% non-deferred footnotes the page already has, or
+% $-\!\skip!\!\footins!$\footnote{

+% 

+% Believing it is unchanged throughout the document to be processed.}
+% 

+% if $\!\@tempdimb!=0$ to mean the page does not have non-deferred footnotes.
+% That is, we extract leading elements of $\df$ by \!\vsplit! until their
+% total height reaches $h+s$ and, if some elements are obtained in
+% \!\@tempboxa!, \!\insert!  them through \!\footins!.  As for the remaining
+% elements if any, we add a leading \!\penalty!\!\interlinepenalty! which
+% should have been removed by \!\vsplit!.
+% 
+% Note that we temporarily let $\!\splitmaxdepth!=\!\@maxdepth!$,
+% $\!\splittopskip!=0$ and $\!\vbadness!=\infty$ at the \!\vsplit! so that
+% the depth of the split first half is \!\@maxdepth! at deepest, the second
+% half does not have any skip at its top, and \TeX{} will not complain of
+% (almost) inevitable underfull.  Also note that the successful extraction
+% of the leading elements is examined by checking \!\ht!\!\@tempboxa! and
+% thus we need to \!\unvbox!  it in itself because \!\vsplit! makes the
+% height $h+s$ regardless of its contents.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@deferredfootins#1{%
+  \ifdim\@tempdimb=\z@ \@tempdimb-\skip\footins \fi
+  \advance\@tempdimb\@colht\relax
+  \ifvoid\pcol@topfnotes\else \ifdim\@tempdimb>\z@
+    \begingroup
+      \splitmaxdepth\@maxdepth \splittopskip\z@ \vbadness\@M
+      \setbox\@tempboxa\vsplit\pcol@topfnotes to\@tempdimb
+      \ifvoid\pcol@topfnotes\else
+        \global\setbox\pcol@topfnotes\vbox{\penalty\interlinepenalty
+          \unvbox\pcol@topfnotes}%
+      \fi
+      \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
+      \ifdim\ht\@tempboxa>\z@
+        \pcol@Log#1{add}\@tempboxa
+        \insert\footins{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
+      \fi
+    \endgroup
+  \fi\fi}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@combinefootins}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to put footnotes into pre-environment stuff.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@putfootins}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to put single-columned footnotes to a page.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@combinefootins!\arg{b}\arg{f}$, invoked solely from
+% \!\pcol@makenormalcol!\footnote{

+% 

+% And thus having the arguments $\arg{b}$ and $\arg{f}$ is unnecessary, but
+% we keep this implementation to avoid unnecessary recoding from a
+% development version.},
+% 

+% constructs the
+% \preenv{} in \!\@outputbox!, combining the stuff in the box $b$ and
+% pre-environment footnotes in the \!\insert! $f$.  It is almost equivalent
+% to the \cs{else} part of \!\@makecol! in which the main vertical list and
+% \Mcfnote{}s are combined.  The operation to put footnotes is almost
+% equivalent to the second half of the \cs{else} part except that \!\insert!
+% is not always \!\footins! but $f$ and is done by \!\pcol@putfootins! in
+% which a null vertical skip is added after $f$ but this skip is removed by
+% \!\unskip! after the invocation.
+% 
+% The null vertical skip is put for \Scfnote{}s, for which the macro
+% \!\pcol@putfootins! is invoked from \!\pcol@outputelt!,
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! and \!\pcol@output@end!.  Since we shrink the
+% height of \colpage{}s by the height-plus-depth of \Scfnote{}s, the natural
+% height of the box in which \colpage{}s and \Scfnote{}s are combined would
+% be less than \!\textheight! due to the depth of the last footnote line if
+% we simply made the footnotes the last items of the box.  Though this
+% shortage at most \!\maxdepth! is expected to be covered by the stretch
+% factor of \!\skip!\!\footins! without too large badness causing an underfull
+% message\footnote{

+% 

+% With default settings of $\cs{maxdimen}=5\,|pt|$ and the stretch factor
+% 4\,|pt| of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}, the badness $100\times(5/4)^3\approx195$
+% is significantly less than the default $\cs{vbadness}=1000$.},
+% 

+% someday we could face an underfull with some unusual settings of
+% \!\maxdimen!, \!\skip!\!\footins! and/or \!\vbadness!.  Therefore, we put a
+% null vertical skip so that the real bottom of the footnotes, instead of
+% the last baseline, is placed at the baseline of the box, to make the
+% natural height of the box is \!\textheight! exactly.  Note that this
+% shifting \Scfnote{}s up will not make last baselines of footnotes among
+% pages unaligned, because the last line have a strut.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@combinefootins#1#2{%
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{
+    \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+    \unvbox#1\relax
+    \pcol@putfootins#2\unskip}}
+\def\pcol@putfootins#1{%
+  \vskip\skip#1\relax
+  \color@begingroup
+    \normalcolor
+    \footnoterule
+    \unvbox#1\relax
+  \color@endgroup \vskip\z@}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 
+% 
+% 
 % \subsection{Syncronization}
 % \label{sec:imp-sout-sync}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@sync}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Add measurement of $D_T$.}

+% \changes{v1.2-3}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Modify the action on the page overflow to return from \cs{output}
+%	 without flushing so that the page is broken outside \cs{output} to
+%	 place top floats above the synchronization point set in the next
+%	 page.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add pre-flushing column height check taking single-columned
+%	 footnotes into account.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@sync! is invoked solely from \!\pcol@output@switch! for
-% \exsync{} with page flushing ($\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=\true$) or without
-% it.  First we invoke \!\pcol@flushcolumn! for all $c\In0\C$ to flush the
+% \exsync{} in the following three cases in which
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}\lor\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=\true$ commonly.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}\land\lnot\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}$ to mean ordinary
+% \sync{}ed \cswitch.
+% 
+% \item
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}\land\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}$ to mean \pfcheck.
+% 
+% \item
+% $\lnot\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}\land\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}$ to mean page
+% flushing.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 

+% In any cases\footnote{

+% 

+% In the last case of page flushing, invoking \!\pcol@flushcolumn! is
+% redundant because it is made $p=\ptop$ by \pfcheck{} always preceding the
+% flushing, but the invocation is harmless.},
+% 

+% first we invoke \!\pcol@flushcolumn! for all $c\In0\C$ to flush the
 % \ccolpage{} of $c$ into $\S_c$ if the \colpage{} is not in $\ptop$, i.e.,
-% $\cc_c(\vb^p)<\ptop$ and then, if we have deferred floats, to
-% ship out following \fpage{}s up to $\ptop-1$ into $\S_c$ and to place top
-% and/or bottom floats in $\ptop$.  Then we ship out all pages $p$ such that
-% $p<\ptop$ by \!\pcol@outputpage! giving argument 1.  After that, we obtain
-% the \pctext{} of $\ptop$ by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo!.
+% $\cc_c(\vb^p)<\ptop$ and then, if we have deferred floats, to ship out
+% following \fpage{}s up to $\ptop-1$ into $\S_c$ and to place them in
+% $\ptop$.  This float placement in $\ptop$ is only for top and bottom
+% floats in \sync{}ed \cswitch{}, while a \fcolumn{} may be made in other
+% cases.  Then we ship out all pages $p$ such that $p<\ptop$ by
+% \!\pcol@outputpage! giving argument 1.  After that, we obtain the
+% \pctext{} of $\ptop$ by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo!.
 % 
 % Next, we measure the vertical sizes of the contents in the \ccolpage{} of
 % $c$ which is now in $\ptop$ for all $c\In0\C$ by \!\pcol@measurecolumn! as
@@ -4010,8 +6525,8 @@
 % \sigma_b=\!\textfloatsep!\\
 % \Uidx\fc(t)&=&\rlap{$\displaystyle(\cc_c(\tl)\neq())$}\hskip8em
 %     \fc(m)=(\cc_c(\vb)\neq\!\vbox!|{}|)\\
-% \fc(f)&=&\rlap{$\displaystyle(\cc_c(\ft)\neq\mathit{void})$}\hskip8em
-%     \fc(b)=(\cc_c(\bl)\neq())\\
+% \fc(f)&=&\rlap{$\displaystyle(\cc_c(\ft)\neq\bot)$}\hskip8em
+%     \fc(b)=\fc(b')=(\cc_c(\bl)\neq())\\
 % \Uidx\Fc(X)&=&\exists x\in X:\fc(x)\\
 % \Uidx\vc(t)&=&\!\skip!{\cdot}\cc_c(\vb)=
 % 	\sum_{\Sub{\phi\in\cc_c(\tl)}}(h(\phi)+d(\phi))+
@@ -4029,49 +6544,80 @@
 %                          -\infty&                         $\lnot \Fc(X)$}\\
 % \Uidx\VT&=&\!\@tempdima!=\max_{0\leq c<\C}\{\Size_c(\{t,m\})\}\\
 % \Uidx\VB&=&\!\@tempdimb!=\max_{0\leq c<\C}\{\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)\}\\
-% \Uidx\VP&=&\!\pcol@colht!=\max_{0\leq c<\C}\{\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})\}\\
+% \Uidx\VP&=&\!\@pageht!=\max_{0\leq c<\C}\{\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b\})\}\\
+% \Uidx\VPP&=&\!\pcol@colht!=\max_{0\leq c<\C}\{\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})\}\\
 % \Uidx\DT&=&\!\@tempdimc!=\min\Set{\pd_c}{\Size_c{\{t,m\}=\VT}}\\
 % \Uidx\dc&=&\cases{
 %   0&			$\fc(b)$\cr
 %   d(\cc_c(\ft))&	$\lnot \fc(b)\land \fc(f)$\cr
 %   d(\cc_c(\pd))&	$\lnot \fc(b)\land\lnot \fc(f)$}\\
-% \Uidx\DP&=&\!\@pagedp!=\min\Set{\dc}{\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})=\VP}\\
+% \Uidx\DP&=&\!\@pagedp!=\min\Set{\dc}{\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})=\VPP}\\
+% \Uidx\cmax&=&\!\@tempcntb!=\ARG\max_{0\leq c<\C}\{\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b\})\}
 % \end{eqnarray*}
 % 

 % That is, $\VT$ is the maximum of combined vertical size (height plus
-% depth) of the top floats and the main vertical list, and $\VB$ is that of
-% the footnotes and bottom floats.  $\VP$ is the maximum of the sum of all
-% four sizes but we add \!\textfloatsep! if the tallest column has bottom
-% floats.  Note that $\VT$ and $\VP$ are $-\infty$ if any \colpage{}s don't
-% have corresponding items, while $\VB=0$ if so.
+% depth) of the top floats and the main vertical list, $\VB$ is that of
+% the footnotes and bottom floats, and $\VP$ is that of all items.
+% $\VPP$ is similar to $\VP$ but we add \!\textfloatsep! to the size of
+% bottom floats.  Note that $\VT$, $\VP$ and $\VPP$ are $-\infty$ if any
+% \colpage{}s don't have corresponding items, while $\VB=0$ if so.
+% Also note that $\cmax$ is the ordinal of the column whose size is $\VP$.
 % 
 % $\DT$ and $\DP$ are the minimum $\pd_c$ and $\dc$ respectively among those
-% gives $\VT$ and $\VP$ respectively, where $\pd_c$ is $\cc_c(\pd)$ if
+% gives $\VT$ and $\VPP$ respectively, where $\pd_c$ is $\cc_c(\pd)$ if
 % $f_m=\true$ or $\infty$ otherwise, and $\dc$ is 0 if $c$ has bottom float,
 % or the depth of the last footnote if any and without any bottom float, or
 % $\cc_c(\pd)$ otherwise.  The reason why $\DT$ and $\DP$ have minimums is
 % that they are set into \!\prevdepth! for the items just following the
 % \sync{}ation point, and thus a smaller value results in a larger interline
-% skip and the special value $-1000\,|pt|$ to inhibit the skip is given the
-% highest priority.
-% 
-% Note that $\VP$ and $\DP$ are only for the \lpage{} and thus referred to
-% only by \!\pcol@output@end! to close the environment.  The reason why we
-% add \!\textfloatsep! to $\VP$ is to make the last page is well separated
-% from the \postenv{} if the tallest column, taking the addition into
-% account, has bottom floats.
+% skip and the special value $-1000\,|pt|$ to inhibit the skip by, e.g.,
+% \!\nointerlineskip!, is given the highest priority.
 % 
+% Note that $\VPP$ and $\DP$ are only for the \lpage{} and thus referred to
+% by \!\pcol@output@end! to close the environment, and the former is done by
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! if it works on the page.  The reason why we add
+% \!\textfloatsep! to $\VPP$ is to make the last page well separated from
+% the \postenv{} if the tallest column, taking the addition into account,
+% has bottom floats.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%% Special Output Routines: Synchronization
+
+\def\pcol@sync{%
+  \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@flushcolumn
+  \pcol@outputpage\@ne
+  \pcol@getcurrpinfo{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}%
+  \@tempdima-\maxdimen \@tempdimb-\maxdimen \pcol@colht-\maxdimen
+  \@pageht-\maxdimen \@tempdimc\maxdimen \@pagedp\maxdimen \@tempcntb\z@
+  \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@measurecolumn
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

 % As described above, any items can be empty, naturally for top floats,
 % footnotes and bottom floats, but also including main vertical lists if the
 % \ccolpage{}s were not in $\ptop$ before the invocation of
 % \!\pcol@flushcolumn!.  Moreover, all main vertical lists can be empty if
 % all \lcolpage{}s just have started (by \!\newpage!, for example).  More
 % weirdly, the case of all-empty main vertical lists can be accompanied with
-% non-empty top floats when columns have floats which cannot be put in
-% $\ptop-1$ but are found to be placed in $\ptop$.
+% other non-empty items when columns have floats or footnotes which cannot
+% be in $\ptop-1$ but are found their places in $\ptop$.
 %
-% Therefore, we have to take care of the case $\VT<0$ to mean that all top
-% floats and main vertical lists are empty\footnote{

+% Taking it into account that any items can be empty and the other item
+% of \Scfnote{}s, we have to determine whether the following two operations
+% are taken;  invocation of \!\pcol@synccolumn! for each \colpage{} to set a
+% \sync{}ation point or to add an infinite stretch (and shrink) to its
+% bottom;  and the examination of the height of each \colpage{}, taking the
+% \sync{}ation point to be set into account, to tell the necessity of
+% explicit page break with $\CSIndex{ifpcol@flush}=\true$.  For the latter
+% we calculate the examination target $V=\!\@tempdimb!$ to be compared with
+% $\pp^h(\ptop)$, while for the latter we determine the value of a switch
+% $f=\CSIndex{if@tempswa}$ so that we invoke \!\pcol@synccolumn! iff
+% $f=\true$ and $V\geq0$.
+% 
+% For \sync{}ed \cswitch{} with $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=\false$, we let
+% $f=(\VT\geq0)$ to mean at least one \colpage{} has a top float or
+% non-empty main vertical list, i.e., $\Fc(\{t,m\})=\true$ for some
+% $c\In0\C$.  That is if $\VT<0$, since the next items added to all
+% \colpage{}s are placed at the top of the page\footnote{

 % 

 % In usual cases, but it can mean some of them have negative vertical
 % sizes.  Even though we can detect such a very unlikely special case, it is
@@ -4079,51 +6625,65 @@
 % $\ptop$.  Therefore, we assume the point is at the top of $\ptop$ and thus
 % do nothing.},
 % 

-% i.e., $\Fc(\{t,m\})=\false$ for all $c\In0\C$, to let succeeding stuff in
-% all \ccolpage{}s be put as if they are preceded by a \!\flushpage!.  In
-% other words, we do nothing if $\VT<0$.
-% 
-% Then if $\VT\geq0$, we set the \sync{}ation point $\VT$ below the top of
-% $\ptop$.  However, since the \sync{}ation {\em pushes down} everything
-% below the main vertical list, footnotes and bottom floats in a \colpage{}
-% $c$ such that $\Size_c(\{t,m\})<\VT$ may be overflown from the bottom of
-% the page.  Therefore, we examine $\VT+\VB\geq\!\@colht!$ (it can be
-% $\VT+\VB>\VP$) and if so flush all \ccolpage{}s in $\ptop$ to set the
-% \sync{}ation point at the top of the next page $\ptop+1$.  This flush is
-% also done when it is requested explicitly by
-% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=\true$.  That is, we let
-% $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\true$ iff one of them holds to flush the
-% \colpage{}s in \!\pcol@synccolumn! invoked for each $c\In0\C$, which sets
-% the \sync{}ation point otherwise.  This macro also takes care of the case
-% of $\VT\geq0$ but empty main vertical lists as the special case that $\VT$
-% is given by a column whose main vertical list is empty, i.e., its top
-% float defines the \sync{}ation point.  In such a case in which we have
-% $\DT=\infty$, the macro sets the \sync{}ation point at the top of the
-% page for the main vertical list and enlarges the space for top floats if
-% necessary.
-% 
-% Finally, we let $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\false$ to give the default for the
-% next invocation of \!\pcol@output@switch!.
+% we don't need to set \sync{}ation points in them.  As for $V$, we let
+% $V=\max(\VT,0)+\max(\VB,0)+v^f$ where $v^f$ is the sum of
+% height-plus-depth of $\pp^f(\ptop)$ and $\!\skip!{\cdot}\pp^f(\ptop)$ if
+% $\ptop$ has \Scfnote{}s, or 0 otherwise\footnote{

+% 

+% In the real implementation, $V=-\infty$ if $\VT=\VB=-\infty$ and no
+% \Scfnote{}s are presented, but this difference does not affect the
+% decisoins because $f\land(V\geq0)=(\VT<0)\land(V\geq0)=\false$ and
+% $V\leq\pp^f(\ptop)$ with either $V=0$ or $V=-\infty$.}.  Note that it can
+% be $\VP+v^f\leq\pp^f(\ptop)<\VT+\VB+v^f=V$ to mean setting the
+% \sync{}ation point at $\VT$ below $\ptop$'s top edge would push bottom
+% stuff beyond its bottom edge and thus we need an explicit page break to
+% place the point at the top of $\ptop+1$ (in usual cases).
+% 
+% For \pfcheck{} or page flushing with $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=\false$ on
+% the other hand, we let $f=\lnot\!\pcol@sync!$ to invoke \!\pcol@synccolumn!
+% only for page flushing and thus not for \pfcheck{}.  As for $V$, we let
+% $V'=\VPP$ or $V'=\VP$ according as we working on \lpage{} or not, and
+% then let $V=\max(V',0)+v^f$ or $V=V'$ according as $\ptop$ has \Scfnote{}s
+% or not.  That is, we have to invoke \!\pcol@synccolumn! unless $\ptop$ is
+% perfectly empty.
+% 
+% Then if $V>\pp^h(\ptop)$\footnote{

+% 

+% The examination is redundant in page flushing because it is assured that
+% no overflow happens in any \colpage{} by \pfcheck{} and explicit page
+% breaking, but is not harmful.},
+% 

+% we let $\CSIndex{ifpcol@flush}=\true$ and $d=\!\pcol@nextcol!=\cmax$ to
+% tell \!\pcol@switchcol! or \!\pcol@flushclear! to make an explicit page
+% break in the column $\cmax$ from which we restart, and $f=\false$ to skip
+% \!\pcol@synccolumn! to postpone the \exsync{}.
+% 
+% Finally if $V\geq0$ and $f=\true$, we invoke \!\pcol@synccolumn! for each
+% column $c\In0\C$ to set a \sync{}ation point in it or to add an infinite
+% stretch (and shrink) at its bottom for flushing.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-%% Special Output Routines: Synchronization
-
-\def\pcol@sync{%
-  \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@flushcolumn
-  \pcol@outputpage\@ne
-  \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@currbox{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}%
-  \@tempdima-\maxdimen \@tempdimb-\maxdimen \pcol@colht-\maxdimen
-  \@tempdimc\maxdimen \@pagedp\maxdimen
-  \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@measurecolumn
-  \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@\else
-    \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima
-    \@tempswafalse
-    \ifdim\@tempdimb<\@colht \ifpcol@clear\else
-      \@tempswatrue
+  \@tempswatrue \global\pcol@flushfalse
+  \ifpcol@clear
+    \ifpcol@lastpage \@tempdimb\pcol@colht \else \@tempdimb\@pageht \fi
+    \ifpcol@sync \@tempswafalse \fi
+  \else
+    \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@      \@tempswafalse
+    \else\ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@ \@tempdimb\@tempdima
+    \else                     \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima
     \fi\fi
-    \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@synccolumn
   \fi
-  \global\pcol@syncfalse}
+  \ifpcol@scfnote\ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+    \ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@ \@tempdimb\z@ \fi
+    \advance\@tempdimb\ht\pcol@footins \advance\@tempdimb\dp\pcol@footins
+    \advance\@tempdimb\skip\pcol@footins
+  \fi\fi
+  \ifdim\@tempdimb>\@colht
+    \global\pcol@flushtrue \@tempswafalse \pcol@nextcol\@tempcntb
+  \fi
+  \ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@\else \if@tempswa
+    \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@synccolumn
+  \fi\fi}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -4136,6 +6696,23 @@
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Change order of the garbage collection of \cs{pcol@currfoot} and
 %	 \cs{pcol@getcurrfoot}.}
 
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Revise reflecting the redesign of \cs{pcol@getcurrfoot}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add operations for single-columned footnotes.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add the examination of $\kappa_c(\rho)\EQ\infty$ to cope with a
+%	 rare-case interaction of pre-flushing column height check and float
+%	 columns in last pages.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Save \cs{ifpcol@lastpage} into \cs{ifpcol@lastpagesave} and turn
+% 	 \cs{ifpcol@lastpage} $\string\mathit{false}$ temporarily during
+% 	 the macro works on non-top and thus non-last pages to fix the bug
+%	 that \cs{@makecol} and \cs{pcol@makefcolumn} misunderstand the page
+%	 they work on is last.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Replace \cs{@makecol} with \cs{pcol@@makecol} to cap the depth of
+%	 \cs{@outputbox} by \cs{@maxdepth} even with p\string\LaTeX.}
 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@flushcolumn! is invoked for each column $c\In0\C$ from
 % \!\pcol@sync! to ship out the \ccolpage{} of $c$ into $\S_c$ if it is not
@@ -4149,19 +6726,47 @@
 % examines if $p=\cc_c(\vb^p)<\ptop$.  If it does not hold to mean $c$ has
 % \lcolpage{}, we do nothing.
 % 
-% Otherwise, we put the contents of the \ccolpage{} $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ adding
-% \!\vfil! at its tail into \!\box!|255| being the \TeX's standard interface
-% to carry the main vertical list for \!\output! routine.  We also move
-% everything in $\cc_c(\ft)$ obtained by \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! into
-% \!\footins! and return $\cc_c(\ft)$ to \!\@freelist! if $\cc_c(\ft^b)$ is
-% not void.  Then after obtaining $p$'s \pctext{} by \!\pcol@getcurrpage!,
-% we invoke \!\@makecol!\footnote{

-% 

-% Not \!\pcol@makecol! because \!\box!\texttt{255} has \!\vfil! at its
-% tail and the \colpage{} should be short enough.}
-% 

-% to build the complete \colpage{} in \!\@outputbox! to be
-% added to the tail of $\S_c$ by \!\@cons!, with the following
+% Otherwise, we save \CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage} into
+% \CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpagesave} turning the former switch $\false$ because we
+% are working on a non-\lcolpage{} definitely in a non-\lpage.  Then we put
+% the contents of the \ccolpage{} $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ adding \!\vfil! at its tail
+% into \!\box!|255| being the \TeX's standard interface to carry the main
+% vertical list for \!\output!  routine.  We also move everything in
+% $\cc_c(\ft)$ obtained by \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! into \!\footins! and return
+% $\cc_c(\ft)$ to \!\@freelist! if $\cc_c(\ft^b)$ is not void.
+% 
+% Then we obtain $p$'s \pctext{} by \!\pcol@getcurrpage! and, if it has
+% \Scfnote{}s in $\pp^f(p)$, we shrink \!\@colht! by the space required for
+% the footnotes using \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! and add the stretch\slash
+% shrink compontents of $\!\skip!\cdot\pp^f(p)$ at the bottom of
+% \!\box!|255| by \!\pcol@unvbox@cclv!, as we did in \!\pcol@makecol!.
+% 
+% Next we examine if $\cc_c(\tr)$ was made $\infty$ by \!\pcol@makefcolumn!
+% invoked from this macro itself when it processed the \colpage{} in the
+% previous \pfcheck{} for environment closing, which found a page break
+% should be done.  That is, $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ means the \ccolpage{} was
+% once judged to be in the \lpage{} but \pfcheck{} forced a page break to
+% make it non-last, it should have all deferred floats now listed in
+% $\cc_c(\tl)$ at \Endparacol{}, but their total size is less than the
+% threshold to make a usual \fcolumn{} for the \lpage.  If so, since the page
+% is not last now, we put all floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ by \!\pcol@makefcolpage!
+% as the ship-out image in \!\@outputbox!, ignoring the contents added to
+% \!\box!|255| in the operations above because $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ should be
+% empty, and letting $\cc_c(\tr)=0$ to mean the floats have been
+% processed\footnote{

+% 

+% $\cc_c(\tl)$ can have any values other than $\infty$ because definitely it
+% will not be referred to in its inherent sense in the situation with no
+% further float additions and no deferred floats.}.
+% 
+% Otherwise, since the \colpage{} can be put as usual, we invoke
+% \!\pcol@@makecol!\footnote{

+% 

+% Neither \cs{pcol@makecol} because \!\box!\texttt{255} has \!\vfil! at its
+% tail and the \colpage{} should be short enough, nor \cs{@makecol} because
+% we need to ensure the depth of resulting \cs{@outputbox} is capped.}
+% 

+% to build the complete \colpage{} in \!\@outputbox! with the following
 % setting\footnote{

 % 

 % \LaTeX's has another \!\insert! named \!\@kludgeins! for \!\enlargepage!
@@ -4176,34 +6781,54 @@
 % \!\@botlist!=\cc_c(\bl)
 % \end{array}
 % $$
+% Finally, regardless of $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ or not, the resulting
+% \!\@outputbox! becomes $\s_c(p)$ and is added to the tail of $\S_c$
+% by \!\@cons!.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@flushcolumn{%
   \pcol@getcurrcol
   \ifnum\count\@currbox<\pcol@toppage
+    \ifpcol@lastpage \pcol@lastpagesavetrue \else \pcol@lastpagesavefalse \fi
+    \pcol@lastpagefalse
     \pcol@page\count\@currbox
     \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@currbox \vfil}%
     \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot \fi
-    \pcol@getcurrfoot
+    \pcol@getcurrfoot\box
     \pcol@getcurrpage
-    \@makecol
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+      \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins
+      \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\pcol@unvbox@cclv\pcol@footins}%
+    \fi
+    \pcol@Logstart\pcol@flushcolumn
+    \ifdim\@toproom=\maxdimen
+      \setbox\@outputbox\pcol@makefcolpage \global\@toproom\z@
+    \else
+      \pcol@@makecol
+    \fi
+    \pcol@Logend\pcol@flushcolumn
     \global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox
     \expandafter\@cons\csname pcol@shipped\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
       \@currbox
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

 % Then for each $q\in[p{+}1,\ptop{-}1]$, we repeat the followings; get $q$'s
-% \pctext{} by \!\pcol@getcurrpage!; try to make a \fcolumn{} in
+% \pctext{} by \!\pcol@getcurrpage!; shrink \!\@colht! by
+% \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! if $q$ has \Scfnote{}s; try to make a \fcolumn{} in
 % \!\@outputbox! by \!\@makefcolumn! giving it \!\@deferlist! being
 % $\cc_c(\dl)$ at initial but will be shrunk; if the \fcolumn{} is made,
 % acquire an \!\insert! by \!\@next! to keep the contents of \!\@outputbox!
 % and to be added to the tail of $\S_c$ by \!\@cons!.
 % 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{@colht} shrinking by single-columned footnotes.}

+% 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \advance\pcol@page\@ne
     \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else
       \@whilenum\pcol@page<\pcol@toppage\do{%
         \pcol@getcurrpage
+        \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
         \@makefcolumn\@deferlist
         \if@fcolmade
           \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}%
@@ -4215,32 +6840,48 @@
     \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% Next, we acquire the \ccolpage{} of $c$ which is now in $\ptop$ and thus
-% is empty by \!\@next!.  Then we let $\!\@colht!=\!\@colroom!=\pp^h(\ptop)$
-% by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo!, and reinitialize the float placement parameters by
+% Next, since we reach $\ptop$ and thus restore \CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}
+% from \CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpagesave} because the \tpage{} can be last.
+% Then we acquire the \ccolpage{} of $c$ which is now in $\ptop$ and thus
+% empty, by \!\@next!.  Then we let $\!\@colht!=\!\@colroom!=\pp^h(\ptop)$
+% by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo! but shrinking them by \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! if
+% $\ptop$ has \Scfnote{}s, and reinitialize the float placement parameters by
 % \!\pcol@floatplacement!.  Then, if $\cc_c(\dl)$ still has some floats,
 % we make a \fcolumn{} for some of them in the \tpage{} by
 % \!\pcol@makefcolumn! if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}={}\true$ meaning flushing,
-% or try to move some of them to $\cc_c(\tl)=\!\@toplist!$ or
+% or try to move some of them to $\cc_c(\tl)=\!\@toplist!$ and/or
 % $\cc_c(\bl)=\!\@botlist!$ by \!\pcol@trynextcolumn! otherwise.  Note that
 % since \!\@colroom! is used in \!\pcol@makefcolumn! as a working register,
 % we let $\!\@colroom!=\pp^h(\ptop)$ again after its invocation.  After that
 % we save \cctext{} including those given by \!\pcol@floatplacement! and
-% modified by \!\pcol@trynextcolumn!  into $\cc_c$ by \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf!
-% because all footnotes are shipped out, and let $\cc_c(\vb^p)=\ptop$ and
-% $\cc_c(\vb^r)=\!\@colroom!$ possibly modified by \!\pcol@trynextcolumn!
-% too.
+% modified by \!\pcol@makefcolumn! or \!\pcol@trynextcolumn! into $\cc_c$ by
+% \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf!  because all footnotes are shipped out, and let
+% $\cc_c(\vb^p)=\ptop$.  We also let $\cc_c(\vb^r)=\!\@colroom!$ possibly
+% modified by \!\pcol@trynextcolumn! but after canceling the shrinkage of
+% \!\@colht! due to \Scfnote{}s, i.e.,
+% $\cc_c(\vb^r)\gets\cc_c(\vb^r)+(H-H')$ where $H$ and $H'$ are \!\@colht!
+% before and after the shrinkage respectively.
 % 

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Add $\cs{@colht}\EQ\pi^h(p)$.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Replace \cs{pcol@trynextcolumn} with \cs{pcol@makefcolumn} for the
 %	 case of $\cs{ifpcol@clear}\EQ\mathit{true}$.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{@colht} shrinking by single-columned footnotes.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add the restore of \cs{ifpcol@lastpage} from
+%	 \cs{ifpcol@lastpagesave}.}

 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifpcol@lastpagesave \pcol@lastpagetrue \fi
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{}}\pcol@ovf
-    \pcol@getcurrpinfo\reserved@a\@tempcnta{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
-    \global\@colroom\@colht \pcol@floatplacement 
+    \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@tempcnta{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
+    \@pageht\@colht
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
+    \global\@colroom\@colht \pcol@floatplacement
     \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else
       \ifpcol@clear
         \pcol@makefcolumn \global\@colroom\@colht
@@ -4249,7 +6890,8 @@
     \fi\fi
     \pcol@setcurrcolnf
     \global\count\@currbox\pcol@page
-    \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
+    \advance\@pageht-\@colht \advance\@pageht\@colroom
+    \global\dimen\@currbox\@pageht
   \fi %\ifnum\count\@currbox<\pcol@toppage
   \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}
 
@@ -4260,21 +6902,34 @@
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced to take special care of the float-column in the last
 %	 page. }

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Encapsulate the float column in a \cs{vbox} of \cs{@colht} so that
+% 	 vertical skips at the top and bottom are not lost when the column
+%	 is put back to the main vertical list, and makes the assignment to
+%	 \cs{@currbox} global because the box is now referred to after
+%	 \cs{output} is completed.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Replace the sequence of operations to make a usual float column
+%	 with \cs{@toplist} with the newly introduced
+%	 \cs{pcol@makefcolpage}.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@makefcolumn! is invoked solely from \!\pcol@flushcolumn!
 % to put deferred floats in the currently empty \colpage{} of $c$ in the
 % \tpage{} $\ptop$ which is being flushed.  Since we have to take special care
 % of the case of environment closing, we cannot do this operation by
-% \!\@makefcolumn!\footnote{

-% 

-% We can do it for other cases of \!\flushpage! and \!\clearpage! but
-% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! covers it easily.}.
+% \!\@makefcolumn!, while in other cases for \!\flushpage! and \!\clearpage!
+% we also have to pay a small attention.
 % 
 % First, we scan the copy of $\cc_c(\dl)$ applying \!\pcol@makefcolelt! to
 % each element to have the floats to be put in \!\@toplist!, which is
 % assuredly empty because the \ccolpage{} of $c$ has already been shipped
 % out to empty it, and those still deferred in $\cc_c(\dl)$.  Prior to scan,
-% we let $H_r=\pp^h(\ptop)+\alpha$ as the space initially available for
+% we let $H_r=\pp^h(\ptop)\footnotemark+\alpha$\footnotetext{

+% 

+% $\pp^h(\ptop)$ referred in this macro may have been shrunk by \Scfnote{}s
+% in \cs{pcol@flushcolumn}.},
+% 

+% as the space initially available for
 % floats each of which being $\phi$ is assumed to consume
 % $v(\phi)=h(\phi)+d(\phi)+\alpha$, and $H_t=\!\@colroom!=-\alpha$ as the
 % initial value of the accumulated size of $v(\phi)$ for all $\phi$ to be
@@ -4307,18 +6962,24 @@
 % $c$ has \fpage{}s.  Therefore, we performs this float packing if making
 % the \fpage{} gives too sparse, more specifically if
 % $H_t<\!\floatpagefraction!\times\pp^h(\ptop)=\!\@fpmin!$, but postpone the
-% final decision until all columns are processed by \!\pcol@flushcolumn!.
-% That is, if the all conditions above hold, we keep \!\@toplist! so that it
-% is saved in $\cc_c(\tl)$ and let $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ to indicate that the
-% column has pending floats.
-% 
-% Otherwise, i.e., if we make a \fcolumn{} in the \lpage, we put all floats in
-% \!\@toplist! in $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ of $\pp^h(\ptop)$ tall, together with
-% \!\vskip!  of \!\@fptop! and \!\@fpbot! at the top and bottom and that of
-% \!\@fpsep!  between floats as \!\@makefcolumn! does.  Note that the last
-% \!\vfilneg! is to cancel \!\vfil! which will be inserted at the bottom by
-% \!\pcol@synccolumn!.  Then we return all floats in \!\@toplist! to
-% \!\@freelist! and empty the list.
+% final decision until the \colpage{} is eventually shipped out by
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! or \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!.  That is, if the all
+% conditions above hold, we keep \!\@toplist! so that it is saved in
+% $\cc_c(\tl)$ and let $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ to indicate that the column has
+% pending floats.  Note that the floats are shipped out by
+% \!\pcol@flushcolumn! if the \pfcheck{} currently being performed finds a 
+% too tall column in $\ptop$ to force a page break making $\ptop$ non-last.
+% Also note that, in any cases, letting $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ is safe because
+% no longer we will have any float additions to the \colpage.
+% 
+% Otherwise, i.e., if we are working on a non-\lpage{} to be flushed or a
+% \fcolumn{} is to be made for the \lpage, we put all floats in \!\@toplist!
+% in a \!\vbox! of $\pp^h(\ptop)$ tall by \!\pcol@makefcolpage! and then 
+% let $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ be another \!\vbox! having it.  This encapsulation of
+% the \fcolumn{} is necessary because $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ can be put back to the
+% main vertical list after the \pfcheck{} to remove skips above and below
+% the floats, namely \!\@fptop! and \!\@fpbot!, if the contents were not
+% encapsulated.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@makefcolumn{%
@@ -4335,12 +6996,7 @@
     \ifpcol@lastpage \ifx\@deferlist\@empty \ifdim\@colroom<\@fpmin
       \@tempswafalse \global\@toproom\maxdimen
     \fi\fi\fi
-    \if@tempswa
-      \setbox\@currbox\vbox to\@colht{\vskip\@fptop \vskip-\@fpsep
-        \def\@elt##1{\vskip\@fpsep\box##1}\@toplist \vskip\@fpbot \vfilneg}%
-      \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@toplist}%
-      \global\let\@toplist\@empty
-    \fi
+    \if@tempswa \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\pcol@makefcolpage} \fi
   \fi}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -4368,11 +7024,31 @@
   \else \@cons\@toplist#1\relax
     \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb \global\advance\@colroom\@tempdimb
   \fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@makefcolpage}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to implement the operations to make a float column
+%	 performed in three macros.}
+% The macro \!\pcol@makefcolpage! is invoked from \!\pcol@flushcolumn!,
+% \!\pcol@makefcolumn! and \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! to build a \fcolumn{}
+% having floats in \!\@toplist!, which is then returned to \!\@freelist! and
+% then emptied.  The floats are put in a \!\vbox! of \!\@colht! tall with
+% vertical skips of \!\@fptop!, \!\@fpsep! and \!\@fpbot! above, between and
+% below them respectively.  The box is then let be $\s_c(p)$ or
+% $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ explictly or implicitly by the invokers, with an
+% encapsulation in the case of \!\pcol@makefcolumn!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@makefcolpage{\vbox to\@colht{
+    \vskip\@fptop \vskip-\@fpsep
+    \def\@elt##1{\vskip\@fpsep\box##1}\@toplist \vskip\@fpbot}%
+  \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@toplist}\global\let\@toplist\@empty}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 
-% \begin{macro}{\pcol@magicpenalty}
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@measurecolumn}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Drastically changed to measure $D_T$, to deal with empty
@@ -4385,13 +7061,16 @@
 % $\size_c(b)$ in the \ccolpage{} in the page $\ptop$.  After obtaining the
 % \cctext{} in $\cc_c$ by \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, we calculate
 % $\size_c(t)=\!\skip!{\cdot}\cc_c(\vb)$ by \!\pcol@addflhd! giving it
-% $\cc_c(\tl)$ and \!\pcol@textfloatsep! as its arguments also to have
-% $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\fc(t)$.  We also calculate
-% $\size_c(m)=h(\cc_c(\vb))+d(\cc_c(\vb))$, and then the sum of it and
-% $\size_c(t)$.
+% $\cc_c(\tl)$ and $\cc_c(\tf)=\!\pcol@textfloatsep!$ as its arguments also
+% to have $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\fc(t)$.  Note that $\cc_c(\tf)=\infty$ means
+% the \colpage{} does not have any \sync{}ation points yet and thus
+% \!\textfloatsep! is used in the calculation as the skip between the top
+% floats and main vertical list, while the value itself possibly for a
+% \mvlfloat{} discussed later is used if $\cc_c(\tf)<\infty$.  We also
+% calculate $\size_c(m)=h(\cc_c(\vb))+d(\cc_c(\vb))$, and then the sum of it
+% and $\size_c(t)$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pcol@magicpenalty{12345}
 \def\pcol@measurecolumn{%
   \pcol@getcurrcol
   \@tempswafalse
@@ -4400,37 +7079,26 @@
   \advance\dimen@\ht\@currbox \advance\dimen@\dp\@currbox \dimen@ii\dimen@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% Next we examine if the main vertical list $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ is empty.
-% Unfortunately, \TeX{} does not provide any convenient way for examination,
-% we perform a series of tricky operations to put the followings into
-% \!\@tempboxa!; a penalty of $\!\pcol@magicpenalty!=12345$ whose existence
-% in $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ is (almost) impossible; contents of $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ put
-% by \!\unvcopy!; and then a \!\global! \!\def!inition of \!\@gtempa! to let
-% it have the decimal representation of \!\lastpenalty!.  Since
-% \!\lastpenalty! has $\arg{pen}$ if the last item is
-% $\!\penalty!\arg{pen}$, or 0 otherwise,
-% $\!\@gtempa!=\!\pcol@magicpenalty!$ iff $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ is empty.
-% Therefore if so, we let $\pd_c=\cc_c(\pd)=\infty$ and save it (together
-% with others) by \!\pcol@setcurrcol! so that, if the column defines the
-% $\VT$ finally by its top floats, $\DT$ is let $\infty$ and the fact that
-% the column has empty list is remembered.  Otherwise, we let
+% Next we examine if the main vertical list $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ is empty by
+% \!\pcol@ifempty! and, if so, we let $\pd_c=\cc_c(\pd)=\infty$ and save it
+% (together with others) by \!\pcol@setcurrcol! so that, if the column
+% defines the $\VT$ finally by its top floats, $\DT$ is let $\infty$ and the
+% fact that the column has empty list is remembered.  Otherwise, we let
 % $\pd_c=\cc_c(\pd)$ and $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\true$ to represent
 % $\Fc(\{t,m\})=f_t\lor f_m$ because $f_m=\true$.  Then we invoke
 % \!\pcol@measureupdate! to let $\VT=\size_c(t)+\size_c(m)=\Size_c(\{t,m\})$
-% and $\DT=\pd_c$ if $\Fc(\{t,m\})=\true$ and $\VT<\Size_c(\{t,m\})$.  It
-% also lets $\DT=\pd_c$ if $\Fc(\{t,m\})=\true$, $\VT=\Size_c(\{t,m\})$ and
-% $\DT>\pd_c$.
+% and $\DT=\pd_c$ if $\Fc(\{t,m\})=\true$ and $\VT<\Size_c(\{t,m\})$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\penalty\pcol@magicpenalty
-    \unvcopy\@currbox \xdef\@gtempa{\number\lastpenalty}}%
-  \ifnum\@gtempa=\pcol@magicpenalty\relax \global\pcol@prevdepth\maxdimen
-    \pcol@setcurrcol
-  \else \@tempswatrue
-  \fi
+  \pcol@ifempty\@currbox
+   {\global\pcol@prevdepth\maxdimen \pcol@setcurrcol}% 
+   {\@tempswatrue}%
   \pcol@measureupdate\@tempdima\dimen@ii\@tempdimc\pcol@prevdepth
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add calculation of $V_P$ and $c_{\string\max}$.}

+% 

 % Next we let $\size_c(f)=0$ if $\cc_c(\ft^b)$ is void, or otherwise let
 % $\size_c(f)=h(\cc_c(\ft^b))+d(\cc_c(\ft^b))+{}\cc_c(\ft^s)$\footnote{

 % 

@@ -4439,11 +7107,12 @@
 % 

 % and $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\true$ because $\fc(f)=\true$ and thus
 % $\Fc(\{t,m,f\})=\true$.  After that, we calculate $\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$
-% by \!\pcol@addflhd! giving it $\cc_c(\bl)$ and \!\maxdimen! as its
-% argument also to have $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})$.  Then we
-% let $V_b=\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$ if $V_b<\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$, and
-% calculate $\size_c(t)+\size_c(m)+\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$ being
-% $\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b\})$ for a non-empty \colpage{}.
+% by \!\pcol@addflhd! giving it $\cc_c(\bl)$ and $\infty$ to mean
+% \!\textfloatsep! should be used for the calculation as its argument also
+% to have $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}={\Fc}(\{t,m,f,b\})$.  Then we let
+% $\VB=\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$ if $\VB<\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$, and let
+% $\VP=\size_c(t)+\size_c(m)+\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)=\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b\})$ and
+% $c_{\max}=c$ if $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})=\true$ and $\VP<\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b\})$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot \dimen@\z@
@@ -4455,6 +7124,9 @@
   \pcol@addflhd\@botlist\maxdimen
   \ifdim\dimen@>\@tempdimb \@tempdimb\dimen@ \fi
   \advance\dimen@\dimen@ii
+  \if@tempswa \ifdim\dimen@>\@pageht
+    \@pageht\dimen@ \@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
+  \fi\fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

 % Next, we let $\dc$ be the depth of the lowest non-empty items among the
@@ -4467,9 +7139,9 @@
 % let them be $\pp^h(\ptop)$ and 0 if $\cc_c(\dl)\neq\emptyset$, because the
 % \lpage{} should be {\em full size} for the following pages having
 % \fcolumn{}s.  Finally, we invoke \!\pcol@measureupdate! again to let
-% $\VP=\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})$ and $\DP=\dc$ if $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})=\true$ and
-% $\VP<\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})$.  It also lets $\DP=\dc$ if
-% $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})=\true$, $\VP=\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})$ and $\DP>\dc$.
+% $\VPP=\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})$ and $\DP=\dc$ if $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})=\true$ and
+% $\VPP<\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})$.  It also lets $\DP=\dc$ if
+% $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})=\true$, $\VPP=\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'\})$ and $\DP>\dc$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \dimen@ii\pcol@prevdepth
@@ -4479,7 +7151,7 @@
   \pcol@measureupdate\pcol@colht\dimen@\@pagedp\dimen@ii
   \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
 % 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@addflhd}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
@@ -4511,25 +7183,27 @@
 % $\fc(t)=\true$ for $x=t$ or $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})=\true$ for $x=b$.  Then we
 % scan all floats in $\arg{list}$ applying \!\pcol@hdflelt! to each float
 % $\phi$ to add $h(\phi)+d(\phi)+\!\floatsep!$ to \!\dimen@!, from/to which
-% we then subtract \!\floatsep! and add $\sigma_x$ because the last float is
-% followed by the vertical skip of $\sigma_x$ instead of \!\floatsep!, to
-% have $\size_c(t)$ for $x=t$ or $\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$ for $x=b$ being
-% {\em returned} to \!\pcol@measurecolumn!.
+% we then subtract \!\floatsep! and add $\sigma_x$ because the last\slash
+% first float is followed\slash preceded by the vertical skip of $\sigma_x$
+% instead of \!\floatsep!, to have $\size_c(t)$ for $x=t$ or
+% $\size_c(f)+\size_c(b)$ for $x=b$ being {\em returned} to
+% \!\pcol@measurecolumn!.
 % 
 % Note that $\sigma_t$ is $\arg{tfs}=\!\pcol@textfloatsep!$ if it is less
 % than $\infty$ or \!\textfloatsep! otherwise, while
 % $\sigma_b=\!\textfloatsep!$ always because $\arg{tfs}=\!\maxdimen!$.  Also
 % note that $\sigma_t$ can be biased by 10000\,|pt| and thus larger than
-% 5000\,|pt|, if we have a \mvlfloat{} in top floats.  Another caution is that
-% we ignore the contribution by \!\topfigrule! nor \!\botfigrule! because
-% they should insert vertical items whose total height and depth are 0.
+% 5000\,|pt|, if we have a \mvlfloat{} in top floats as discussed later.
+% Another caution is that we ignore the contribution by \!\topfigrule! nor
+% \!\botfigrule! because they should insert vertical items whose total
+% height and depth are 0.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@addflhd#1#2{%
   \ifx#1\@empty\else
     \@tempswatrue
     \let\@elt\pcol@hdflelt
-    #1\advance\dimen@-\floatsep 
+    #1\advance\dimen@-\floatsep
     \ifdim#2=\maxdimen \advance\dimen@\textfloatsep
     \else
       \advance\dimen@\pcol@textfloatsep
@@ -4548,20 +7222,20 @@
 %	 among those which give $V_T$ and $V_P$.}

 % 

 % The macro $\!\pcol@measureupdate!\<V\>\<v\>\<D\>\<d\>$ is invoked
-% twice in \!\pcol@measurecolumn! for $c$ to update $\<V\>=V_X$ and
-% $\<D\>=D_X$ where $X\in\{T,P\}$ as follows if \CSIndex{if@tempswa}, being
-% $\Fc(\{t,m\})$ for $X=T$ or $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})$ for $X=P$, is $\true$.
+% twice in \!\pcol@measurecolumn! for $c$ to update $V\in\{\VT,\VPP\}$
+% and $D=\{\DT,\DP\}$ as follows if \CSIndex{if@tempswa}, being
+% $\Fc(\{t,m\})$ for $V=\VT$ or $\Fc(\{t,m,f,b\})$ for $V=\VPP$, is $\true$.
 % $$
-% \<V\>\gets\max(\<V\>,\<v\>)\qquad
-% \<D\>\gets\cases{\min(\<D\>,\<d\>)&$\<V\>=\<v\>$\cr
-%                  \<D\>&            $\<V\>\neq\<v\>$}
+% V\gets\max(V,v)\qquad
+% D\gets\cases{\min(D,d)&$V=v$\cr
+%              D&        $V\neq v$}
 % $$
-% The arguments $\<v\>$ and $\<d\>$ have the followings according to $X$.
+% The arguments $v$ and $d$ have the followings according to $V$.
 % $$
 % \arraycolsep0pt
 % \begin{array}{rll}
-% X=T\;{:}\;&\<v\>=\Size_c(\{t,m\})&\quad \<d\>=\delta_c\\
-% X=B\;{:}\;&\<v\>=\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'))&\quad \<d\>=\dc
+% V=\VT \;{:}\;&v=\Size_c(\{t,m\})&\quad d=\delta_c\\
+% V=\VPP\;{:}\;&v=\Size_c(\{t,m,f,b'))&\quad d=\dc
 % \end{array}
 % $$
 % 

@@ -4577,55 +7251,102 @@
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Drastically changed to correctly implement the top float
 %	 enlargement and MVL-float.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Change code structure removing the case for overflown synchronized
+%	 pages.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Remove \cs{penalty}\string\texttt{-10000} made unnecessary by the
+%	 redesign of overflow synchronized pages.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add an shrink of $1/10000\,\string\texttt{fil}$ to the bottom of
+%	 flushed column pages to cancel finite shrinks just below
+%	 synchronization points.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@synccolumn! is invoked for each column $c\In0\C$ from
 % \!\pcol@sync! to set a \sync{}ation point at $\VT$ from the top of the
-% \ccolpage{} of $c$ if $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=\true$, or flush it otherwise.
-% After obtaining $c$'s \cctext{} $\cc_c$ by \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, we process
-% one of the following three cases.
-% 
-% The first non-flushing case is for $\DT=\infty$ to mean the \sync{}ation
-% point is set just below the top floats of a column whose main vertical
-% list is empty.  In this case, we should not put anything back to the main
-% vertical list, because the column having defined the point will restart
-% from the top of its \colpage{} with \!\topskip! and thus other columns
-% should do so for the stuff following the point.  Therefore, we put
-% $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ as the last top float, namely {\em\Uidx\mvlfloat} because
-% it is for the main vertical list, acquiring an \!\insert! from
-% \!\@freelist! by \!\@next! and assigning it to \Midx{\!\pcol@float!} so
-% that we pretend main vertical lists of all columns are empty.  The float
-% has zero height and depth and $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ is put in it following a
-% vertical skip of $-\!\floatsep!$ to go back to the bottom of the last real
-% float, and \!\topfigrule! and a skip of \!\textfloatsep! to separate it
-% from the last real float, if we have some floats.  Otherwise, neither of
-% the skips nor \!\topfigrule! are put because we let
+% \ccolpage{} of $c$ if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}={\false}$, or flush it
+% otherwise.  After obtaining $c$'s \cctext{} $\cc_c$ by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, we process one of the following three cases.
+% 
+% The first case is for flushing with $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=\true$.  In
+% this case we simply add \!\vfil! at the tail of the main vertical list in
+% $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ to make the whole \colpage{} possibly with other items fit
+% in a box of \!\@colht! tall and, if $\cc_c(\tf)\neq\infty$ to mean the
+% column to be flushed has a \sync{}ation point, we also add an infitite
+% shrink of $1/10000\,|fil|$ so as to cancel a finite shrink just below the
+% point, as done in \!\pcol@makecol!\footnote{

+% 

+% Just in case, because it looks impossible that the natural height of the
+% \colpage{} exceeds $\pp^h(\ptop)$ with \pfcheck.}.
+% 

+% We also let $\cc_c(\pd)=1000\,|pt|$ to mimic \TeX's mechanism of
+% \!\prevdepth! with the empty main vertical list in the next
+% \colpage{}\footnote{

+% 

+% The author is not sure if this setting is really necessary but, at least,
+% it looks working well (though other setting looks all right too).}.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@synccolumn{%
+  \pcol@getcurrcol
+  \ifpcol@clear
+    \global\pcol@prevdepth\@m\p@
+    \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\unvbox\@currbox
+      \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen \vfil
+      \else \vskip\z@\@plus1fil\@minus.0001fil
+      \fi}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

+% The second and third cases are for \sync{}ed \cswitch{}.  The second case
+% is for $\DT=\infty$ to mean the \sync{}ation point is set just below the
+% top floats of a column whose main vertical list is empty because it is
+% definitely $\VT\geq0>-\infty$.  In this case, we should not put anything
+% back to the main vertical list, because the column having defined the
+% point will restart from the top of its \colpage{} with \!\topskip! and
+% thus other columns should do so for the stuff following the point.
+% Therefore, we put $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ as the last top float, namely
+% {\em\Uidx\mvlfloat} because it is for the main vertical list, acquiring an
+% \!\insert! from \!\@freelist! by \!\@next! and assigning it to
+% \Midx{\!\pcol@float!} so that we pretend main vertical lists of all
+% columns are empty.
+% 
+% The float has zero height and depth, and contains the
+% followings if we have some real floats; a vertical skip of $-\!\floatsep!$
+% to go back to the bottom of the last real float; \!\topfigrule! and a skip
+% of \!\textfloatsep! to separate $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ from the last real float;
+% and $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ followed by \!\vss! to avoid overfull and underfull.
+% Otherwise, i.e., we don't have any real floats, neither of the skips nor
+% \!\topfigrule! are put in the \mvlfloat{} because we let
 % $\!\floatsep!=\!\textfloatsep!=0$ and $\!\topfigrule!=\!\relax!$
 % temporarily in a group.  Then we set the \sync{}ation point by enlarging
 % the space below the \mvlfloat{} so that the total size of all floats
 % including \!\floatsep! and \!\textfloatsep!, which may be 0 as set in the
 % process above, is equal to $\VT$.  This enlarging is done by letting
-% $\cc_c(\tf)=\VT-\vc(t)+\!\textfloatsep!-\!\floatsep!$ so as to enlarge the
-% space by $h_c^v=\VT-\vc(t)$ replacing \!\textfloatsep! with $\cc_c(\tf)$
-% in the top float insertion process\footnote{

-% 

-% This enlarging cannot be done by making the float's height 
-% $h_c^v-\!\floatsep!$ (or \!\textfloatsep!) because the height can be
+% $\cc_c(\tf)=\VT-(\vc(t)-\!\textfloatsep!+\!\floatsep!)$, the second term
+% of which is the vertical size of the top float sequence up to the
+% \mvlfloat, and by replacing \!\textfloatsep! with $\cc_c(\tf)$ in the top
+% float insertion process in \!\pcol@cflt! so that the top floats including
+% the \mvlfloat{} consumes $\VT$ as a whole\footnote{

+% 

+% This enlarging cannot be done by making the float's height
+% $\VT-\vc(t)-\!\floatsep!$ (or \!\textfloatsep!) because the height can be
 % negative.}.
-% 

-% Note that $\cc_c(\tf)$ is then biased by 10000\,|pt| so that \!\pcol@cflt!
-% will not put \!\topfigrule! because it has been already put as a part of
-% the \mvlfloat{} or we don't have any real floats.  We also let
-% $\cc_c(\pd)=1000$ to mean the \colpage{}'s main vertical list is empty, so
-% as to mimic \TeX's mechanism of \!\prevdepth! with an empty
-% list\footnote{

-% 

-% The author is not sure if this setting is really necessary but, at least,
-% it looks working well (though other setting looks all right too).}.
 % 
-% Note that \colpage{}s with $\cc_c(\tf)=\infty$ does not have any
-% \sync{}ation points, and thus $\cc_c(\tf)<\infty$ means a \sync{}ation has
-% already taken place in them.  If this $\cc_c(\tf)<\infty$ happens with
-% $\DT=\infty$\footnote{

+% Note that the process above involves \!\floatsep! and \!\textfloatsep!
+% with some finite stretch and shrink, but these factors will not contribute
+% the final result because they are canceled by \!\vss! in the \mvlfloat{}
+% and by the small inifinite stretch and shrink put by \!\pcol@makecol! and
+% this macro for flushing.  Also note that $\cc_c(\tf)$ is then biased by
+% 10000\,|pt| so that \!\pcol@cflt!  will not put \!\topfigrule! because it
+% has been already put as a part of the \mvlfloat{} or we don't have any
+% real floats.  We also let $\cc_c(\pd)=1000$ to mean the \colpage{}'s main
+% vertical list is empty, so as to mimic \TeX's mechanism of \!\prevdepth!
+% with an empty list again.
+% 
+% Another attention we have to pay is that \colpage{}s with
+% $\cc_c(\tf)=\infty$ does not have any \sync{}ation points, and thus
+% $\cc_c(\tf)<\infty$ means a \sync{}ation has already taken place in them.
+% If this $\cc_c(\tf)<\infty$ happens with $\DT=\infty$\footnote{

 % 

 % This can happen when a \sync{}ation with $\DT=\infty$ is immediately
 % followed by another \sync{}ation or, more unlikely, by additions of
@@ -4637,9 +7358,7 @@
 % vertical list as in \cswitch{} without \sync{}ation.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pcol@synccolumn{%
-  \pcol@getcurrcol
-  \if@tempswa
+  \else
     \@tempdimb\@tempdima
     \advance\@tempdimb-\skip\@currbox
     \ifdim\@tempdimc=\maxdimen
@@ -4658,36 +7377,72 @@
       \endgroup \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% The second case is also non-flushing but $\DT<\infty$ and thus most
-% usual.  In this case, we enclose everything in $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ in a \!\vbox!
-% whose height is $h_c^v$ and let $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ have it so that the
-% item following the \sync{}ation point start at $\VT$.  An attention we
-% have to pay is that it can be $h_c^v<\!\topskip!$ to let \TeX{} insert a
-% vertical skip of the difference when the box is returned to the main
-% vertical list pushing down the \sync{}ation point a little bit.
+% The third and last case is for $\DT<\infty$ and thus most usual.  In this
+% case, we enclose everything in $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ in a \!\vbox!  whose height
+% is $h_c^v=\VT-\vc(t)$ and let $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ have it so that the item
+% following the \sync{}ation point start at $\VT$.  An attention we have to
+% pay is that it can be $h_c^v<\!\topskip!$ to let \TeX{} insert a vertical
+% skip of the difference between them when the box is returned to the main
+% vertical list pushing down the \sync{}ation point a little bit\footnote{

+% 

+% This can happen not very unlikely especially with $\vc(t)$ a little bit
+% less than $\VT$ and $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ being empty.}.
+% 

 % Therefore, if so, we let $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ have the followings; a \!\vbox! of
 % \!\topskip! tall having its old contents at its top above which no
 % vertical skip will be inserted; a vertical skip $-\!\topskip!$ going back
 % to the page top; and a vertical skip $h_c^v$ going down to the
 % \sync{}ation point.
 % 
-% Note that, in both cases of $h_c^v<\!\topskip!$ or not, we insert an
-% infinite stretch of $1/1000\,|fil|$ at the bottom of $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ to push
-% up its old contents respecting other infinite stretches if any, as done by
-% \!\raggedbottom!\footnote{

-% 

-% This means finite stretches are nullified.  We could respect them by
-% obtaining the total amount of them in \!\pagestretch! together with
-% infinite ones to let stretches act as much as possible especially with
-% \!\flushbottom! setting.  However, this improvement (if so) is too small
-% to pay a tough coding effort.}.
-% 

-% In addition, we let $\cc_c(\pd)=\DT$ to {\em broadcast} $\DT$ to all
-% columns by which the baselines of first items following the \sync{}ation
-% point are aligned, if $\DT$ plus the hight of each item is less than
-% \!\baselineskip!.  Further, we let $\cc_c(\tf)=\!\textfloatsep!$ to
+% The encapsulation of the old contents $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ in the box of $h_c^v$
+% tall gives us the following two features desirable for \sync{}ation.
+% First, all vertical glues in the box are {\em frozen}, nullifying finite
+% stretches in them because we insert an infinite stretch of
+% $1/10000\,|fil|$ at the bottom of $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ to push up its old
+% contents respecting other infinite stretches if any, as done by
+% \!\raggedbottom!, and also nullifying finite and infinite shrinks because
+% $h_c^v\geq\vc(m)$ definitely.  This freezing and nullification keeps
+% \sync{}ation points already in $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ from being observed moving a
+% little bit vertically.  That is, if we have a glue just below a
+% \sync{}ation point and it were {\em visible} to \TeX's page builder, the
+% item below the glue could move up/down when the builder found a break
+% point with some shrink\slash stretch.  Though this moving up/down is
+% inhibited by the small infinite stretch\slash shrink which the \colpage{}
+% will at its bottom finally, it is undesirable to make \TeX{}
+% misunderstanding that the glues are strethable\slash shrinkable though
+% they are not in reality.
+% 
+% Second, since the boxes in all \colpage{} are zero deep due to the
+% infinite stretch at their bottoms and these bottoms are aligned at the
+% \sync{}ation point, we have a clear view of the baseline progress after
+% the \sync{}ation regardless of their contents.  That is, we let
+% $\cc_c(\pd)=\DT$ to {\em broadcast} $\DT$ to all columns, so that 
+% the baselines of first items following the \sync{}ation
+% point are aligned \!\baselineskip! below the bottom baseline of the column
+% which defines $\DT$\footnote{

+% 

+% Since $\DT$ is given by one of the tallest columns whose depth is smallest
+% among them, it is very likely that the bottom baseline of the column is
+% lowest among all columns.  However, another column can have the lowest one
+% when its vertical size is a little bit shorter than $\VT$ and its depth is
+% small (e.g., 0).  Though of course we can define $\DT$ being $\VT$ minus
+% the height of the column having the largest height to make the first
+% baseline below the \sync{}ation point apart from the lowest one by
+% \cs{baselineskip}, we dare to choose the definition of $\DT$ because such
+% lowest baseline often means that the column have some skip at its bottom
+% to give us the impressoin that the space between the baselines of the
+% tallest column and its first item is a little bit too large.},
+% 

+% if $\DT$ plus the hight of each item is less than \!\baselineskip!.
+% 
+% In addition, we let $\cc_c(\tf)=\!\textfloatsep!$ to
 % indicate the \colpage{} has the \sync{}ation point we just have set, if it
-% was $\infty$ to mean the point is the first one.
+% was $\infty$ to mean the point is the first one.  By this setting,
+% \!\pcol@makecol! and this macro itself will know that the \colpage{} needs
+% to have a small infinite shrink at its bottom to cancel finite ones below
+% the \sync{}ation point, while \!\pcol@cflt! acts as \LaTeX's \!\@cflt!
+% because it should be $\cc_c(\tf)\leq5000\,|pt|$ to mean the \colpage{}
+% does not have a \mvlfloat.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \else
@@ -4702,17 +7457,6 @@
           \vbox to\@tempdimb{\unvbox\@currbox \vskip\z@\@plus.0001fil}
         \fi}%
     \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 

-% The third and last case is for flushing.  In this case we simply add
-% \!\vfil! and \!\penalty! of $-10000$ to make the \colpage{} is immediately
-% flushed when it is revisited.  We also let $\cc_c(\pd)=1000$ to mimic
-% \TeX's \!\prevdepth! with empty main vertical list again.
-% 

-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \else
-    \global\pcol@prevdepth\@m\p@
-    \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\unvbox\@currbox \vfil \penalty-\@M}%
   \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

@@ -4741,13 +7485,24 @@
 %	{Rename \cs{pcol@makelastpage} as \cs{pcol@makeflushedpage}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Remove unnecessary assignment of \cs{@colht}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@Logstart} and \cs{pcol@Logend}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add $\cs{boxmaxdepth}\EQ\cs{@maxdepth}$ for depth capping.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@output@flush! is invoked solely from
 % \!\pcol@specialoutput! to process the \!\output! request made by
 % \!\flushpage!.  We invoke \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! giving it \!\@colht! as
-% the height of each \colpage{} to have the shipping-out image of the
-% \tpage{} in \!\@outputbox! whose height is then set to be \!\textheight!.
-% Then we invoke \!\@outputpage! for shipping out, and then finally
+% the height of each \colpage{} to have the ship-out image of the
+% \tpage{} including its \spanning{} and \Scfnote{}s in \!\@outputbox! whose
+% height is then set to be \!\textheight!\footnote{

+% 

+% Just in case because the height of source \cs{@outputbox} should be exactly
+% \cs{textheight} though not specified so on its construction in
+% \cs{pcol@makeflushedpage}.},
+% 

+% ensureing that its depth is capped by $\!\boxmaxdepth!=\!\@maxdepth!$.  Then
+% we invoke \!\@outputpage! for shipping out, and then finally
 % \!\pcol@freshpage! to have a new page to start new \colpage{}s in it.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4755,7 +7510,10 @@
 
 \def\pcol@output@flush{%
   \pcol@makeflushedpage\@colht
-  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@output@flush
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+    \unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output@flush
   \@outputpage
   \pcol@freshpage}
 
@@ -4767,19 +7525,23 @@
 %	{Rename \cs{pcol@makelastpage} as \cs{pcol@makeflushedpage}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Remove unnecessary increment of \cs{pcol@page} and assignment of
-%	 \cs{@colht}.}
+%	 \cs{@colht}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@Logstart} and \cs{pcol@Logend}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add $\cs{boxmaxdepth}\EQ\cs{@maxdepth}$ for depth capping.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@output@clear! is invoked solely from
 % \!\pcol@specialoutput! to process the \!\output! request made by
-% \!\clearpage!.  The first three and the last lines of this macro are same
-% as \!\pcol@output@flush! to flush the \tpage{} and to have a newpage.  In
-% the remaining mid part, we invoke \!\pcol@flushfloats! to ship out all
-% deferred single-column floats in all columns if any, and then do it for
-% multi-column floats by the following invocations enclosed in a group;
-% \!\@dblfloatplacement! to set up placement parameters; \!\@makefcolumn!
-% with \!\@dbldeferlist! to have a \fpage{} in \!\@outputbox!  if any; and a
-% loop of \!\@outputpage! and \!\@makefcolumn! repeated while we have a
-% \fpage{}, i.e., $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$.
+% \!\clearpage!.  The first part up to \!\@outputpage! and the last line of
+% this macro are same as \!\pcol@output@flush! to flush the \tpage{} and to
+% have a newpage.  In the remaining mid part, we invoke \!\pcol@flushfloats!
+% to ship out all deferred column-wise floats in all columns if any, and
+% then do it for page-wise floats by the following invocations enclosed in a
+% group; \!\@dblfloatplacement! to set up placement parameters;
+% \!\@makefcolumn!  with \!\@dbldeferlist! to have a \fpage{} in
+% \!\@outputbox!  if any; and a loop of \!\@outputpage! and \!\@makefcolumn!
+% repeated while we have a \fpage{}, i.e., $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$.
 % 
 % Note that the mid part is same as that found in \!\@doclearpage! but we
 % omit various adjuncts surrouding it as follows;  examination of
@@ -4794,14 +7556,16 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@output@clear{%
   \pcol@makeflushedpage\@colht
-  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@output@clear
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+    \unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output@clear
   \@outputpage
   \pcol@flushfloats
   \begingroup
     \@dblfloatplacement
     \@makefcolumn\@dbldeferlist
-    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@outputpage
-      \@makefcolumn\@dbldeferlist}%
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@outputpage \@makefcolumn\@dbldeferlist}%
   \endgroup
   \pcol@freshpage}
 
@@ -4815,20 +7579,22 @@
 %	{Rename \cs{ifpcol@textonly} as \cs{ifpcol@nospan}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Judge the last page is empty if $V_P\EQ-\infty$ instead of $V_P<0$.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Revise reflecting the redesign of page context.}

 % 

 % The macro $\!\pcol@makeflushedpage!\arg{ht}$ is invoked from
 % \!\pcol@output@flush! or \!\pcol@output@clear! with $\arg{ht}=\!\@colht!$
 % and from \!\pcol@output@end! with $\arg{ht}=\!\pcol@colht!$.  At first, we
 % invoke \!\pcol@output@switch! with setting $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=\true$
 % to flush all pages up to $\ptop-1$ and to let $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ have the
-% shipping-out image of the main vertical list of each \colpage{} $c$ in
-% $\ptop$.  Then after obtaining $p$'s \pctext{} to have
+% ship-out image of the main vertical list of each \colpage{} $c$ in
+% $\ptop$.  Then after obtaining $\ptop$'s \pctext{} to have
 % $\page(\ptop)=\pp^p(\ptop)$, $\!\@colht!=\pp^h(\ptop)$ and
-% \CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan} by \!\pcol@getcurrpage!, we build the shipping-out
+% \CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan} by \!\pcol@getcurrpinfo!, we build the ship-out
 % image of $\ptop$ in \!\@outputbox! as follows.
 % 
 % First, if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}=\false$ to mean the page $\ptop$ has
-% \spanning{} in $\pp(\ptop)$, it is put in \!\@outputbox! and is returned
+% \spanning{} in $\pp^i(\ptop)$, it is put in \!\@outputbox! and is returned
 % to \!\@freelist! by \!\@cons!.  Then we examine if $\arg{ht}=-\infty$ to
 % mean the macro is invoked from \!\pcol@output@end! (i.e.,
 % $\arg{ht}=\!\pcol@colht!$) and all columns are empty.  If so, we do
@@ -4839,12 +7605,12 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@makeflushedpage#1{%
   \pcol@cleartrue \pcol@output@switch \pcol@clearfalse
-  \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@currbox{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
+  \pcol@getcurrpinfo{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
   \global\@fcolmadefalse
   \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{%
     \ifpcol@nospan\else
-      \unvbox\@currbox
-      \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
+      \unvbox\pcol@spanning
+      \@cons\@freelist\pcol@spanning
     \fi
     \ifdim#1=-\maxdimen
       \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
@@ -4857,76 +7623,147 @@
 % \!\pcol@output@clear!, or from \!\pcol@output@end! with
 % $\!\pcol@colht!\geq0$ being the size of the tallest column, we put
 % $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ for all $c\In0\C$ in a \!\hbox! of \!\textwidth! wide
-% separating them by \!\hfil! as follows.  First, if
-% $\arg{ht}<\!\@colht!=\pp^h(\ptop)$ to mean the invoker is
-% \!\pcol@output@end! and the tallest column is shorter than \!\@colht!, we
-% let $\!\@colht!=\arg{ht}$ to let \!\@makecol! build a short \colpage{},
-% saving the original value in \!\@pageht! temporarily.  Note that it can
-% be $\arg{ht}>\!\@colht!$ due to the additional \!\textfloatsep! below the
-% bottom floats but this excess is recovered by the shrink following it.
-% Then for each $c$ we obtain $c$'s \cctext{} $\cc_c$ by
-% \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, let $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$ if
-% $\cc_t(\dl)\neq()$, move $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ into \!\box!|255|, and let
-% $\!\footins!=\cc_c(\ft)$ by \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! returning it to
-% \!\@freelist! if $c$ has footnotes.
+% separating them by \!\hfil! as follows.
+% 
+% First, if the page $\ptop$ has \Scfnote{}s, we shrink
+% $\!\@colht!=\pp^h(\ptop)$ by \!\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn! to keep the room for
+% the footnotes.  Let $H$ be the possibly shrunk $\pp^h(\ptop)$.
+% Next, if $\arg{ht}<\!\@colht!$ to mean the invoker is
+% \!\pcol@output@end!\footnote{

+% 

+% Otherwise, $\arg{ht}$ is the control sequence being \cs{@colht} and thus
+% $\arg{ht}=\cs{@colht}$ defenitely holds.}
+% 

+% and the tallest column is shorter than \!\@colht!, we let
+% $\!\@colht!=\arg{ht}$ to let \!\@makecol! build a short \colpage{}, saving
+% the original value $H$ in \!\@pageht! temporarily.  Note that it is
+% definitely $\arg{ht}\leq\!\@colht!$ because the \pfcheck{} on the \lpage{}
+% makes that sure.
+% 
+% Then for each $c$, being $c'$ or $\C-1-c'$ for the $c'$-th iteration
+% determined by \!\pcol@swapcolumn! according to the effectiveness of
+% \cswap{} and the parity of $\page(\ptop)=\!\c@page!$, we obtain $c$'s
+% \cctext{} $\cc_c$ by \!\pcol@getcurrcol!, let
+% $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$ if $\cc_t(\dl)\neq()$, move $\cc_c(\vb^b)$
+% into \!\box!|255|, and let $\!\footins!=\cc_c(\ft)$ by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrfoot! returning it to \!\@freelist! if $c$ has \Mcfnote{}s.
 % 
 % After that we examine if $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ to mean we are working on the
 % \lpage{} and the \colpage{} is for a \fcolumn{} whose floats can be put as
-% top floats, and let $\cc_c(\tr)$ have its original value
-% $\!\floatpagefraction!\times\pp^h(\ptop)$ and $\!\topfigrule!=\!\relax!$
-% temporarily because the floats are not top ones in reality, if so.  Then
-% we also check $\arg{ht}=\pp^h(\ptop)$ to mean the \lpage{} is full size.
-% If both of them hold, the floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ should be (or may be) put
-% in the \fpage{} as usual and thus we put them in \!\@outputbox! of
-% $\pp^h(\ptop)$ tall, together with \!\vskip! of \!\@fptop! and \!\@fpbot!
-% at the top and bottom and that of \!\@fpsep! between floats as
-% \!\@makefcolumn! does.  Otherwise we invoke \!\@makecol!\footnote{

-% 

-% Not \!\pcol@makecol! because the main vertical list has \!\vfil! at its
-% tail and the shrink below bottom floats should not be nullified.}
-% 

-% to have the shipping-out image of the \colpage{} in \!\@outputbox!,
-% possibily with the deferred floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ but without
-% \!\topfigrule!.
+% top floats, and let $\!\topfigrule!=\!\relax!$ temporarily because the
+% floats are not top ones in reality, if so.  Note that the abnormal setting
+% $\cc_c(\tr)=\infty$ is not recovered because it will never be referred to
+% and the register \!\@toproom! it represents will be updated with correct
+% value before it is referred to in \postenv.  Then we also check
+% $\arg{ht}=H$ to mean the \lpage{} is full size.  If both of them hold,
+% the floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ should be (or may be) put in the \fcolumn{} as
+% usual and thus we put them in \!\@outputbox! of $H$ tall by
+% \!\pcol@makefcolpage!.  Otherwise we invoke \!\pcol@@makecol!\footnote{

+% 

+% Not \cs{pcol@makecol} because the main vertical list has \!\vfil! and, if
+% it has a \sync{}ation point, a infinite shrink by \cs{pcol@synccolumn} at
+% its tail already, and we should not do any special operations for
+% \Scfnote{}s.  Also it is not \cs{@makecol} because we need to ensure the
+% depth of resulting \cs{@outputbox} is capped.},
+% 

+% to have the ship-out image of the \colpage{} in \!\@outputbox!, possibily
+% only for the deferred floats in $\cc_c(\tl)$ but without \!\topfigrule! in
+% this case.  Note that we don't take care of the stretch\slash shrink of
+% \!\skip!\!\footins!  for \Scfnote{}s because \pfcheck{} on the \colpage{}
+% makes it sure that the natural height of the \colpage{} cannot be greater
+% than \!\@colht!.
 % 
 % Then we put the \!\@outputbox! above in a \!\hbox! of \!\columnwidth! wide
 % preceded by \!\pcol@hfil! being \!\relax! for the first column while
 % \!\hfil! for others.  Finally, we save \cctext{} especially those for
 % float parameters into $\cc_c$ by \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf! because all
-% footnotes have been shipped out.
+% \Mcfnote{}s have been shipped out.
 % 

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Let \cs{@colht} be $\langle\mathit{ht}\rangle$ if the former is
 %	 less than the latter.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Add special care of the float column in the last page.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{@colht} shrinking by single-columned footnotes.}

+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add column-swapping for even pages if specified.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Revise reflecting the redesign of \cs{pcol@getcurrfoot}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@Logstart} and \cs{pcol@Logend}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Enclose the column-page building process in a group to fix the bug
+%	 which lets $\cs{topfigrule}\EQ\cs{relax}$ affecting to another
+%	 column.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Replace the sequence of operations to make a usual float column
+%	 with \cs{@toplist} with the newly introduced
+%	 \cs{pcol@makefcolpage}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Replace \cs{@makecol} with \cs{pcol@@makecol} to cap the depth of
+%	 \cs{@outputbox} by \cs{@maxdepth} even with p\string\LaTeX.}

 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \else
       \hb@xt@\textwidth{%
+        \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
         \let\pcol@hfil\relax \@pageht\@colht \ifdim#1<\@colht \@colht#1\fi
-        \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+        \@tempcntb\z@ \@whilenum\@tempcntb<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+          \pcol@swapcolumn\@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
           \pcol@getcurrcol
           \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else \global\@fcolmadetrue \fi
           \setbox\@cclv\box\@currbox
           \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot \fi
-          \pcol@getcurrfoot
+          \pcol@getcurrfoot\box
           \@tempswafalse
-          \ifdim\@toproom=\maxdimen
-            \global\@toproom\topfraction\@pageht \let\topfigrule\relax
-            \ifdim\@colht=\@pageht \@tempswatrue \fi
-          \fi
-          \if@tempswa
-            \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\vskip\@fptop \vskip-\@fpsep
-              \def\@elt##1{\vskip\@fpsep\box##1}\@toplist \vskip\@fpbot}%
-            \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@toplist}\global\@toplist\@empty
-          \else \@makecol
-          \fi
-          \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\columnwidth{\box\@outputbox\hss}%
+          \begingroup
+            \ifdim\@toproom=\maxdimen
+              \let\topfigrule\relax \ifdim\@colht=\@pageht \@tempswatrue \fi
+            \fi
+            \if@tempswa
+              \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@makeflushedpage(1)}%
+              \setbox\@outputbox\pcol@makefcolpage
+              \pcol@Logend{\pcol@makeflushedpage(1)}%
+            \else
+              \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@makeflushedpage(2)}%
+              \pcol@@makecol
+              \pcol@Logend{\pcol@makeflushedpage(2)}%
+            \fi
+            \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\columnwidth{\box\@outputbox\hss}%
+          \endgroup
           \let\pcol@hfil\hfil
           \pcol@setcurrcolnf
-         \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}}%
-    \fi}}
+         \advance\@tempcntb\@ne}}%
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

+% After putting all \colpage{}s, we examine if the page $\ptop$ has
+% \Scfnote{}s in $\pp^f(\ptop)$.  If so, and unless $\ptop$ is the \lpage{} and
+% \Mgfnote{} typesetting is in effect to mean the \Scfnote{}s will be merged
+% with \postenv{}, we put the footnotes below the \colpage{}s by
+% \!\pcol@putfootins!, reclaiming the contents of $\pp^f(\ptop)$ and
+% letting $\pp^f(\ptop)=\bot$ so that \!\pcol@output@end! will be unaware of
+% the footnotes.  We also let $\VPP=\!\pcol@colht!=0$ if $\ptop$ is the
+% \lpage{} and it had $-\infty$ to indicate that the \lpage{} is not empty
+% but has footnotes.
+% 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add incorporation of single-columned footnotes.}

+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+      \@tempswatrue \ifpcol@mgfnote\ifpcol@lastpage \@tempswafalse \fi\fi
+      \if@tempswa
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@makeflushedpage{output}\pcol@footins
+        \pcol@putfootins\pcol@footins
+        \@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins \gdef\pcol@footins{\voidb@x}%
+        \ifpcol@lastpage \ifdim\pcol@colht=-\maxdimen
+          \global\pcol@colht\z@
+        \fi\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi}%
+  }
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -4934,25 +7771,30 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@flushfloats}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Add reinitialization of \cs{@colht}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add column-swapping for even pages if specified.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@flushfloats! is invoked from \!\pcol@output@clear! and
-% \!\pcol@output@end! to flush all deferred single-column floats in each
+% \!\pcol@output@end! to flush all deferred column-wise floats in each
 % column if any.  After letting $\!\@colht!=\!\textheight!$ for
 % \fcolumn{}s, we iterate shipping out a page having the \fcolumn{}s while
 % $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\exists c\In0\C:(\cc_c(\dl)\neq())$.
 % 
-% In the loop, we open a \!\vbox! containing a \!\hbox! of \!\textwidth! wide
-% to be set into \!\@outputbox!.  For the \!\hbox!, we put an inner \!\hbox!
-% of \!\columnwidth! wide preceded by \!\pcol@hfil! being \!\relax! at
-% initial or \!\hfil! otherwise, for each $c\In0\C$ by the following
-% operations after initializing $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=f=\false$.  First we
-% obtain $c$'s \cctext{} including $\cc_c(\dl)$ by \!\pcol@getcurrcol!
-% and pass $\cc_c(\dl)$ to \!\@makefcolumn! to produce a \fcolumn{} in
-% \!\@outputbox!  to be put into the inner \!\hbox!.  Then we do $f\gets
-% f\lor(\cc_d(\dl)\neq())$ with $\cc_d(\dl)$ shrunk by \!\@makefcolumn! to
-% let $f$ have $\exists{}c\In0\C:(\cc_c(\dl)\neq())$ at the end of the inner
-% loop for $c$, and then save the \cctext{} into $\cc_c$ by
-% \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf! because we have no footntoes in $c$.
+% In the loop, we open a \!\vbox! containing a \!\hbox! of \!\textwidth!
+% wide to be set into \!\@outputbox!.  For the \!\hbox!, we put an inner
+% \!\hbox!  of $\!\columnwidth!=\w_c$ wide preceded by \!\pcol@hfil! being
+% \!\relax! at initial or \!\hfil! otherwise, for each $c\In0\C$, being $c'$
+% or $\C-1-c'$ for the $c'$-th iteration determined by \!\pcol@swapcolumn!
+% according to the effectiveness of \cswap{} and the parity of
+% $\page(\ptop)=\!\c@page!$, by the following operations after initializing
+% $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=f=\false$.  First we obtain $c$'s \cctext{}
+% including $\cc_c(\dl)$ by \!\pcol@getcurrcol!  and pass $\cc_c(\dl)$ to
+% \!\@makefcolumn! to produce a \fcolumn{} in \!\@outputbox!  to be put into
+% the inner \!\hbox!.  Then we do $f\gets f\lor(\cc_d(\dl)\neq())$ with
+% $\cc_d(\dl)$ shrunk by \!\@makefcolumn! to let $f$ have
+% $\exists{}c\In0\C:(\cc_c(\dl)\neq())$ at the end of the inner loop for
+% $c$, and then save the \cctext{} into $\cc_c$ by \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf!
+% because we have no footnotes in $c$.
 % 
 % After the end of the inner loop, we move $f$ to \CSIndex{if@fcolmade} for
 % the termination check of the outer loop, and invoke \!\@outputpage! to ship
@@ -4965,16 +7807,16 @@
     \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\hb@xt@\textwidth{%
       \let\pcol@hfil\relax
       \@tempswafalse
-      \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+      \@tempcntb\z@ \@whilenum\@tempcntb<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+        \pcol@swapcolumn\@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
         \pcol@getcurrcol
         \@makefcolumn\@deferlist
         \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\columnwidth{\if@fcolmade \box\@outputbox \fi \hss}%
         \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else \@tempswatrue \fi
         \let\pcol@hfil\hfil
         \pcol@setcurrcolnf
-       \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
-      \global\@fcolmadefalse
-      \if@tempswa \global\@fcolmadetrue \fi}}%
+       \advance\@tempcntb\@ne}%
+      \if@tempswa \global\@fcolmadetrue \else \global\@fcolmadefalse \fi}}%
     \@outputpage}}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -4987,6 +7829,9 @@
 %	{Add save and restore of \cs{@currbox}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Remove unnecessary assignment of \cs{pcol@currcol}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add argument 0 for the invocations of \cs{pcol@startcolumn} to
+%	 inhibit inserting deferred single-columned footnotes.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@freshpage! is invoked from \!\pcol@output@flush! and
 % \!\pcol@output@clear! to start a new page after column flushing.  At
@@ -5011,8 +7856,11 @@
 % Each column can have deferred floats on the invocation from
 % \!\pcol@output@flush!.}.
 % 

-% At last in the loop, we restore \!\@currbox! from \!\pcol@currboxsave!,
-% let $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ be an empty \!\vbox! because the main vertical list is
+% Note that we give the argument 0 to each invocation of
+% \!\pcol@startcolumn! to keep it from inserting deferred \Scfnote{}s, which
+% will be taken care of by \!\pcol@restartcolumn! if any.  At last in the
+% loop, we restore \!\@currbox! from \!\pcol@currboxsave!, let
+% $\cc_c(\vb^b)$ be an empty \!\vbox! because the main vertical list is
 % empty, and save the \cctext{} into $\cc_c$ by \!\pcol@setcurrcolnf!
 % because of no footnotes obviously, after saving $p$ and \!\@colroom!,
 % which might be modified by the \fcolumn{} production, into $\cc_c(\vb^p)$
@@ -5031,8 +7879,8 @@
     \let\pcol@currboxsave\@currbox
     \pcol@getcurrpage
     \pcol@floatplacement
-    \pcol@startcolumn
-    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn}%
+    \pcol@startcolumn\z@
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn\z@}%
     \let\@currbox\pcol@currboxsave
     \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{}%
     \global\count\@currbox\pcol@page \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
@@ -5053,44 +7901,81 @@
 %	{Drastically changed to take special care of float columns in the
 %	 last page, to deal with the empty last page with and without
 %	 deferred floats, and to try to make post-environment float pages.}
 
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add incorporation of single-columned footnotes in the last ordinary
+%	 pages followed by float-pages.}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@outputfalse} to solve the \cs{output} request sneaking.}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add $\cs{boxmaxdepth}\EQ\cs{@maxdepth}$ for depth capping knowing
+%	 it is redundant.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@output@end! is invoked solely from
 % \!\pcol@specialoutput! to process the \!\output! request made by
-% \!\endparacol!.  We invoke \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!, after letting
-% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\true$ to notify it of the \lpage{}
-% production, giving it $h=\!\pcol@colht!$ in which \!\pcol@sync! sets the
-% height of the tallest \colpage{} to have the shipping-out image of the
-% \tpage{} in \!\@outputbox!.  Then we process one of the following cases.
+% \!\endparacol!.  We invoke \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! for the \lpage{}
+% production as the setting $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\true$ done by
+% \!\endparacol! indicates, giving it $h=\!\pcol@colht!$ in which
+% \!\pcol@sync! sets the height of the tallest \colpage{} to have the
+% ship-out image of the \tpage{} in \!\@outputbox!.  Then we turn
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@output}=\false$ because hereafter the items added to the
+% main vertical is not multi-columned\footnote{

+% 

+% Though this reason is persuading, the timing of turning the switch is
+% subtle in reality because some settings of \cs{output} for
+% \texttt{paracol} is active until this macro and \cs{endparacol} completes.
+% However, items added in this macro cannot cause page breaking and thus
+% turning the switch $\false$ here should be safe.}.
+% 

+% Then we process one of the following cases.
 % 
 % The first case is for $\CSIndex{if@fcolmade}=\true$ to mean
-% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! found columns with deferred floats.  Therefore,
-% since we need to have one or more multi-column pages, we ship out the page
-% in \!\@outputpage! setting its height to \!\textheight! adding \!\vfil! at
-% its tail by \!\@outputpage!, unless the \lpage{} is perfectly empty,
-% i.e., $h=-\infty$ and $\CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}=f_{\it ns}=\true$.  Then we
-% invoke \!\pcol@flushfloats! to produce and ship out \fpage{}s.  Finally we
-% let $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=f_{\it sp}=\true$ to remember we will start a
-% new page and thus $\!\@pagedp!=\pd=\DP=1000$ to mimic \TeX's \!\prevdepth!
-% mechanism.
+% \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! found columns with deferred floats and thus we
+% need to have one or more multi-column pages.  Therefore, unless the
+% \lpage{} $\ptop$ is perfectly empty, i.e., if $h\neq-\infty$,
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@nospan}=f_{\it ns}=\false$ or $\pp^f(\ptop)\neq\bot$, we
+% ship out the page in \!\@outputpage! setting its height to \!\textheight!,
+% adding \!\vfil! at its tail, and invoking \!\pcol@putfootins! to add
+% $\pp^f(\ptop)$ if non-empty because \!\pcol@makeflushedpage! left for
+% merging with footnotes in \postenv{}, by \!\@outputpage!\footnote{

+% 

+% Setting $\cs{boxmaxdepth}=\cs{@maxdepth}$ is redundant because the last
+% item of \cs{@outputbox} is \cs{vfil} or a null vertical skip added by
+% \cs{pcol@putfootins}, but the setting is safe and consistent with other
+% page building operations.}.
+% 

+% Then we invoke \!\pcol@flushfloats! to produce and ship out \fpage{}s.
+% Finally we let $\CSIndex{if@tempswa}=f_{\it sp}=\true$ to remember we will
+% start a new page and thus $\!\@pagedp!=\pd=\DP=1000$ to mimic \TeX's
+% \!\prevdepth!  mechanism.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Special Output Routines: Last Page
 
 \def\pcol@output@end{%
-  \pcol@lastpagetrue \pcol@makeflushedpage\pcol@colht
-  \@tempswafalse
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@output@end
+  \pcol@makeflushedpage\pcol@colht
+  \global\pcol@outputfalse \@tempswafalse
   \if@fcolmade
     \ifdim\pcol@colht>-\maxdimen \@tempswatrue \fi
     \ifpcol@nospan\else \@tempswatrue \fi
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \@tempswatrue \fi
     \if@tempswa
-      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\unvbox\@outputbox \vfil}%
+      \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@output@end(1)}%
+      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+        \unvbox\@outputbox \vfil
+        \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+          \pcol@Log\pcol@output@end{output}\pcol@footins
+          \pcol@putfootins\pcol@footins
+          \@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins \gdef\pcol@footins{\voidb@x}%
+        \fi}%
+      \pcol@Logend{\pcol@output@end(1)}%
       \@outputpage
     \fi
     \pcol@flushfloats
     \@tempswatrue \@pagedp\@m\p@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% The second case is for $h=-\infty$ without deferred single-column floats
+% The second case is for $h=-\infty$ without deferred column-wise floats
 % to mean all columns in the \lpage{} are empty.  In this case, we examine
 % if $\Midx{\!\pcol@firstprevdepth!}=\!\relax!$ to mean we have had at least
 % one new page in \env{paracol} environment, i.e., \!\pcol@startpage! have
@@ -5109,14 +7994,16 @@
 % $\!\prevdepth!=\pd'$ just before \beginparacol{} in decimal integer
 % representation.  Since we have not started any pages in the environment,
 % and all columns in the \lpage{} is empty, we have almost nothing in the
-% environment.  Note that the environment can have multi-column floats but
+% environment.  Note that the environment can have page-wise floats but
 % they have not yet put into any pages but are kept in \!\@dbldeferlist!.
 % Therefore, the \preenv{} and \postenv{} must be {\em connected} naturally
 % and thus we put the \preenv{} kept in \!\@outputbox! to the main vertical
-% list by \!\unvbox! and let $\pd=\pd'$\footnote{

+% list by \!\unvbox!, letting $\pd=\pd'$\footnote{

 % 

 % The author of course know this situation is very unlikely but he is
-% monomaniac.}.
+% monomaniac.}
+% 

+% and keeping $f_{\it sp}=\false$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \else\ifdim\pcol@colht=-\maxdimen
@@ -5135,7 +8022,14 @@
 % The last case without deferred floats and with some non-empty columns is
 % most usual.  In this case, we simply put \!\@outputbox! letting
 % $\!\topskip!=0$ because \!\topskip! has already been inserted in
-% \colpage{}s or \preenv{} in the box.
+% \colpage{}s or \preenv{} in the box\footnote{

+% 

+% If the \lpage{} has non-merged \Scfnote{}s without any other items,
+% \cs{topskip} has not been inserted, but this inconsistency without
+% \cs{topskip} is acceptable.}.
+% 

+% Note that we don't modify $\pd=\!\@pagedp!$ and thus it keeps $\DP$ in
+% this case, and $f_{sp}$ is kept $\false$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \else
@@ -5143,19 +8037,43 @@
   \fi\fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% The followings are for clean-up and set-up for the \postenv; return all
-% $\cc_c(\vb)$ obtained by \!\pcol@getcurrcol! to \!\@freelist!; let
-% $\!\pcol@prevdepth!=\pd$ so that it is set to \!\prevdepth! by
-% \!\pcol@invokeoutput!; let $\!\@colht!=\!\@colroom!=\!\textheight!$ to
-% mean the single-column page does not have any floats so far because those
-% produced in or before the environment have already been shipped out, are
-% put to the main vertical list packed in \!\@outputbox!, or are in
-% \!\@dbldeferlist!.
+% Now we have put almost everything in the \lpage{} but we may still have
+% \Scfnote{}s in $\pp^f(\ptop)$ to be merged with those in \postenv.
+% Therefore, we \!\insert! them through \!\footins! as a part of \postenv,
+% and then do that for deferred footnotes in $\df=\!\pcol@topfnotes!$
+% without using \!\pcol@deferredfootins! because we don't need the height
+% capping.
+% 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add insertion of single-columned footnotes to be merged.}

+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+    \pcol@Log\pcol@output@end{insert}\pcol@footins
+    \insert\footins{\unvbox\pcol@footins}\@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins
+  \fi
+  \ifvoid\pcol@topfnotes\else \insert\footins{\unvbox\pcol@topfnotes}\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

+% The followings are for clean-up and set-up for the \postenv;
+% reestablish the \colorstack{} by \!\pcol@restorecolorstack! for
+% column-0\footnote{

+% 

+% It can be any other column.}
+% 

+% nullifying $\Celt^0$ so that the \colorstack{} is just $\cst$ and is
+% rewinded at \Endparacol; return all $\cc_c(\vb)$ obtained by
+% \!\pcol@getcurrcol!  to \!\@freelist!; let $\!\pcol@prevdepth!=\pd$ so
+% that it is set to \!\prevdepth! by \!\pcol@invokeoutput!; let
+% $\!\@colht!=\!\@colroom!=\!\textheight!$ to mean the single-column page
+% does not have any floats so far because those produced in or before the
+% environment have already been shipped out, are put to the main vertical
+% list packed in \!\@outputbox!, or are in \!\@dbldeferlist!.
 % 
-% As for deferred multi-column floats produced in the environment, including
+% As for deferred page-wise floats produced in the environment, including
 % those once put in the \lpage{} but returned to the list by the operation
 % described above, we move them to \!\@deferlist! because they are now
-% single-column floats.  Then we invoke \!\pcol@floatplacement! to
+% column-wise floats.  Then we invoke \!\pcol@floatplacement! to
 % reinitialize float placement parameters.  Finally, if $f_{\it sp}=\true$,
 % we invoke \!\@startcolumn! and then repeat invocations of \!\@opcol! and
 % \!\@startcolumn! while \fpage{}s are produced, after letting
@@ -5164,8 +8082,13 @@
 % 

 % Letting $\!\pcol@textfloatsep!=\infty$ is done by \!\pcol@floatplacement!.}.
 % 

+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add color resetting.}

+% 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname pcol@columncolor\number\z@\endcsname\relax
+  \pcol@currcol\z@ \pcol@restorecolorstack
+  \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
     \pcol@getcurrcol \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
    \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
   \global\pcol@prevdepth\@pagedp
@@ -5173,10 +8096,12 @@
   \global\@colroom\textheight
   \global\let\@deferlist\@dbldeferlist \gdef\@dbldeferlist{}%
   \pcol@floatplacement
+  \pcol@lastpagefalse
   \if@tempswa
-    \pcol@lastpagefalse
     \@startcolumn \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@opcol\@startcolumn}%
-  \fi}
+  \fi
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output@end
+}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -5190,6 +8115,11 @@
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Let \cs{pcol@prevdepth} have \cs{prevdepth} directly instead of via
 %	 \cs{tempdima}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add logging.}

+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Move the setting of \cs{linewidth} and \cs{hsize} from
+%	 \cs{pcol@getcurrcol} to this macro and add \cs{parshape}.}

 % 

 % Before giving the definition of \env{paracol} environment and commands
 % used in it, we define the macro $\!\pcol@invokeoutput!\arg{pen}$ invoked
@@ -5198,7 +8128,7 @@
 % for the request sequence in \!\end@float! as follows; insert a \!\penalty!
 % of $-10004$ to save the main vertical list in \!\@holdpg!; save
 % \!\prevdepth!; insert a \!\vbox! to make it sure the following \!\penalty!
-% of $\arg{pen}$ is kept even when we are at top of a page; and finally
+% of $\arg{pen}$ is kept even when we are at the top of a page; and finally
 % restore \!\prevdepth!.
 % 
 % The difference is in the save\slash restore of \!\prevdepth!.  First, the
@@ -5215,10 +8145,23 @@
 % to have, for example, the value saved in $\cc_c(\pd)$ when we left from
 % $c$ which we are now restarting.
 % 
-% The macro is invoked from \!\paracol! ($f=|start|$), \!\pcol@switchcol!
-% for \!\switchcolumn! and \csenv{}s ($f=|switch|$), \!\pcol@com@flushpage!
-% for \!\flushpage! ($f=|flush|$), \!\pcol@com@clearpage! for \!\clearpage!
-% ($f=|clear|$), and \!\endparacol!  ($f=|end|$).

+% In addition to above, after the invocatoin of \!\output!-routine, we let
+% $\!\linewidth!=\w_c-\lrm$ so that the register is shrunk from $w_c$ by the
+% total width of left and right margins of the \env{list}-like environment
+% surrounding \env{paracol} if $\lrm=\!\pcol@lrmargin!>0$ to mean that.
+% Then if so, we set \!\parshape! to let every line of paragraphs in the
+% column $c$ is indented by \!\@totalleftmargin! and has width of
+% \!\linewidth!, as \LaTeX's \!\list!  does.  We also let $\!\hsize!=\w_c$
+% because it should have the width of the column even in a \env{list}-like
+% environment.
+% 
+% The macro is invoked from \!\paracol! ($f=|start|$), \!\pcol@switchcol! for
+% \!\switchcolumn! and \csenv{}s ($f=|switch|$),
+% \!\pcol@visitallcols! for \cscan{} prior to \sync{}ed \cswitch{} and
+% page flushing ($f=|switch|$), \!\pcol@flushclear! for \pfcheck{}
+% ($f=|switch|$), \!\pcol@com@flushpage!  for \!\flushpage! ($f=|flush|$),
+% \!\pcol@com@clearpage! for \!\clearpage!  ($f=|clear|$), and
+% \!\endparacol!  ($f=|end|$).

 % \SpecialIndex{\pcol@op@start}

 % \SpecialIndex{\pcol@op@switch}

 % \SpecialIndex{\pcol@op@flush}

@@ -5229,16 +8172,24 @@
 %% Starting Environment
 
 \def\pcol@invokeoutput#1{%
+  \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@invokeoutput
+    {#1:\the\pcol@currcol/\the\pcol@nextcol%
+     \ifnum#1=-10011:\ifpcol@sync s\fi \ifpcol@clear c\fi\fi}}%
   \penalty-\@Miv \global\pcol@prevdepth\prevdepth \vbox{}%
-  \penalty#1\relax \prevdepth\pcol@prevdepth}
+  \penalty#1\relax \prevdepth\pcol@prevdepth
+  \linewidth\columnwidth \advance\linewidth-\pcol@lrmargin
+  \ifdim\pcol@lrmargin>\z@ \parshape\@ne\@totalleftmargin\linewidth \fi
+  \hsize\columnwidth
+  \pcol@Logend{\pcol@invokeoutput{#1}}}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\paracol}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Change the order of operations for sake of clarity.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
-%	{Add the mechanism of inter-environment local counter conservation.}
+%	{Add the mechanism of inter-environment local counter conservation.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Let $\cs{col@number}\EQ1$ instead of $C$ to keep \cs{maketitle} from
 %	 producing title with \cs{twocolumn}.}

@@ -5283,7 +8234,7 @@
 % $\CL$ with \!\pcol@setctrelt! which defines \lrep{}s, unless a \mctext{}
 % is specified with \beginparacol.
 % 
-% Next we give the intial value of $\val_c(\cl)$ for each column $c$ and
+% Next we give the initial value of $\val_c(\cl)$ for each column $c$ and
 % \lcounter{} $\cl\in\CL$ by the followings enclosed in a group.  First we
 % scan $\Cc_0$ applying \!\pcol@loadctrelt! to each
 % $\cl\in\Cc'_0=\Set{\theta}{\<\theta,\val_0(\theta)\>\in\Cc_0}$ to have
@@ -5326,50 +8277,134 @@
     \pcol@synccounter\@gtempa
   \endgroup
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
 % 

 % Next, we set up a few \LaTeX's typesetting parameters which should have
-% appropriate values in the environment.  First we invoke
-% \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth! to let each of $\w_c=|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c$
+% appropriate values in the environment.  We let
+% $\CSIndex{if@twocolumn}=\true$ so that \textit{float}|*| environments work
+% for page-wise floats, and let $\!\col@number!=1$ instead of $\C$ so
+% that its (almost surely) sole user \!\maketitle! will not produce the
+% title with \!\twocolumn! which cannot be in the environment.  We also let
+% $\CSIndex{if@firstcolumn}=\true$ iff the column 0 is leftmost, i.e.,
+% \cswap{} is not in effect or we are in a odd-numbered page, by invoking
+% \!\pcol@swapcolumn! with $c=0$ to examine if the returned
+% column position $c'=0$, so that \!\marginpar! produces marginal notes
+% appropriately.
+% 
+% Then we initialize our own variables for multi-columned typesetting.  The
+% first target is the width $\w_c=|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c$
 % 

-% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columnwidth}
+% \SpecialArrayIndex{c}{\pcol@columnwidth}

 % 

-% have the width of the column $c$ for all $c\In0\C$, and then let
-% \!\columnwidth!, \!\hsize! and \!\linewidth! commonly have $\w_0$.  We then
-% let $\CSIndex{if@twocolumn}=\true$ and $\CSIndex{if@firstcolumn}=\true$ so
-% that \textit{float}|*| environments work for multi-column floats and
-% \!\marginpar! produces marginal notes appropriately.  We also let
-% $\!\col@number!=1$ instead of $\C$ so that its (almost surely) sole user
-% \!\maketitle! will not produce the title with \!\twocolumn! which cannot
-% be in the environment.
-% 
-% Then we initialize our own variables;  $\!\pcol@topskip!=\!\topskip!$ for
-% the second and succeeding pages;  $\!\pcol@textfloatsep!=\infty$ to mean
-% we don't have any \sync{}ation points so far;
-% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\false$ because the \spage{} is not the last so
-% far;  and $\!\pcol@firstprevdepth!=\!\prevdepth!$ in decimal integer form
-% for the extreme empty case.  We also make the macro
+% of each column $c\In0\C$ being set by \!\pcol@setcolumnwidth!.  Then we
+% initialize other variables as follows;
+% $\lrm=\!\pcol@lrmargin!=\!\textwidth!-\!\linewidth!$ so that, if $\lrm>0$,
+% \!\linewidth! for $c$ has $w_c-\lrm$ reflecting the paragraph shape of the
+% \env{list}-like environment surrounding \env{paracol} environment;
+% $\!\pcol@topskip!=\!\topskip!$ for the second and succeeding pages;
+% $\!\pcol@textfloatsep!=\infty$ to mean we don't have any \sync{}ation
+% points so far; $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\false$ because the \spage{} is
+% not the last so far; and $\!\pcol@firstprevdepth!=\!\prevdepth!$ in
+% decimal integer form for the extreme empty case.  We also make the macro
 % \Midx{\!\@combinefloats!} \!\let!-equal to our own \!\pcol@combinefloats!
-% throughout the environment so that our customization is in effect for any
-% invocations including those from \LaTeX's own macros.
+% throughout the environment, after saving its original definition into
+% \Midx{\!\pcol@@combinefloats!} for processing \!\output! request sneaked
+% from outsied of environment, so that our customization is in effect for
+% any invocations including those from \LaTeX's own macros.
 % 

 % \changes{v1.1}{2012/05/11}
 % 	{Replace the calculation of \cs{columnwidth} with the call of
 %	 \cs{pcol@setcolumnwidth} and the assignment of $w_0$ to it.}

+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Modify the setting of \cs{if@firstcolumn} according to
+%	 column-swapping.}

+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Remove the setting \cs{columnwidth}, \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth}
+%	 because they are properly set in and after \cs{pcol@output@start}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the setting of \cs{pcol@lrmargin}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the saving of \cs{@combinefloats}.}

 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
+  \global\@twocolumntrue \col@number\@ne
+  \pcol@swapcolumn\z@\@tempcntb
+  \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@ \global\@firstcolumntrue \else \global\@firstcolumnfalse
+  \fi
   \pcol@setcolumnwidth
-  \expandafter\global\expandafter\columnwidth
-    \csname pcol@columnwidth0\endcsname
-  \global\hsize\columnwidth \global\linewidth\columnwidth
-  \global\@twocolumntrue \global\@firstcolumntrue \col@number\@ne
+  \pcol@lrmargin\textwidth \advance\pcol@lrmargin-\linewidth
   \global\pcol@topskip\topskip
   \global\pcol@textfloatsep\maxdimen
   \pcol@lastpagefalse \xdef\pcol@firstprevdepth{\number\prevdepth}%
-  \let\@combinefloats\pcol@combinefloats
+  \let\pcol@@combinefloats\@combinefloats \let\@combinefloats\pcol@combinefloats
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

+% Next, we redefine \LaTeX's \!\set@color! and \!\reset@color!, after saving
+% their original definitions in \!\pcol@set@color! and \!\pcol@reset@color!,
+% so that they work as \!\pcol@set@color@push! and \!\pcol@reset@color@pop!
+% with \colorstack, if $\!\set@color!\neq\!\relax!$ meaning some coloring
+% package is loaded.
+% 

+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add redefinitions of \cs{set@color} and \cs{reset@color}.}

+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \let\pcol@set@color\set@color \let\pcol@reset@color\reset@color 
+  \ifx\set@color\relax\else
+    \let\set@color\pcol@set@color@push \let\reset@color\pcol@reset@color@pop
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add initialization of \cs{pcol@footnotebase} and
+%	 \cs{pcol@nfootnotes}, and redefinitions of \cs{footnote},
+%	 \cs{footnotemark}, \cs{footnotetext} and \cs{@footnotetext}.}

+% 

+% The next settings are for (mainly \mcfnote) footnotes.  We initialize two
+% footnote-related count registers letting $\bf=\!\pcol@footnotebase!$ have
+% \!\c@footnote! and zero-clearing $\nf=\!\pcol@nfootnotes!$.  Then we
+% redefine \LaTeX's API macros \!\footnote!, \!\footnotemark! and
+% \!\footnotetext! to let them be our own \!\pcol@footnote!,
+% \!\pcol@footnotemark! and \!\pcol@footnotetext! so that they have
+% starred-versions.  The other API macro to be redefined, if \Scfnote{}
+% typesetting is in effect, is \!\footnoterule!  which lets
+% $\!\columnwidth!=\!\textwidth!$ before invoking its original version saved
+% in \!\pcol@footnoterule! so that it acts as in single-columned typesetting
+% rateher than multi-columned.  Then we redefine \LaTeX's internal macro
+% \!\@footnotetext! letting it be our own \!\pcol@fntext! for encapsulating
+% a footnote in a \!\vbox! and for deferred \!\insert!ion with \Scfnote{}
+% typesetting.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \pcol@footnotebase\c@footnote \global\pcol@nfootnotes\z@
+  \let\footnote\pcol@footnote
+  \let\footnotemark\pcol@footnotemark
+  \let\footnotetext\pcol@footnotetext
+  \ifpcol@scfnote
+    \def\footnoterule{{\columnwidth\textwidth \pcol@footnoterule}}%
+  \fi
+  \let\@footnotetext\pcol@fntext
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 

+% Next, we re\!\def!ine the API macros \!\swapcolumninevenpages!,
+% \!\noswapcolumninevenpages!, \!\multicolumnfootnotes!,
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! and \!\mergedfootnotes! so that they commonly
+% invoke \!\pcol@ignore! because their inherent operations turning
+% corresponding switches are harmful in \env{paracol} environment.
+% 

+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add nullificaion of \cs{[no]swapcolumninevenpages}.}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add nullificaton of API macros of footnote typesetting definition.}
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\swapcolumninevenpages{\pcol@ignore\swapcolumninevenpages}%
+  \def\noswapcolumninevenpages{\pcol@ignore\noswapcolumninevenpages}%
+  \def\multicolumnfootnotes{\pcol@ignore\multicolumnfootnotes}%
+  \def\singlecolumnfootnotes{\pcol@ignore\singlecolumnfootnotes}%
+  \def\mergedfootnotes{\pcol@ignore\mergedfootnotes}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % 

-% Next, we scans the list \!\pcol@localcommands! of $\arg{com}$ being the
+% Next, we scan the list \!\pcol@localcommands! of $\arg{com}$ being the
 % name of commands, e.g., |switchcolumn|, available only in the environment
 % or customized for the environment, applying \!\pcol@defcomelt! to each
 % $\arg{com}$ to let $|\|\arg{com}=|\pcol@com@|{\cdot}\arg{com}$
@@ -5428,6 +8463,17 @@
   \pcol@nextcol\z@
   \@ifnextchar[%]
     \pcol@mctext\relax}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@paracol}
+% The macro \!\pcol@paracol! has the definition of \!\paracol!, which is
+% redefined in the macro itself, so that the only referrer
+% \!\pcol@icolumncolor! examines if it appears in \env{paracol}, i.e.,
+% $\!\pcol@paracol!\neq\!\paracol!$.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pcol@paracol\paracol
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -5463,13 +8509,12 @@
 % 

 % from the fractions $r_0$, $r_1$, \ldots, $r_{k-1}$ given through the
 % argument of \!\columnratio! and thus kept in \!\pcol@columnratio!.  First,
-% we calculate $W=\!\textwidth!-(\C-1)\!\columnsep!$ being the sum of $\w_c$
-% for all $c\In0\C$.  Then we let $\w_c=r_cW$ for all $c\In0{k'}$ where
-% $k'=\min(k,\C-1)$, in the \!\@for! loop scanning $r_c$ for all $c\In0k$.
-% Finally, we let $\w_c=(W-\sum_{d=0}^{k'-1}w_d)/(\C-k')$ for all
-% $c\In{k'}\C$.  Note that
-% $|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c$ is a macro having the integer
-% representation of $\w_c$ with the unit |sp|.
+% we calculate $W=\!\textwidth!-(\C-1)\times\!\columnsep!$ being the sum of
+% $\w_c$ for all $c\In0\C$.  Then we let $\w_c=r_cW$ for all $c\In0{k'}$
+% where $k'=\min(k,\C-1)$, in the \!\@for! loop scanning $r_c$ for all
+% $c\In0k$.  Finally, we let $\w_c=(W-\sum_{d=0}^{k'-1}w_d)/(\C-k')$ for all
+% $c\In{k'}\C$.  Note that $|\pcol@columnwidth|{\cdot}c$ is a macro having
+% the integer representation of $\w_c$ with the unit |sp|.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@setcolumnwidth{
@@ -5496,6 +8541,36 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@ignore}
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for nullificaion of \cs{[no]swapcolumninevenpages}.}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for nullificaton of API macros of footnote typesetting
+%	 definition.}
+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@localcommands!$\arg{macro}$ is to complain that the
+% $\arg{macro}$ being one of the followings appears in \env{paracol}
+% environment.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}\raggedright\item[]
+% \!\swapcolumninevenpages!,
+% \!\noswapcolumninevenpages!,
+% \!\multicolumnfootnotes!,
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes!,
+% \!\mergedfootnotes!
+% \end{itemize}
+% 

+% That is, these macros are re\!\def!ined in \!\paracol! to invoke this
+% macro with the argument identifying themselves, which is shown in the
+% warning message given by \!\PackageWarning!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@ignore#1{\PackageWarning{paracol}{The command \string#1 is not
+  effective in paracol environment and thus ignored}}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@localcommands}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced to make API commands environment-local.}

@@ -5559,24 +8634,64 @@
 % \label{sec:imp-counter}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\globalcounter}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Examine if the argument counter is already in
+%	 $\string\mathit{\Theta}^g$ to avoid the duplicatoin in the list
+%	 which caused a bug.}

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@gcounters}
-% The API macro $\!\globalcounter!\arg{ctr}$ defines that $\arg{ctr}$ is a
-% \gcounter, and thus add it to $\CG=\Midx{\!\pcol@gcounters!}$, which has
-% \counter{page} at initial.  Note that initial definition of
-% \!\pcol@gcounters! is done by \!\gdef! just for cosistent \!\global!
+% The API macro $\!\globalcounter!\ARg{ctr}$, also used in
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! to globalize the counter \counter{footnote},
+% defines that $\arg{ctr}$ is a \gcounter, and thus adds it to
+% $\CG=\Midx{\!\pcol@gcounters!}$, which has \counter{page} at initial.
+% Note that we examines if $\arg{ctr}\in\CG$ prior to the addition to avoid
+% the duplication in $\CG$.  Also note that initial definition of
+% \!\pcol@gcounters! is done by \!\gdef! just for consistent \!\global!
 % assignments to it.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Counter Opearations
 
-\def\globalcounter#1{\@cons\pcol@gcounters{{#1}}}
+\def\globalcounter#1{{%
+  \@tempswafalse \def\reserved@a{#1}%
+  \def\@elt##1{\def\reserved@b{##1}%
+    \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b \@tempswatrue \fi}%
+  \pcol@gcounters
+  \if@tempswa\else \@cons\pcol@gcounters{{#1}}\fi}}
 \gdef\pcol@gcounters{\@elt{page}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 

+% \begin{macro}{\localcounter}
+% \changes{v1.2-6}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to remove the argument counter from
+%	 $\string\mathit{\Theta}^g$.}

+% 

+% The API macro \!\localcounter!\marg{ctr}, also used in
+% \!\multicolumnfootnotes! to localize the counter \counter{footnote},
+% declares that $\arg{ctr}$ is a \lcounter, and thus removes it from $\CG$
+% by \!\pcol@removecounter! if $\arg{ctr}\neq\counter{page}$.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\localcounter#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname c@#1\endcsname\c@page\else
+    \pcol@removecounter\pcol@gcounters{#1}%
+  \fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@remctrelt}
+% \changes{v1.2-6}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Recode to use newly introduced \cs{pcol@removecounter}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@removecounter}
+% \changes{v1.2-6}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced for the counter removal operation in
+%	 \cs{localcounter} and \cs{pcol@remctrelt}.}

 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@iremctrelt}
-% The macro $\!\pcol@remctrelt!\<\cg\>$ is invoked solely from \!\paracol!
+% \changes{v1.2-6}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the first argument $\string\mathit{\Theta}'$ as the counter
+%	 list from which the second argument $\theta$ is removed.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@remctrelt!\Arg\cg$ is invoked solely from \!\paracol!
 % and is applied to each \gcounter{} $\cg\in\CG$ to remove it from
 % $\CC=\!\pcol@counters!$ in which we have $\CL$ finally.  The macro also
 % moves $|\cl@|{\cdot}\cg=\clist(\cg)$
@@ -5588,11 +8703,11 @@
 % \SpecialArrayMainIndex{\theta}{\pcol@cl@}

 % 

 % to keep the list of the descendant \lcounter{}s of $\cg$ in it, and then
-% re\!\def!ines $|\cl@|{\cdot}\cg=\!\pcol@stepcounter!\Arg{\cg}$
+% re\!\def!ines $|\cl@|{\cdot}\cg=\!\pcol@stepcounter!\Arg\cg$
 % 

 % \SpecialArrayMainIndex{\theta}{\cl@}

 % 

-% so that it is invoked on $\!\stepcounter!\Arg{\cg}$ to let $\val_c(\cl)=0$
+% so that it is invoked on $\!\stepcounter!\Arg\cg$ to let $\val_c(\cl)=0$
 % for all $c\In0\C$ and $\cl\in\clist(\cg)$, if $\cg\neq\counter{page}$.
 % These operations are performed by a lengthy sequence with many occurences
 % of \!\expandafter!, \!\csname! and \!\endcsname! but the sequence is
@@ -5604,10 +8719,16 @@
 %     |\def\cl@|{\cdot}\cg|{|\!\pcol@stepcounter!|{|\cg|}}\fi|$
 % \end{quote}
 % 

-% As for the removal of $\cg$ from $\CC$, we do $\CC'\gets\CC$,
-% $\CC\gets\emptyset$, and then apply \!\pcol@iremctrelt! to each
-% $\theta\in\CC'$ to let $\CC\gets\CC\cup\{\theta\}$ by \!\@cons! if
-% $\theta\neq\cg$.
+% As for the removal of $\cg$ from $\CC$, we invoke
+% $\!\pcol@removecounter!\<\mathit{\Theta}'\>\Arg{\theta}$ giving it
+% $\mathit{\Theta}'=\CC$ and $\theta=\cg$.  This macro, also invoked from
+% $\!\localcounter!\Arg\cl$ with $\mathit{\Theta}'=\CG$ and $\theta=\cl$,
+% does $\mathit{\Theta}''\gets\mathit{\Theta}'$,
+% $\mathit{\Theta}'=\emptyset$, and then apply
+% $\!\pcol@iremctrelt!\arg{\mathit{\Theta}'}$ to each
+% $\theta'\in\mathit{\Theta}''$ to let
+% $\mathit{\Theta}'\gets\mathit{\Theta}'\cup\{\theta'\}$ by \!\@cons! if
+% $\theta'\neq\theta$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@remctrelt#1{%
@@ -5616,15 +8737,16 @@
   \expandafter\ifx\csname c@#1\endcsname\c@page\else
     \@namedef{cl@#1}{\pcol@stepcounter{#1}}%
   \fi
-  \def\reserved@a{#1}\let\reserved@b\pcol@counters
-  \global\let\pcol@counters\@empty
-  {\let\@elt\pcol@iremctrelt \reserved@b}}
-\def\pcol@iremctrelt#1{%
-  \def\reserved@b{#1}%
-  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\else \@cons\pcol@counters{{#1}}\fi}
+  \pcol@removecounter\pcol@counters{#1}}
+\def\pcol@removecounter#1#2{%
+  \def\reserved@a{#2}\let\reserved@b#1\relax \global\let#1\@empty
+  {\def\@elt{\pcol@iremctrelt#1}\reserved@b}}
+\def\pcol@iremctrelt#1#2{%
+  \def\reserved@b{#2}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\else \@cons#1{{#2}}\fi}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\definethecounter}
 % The API macro $\!\definethecounter!\<\cl\>\<c\>\arg{rep}$ define the
@@ -5841,7 +8963,7 @@
   \let\@elt\relax \edef\reserved@a{#1}%
   \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
     \let\@elt\pcol@loadctrelt \@nameuse{pcol@counters\number\pcol@currcol}%
-    \let\@elt\pcol@syncctrelt\reserved@a
+    \let\@elt\pcol@syncctrelt \reserved@a
     \pcol@storecounters
     \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}}}
 \def\pcol@syncctrelt#1{%
@@ -5975,8 +9097,8 @@
 % simply do \CSIndex{par} is that it may have some definition different from
 % \!\@@par! and thus an incautious repetition of \CSIndex{par} may cause
 % undesirable results.  This macro is used in \!\pcol@com@switchcolumn!,
-% \!\pcol@mctext!, \!\pcol@com@endcolumn!, \!\pcol@com@flushpage!,
-% \!\pcol@com@clearpage! and \!\endparacol!.
+% \!\pcol@mctext!, \!\pcol@com@endcolumn!, \!\pcol@flushclear!,
+% and \!\endparacol!.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Column-Switching Commands and Environments
@@ -6006,19 +9128,19 @@
 % vertical mode by \!\pcol@par!, it invokes \!\pcol@defcolumn! to give
 % \!\pcol@com@column!(|*|) their
 % \!\def!initions for occurences not as the very first \cswitch{} command
-% nor environment of \env{paracol} environment.  Then, after calculating
-% $d=(c+1)\bmod\C$, this macro simply invokes
-% $\!\pcol@switchcol!|[|d|]|$ with or without the calculated $d$
-% depending on the existance of the optional argument delimitor `|[|'.
+% nor environment of the current \env{paracol} environment.  Then, after
+% calculating $d=(c+1)\bmod\C$, this macro simply invokes
+% $\!\pcol@switchcol!|[|d|]|$ with or without the calculated $d$ depending
+% on the existance of the optional argument delimitor `|[|'.
 % 
-% The macro $\!\pcol@switchcol!|[|d|]|$ lets $\!\pcol@nextcol!=d$ and
+% The macro $\!\pcol@switchcolumn!|[|d|]|$ lets $\!\pcol@nextcol!=d$ and
 % confirms $0\leq d<\C$ or abort the execution by \!\PackageError! if it
 % does not hold.  Then it invokes \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn! if
 % $\!\switchcolumn!|[|d|]|$ is followed by a `|*|', or \!\pcol@switchcol!
 % othewise.
 % 
-% The macro $\!\pcol@iswitchcolumn!|[|\arg{txt}|]|$ invokes
-% $\!\pcol@mctext!|[|\arg{txt}|]|$ if the optional argument is provided, or
+% The macro $\!\pcol@iswitchcolumn!|[|\arg{text}|]|$ invokes
+% $\!\pcol@mctext!|[|\arg{text}|]|$ if the optional argument is provided, or
 % \!\pcol@switchcol! otherwise, after letting $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$
 % for \exsync{}.
 % 

@@ -6054,35 +9176,53 @@
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Replace \cs{par} with \cs{pcol@par}.}

 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
-%	{Add $\cs{ifpcol@mctexttrue}\EQ\mathit{true}$ for restriction of the
+%	{Add $\cs{ifpcol@mctext}\EQ\mathit{true}$ for restriction of the
 %	 broadcast of \cs{if@nobreak} and \cs{everypar}.}

-% 

-% The macro $\!\pcol@mctext!|[|\arg{txt}|]|$ is invoked from \!\paracol! and
-% \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn! to put a \Uidx\mctext{} $\arg{txt}$ given as the
-% optional argument of the former and \!\switchcolumn!|*|.  The macro has
-% \!\long!  attribute because the \mctext{} may have \CSIndex{par}.  Since
-% the text is put in the column 0 always, we switch to the column by
-% \!\pcol@switchcol! turning $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$ to set a
-% \sync{}ation point above the text, afetr saving the target column
-% $d=\!\pcol@nextcol!$ in \!\@tempcnta!.  Then the text is put in a group in
-% which we let $\!\hsize!=\!\textwidth!$ to let \mctext{} span across all
-% columns, and $\!\col@number!=1$ to ensure again that \!\maketitle!
-% produces a title without \!\twocolumn! if it is in the \mctext.  Then,
-% after invoking \!\pcol@par! to ensure to be in vertical mode, we let
-% $\CSIndex{pcol@mctext}=\true$ so that \!\pcol@output@switch!  broadcasts
-% $\CSIndex{if@nobreak}$ if true and \!\everypar! which is \!\global!ized by
-% a sequence with three \!\expandafter!.  Finally after closing the group,
-% we let $\!\pcol@nextcol!=d$ and $\CSIndex{pcol@sync}=\true$ to set another
-% \sync{}ation point below the \mctext, and then invoke \!\pcol@switchcol!
-% to switch the coloumn $d$.
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@swapcolumn} for column-swapping.}

+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add setting of \cs{columnwidth}, \cs{linewidth} and \cs{parshape}
+%	 to have indented spanning text with surrounding
+%	 \string\texttt{list}-like environments.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@mctext!|[|\arg{text}|]|$ is invoked from \!\paracol!
+% and \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn! to put a \Uidx\mctext{} $\arg{text}$ given as
+% the optional argument of the former or that of \!\switchcolumn!|*| for the
+% latter.  The macro has \!\long!  attribute because the \mctext{} may have
+% \CSIndex{par}.  Since the text is put in the leftmost column, being column
+% 0 usually but can be $\C-1$ when \cswap{} in even numberred pages is in
+% effect, at first we let \!\pcol@nextcol! have 0 or $\C-1$ by
+% \!\pcol@swapcolumn! giving it 0, after saving the target column
+% $d=\!\pcol@nextcol!$ in \!\@tempcnta!.  Then we switch to the column 0 or
+% $\C-1$ by \!\pcol@switchcol! turning $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$ to set
+% a \sync{}ation point above the text.
+% 
+% Next, the $\arg{text}$ is put in a group in which we let
+% $\!\columnwidth!=\!\hsize!=\!\textwidth!$ and
+% $\!\linewidth!=\!\textwidth!-\lrm$ with \!\parshape! to indent lines by
+% \!\@totalleftmargin! if $\lrm>0$, to let \mctext{} span across all columns
+% reflecting the indentation in the \env{list}-like environments surrounding
+% \env{paracol} if any.  We also let $\!\col@number!=1$ to ensure again that
+% \!\maketitle!  produces a title without \!\twocolumn! if it is in the
+% \mctext.  Then, after invoking \!\pcol@par! to ensure to be in vertical
+% mode, we let $\CSIndex{ifpcol@mctext}=\true$ so that
+% \!\pcol@output@switch!  broadcasts \CSIndex{if@nobreak} and
+% \CSIndex{if@afterindent}, and also \!\everypar! which is \!\global!ized
+% by a sequence with three \!\expandafter!.  Finally after closing the
+% group, we let $\!\pcol@nextcol!=d$ and $\CSIndex{pcol@sync}=\true$ to set
+% another \sync{}ation point below the \mctext, and then invoke
+% \!\pcol@switchcol!  to switch the coloumn $d$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \long\def\pcol@mctext[#1]{%
   \@tempcnta\pcol@nextcol
-  \global\pcol@synctrue \pcol@nextcol\z@
+  \global\pcol@synctrue \pcol@swapcolumn\z@\pcol@nextcol
   \pcol@switchcol
   \begingroup
-    \hsize\textwidth \col@number\@ne #1\pcol@par
+    \columnwidth\textwidth \hsize\columnwidth
+    \linewidth\columnwidth \advance\linewidth-\pcol@lrmargin
+    \ifdim\pcol@lrmargin>\z@ \parshape\@ne\@totalleftmargin\linewidth \fi
+    \col@number\@ne #1\pcol@par
     \global\pcol@mctexttrue
     \expandafter\global\expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar}%
   \endgroup
@@ -6094,31 +9234,66 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@switchcol}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Add \cs{pcol@aconly} for disabling \cs{addcontentsline}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add column-scanning and page-overflow check for synchronized
+%	 column-switching.}

+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{pcol@swapcolumn} for column-swapping to turn
+%	 \cs{if@firstcolumn}.}

 % 

 % The macro \!\pcol@switchcol! is invoked from \!\pcol@switchcolumn!,
 % \!\pcol@iswitchcolumn!, \!\pcol@mctext! and \!\endparacol! to switch the
 % column $d=\!\pcol@nextcol!$.  First, we save \lcounter{}s in the current
-% column $c$ into $\Cc_c$ by \!\pcol@savecounters!.  Next, we make an
-% \!\output! request with $\!\penalty!=\!\pcol@op@switch!$ to invoke
-% \!\pcol@output@switch! by \!\pcol@invokeoutput! to switch to the column
-% $d$.
-% 
-% Then we let $\CSIndex{if@firstcolumn}$ be $\true$ or $\false$ according to
-% $d=0$ or not respectively, so that \!\marginpar! produces marginal notes
-% appropriately.  Then we scan $\Cc_d$ applying \!\pcol@setctrelt! to each
-% $\<\cl,\val_d(\cl)\>\in\Cc_d$ to let $\Val(\cl)=\val_d(\cl)$.  We also
-% scan $\T=\!\pcol@aconly!$ applying \!\pcol@aconlyelt! to each
-% $\<t_c,c\>\in T$ to inhibit \!\addcontentsline! to the contents file of
-% type $t_d$ as specified so by $\!\addcontentsonly!\arg{t_d}\arg{d}$.
-% Finally, we let $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to make it sure that any lists can be
-% manipulated without unexpected application of a macro to their elements.
+% column $c$ into $\Cc_c$ by \!\pcol@savecounters!.
+%
+% Next, if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$, we do the followings.  At first we
+% invoke \!\pcol@visitallcols! temporarily turning
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\false$ for \cscan{}ing to visit all columns but
+% current one to give \TeX's page builder the chance to break \colpage{}s in
+% the \tpage{} with \Scfnote{}s which could have not been presented in the
+% last visit of the columns.  Then we make an \!\output! request with
+% $\!\penalty!=\!\pcol@op@switch!$ to invoke \!\pcol@output@switch! by
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput! with $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\true$ to make \sync{}ed
+% switch to the column $d$.  This invocation may result in
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@flush}=\true$ to mean the \tpage{} should be broken
+% before setting the \sync{}ation point.  Therefore if so, since
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! switched to the tallest column rather than $d$, we
+% put \!\vfil! and \!\penalty!|-10000| to force page break, make \cscan{}
+% with \!\newpage! put into each column to have some floats in the column in
+% the new \tpage{}, and then invoke \!\pcol@output@switch!  again until it
+% returns $\CSIndex{ifpcol@flush}=\false$ telling us it successfully sets
+% the \sync{}ation point switching to the column $d$.
+% 
+% Otherwise, i.e., if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@sync}=\false$, we simply make the
+% \!\output! request for \!\pcol@output@switch! to switch to the column $d$.
+% 
+% Then we let $\CSIndex{if@firstcolumn}$ be $\true$ iff $d'=0$, where $d'$
+% is the column position of $d$ obtained by \!\pcol@swapcolumn! and is $d$
+% itself or $\C-1-d$ according to the \cswap{} and the evenness of \!\c@page!,
+% so that \!\marginpar! produces marginal notes appropriately.  Then we scan
+% $\Cc_d$ applying \!\pcol@setctrelt! to each $\<\cl,\val_d(\cl)\>\in\Cc_d$
+% to let $\Val(\cl)=\val_d(\cl)$.  We also scan $\T=\!\pcol@aconly!$
+% applying \!\pcol@aconlyelt! to each $\<t_c,c\>\in T$ to inhibit
+% \!\addcontentsline! to the contents file of type $t_d$ as specified so by
+% $\!\addcontentsonly!\arg{t_d}\arg{d}$.  Finally, we let
+% $\!\@elt!=\!\relax!$ to make it sure that any lists can be manipulated
+% without unexpected application of a macro to their elements.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@switchcol{%
   \pcol@savecounters
-  \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
-  \ifnum\pcol@currcol=\z@ \global\@firstcolumntrue
-  \else                   \global\@firstcolumnfalse
+  \ifpcol@sync
+    \global\pcol@syncfalse \pcol@visitallcols\@@par \global\pcol@synctrue
+    \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+    \@whilesw\ifpcol@flush\fi{%
+      \vfil \penalty-\@M
+      \global\pcol@syncfalse \pcol@visitallcols\newpage \global\pcol@synctrue
+      \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch}%
+  \else
+    \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+  \fi
+  \pcol@swapcolumn\pcol@currcol\@tempcntb
+  \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@ \global\@firstcolumntrue \else \global\@firstcolumnfalse
   \fi
   \let\@elt\pcol@setctrelt
   \csname pcol@counters\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
@@ -6128,6 +9303,36 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@visitallcols}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for column-scanning in synchronized column-switching and
+%	 page flushing.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@visitallcols!\arg{cs}$, invoked from \!\pcol@switchcol!
+% and \!\pcol@flushclear!, performs \cscan{}ing putting $\arg{cs}$ into the
+% visited columns.  That is, we repeat the invocation of
+% \!\pcol@output@switch! to visit $d$ through \!\pcol@invokeoutput! with
+% $\!\penalty!=\!\pcol@op@switch!$ for all $d\In0\C-\{c\}$.  In each visit,
+% we put $\arg{cs}\in\{\!\@@par!,\!\newpage!\}$ to have a chance of or to
+% force page break in each visited \colpage{}.  Finally we go back to $c$ to
+% restore its \cctext{} especially when we are leaving the column 0 or $C-1$
+% for \mctext.  That is, $\cc_c(\sw)$ and $\cc_c(\ep)$ should be presented
+% to \!\pcol@output@switch! to broadcast them to other columns.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@visitallcols#1{\begingroup
+  \@tempcnta\z@ \@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
+  \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+    \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb\else
+      \pcol@nextcol\@tempcnta \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch #1%
+    \fi
+    \advance\@tempcnta\@ne}%
+  \pcol@nextcol\@tempcntb \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+  \endgroup}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
 % \begin{macro}{\column}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Made \cs{let}-equal to \cs{pcol@com@column} for localization.}

@@ -6146,8 +9351,11 @@
 %	 with \cs{pcol@switchenv}.}

 % 

 % The macros \!\pcol@com@column!(|*|), the implementations of the \elocal{}
-% API commands \!\column!(*), starts the environment \Midx{\env{column}}.
-% Basically, the macros do \!\switchcolumn!\~(|*|), but if the environment
+% API commands \!\column!(*), starts the environment |column(*)|.
+% 

+% \Midx{\EnvIndex{column}}\Midx{\EnvIndex{column*}}

+% 

+% Basically, the macros do \!\switch~column!\~(|*|), but if the environment
 % starts just after \beginparacol{} the macro have to switch to the column
 % 0.  Therefore, the definitions for this very-beginning appearance are
 % given in \!\paracol! to do (almost) nothing, and then those for other ones
@@ -6214,11 +9422,16 @@
 % \!\pcol@com@leftcolumn!(|*|) and |\pcol@com@right|\~|column|(|*|) are the
 % implementations of \elocal{} API macros \!\nthcolumn!(|*|)$\arg{d}$,
 % \!\leftcolumn!(|*|) and \!\rightcolumn!(|*|) respectively.  They start
-% corresponding environments \Midx{\env{nthcolumn}}, \Midx{\env{leftcolumn}}
-% and \Midx{\env{rightcolumn}} simply invoking
-% \!\pcol@switchenv!$\Arg{env}$(|*|), where $\arg{env}$ is the name of each
-% environment, giving it $d$, 0 and 1 repectively as its optional argument
-% for the target column.
+% corresponding environments |nthcolumn|(|*|), |leftcolumn|(|*|), and
+% |rightcolumn|(|*|)
+% 

+% \Midx{\EnvIndex{nthcolumn}}\Midx{\EnvIndex{nthcolumn*}}

+% \Midx{\EnvIndex{leftcolumn}}\Midx{\EnvIndex{leftcolumn*}}

+% \Midx{\EnvIndex{rightcolumn}}\Midx{\EnvIndex{rightcolumn*}}

+% 

+% simply invoking \!\pcol@switchenv!$\Arg{env}$\~(|*|), where $\arg{env}$ is
+% the name of each environment, giving it $d$, 0 and 1 repectively as its
+% optional argument for the target column.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@com@nthcolumn#1{\pcol@switchenv{nthcolumn}[#1]\relax}
@@ -6382,9 +9595,12 @@
 % 

 % The macro $\!\pcol@aconlyelt!\arg{t_d}\arg{d}$ is invoked solely in
 % \!\pcol@switchcol!  for the \cswitch{} to column $c$, and is applied to
-% each $\<t_d,d\>\in\T$ to enable \!\addcontentsline! for $t$ if $d=c$ by
-% the invocation of $|\pcol@ac@def@|{\cdot}t$ with an argument |enable|, or
-% to disable if $d\neq c$ with |disable|.
+% each $\<t_d,d\>\in\T$ to enable \!\addcontentsline! for $t_d$ if $d=c$ by
+% the invocation of $|\pcol@ac@def@|{\cdot}t_d$
+% 

+% \SpecialArrayMainIndex{t}{\pcol@ac@def@}
+% 

+% with an argument |enable|, or to disable if $d\neq c$ with |disable|.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\pcol@aconlyelt#1#2{%
@@ -6453,6 +9669,7 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 
+% \vskip7\baselineskip\vskip-7\baselineskip
 % \begin{macro}{\pcol@ac@def@lof}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Introduced for disabling \cs{addcontentsline}.}

@@ -6477,7 +9694,7 @@
 % 

 % The macro $\!\pcol@ac@def@lof!\arg{eord}$ and
 % $\!\pcol@ac@def@lot!\arg{eord}$ are invoked solely in
-% $\!\pcol@aconlyelt!\<t_c\>\<c\>$ when $t_c$ is |lof| or |lot|
+% $\!\pcol@aconlyelt!\<t\>\<c\>$ when $t$ is |lof| or |lot|
 % respectively.  They invoke \!\pcol@ac@caption@enable!$\<t\>$ or
 % $\!\pcol@ac@caption@disable!\<t\>$ according to $\arg{eord}$, and then
 % these macros invoke $\!\pcol@ac@caption@def!\<s\>\<t\>$ where
@@ -6560,56 +9777,556 @@
 % The macros \!\pcol@com@flushpage! and \!\pcol@com@clearpage! are the
 % implementations of \elocal{} API macro \!\flushpage! and \!\clearpage!
 % respectively.  They have a common structure in which we at first invoke
-% \!\pcol@par! to make it sure to be in vertical mode, let
-% $\!\pcol@nextcol!=\!\pcol@currcol!$ to stay in the current column, and then
+% \!\pcol@flushclear! for \cscan{} and \pfcheck, and then
 % make an \!\output! request by \!\pcol@invokeoutput! with \!\penalty! being
 % \!\pcol@op@flush! or \!\pcol@op@clear! according to the commands.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Page Flushing Commands
 
-\def\pcol@com@flushpage{\pcol@par
-  \pcol@nextcol\pcol@currcol
+\def\pcol@com@flushpage{\pcol@flushclear\voidb@x
   \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@flush}
-\def\pcol@com@clearpage{\pcol@par
-  \pcol@nextcol\pcol@currcol
+\def\pcol@com@clearpage{\pcol@flushclear\voidb@x
   \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@clear}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@flushclear}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for column-scanning in synchronized column-switching and
+%	 page flushing.}

+% 

+% The macro $\!\pcol@flushclear!\arg{box}$, invoked from
+% \!\pcol@com@flushpage!, \!\pcol@com@clear~page! and \!\endparacol!,
+% performs \cscan{} and \pfcheck{} prior to page flushing or environment
+% closing.  After confirming we are in vertical mode by \!\pcol@par! and
+% letting $d=\!\pcol@nextcol!$ be $c=\!\pcol@currcol!$ to stay in $c$, we
+% invoke \!\pcol@visitallcols! for \cscan{} to give \TeX's page builder the
+% chance to break the \tpage{} prior to flushing it.
+% 
+% Then we repeat \pfcheck{} invoking \!\pcol@output@switch! through
+% \!\pcol@invokeoutput! with $\!\penalty!=\!\pcol@op@switch!$ and
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}=|\ifpcol@|\~|sync|=\true$

+% 

+% \SpecialIndex{\ifpcol@sync}
+% 

+% until the special \!\output! routine finishes with
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@flush}=\false$ and $\arg{box}=\bot$, where
+% $\arg{box}=\df=\!\pcol@topfnotes!$ if this macro is invoked from
+% \!\endparacol! with non-merged \Scfnote{} typesetting.  In the repetition,
+% we put \!\vfil! and \!\penalty!|-10000| to force page break into the
+% tallest column, temporarily turning $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\false$
+% using \!\ifpcol@lastpagesave!  because the page broken is not last one,
+% each time the \pfcheck{} tells us to do it.  That is, we repeat the check
+% while we have too tall columns due to \Scfnote{}s or, when closing
+% \env{paracol} environment, deferred non-merged \Scfnote{}s.
+% 
+% Finally we let $\CSIndex{ifpcol@clear}$ have its default setting, i.e.,
+% $\false$.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@flushclear#1{\pcol@par
+  \pcol@nextcol\pcol@currcol
+  \pcol@visitallcols\@@par
+  \pcol@cleartrue \global\pcol@synctrue
+  \ifpcol@lastpage \pcol@lastpagesavetrue \else \pcol@lastpagesavefalse \fi
+  \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch \ifvoid#1\else \global\pcol@flushtrue \fi
+  \@whilesw\ifpcol@flush\fi{%
+    \pcol@lastpagefalse
+    \vfil \penalty-\@M \pcol@cleartrue \global\pcol@synctrue
+    \ifpcol@lastpagesave \pcol@lastpagetrue \fi
+    \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+    \ifvoid#1\else \global\pcol@flushtrue \fi}%
+  \pcol@clearfalse}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \section{Commands for Footnotes}
+% \label{sec:imp-fnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the subsection ``Commands for Footnotes" to describe newly
+%	 introduced macros for single-columned footnotes.}

+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\multicolumnfootnotes}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to delclare the defalut multi-columned footnote
+%	 typesetting explicitly.}

+% \begin{macro}{\singlecolumnfootnotes}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to delclare the single-columned but non-merged footnote
+%	 typesetting.}

+% \begin{macro}{\mergedfootnotes}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to delclare the single-columned and merged footnote
+%	 typesetting.}

+% 

+% The API macros \!\multicolumnfootnotes!, \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! and
+% \!\mergedfootnotes! declare that footnote typesetting is default \mcfnote,
+% \scfnote{} but non-\mgfnote, or \mgfnote, respectively.  They turn
+% switches $f_s=\CSIndex{ifpcol@scfnote}$, $f_m=\CSIndex{ifpcol@mgfnote}$
+% and $f_a=\CSIndex{ifpcol@fncounteradjustment}$ and make the counter
+% \counter{footnote} global or local as follows.
+% $$
+% \nosv\begin{array}{l|llll}
+% \hbox{macros}&f_s&f_m&f_a&\counter{footnote}\\\hline
+% \!\multicolumnfootnotes!&\false&\false&\false&\hbox{local}\\
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes!&\true&\false&\true&\hbox{global}\\
+% \!\mergedfootnotes!&\true&\true&\true&\hbox{global}
+% \end{array}
+% $$
+% Note that turning \CSIndex{ifpcol@fncounteradjustment} is doen by
+% \!\fncounteradjustment! ($\true$) or \!\nofncounteradjustment! ($\false$).
+% Also note that the setting of |\ifpcol@fncounter|\~|adjustment|

+% 

+% \SpecialIndex{\ifpcol@fncounteradjustment}
+% 

+% and the globalization\slash localization of \counter{footnote} are just to
+% give defaults and thus can be overridden by API macros giving non-default
+% settings.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%% Commands for Footnotes
+
+\def\multicolumnfootnotes{\global\pcol@scfnotefalse \global\pcol@mgfnotefalse
+  \localcounter{footnote}\nofncounteradjustment}
+\def\singlecolumnfootnotes{\global\pcol@scfnotetrue \global\pcol@mgfnotefalse
+  \globalcounter{footnote}\fncounteradjustment}
+\def\mergedfootnotes{\singlecolumnfootnotes \global\pcol@mgfnotetrue}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\@footnotetext}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@fntext}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for footnote encapsulation and deferring.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@fntexttop}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for footnote encapsulation.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@fntextother}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for footnote encapsulation and deferring.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@fntext!\marg{text} is our own version of \LaTeX's
+% \!\@footnotetext! used in \!\footnote! and \!\footnotetext! to \!\insert!
+% the footnote $\arg{text}$ through \!\footins!.  Since the original and our
+% own are made \!\let!-equal by \!\paracol!, our own is active throughout
+% the environment.  The customization is done to examine if the footnote
+% should be deferred and to encapsulate the footnote in a \!\vbox!.
+% 
+% The deferred footnote insertion is in effect if the footnote typesetting
+% is \scfnote{} and \!\footnote! or \!\footnotetext!  appears in a page
+% $p<\ptop$.  If so, we put the footnote $\arg{text}$ encapsulated in a
+% \!\vbox! by \!\pcol@fntextbody! to the tail of $\df=\!\pcol@topfnotes!$
+% with \!\penalty!\!\interlinepenalty! preceding it for the split in
+% \!\pcol@deferredfootins!, using \!\pcol@fntextother!\marg{text} whose sole
+% user is this macro.  Note that the decision of deferring is done based on
+% $p=\!\pcol@page!$ which could be less than that of the page in which the
+% footnoted text appears because the paragraph having the text will have a
+% page break before the text.  Therefore, $p$ for the footnote can be
+% $\ptop$, but this misjudment will not cause problems because the footnote
+% will eventually be put in $\ptop$ through $\df$ when the page break
+% occurs.
+% 
+% Otherwise the footnote $\arg{text}$ is processed by
+% \!\pcol@fntexttop!\marg{text}, also used solely in this macro, to
+% \!\insert! it through \!\footins! as usual but after the encapsulation by
+% \!\pcol@fntextbody! and with \!\penalty!\!\interlinepenalty! following it
+% to allow \TeX's page builder to split footnotes.
+% 
+% Note that \!\pcol@fntexttop! and \!\pcol@fntextother! have \!\long!
+% property because $\arg{text}$ may have two or more paragraphs.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@fntext{%
+  \let\reserved@a\pcol@fntexttop
+  \ifpcol@scfnote \ifnum\pcol@page<\pcol@toppage
+    \let\reserved@a\pcol@fntextother
+  \fi\fi
+  \reserved@a}
+\long\def\pcol@fntexttop#1{%
+  \pcol@Logfn{\pcol@fntexttop{\@thefnmark}}%
+  \insert\footins{\pcol@fntextbody{#1}\penalty\interlinepenalty}}
+\long\def\pcol@fntextother#1{%
+  \global\setbox\pcol@topfnotes\vbox{\unvbox\pcol@topfnotes
+    \penalty\interlinepenalty\pcol@fntextbody{#1}}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@fntextbody}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for footnote encapsulation and height capping.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@fntextbody!\marg{text}, invoked from \!\pcol@fntexttop!
+% and \!\pcol@fntext~other!, encapsulate the footnote $\arg{text}$ in a
+% \!\vbox! whose height is $h_{\max}=\!\textheight!-\!\skip!\~\!\footins!$ at
+% tallest.  The encapsulation is to inhibit page breaks in a footnote
+% because the split by the break will make some skips and other items
+% eliminated causing a weird result when split portions are {\em joined}.
+% The height capping is thus required to find a page in which the footnote
+% resides.
+% 
+% The macro at first does operations done in \LaTeX's 
+% \!\@footnotetext! to put $\arg{text}$ in \!\@tempboxa! but with one
+% exception that $\!\hsize!=\!\textwidth!$ rather than \!\columnwidth! when
+% \Scfnote{} typesetting is in effect.  Note that this part is blindly copied
+% from the original though it should be meaningless to set
+% \!\interlinepenalty!, \!\splittopskip!, \!\splitmaxdepth! and
+% \!\floatingpenalty! because $\arg{text}$ is encapsulated.
+% 
+% Then the height-plus-depth of the box is compared with $h_{\max}$ and, if
+% it exceeds the limit, the height of the box is set $h_{\max}$, the
+% footnote is made followed by a \!\vss! to avoid overfull, and a warning
+% message of too tall is put by \!\PackageWarning!.  Finally, the box is put
+% into \!\footins! or $\df$ by the invoker of this macro.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\pcol@fntextbody#1{\setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{%
+    \reset@font\footnotesize
+    \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+    \splittopskip\footnotesep
+    \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
+    \hsize \ifpcol@scfnote \textwidth \else \columnwidth \fi
+    \@parboxrestore
+    \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\p@footnote\@thefnmark}%
+    \color@begingroup
+    \@makefntext{%
+      \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces#1\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+    \color@endgroup}%
+  \@tempdima\ht\@tempboxa \advance\@tempdima\dp\@tempboxa
+  \@tempdimb\textheight \advance\@tempdimb-\skip\footins
+  \ifdim\@tempdima>\@tempdimb
+    \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox to\@tempdimb{\unvbox\@tempboxa\vss}%
+    \PackageWarning{paracol}{Too tall footnote}%
+  \fi
+  \box\@tempboxa}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\fncounteradjustment}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to make \string\texttt{footnote} counter is consistent
+%	 with its origin at the beginning of \string\texttt{paracol} and the
+%	 number of footnotes given in the environment at its end.}

+% \begin{macro}{\nofncounteradjustment}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to disable the footnote counter adjustment.}

+% 

+% The API macros \!\fncounteradjustment! and \!\nofncounteradjustment! turns
+% |\ifpcol@|\~|fncounteradjustment|

+% 

+% \SpecialIndex{\ifpcol@fncounteradjustment} 
+% 

+% $\true$ or $\false$, to enable or disable the \counter{footnote} counter
+% adjustment letting $\!\c@footnote!=\bf+\nf$ in \Endparacol, respectively.
+% After the definition we disable the adjustment to give the default setting.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fncounteradjustment{\global\pcol@fncounteradjustmenttrue}
+\def\nofncounteradjustment{\global\pcol@fncounteradjustmentfalse}
+\nofncounteradjustment
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@footnoterule}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to keep the original definition of \cs{footnoterule}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@@footnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to keep the original definition of \cs{footnote}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@@footnotemark}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to keep the original definition of \cs{footnotemark}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@@footnotetext}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced to keep the original definition of \cs{footnotetext}.}

+% 

+% The macros \!\pcol@footnoterule!, \!\pcol@@footnote!,
+% \!\pcol@@footnotemark! and \!\pcol@@footnotetext! are to keep the original
+% defitions of \!\footnoterule!, \!\footnote!, \!\footnotemark! and
+% \!\footnotetext! in them, respectively, so that we define our own versions
+% with references to the originals.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\pcol@footnoterule\footnoterule
+\let\pcol@@footnote\footnote
+\let\pcol@@footnotemark\footnotemark
+\let\pcol@@footnotetext\footnotetext
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\footnote}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@footnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*} and footnote counter adjustment.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@ifootnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*} and footnote counter adjustment.}

+% \begin{macro}{\footnotemark}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@footnotemark}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnotemark*} and footnote counter adjustment.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@ifootnotemark}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnotemark*} and footnote counter adjustment.}

+% 

+% The macros \!\pcol@footnote! and \!\pcol@footnotemark! are the
+% implementations of our own versions of \!\footnote! and \!\footnotemark!
+% which are made \!\let!-equal to them by \!\paracol!, respectively.  The
+% reasons why we need to have our own are two-fold; to have starred version
+% of them; and to maintain $\nf=\!\pcol@nfootnotes!$ for the
+% \counter{footnote} counter adjustment.
+% 
+% The implementations of the starred versions
+% \!\footnote!|*|\oarg{num}\marg{text} and 
+% \!\footnotemark!|*|\~\oarg{num} have common structure in which we invoke
+% \!\pcol@adjustfnctr!$\arg{macro}$\oarg{num} if `|*|' is given, to let
+% \!\c@footnote! have the number relative to $\bf=\!\pcol@footnotebase!$ or
+% to itself.  Then the macros \!\pcol@ifootnote! or \!\pcol@ifootnotemark!
+% are invoked from \!\pcol@adjustfnctr! or the else-part of \!\@ifstar! to
+% perform the operations common to both cases with and without `|*|', i.e.,
+% invoking the original version \!\pcol@@footnote! or \!\pcol@@footnotemark!
+% after incrementing $\nf$.  One caution is that
+% $\arg{macro}=\!\pcol@ifootnote!$ for \!\footnote!, but
+% $\arg{macro}=|{|\!\pcol@ifootnotemark!\!\relax!|}|$ for \!\footnotemark!
+% so that \!\@ifnextchar! in \!\pcol@@footnotemark!  invoked from
+% \!\pcol@ifootnotemark! eats \!\relax! to terminate space skipping and thus
+% spaces following \oarg{num} are kept.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@footnote{\@ifstar{\pcol@adjustfnctr\pcol@ifootnote}\pcol@ifootnote}
+\def\pcol@ifootnote{\global\advance\pcol@nfootnotes\@ne \pcol@@footnote}
+\def\pcol@footnotemark{\@ifstar
+  {\pcol@adjustfnctr{\pcol@ifootnotemark\relax}}%
+  \pcol@ifootnotemark}
+\def\pcol@ifootnotemark{\global\advance\pcol@nfootnotes\@ne
+  \pcol@@footnotemark}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@adjustfnctr}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*} and \cs{footnotemark*}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@iadjustfnctr}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*} and \cs{footnotemark*}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@calcfnctr}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*}, \cs{footnotemark*} and
+%	 \cs{footnotetext*}.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@adjustfnctr!$\arg{macro}$\oarg{num}, invoked from the
+% then-part of \!\@ifstar! in \!\pcol@footnote! and \!\pcol@footnotemark!,
+% calculates the number to be set into \!\c@footnote! by
+% \!\pcol@calcfnctr!$\arg{num}$\!\@nil! after processing the optional
+% argument $\arg{num}$ by \!\pcol@iadjustfnctr! with default `|+1|', and
+% then invoke $\arg{macro}$ being \!\pcol@ifootnote! or
+% \!\pcol@ifootnotemark!\!\relax!.  Since \!\pcol@calcfnctr! returns the
+% number \!\c@footnote! should have and the counter is incremented by
+% \!\stepcounter! in \!\pcol@@footnote! or \!\pcol@@footnotemark!, we
+% decrement the counter prior to invoke $\arg{macro}$.
+% 
+% The macro \!\pcol@calcfnctr!$\arg{num}$\!\@nil!, also invoked from
+% \!\pcol@iifootnotetext!, calculate $m$ specified by $\arg{num}$ as follows,
+% where $f=\!\c@footnote!$, to return it through \!\@tempcnta!.
+% $$
+% m=\cases{f+k&$\arg{num}=|+|k$\cr
+%           f-k&$\arg{num}=|-|k$\cr
+%           \bf+k&$\arg{num}=k$}
+% $$
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@adjustfnctr#1{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  {\pcol@iadjustfnctr{#1}}{\pcol@iadjustfnctr{#1}[+1]}}
+\def\pcol@iadjustfnctr#1[#2]{\pcol@calcfnctr#2\@nil
+  \global\c@footnote\@tempcnta \global\advance\c@footnote\m@ne#1}
+\def\pcol@calcfnctr#1#2\@nil{\@tempcnta\c@footnote
+  \def\reserved@a{#1}\def\reserved@b{+}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b \advance\@tempcnta#2\relax
+  \else \def\reserved@b{-}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b \advance\@tempcnta-#2\relax
+  \else \@tempcnta\pcol@footnotebase \advance\@tempcnta#1#2\relax
+  \fi\fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\footnotetext}
+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@footnotetext}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@ifootnotetext}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*}.}

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@iifootnotetext}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Introduced for \cs{footnote*}.}

+% 

+% The macros \!\pcol@footnotetext! is the implementation of our own versions
+% of \!\footnotetext!  which is made \!\let!-equal to it by \!\paracol!.  The
+% reasons why we need to have our own is to have the starred version.  That
+% is, if `|*|' is not given, we simply invoke the original version
+% \!\pcol@@footnotetext!.  Otherwise we invoke \!\pcol@ifootnotetext! which
+% then examines if the optional argument \oarg{num} is presented.  If so, we
+% invoke \!\pcol@iifootnotetext! in which
+% \!\pcol@calcfnctr!$\arg{num}$\!\@nil! is invoked to have the value $m$
+% being the footnote ordinal with which we invoke
+% \!\pcol@@footnotetext!\oarg{\mbox{$m$}} with two \!\expandafter!s to
+% extract $m$ from \!\@tempcnta!.  Otherwise, i.e., \oarg{num} is not given,
+% we increment \!\c@footnote! by \!\stepcounter! before invoking
+% \!\pcol@@footnotetext!.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@footnotetext{\@ifstar\pcol@ifootnotetext\pcol@@footnotetext}
+\def\pcol@ifootnotetext{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  \pcol@iifootnotetext{\stepcounter{footnote}\pcol@@footnotetext}}
+\def\pcol@iifootnotetext[#1]{\pcol@calcfnctr#1\@nil
+  \expandafter\pcol@@footnotetext\expandafter[\number\@tempcnta]}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 
 % 
 % 
+% \section{Column-Swapping}
+% \label{sec:imp-swap}
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add the subsection ``Column-Swapping" to describe newly
+%	 introduced macros for column-swapping.}

+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\swapcolumninevenpages}
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to enable column-swapping.}

+% \begin{macro}{\noswapcolumninevenpages}
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to disable column-swapping.}

+% 

+% The API macros \!\swapcolumninevenpages! and \!\noswapcolumninevenpages!
+% turn |\ifpcol@|\~|swapcolumn|
+% 

+% \expandafter\SpecialIndex\csname ifpcol@swapcolumn\endcsname
+% 

+% $\true$ and $\false$ to enable and disable the \cswap, respectively.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%% Column Swapping
+
+\def\swapcolumninevenpages{\global\pcol@swapcolumntrue}
+\def\noswapcolumninevenpages{\global\pcol@swapcolumnfalse}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}
+% 

+% \begin{macro}{\pcol@swapcolumn}
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Introduced to convert column ordinal and its position.}

+% 

+% The macro \!\pcol@swapcolumn!$\arg{c_1}\arg{c_2}$ converts the column
+% ordinal $c$ or position $c'$ in the \!\count! register\footnote{

+% 

+% Or the \cs{dimen} register \cs{z@}.}
+% 

+% $c_1$ to the position or ordinal to set it in the \!\count! register $c_2$.
+% That is, we let $c_2=\C-1-c_1$ if $\CSIndex{ifpcol@swapcolumn}=\true$ to
+% mean the \cswap{} is in effect and \!\c@page! is even, while $c_2=c_1$
+% otherwise.
+% 
+% The macro is used in \!\pcol@outputelt!(*), \!\pcol@makeflushedpage!(*),
+% \!\pcol@flush~floats!(*) and \!\pcol@mctext! with $(c_1,c_2)=(c',c)$, and in
+% \!\paracol! and \!\pcol@switchcol! with $(c_1,c_2)=(c,c')$.  Note that in
+% the uses in macros with (*) above, \!\c@page! definitely has the page
+% number for the page to be shipped out, but in other macros it can be
+% different from the ship-out page number to produce a weird result if their
+% parities are different, due to critical timing of page break examination or
+% page jump.  For \!\paracol! and \!\pcol@switchcol! this problem is not so
+% severe because it just affects the position of marginal notes which
+% \LaTeX{} itself may misplace.  On the other hand, the misplacing \mctext{}
+% in \!\pcol@mctext! is an severe error but unfortunatelly we cannot solve the
+% problem\footnote{

+% 

+% So far.  We could solve the problem by letting column-0 have \mctext{}s
+% always and shift its part between two \sync{}ation points above and below
+% a \mctext{} or a page top or bottom between them if the part is placed in
+% a even numberred page in which columns are swapped.}
+% 

+% because a \mctext{} can have a page break in it.  Therefore, we leave the
+% problem asking users to put \!\newpage! before the \mctext{} if weird.
+% 

+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pcol@swapcolumn#1#2{%
+  \ifpcol@swapcolumn
+    \ifodd\c@page\relax #2#1\relax
+    \else #2\pcol@ncol \advance#2-#1\relax \advance#2\m@ne
+    \fi
+  \else #2#1\relax
+  \fi}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
 % \section{Closing Environment}
 % \label{sec:imp-end}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\endparacol}
 % \changes{v1.0}{2011/10/10}
 %	{Replace \cs{par} with \cs{pcol@par}.}

+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add pre-flushing column height check and footnote counter
+%	 adjustment.}

+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Remove \cs{global} assignment of \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth}
+%	 because assigments of them in \string\texttt{paracol} are now
+%	 perfectly local.}
 % 

 % The macro \!\endparacol! is invoked from \Endparacol{} to close
 % \env{paracol} environment.  After making it sure to be in vertical mode by
 % \!\pcol@par!, we switch to the column 0 by \!\pcol@switchcol! to let
 % \lcounter{} have the values for the column 0 so that they are referred to
-% outside the environment.  Then we make an \!\output! request by
-% \!\pcol@invokeoutput! with $\!\penalty!=\!\pcol@op@end!$.  Next, we let
-% \!\columnwidth!, \!\hsize! and \!\linewidth! commonly be \!\textwidth!
-% for single-column typesetting and also let
-% $\CSIndex{if@twocolumn}=\false$.  Finally, we let
-% $\!\topskip!=\!\pcol@topskip!$ to make it sure that the parameter has the
-% value used outside in \env{paracol} environment.
+% outside the environment.
+% 
+% \begin{Sloppy}{1800}
+% Then we invoke \!\pcol@flushclear! for \pfcheck{}, turning
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\true$ to tell \!\pcol@output@switch! for the
+% check that it works on the \lpage, and giving $\bot$ to \!\pcol@flushclear! 
+% as its argument, unless footnote typesetting is \scfnote{} but not
+% \mgfnote{} for which we give $\df$ to ensure all deferred footnotes are
+% put in the checking process.  Note that the argument for \Mcfnote{}
+% typesetting is $\df$ but it is definitely $\bot$ in this mode.  After that
+% we make an \!\output! request by \!\pcol@invokeoutput! with
+% $\!\penalty!=\!\pcol@op@end!$ and still with
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@lastpage}=\true$ to build the \lpage.
+% \end{Sloppy}
+% 
+% Next, we let $\!\columnwidth!=\!\textwidth!$ and
+% $\CSIndex{if@twocolumn}=\false$ for single-column typesetting, and also
+% let $\!\topskip!=\!\pcol@topskip!$ to make it sure that the parameter has
+% the value used outside in \env{paracol} environment.  Finally, if the
+% \counter{footnote} counter adjustment is required by
+% $\CSIndex{ifpcol@fncounteradjustment}=\true$, we let
+% $\!\c@footnote!=\bf+\nf$.
 % 

 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %% Closing Environment
 
 \def\endparacol{\pcol@par
   \pcol@nextcol\z@ \pcol@switchcol
+  \pcol@lastpagetrue
+  \ifpcol@mgfnote \pcol@flushclear\voidb@x
+  \else \pcol@flushclear\pcol@topfnotes
+  \fi
   \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@end
   \global\columnwidth\textwidth
-  \global\hsize\columnwidth
-  \global\linewidth\columnwidth
   \global\@twocolumnfalse
-  \global\topskip\pcol@topskip}
+  \global\topskip\pcol@topskip
+  \ifpcol@fncounteradjustment
+    \global\c@footnote\pcol@footnotebase
+    \global\advance\c@footnote\pcol@nfootnotes
+  \fi}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %\iffalse
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/man.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/man.dtx
index fca209e8b51..fc6486a14fe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/man.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/man.dtx
@@ -28,8 +28,10 @@
 % than English and Japanese and the latter should be hardly understood by
 % most of readers, the right column is the translation of the left English
 % column into a computational language.  That is, the right column is the
-% \LaTeX{} source code of the left column\footnote{Not really but its essence
-% is shown.}\label{firstfootnote}.
+% \LaTeX{} source code of the left column\footnote{

+% 

+% Not really but its essence
+% is shown.\label{fn:first}}.
 % 
 % \switchcolumn
 %\begin{Verbatim}
@@ -158,8 +160,8 @@
 % means to switch to the leftmost column, |\switchcolumn[1]| is to start the
 % second column and so on.  Thus the |\switchcolumn| without the optional
 % argument may be considered as \!\switchcolumn!|[|$i+1\bmod{n}$|]| where
-% $i$ is the last column number and $n$ is the number of columns given to
-% \env{paracol} environment.
+% $i$ is the ordinal of the column you are leaving from and $n$ is the
+% number of columns given to \env{paracol} environment.
 % 
 % 
 % 
@@ -171,10 +173,11 @@
 % command.  For example, the previous section has three \!\switchcolumn!|*|
 % commands at which left and right columns are vertically aligned.
 % 
-% The {\em starred} version of \!\switchcolumn! may have an optional argument
-% to specify a {\em\Uidx\mctext} whose bottom is the vertical alignment
-% points of the columns.  For example, \!\section! commands in this manual are
-% given as optional arguments of\break\!\switchcolumn!|*| like;
+% The {\em starred} version of \!\switchcolumn! may have an optional
+% argument to specify a single-column {\em\Uidx\mctext} whose bottom is the
+% vertical alignment points of the columns.  For example, \!\section!
+% commands in this manual are given as optional arguments
+% of \!\switchcolumn!|*| like;
 %\begin{Verbatim}
 %  \switchcolumn*[\section{Basic Usage}]
 %\end{Verbatim}
@@ -206,11 +209,12 @@
 % 
 % 
 % \begin{column*}[\section{Environments for Columns}\label{sec:env}]
+% \Uidx{\Index{column-switching environment}}

 % \subsection{Environment \texttt{column}}
 % The \!\switchcolumn! is simple but you may prefer to pack the contents of a
 % column in an environment.  The \Uidx{\env{column}} environment is
-% available for this well-structurization of \LaTeX{} sources for parallel
-% columned documents. A construct;
+% available for this well-structurization of \LaTeX{} sources for
+% parallel-columned documents. A construct;
 % \begin{quote}
 % \!\begin!|{|\env{column}|}|\\
 % \textit{text for a column}\\
@@ -273,16 +277,19 @@
 % 
 % 
 % \begin{leftcolumn*}
-% \subsection[Environment \texttt{leftcolumn} and \texttt{rightcolumn}]

-%     {Environment \texttt{leftcolumn} and\\\texttt{rightcolumn}}
-% The environment \Uidx{\env{leftcolumn}} and \Uidx{\env{rightcolumn}} (and
+% \subsection[Environments \texttt{leftcolumn} and \texttt{rightcolumn}]

+%     {Environments \texttt{leftcolumn} and\\\texttt{rightcolumn}}
+% The environments \Uidx{\env{leftcolumn}} and \Uidx{\env{rightcolumn}} (and
 % their starred versions with an optional argument) are available as more
-% convenient means than saying \!\begin!|{|\env{nthcolumn}|}{0}| and
-% \!\begin!|{|\env{nthcolumn}|}{1}|.
+% convenient means than saying \!\begin!|{|\env{nthcolumn}|}{0}| to switch
+% to the left(most) column and
+% \!\begin!|{|\env{nthcolumn}|}{1}| to the right (but may not be rightmost)
+% one.
 % 

 % \Uidx{\EnvIndex{leftcolumn*}}\Uidx{\EnvIndex{rightcolumn*}}

 % 
 % \begin{figure*}\nosv
+% \def\arraystretch{0.8}
 % \centerline{\begin{tabular}[b]{|c|}\hline
 %     \hbox to.9\textwidth{}\\
 %     double-column figure \#1\\
@@ -291,6 +298,7 @@
 % \caption{A Double-Column Figure}
 % \end{figure*}
 % \begin{figure}[t]\nosv
+% \def\arraystretch{0.8}
 % \centerline{\begin{tabular}[b]{|c|}\hline
 %     \hbox to.9\columnwidth{}\\\\
 %     single-column figure \#1\\
@@ -305,14 +313,14 @@
 %\begin{Verbatim}
 %\begin{leftcolumn*}
 %\subsection{%
-%  Environment \texttt{leftcolumn} and\\
+%  Environments \texttt{leftcolumn} and\\
 %  \texttt{rightcolumn}}
-%The environment |leftcolumn| and
+%The environments |leftcolumn| and
 %|rightcolumn| (and their starred versions
 %with an optional argument) are available as
 %more convenient means than saying
-%|\begin{nthcolumn}{0}| and
-%|\begin{nthcolumn}{1}|.
+%|\begin{nthcolumn}{0}| to switch to the
+%left(most) column and ...
 %\begin{figure*}...\end{figure*}
 %\begin{figure}[t]...\end{figure}
 %\end{leftcolumn*}
@@ -321,6 +329,7 @@
 % \textit{source and a \texttt{figure} env}\\
 % |\end{rightcolumn}|
 % \begin{figure}[t]\nosv
+% \def\arraystretch{0.8}
 % \centerline{\begin{tabular}[b]{|c|}\hline
 %     \hbox to.9\columnwidth{}\\
 %     \ttfamily single-column figure \#2\\
@@ -334,6 +343,9 @@
 % 
 % \begin{leftcolumn*}[\section{Floats, Footnotes and Counters}
 %     \label{sec:float}]
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Remove \cs{nosv} from verbatim example of Table~1 shown in the right
+%	 column.}
 % \begin{table}[b]\nosv
 % \caption{A Single-Column Table}
 % \centerline{\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|c|r|}\hline
@@ -366,16 +378,20 @@
 % Even if you have enough space above, sorry.}.
 % 

 % Therefore, the author put two \env{figure} environments for the figures
-% shown in the previous page into the \env{leftcolumn*} and \env{rightcolumn}
+% shown in this page into the \env{leftcolumn*} and \env{rightcolumn}
 % environment for the previous section.
 % 
 % \subsection{Footnotes and Marginal Notes}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add a footnote mentioning single-columned footnotes.}

+%
 % Footnotes are also put at the bottom of the column in which \!\footnote!
-% commands and their references (like this\footnote{

+% commands and their references reside (like this\footnote{

 % 

-% An example of footnote.})
+% Unless you specify to make footnotes {\em single-columned} as explained in
+% Section \ref{sec:ref-scfnote} and \ref{sec:fnnp}.}),
 % 

-% reside, as shown in page~\pageref{firstfootnote} and this page.  Marginal
+% as shown in page~\pageref{fn:first} and this page.  Marginal
 % notes behave similarly like what you are seeing in the left margin of this
 % sentence\marginpar{

 % 

@@ -398,8 +414,8 @@
 % counterpart Figure~2.  The tables in the page are also numbered as 1 and 2
 % crossing the column boundary.  However, the footnotes in each column have
 % their own numbering sequence.  Moreover, the footnote numbers in left
-% columns are typeset in Roman font while those in right columns have italic
-% shapes.  Similarly, sub-section numbering is local and the headings in right
+% columns are typeset in roman font while those in right columns have italic
+% shapes.  Similarly, subsection numbering is local and the headings in right
 % columns have typewriter-face numbers.
 % 
 % This happens because the author declared the counters \counter{figure} and
@@ -422,8 +438,7 @@
 % environment because the modifications are \emph{broadcasted} to
 % \lcounter{}s in all columns.  You will see the effect of this
 % inter-environment counter value conservation in the footnote numbers in
-% the right column in page~\pageref{rightfootnote3} and
-% \pageref{rightfootnote4}.
+% the right column in page~\pageref{fn:right3} and \pageref{fn:right4}.
 % 
 % This broadcasting of a \lcounter{} value can be done explicity in
 % \env{paracol} environment by a command $\Uidx{\!\synccounter!}\Arg{ctr}$.
@@ -456,12 +471,12 @@
 % incremented correctly in the left-most column.  However, the stepping
 % \counter{section} has a side effect to reset its decendent counter
 % \counter{subsection} and referred from \!\thesubsection! command.  Thus if
-% \counter{section} were local, the right-column sub-sections in
+% \counter{section} were local, the right-column subsections in
 % Section~\ref{sec:env} would be numbered as ``0.1'', ``0.2'' and ``0.3''
 % because the local value of \counter{section} would be zero.  Moreover, the
-% right-column sub-sections of this section would be ``0.4'', ``0.5'' and
-% ``0.6'' because stepping \counter{section} local to left-columns would not
-% reset \counter{subsection} local to right-columns.
+% right-column subsections of this section would be ``0.4'', ``0.5'' and
+% ``0.6'' because stepping \counter{section} local to the left column would
+% not reset \counter{subsection} local to the right column.
 % 
 % You may give a local appearance to a counter \textit{ctr} for the $i$-th
 % column (zero origin) by a command;
@@ -496,7 +511,7 @@
 %\begin{Verbatim}
 %\begin{leftcolumn*}[\section{%
 %   Floats, Footnotes and Counters}]
-%\begin{table}[b]\nosv
+%\begin{table}[b]
 %\caption{A Single-Column Table}
 %\centerline{\begin{tabular}[t]{|l|c|r|}
 %  \hline
@@ -511,21 +526,21 @@
 %columns) may be placed by |figure*| and
 %\end{Verbatim}
 % {\ttfamily |table*| environments as usual\footnote{Another example
-% of footnote.}\label{rightfootnote3}. ...}
+% of footnote.\label{fn:right3}}. ...}
 % 
 % \subsection{\ttfamily Footnotes and Marginal Notes}
 %\begin{Verbatim}
 %Footnotes are also put at the bottom of the
 %column in which |\footnote| commands and
-%their references (like this\footnote{%
-%An example of footnote.}) reside, as shown
-%in page~2 and this page.  Marginal notes
-%behave similarly like what you are seeing
-%in the left margin of this
-%sentense\marginpar{\raggedright An example
-%of marginal note.} and the right marginal
+%their references reside (like
+%this\footnote{...}), as shown in page~2 and
+%this page. Marginal notes behave similarly
+%like what you are seeing in the left margin
+%of this sentense\marginpar{\raggedright 
+%An example of marginal note.} and the right
+%marginal note in this
 %\end{Verbatim}
-% |note in this page\footnote{...}. ...|

+% |page\footnote{...}. ...|

 % \marginpar{\raggedright\ttfamily
 % Another example of marginal note.}
 % 
@@ -557,8 +572,10 @@
 %figures and tables is \emph{global} while
 %that of footnotes are \emph{local}. ...
 %\end{leftcolumn*}
+%\begin{rightcolumn}
 %\end{Verbatim}
-% \textit{source}.
+% \textit{source}.\\
+% |\end{rightcolumn}|
 %
 % \begin{figure}[p]\nosv
 % \centerline{\begin{tabular}[b]{|c|}\hline
@@ -606,10 +623,10 @@
 % 
 % \begin{figure}[t]\nosv
 % \centerline{\begin{tabular}[b]{|c|}\hline
-%     \hbox to.9\columnwidth{}\\\\\\\\
+%     \hbox to.9\columnwidth{}\\\\\\
 %     \ttfamily yet another figure with [t]\\
 %     \ttfamily option to fill space
-%     \\\\\\\\\hline
+%     \\\\\\\hline
 %     \end{tabular}}
 % \caption{\ttfamily
 % Yet Another Figure with [t] Option}
@@ -642,7 +659,7 @@
 % \begin{itemize}\item[]
 % \!\switchcolumn!|[|$i$|]*[|\!\newpage!|]|
 % \end{itemize}
-% but more robust\footnotemark.
+% but more robust\footnotemark\label{fn:flush}.
 % The ordinary page breaking command \Uidx{\!\clearpage!} may also be used
 % to flush all columns and to start a fresh page, but it has a side effect
 % to put all figures and tables which are not yet output.
@@ -650,12 +667,15 @@
 % 
 % \begin{rightcolumn}
 %\begin{Verbatim}
+%\begin{paracol}{2}
 %\begin{leftcolumn}
 %The environment may also be restarted
 %anywhere you like as shown here. ...
 %\end{leftcolumn}
+%\begin{rightcolumn}
 %\end{Verbatim}
 % \textit{source}\\
+% |\end{rightcolumn}|\\
 % |\end{paracol}|\\
 % |Now the aurthor will do ...|
 % \end{rightcolumn}
@@ -686,16 +706,19 @@
 %\begin{paracol}{2}
 %\begin{leftcolumn}
 %O.K., we have restarted |paracol|
-%environment and we will see the
-%effect of |\flushpage| now!!
+%environment...
 %\end{leftcolumn}
+%\begin{rightcolumn}
 %\end{Verbatim}
-% \textit{source}
+% \textit{source}\\
+% |\end{rightcolumn}|
 % \flushpage
 % \end{rightcolumn}
 % 
 % 
 % 
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Correct a few words in German and English libretti.}
 % \newenvironment{Gverse}{\begin{leftcolumn*}

 % 	\begin{myverse}}

 %   {\end{myverse}\end{leftcolumn*}}
@@ -721,7 +744,7 @@
 % \itshape Oh friends, no more of these sad tones!\\
 % Let us rather raise our voices together\\
 % In more pleasant and joyful tones

-% \footnote{This part was added by Beethoven.}\label{rightfootnote4}.
+% \footnote{This part was added by Beethoven.\label{fn:right4}}.
 % \end{Everse}
 % \begin{Gverse}
 % Freude!\\
@@ -744,7 +767,7 @@
 % We approach thy shrine.\\
 % Your magic reunites\\
 % {\itshape That which stern custom has parted;\\
-% All humans will become brothere\footnote{

+% All humans will become brothers\footnote{

 % Original: 
 % What custom's sword has parted;\\
 % Beggars become princes' brothers}}\\
@@ -773,7 +796,7 @@
 % \begin{Gverse}
 % Freude trinken alle Wesen
 % an den Br\"usten der Natur;\\
-% Alle Guten, all B\"osen
+% Alle Guten, alle B\"osen
 % folgen ihrer Rosenspur.\\
 % K\"usse gab sie uns und Reben,
 % einen Freund, gepr\"uft im Tod;\\
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/paracol.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/paracol.dtx
index 624e2cbadbb..7bf88f8847f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/paracol.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/paracol.dtx
@@ -19,12 +19,13 @@
 %<man>\ProvidesFile{paracol-man.tex}
 % \fi
 % \ProvidesFile{paracol.dtx}
-[2012/05/11 v1.1 ]
+[2013/05/11 v1.2 ]
 % \iffalse
 %<*man>
 \documentclass{ltxdoc}
 \usepackage{paracol}
 \usepackage{newvbtm}
+\usepackage{color}
 \DisableCrossrefs
 \PageIndex
 \CodelineNumbered
@@ -319,7 +320,7 @@
 % \gdef\!{\begingroup \catcode`\@\active \IndexedVerb}
 % \gdef\IndexedVerb#1!{\def@{\TheAtMark \penalty\exhyphenpenalty}

 % 	\def~{\penalty\exhyphenpenalty}

-% 	\texttt{\string#1}\let@\TheAtMark \def~{}

+% 	\rm\texttt{\string#1}\let@\TheAtMark \def~{}

 % 	\edef\RAFCTempa{\expandafter\RAFCgobble\string#1}

 %	\expandafter\SpecialIndex\csname\RAFCTempa\endcsname \endgroup}
 % \endgroup
@@ -360,11 +361,17 @@
 % \edef\CommonCSPrefix{\expandafter\RAFCgobble\string\pcol}
 % \edef\CommonIfPrefix{\expandafter\RAFCgobble\string\ifpcol}
 % 
+% \def\beginenv#1{\CSIndex{begin}\allowbreak
+% 	\texttt{\char`{#1\char`}}\EnvIndex{#1}}
+% \def\beginparacol{\beginenv{paracol}}
+% 
 % \def\bpage{base page\Index{base page}}
-% \def\beginparacol{\CSIndex{begin}\allowbreak
-% 	\texttt{\char`\{paracol\char`\}}\EnvIndex{paracol}}
+% \def\colorctext{color context\Index{color context}}
+% \def\colorstack{color stack\Index{color stack}}
 % \def\cctext{column-context\Index{column-context}}
 % \def\colpage{column-page\Index{column-page}}
+% \def\cscan{column-scan\Index{column-scan}}
+% \def\cswap{column-swapping\Index{column-swapping}}
 % \def\cswitch{column-switching\Index{column-switching}}
 % \def\csenv{column-switching environment\Index{column-switching environment}}
 % \def\csync{counter synchronization\Index{counter synchronization}}
@@ -383,21 +390,36 @@
 % \def\lcolpage{leading column-page\Index{leading column-page}}
 % \def\lcounter{local counter\Index{local counter}}
 % \def\lrep{local representation\Index{local representation}}
-% \def\mctext{multi-column text\Index{multi-column text}}
+% \def\Mcfnote{multi-columned footnote\Index{multi-columned footnote}}
+% \def\mcfnote{multi-columned\Index{multi-columned footnote}}
+% \def\Mgfnote{merged footnote\Index{merged footnote}}
+% \def\mgfnote{merged\Index{merged footnote}}
+% \def\mctext{spanning text\Index{spanning text}}
 % \def\mvlfloat{MVL-float\Index{MVL-float}}
 % \def\pctext{page context\Index{page context}}
+% \def\pfcheck{pre-flushing column height check

+%	\Index{pre-flushing column height check}}
+% \def\Postenv{post-environment\Index{post-environment stuff}}
 % \def\postenv{post-environment stuff\Index{post-environment stuff}}
+% \def\Preenv{pre-environment\Index{pre-environment stuff}}
 % \def\preenv{pre-environment stuff\Index{pre-environment stuff}}
+% \def\Scfnote{single-columned footnote\Index{single-columned footnote}}
+% \def\scfnote{single-columned\Index{single-columned footnote}}
 % \def\spanning{spanning stuff\Index{spanning stuff}}
 % \def\spage{starting page\Index{starting page}}
 % \def\sync{synchroniz\Index{synchronize}}
 % \def\tpage{top page\Index{top page}}
 % 
-% \def\vb{\Index[$\beta$]{-b}\beta}
-% \def\pd{\Index[$\delta$]{-d}\delta}
-% \def\ep{\Index[$\varepsilon$]{-e}\varepsilon}
+% \def\vb{\Index[$\kappa_c(\beta)$]{-k_c(-b)}\beta}
+% \def\pd{\Index[$\kappa_c(\delta)$]{-k_c(-d)}\delta}
+% \def\Celt{\Index[$\gamma_0^c$]{-c_0^c}\gamma_0}
+% \def\celt{\Index[$\gamma_i$]{-c_i}\gamma}
+% \def\cst{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Gamma}$]{-C}\mathit{\Gamma}}
+% \def\CST{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Gamma}^c$]{-C^c}\mathit{\Gamma}}
+% \def\csts{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Gamma_s}$]{-C_s}\mathit{\Gamma}_s}
+% \def\ep{\Index[$\kappa_c(\varepsilon)$]{-k_c(-e)}\varepsilon}
 % \def\clist{\Index[$\zeta(\theta)$]{-f(-j)}\zeta}
-% \def\fh{\Index[$\eta$]{-h}\eta}
+% \def\fh{\Index[$\kappa_c(\eta)$]{-k_c(-h)}\eta}
 % \def\CC{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Theta}$]{-J}\mathit{\Theta}}
 % \def\Cc{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Theta}_c$]{-J_c}\mathit{\Theta}}
 % \def\CG{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Theta}^g$]{-J^g}\mathit{\Theta}^g}
@@ -405,30 +427,35 @@
 % \def\CL{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Theta}^l$]{-J^l}\mathit{\Theta}^l}
 % \def\cl{\Index[$\theta^l$]{-j^l}\theta^l}
 % \def\cc{\Index[$\kappa_c$]{-k_c}\kappa}
-% \def\bl{\Index[$\lambda_b$]{-l_b}\lambda_b}
-% \def\dl{\Index[$\lambda_d$]{-l_d}\lambda_d}
-% \def\ml{\Index[$\lambda_m$]{-l_m}\lambda_m}
-% \def\tl{\Index[$\lambda_t$]{-l_t}\lambda_t}
-% \def\mb{\Index[$\mu$]{-m}\mu}
-% \def\bn{\Index[$\nu_b$]{-n_b}\nu_b}
-% \def\cn{\Index[$\nu_c$]{-n_c}\nu_c}
-% \def\tn{\Index[$\nu_t$]{-n_t}\nu_t}
-% \def\tf{\Index[$\xi$]{-o}\xi}
+% \def\bl{\Index[$\kappa_c(\lambda_b)$]{-k_c(-l_b)}\lambda_b}
+% \def\dl{\Index[$\kappa_c(\lambda_d)$]{-k_c(-l_d)}\lambda_d}
+% \def\ml{\Index[$\kappa_c(\lambda_m)$]{-k_c(-l_m)}\lambda_m}
+% \def\tl{\Index[$\kappa_c(\lambda_t)$]{-k_c(-l_t)}\lambda_t}
+% \def\lrm{\Index[$\mu$]{-m}\mu}
+% \def\mb{\Index[$\kappa_c(\mu)$]{-k_c(-m)}\mu}
+% \def\bn{\Index[$\kappa_c(\nu_b)$]{-k_c(-n_b)}\nu_b}
+% \def\cn{\Index[$\kappa_c(\nu_c)$]{-k_c(-n_c)}\nu_c}
+% \def\tn{\Index[$\kappa_c(\nu_t)$]{-k_c(-n_t)}\nu_t}
+% \def\tf{\Index[$\kappa_c(\xi)$]{-k_c(-o)}\xi}
 % \def\PP{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Pi}$]{-P}\mathit{\Pi}}
 % \def\PPP{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Pi}^+$]{-P+}\mathit{\Pi}^+}
 % \def\pp{\Index[$\pi(p)$]{-p(p)}\pi}
-% \def\br{\Index[$\rho_b$]{-r_b}\rho_b}
-% \def\tr{\Index[$\rho_t$]{-r_t}\rho_t}
-% \def\sw{\Index[$\sigma$]{-s}\sigma}
-% \def\ft{\Index[$\tau$]{-t}\tau}
+% \def\br{\Index[$\kappa_c(\rho_b)$]{-k_c(-r_b)}\rho_b}
+% \def\tr{\Index[$\kappa_c(\rho_t)$]{-k_c(-r_t)}\rho_t}
+% \def\sw{\Index[$\kappa_c(\sigma)$]{-k_c(-s)}\sigma}
+% \def\ft{\Index[$\kappa_c(\tau)$]{-k_c(-t)}\tau}
+% \def\df{\Index[$\string\mathit{\Phi}$]{-U}\mathit{\Phi}}
 % 
+% \def\bf{\Index[$b_f$]{b_f}b_f}
 % \def\C{\Index[$C$]{C}C}
+% \def\cmax{\Index[$c_{\max}$]{c_max}c_{\max}}
 % \def\dc{\Index[$d_c$]{d_c}d_c}
 % \def\DP{\Index[$D_P$]{D_P}D_P}
 % \def\DT{\Index[$D_T$]{D_T}D_T}
 % \def\false{\Index[$\string\mathit{false}$]{false}\mathit{false}}
 % \def\Fc{\Index[$F_c(X)$]{F_c}F_c}
 % \def\fc{\Index[$f_c(x)$]{f_c}f_c}
+% \def\nf{\Index[$n_f$]{n_f}n_f}
 % \def\pbase{\Index[$p_b$]{p_b}p_b}
 % \def\ptop{\Index[$p_t$]{p_t}p_t}
 % \def\page{\Index[$\string\mathit{page}(p)$]{page(p)}\mathit{page}}
@@ -446,6 +473,7 @@
 % \def\vc{\Index[$v_c(x)$]{v_c}v_c}
 % \def\VB{\Index[$V_B$]{V_B}V_B}
 % \def\VP{\Index[$V_P$]{V_P}V_P}
+% \def\VPP{\Index[$V'_P$]{V_Px}V'_P}
 % \def\VT{\Index[$V_T$]{V_T}V_T}
 % \def\w{\Index[$w_c$]{w_c}w}
 % 
@@ -471,7 +499,7 @@
 % \globalcounter{figure}
 % \globalcounter{table}
 % \definethecounter{footnote}{1}{\textit{\arabic{footnote}}}
-% \definethecounter{subsection}{1}{%
+% \definethecounter{subsection}{1}{

 %   \texttt{\arabic{section}.\arabic{subsection}}}
 % \addcontentsonly{toc}{0}
 %
@@ -492,6 +520,22 @@
 %	 30th wedding anniversary.}
 % \changes{v1.1}{2012/05/11}
 % 	{Add \cs{columnratio} and variable column width.}
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Make \string\texttt{paracol} environment accept \cs{color} and add
+%	 \cs{columncolor}.}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add single-column and merged footnote functions.}
+% \changes{v1.2-3}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Fix a problem in synchronization.}
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add column-swapping functions.}
+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Allow a \string\texttt{paracol} envrionment is enclosed in list-like
+%	 environments.}
+% \changes{v1.2-6}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add \cs{localcounter}.}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Bug fixes and minor revisions as follows.}
 %
 % 
 % 
@@ -507,7 +551,7 @@
 % \tableofcontents
 % \newpage
 % 
\vbox to\unitlength{\unvbox0\vfil}
-% \part{User's Manual}
+% \part{User's Manual}\label{part:man}
 % \let\MidxSave\Midx \let\Midx\Uidx
 % \fi
 % 
@@ -518,23 +562,34 @@
 % |leftcolumn| and |rightcolumn|.
 % \end{abstract}
 % 
+% 
\tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \showboxdepth10000 \showboxbreadth10000
 % \input{man.dtx}
+% 
\tracingpages0 \tracingoutput0
 % \newpage
 % \input{ref.dtx}
+% \newpage
+% \input{scfnote.dtx}
 % 
 % \IndexPrologue{\newpage\section*{Index}
 % Underlined number refers to the page where the specification of
 % corresponding entry is described, while italicized number is for the page
 % in which the usage of the entry is explained.}
+% 
 % \StopEventually{\ifx\ONLYDESCRIPTION\undefined\newpage\fi
 % \section*{Acknowledgments}
-%
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\protect\numberline{}{Acknowledgments}}
+% 

 % The author thanks to Yacine Daddi Addoun who gave the author the
 % motivation to write the style for his bilingual document.  He also thanks
 % to the following people; Robin Fairbairns who kindly invited the style to
 % CTAN after the author's lazy six years failing to upload the style; Joseph
 % G.\ Rosenstein and Dieter K\"ohler who suggested the author adding the
-% function of unbalanced column width incorporated in version 1.1.
+% function of unbalanced column width incorporated in version 1.1; Joaqu\'in
+% Blas who motivated the author to challenge single-columned footnotes;
+% Olivier Vogel who pointed out the compatibility problem with coloring
+% packages; Heiner Richter who asked for the possibility of swapping
+% unbalanced columns; and an anonymous user who reported a very rare-case
+% but severe bug in the version~1.1 by which a page can be lost (woops!).
 % 
 % For the implementation of the style file, the author referred to the base
 % implementations of \texttt{\char`\\output}, \texttt{\char`\\newcounter}
@@ -548,10 +603,12 @@
 % \advance\oddsidemargin1in\evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
 % \advance\textwidth-1in\columnwidth\textwidth
 % \hsize\textwidth \linewidth\textwidth
-% \part{Implementation}
+% \part{Implementation}\label{part:impl}
 % \input{impl.dtx}
 % 
 % \IndexPrologue{\newpage\section*{Index}
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\protect\numberline{}{Index}}
+% 
 % Underlined number refers to the page where the implementation or the
 % definition of the correspoinding entry is described, while italicized
 % number is for the page in which the specificatoin or usage of the entry is
@@ -560,7 +617,8 @@
 % To find a control sequence, remove prefixes \cs{@}, \cs{pcol@} and 
 % \cs{ifpcol@} from its name if it has one of them.}
 % \Finale
-% \GlossaryPrologue{\newpage\section*{Revision History}}
+% \GlossaryPrologue{\newpage\section*{Revision History}
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\protect\numberline{}{Revision History}}}
 % \def\EQ{=} \def\GT{>} \def\BAR{|} \def\NEQ{\neq}
 % \PrintChanges
 \endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/ref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/ref.dtx
index 29cbda9a706..d5e29741d5a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/ref.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/ref.dtx
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+% \mergedfootnotes
+% \columnratio{}
 % \section{Reference Manual}
 % \label{sec:ref}
 % \subsection{Environment \texttt{paracol}}
@@ -11,18 +13,83 @@
 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add a footnote mentioning single-columned footnotes merged with
+%	 pre-environment staff.}

+% 

 % The environment may start from \emph{any} vertical position in a page,
-% i.e., not necessary at the top of a page.  The single-column contents of
-% the {\em\Uidx\spage} in which \beginparacol{} lies are naturally connected
-% to the beginning part of \meta{body} in each column, unless the page has
-% footnotes or bottom floats.  If these kind of bottom stuff exist, they are
-% put above the multi-columned \meta{body}, or the multi-column \meta{text}
+% i.e., not necessary at the top of a page.  The single-column
+% {\em\Uidx\preenv} of the {\em\Uidx\spage} in which \beginparacol{} lies
+% are naturally connected to the beginning part of \meta{body} in each
+% column, unless the page has footnotes\footnote{

+% 

+% With merged footnotes setting shown in Section~\ref{sec:ref-scfnote}, the
+% footnotes in the single-column contents are merged with those in
+% \env{paracol} environment and are put at the bottom of the \spage{}
+% together as shown in this page.}
+% 

+% or bottom floats.  If these kind of bottom stuff exist, they are
+% put above the multi-columned \meta{body}, or the spanning \meta{text}
+% 

+% \UsageIndex{spanning text}

+% 

+% if provided, with a vertical skip of \!\textfloatsep! separating them if
+% bottom floats exist.  The \emph{deferred} floats which have not yet
+% appeared in the starting page and thus will appear in the next or
+% succeeding pages are considered as page-wise floats given in the
+% environment.
+% 
+% \item
+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add an item to show that \string\texttt{paracol} can be enclosed in
+%	 a \string\texttt{list}-like environment.}

+% 

+% The environment can be enclosed in a \env{list}{\em-like environment} such
+% as \env{enumerate}, \env{itemize} and \env{description}.  If so, \!\item!s
+% in each column are typeset using the parameters of the surrounding
+% environment such as \!\leftmargin! and \!\rightmargin!.  For example, the
+% following short \env{paracol} environment is included in an \env{itemize}
+% for this and other \!\item!s in this page.
+% 

+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \item
+% This is the first \!\item! in the left column.
+% 
+% \item
+% This is the second \!\item! in the left column followed by a
+% \!\switchcolumn!\footnote{
.
 % 

-% \UsageIndex{multi-column text}

+% This footnote is to show the footnotes in this page are merged.}.
+% \switchcolumn
+% 
+% \item
+% This is the first \!\item! in the right column.
+% 
+% \item
+% This is the second \!\item! in the right column.
+% 
+% \item
+% This is the third and last \!\item! in the right column.
+% \end{paracol}
+% You are now seeing the switching to/from multi-columned and \env{itemize}d
+% texts are naturally connected with the last and this single-columned
+% sentences.  You may feel the space between two columns above is too large
+% but it simply results from the large total \!\leftmargin!s of the outer
+% \env{description} and this \env{itemize}, which make the right column
+% shifted right.  A simple remedy for this large space is to make
+% \!\columnsep! narrower, for example 0\,pt as shown below.
 % 

-% if provided.  The \emph{deferred} floats which have not yet appeared in
-% the starting page and thus will appear in the next or succeeding pages are
-% considered as multi-column floats given in the environment.
+% \columnsep0pt
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \item
+% This \!\item! is wider than the last \!\item! above because
+% \!\columnsep! is 0\,pt.
+% \switchcolumn
+% 
+% \item
+% Therefore, this \!\item! is shifted left a little bit to make
+% inter-column spece narrower.
+% \end{paracol}
 % 
 % \item
 % All \Uidx\lcounter{}s in all columns are initialized to have the values at
@@ -34,19 +101,30 @@
 % commonly have the value at \beginparacol.
 % 
 % \item
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add a footnote mentioning single-columned footnotes merged with
+%	 post-environment staff.}

+% 

 % The environment may end at \emph{any} vertical position in a page, i.e.,
 % the {\em\Uidx\postenv} being the single-column texts and others
-% following \Endparacol{} may not start from the top of a page.  If any
-% columns don't have deferred single-column floats and the most advanced
-% {\em\Uidx\lcolumn} at \Endparacol{} has neither of footnotes nor bottom
-% floats, its bottom is naturally connected to the \postenv{}.  If the
-% \lcolumn{} has these kinds of bottom stuff, they are put above the
+% following \Endparacol{} in the {\em\Uidx\lpage} of the environment may not
+% start from the top of a page.  If any columns don't have deferred
+% column-wise floats and the most advanced {\em\Uidx\lcolumn} at
+% \Endparacol{} has neither of footnotes\footnote{

+% 

+% With merged-footnote setting shown in Section~\ref{sec:ref-scfnote}, the
+% footnotes in the closing \env{paracol} environment are merged with those
+% in \postenv{} and are put at the bottom of the page{} together as shown in
+% this page.}
+% 

+% nor bottom floats, its bottom is naturally connected to the \postenv{}.
+% If the \lcolumn{} has these kinds of bottom stuff, they are put above the
 % \postenv{}, with a vertical skip of \!\textfloatsep! separating them if
-% bottom floats exist.  All deferred single-column floats given in the
+% bottom floats exist.  All deferred column-wise floats given in the
 % environment are flushed before the \postenv{} appears, possibly creating
 % {\em\Uidx\fcolumn{}s} only with floats.  On the other hand, deferred
-% multi-column floats given in the environment are considered as deferred
-% single-column floats given just after \Endparacol.
+% page-wise floats given in the environment are considered as deferred
+% (single-) column-wise floats given just after \Endparacol.
 % 
 % \item
 % The values of all \lcounter{}s in the leftmost column are used as the
@@ -84,17 +162,16 @@
 % where $n$ is the number of columns given to \beginparacol, while
 % $j=\meta{col}$ with the optional argument.  If the command (or
 % \oarg{col} if specified) is followed by a |*|, the \cswitch{} takes
-% place after \sync{}ation and, if specified, the optional multi-column
+% place after \sync{}ation and, if specified, the optional spanning
 % \meta{text} is put.
 % 

-% \Index{multi-column text}

+% \Index{spanning text}

 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
-% Using \!\switchcolumn! in a \env{list} and other relative environments
-% such as \env{itemize} causes an ugly result without any error\slash
-% warning messages.  This caution is effectual for all \csenv{}s
-% too.
+% Using \!\switchcolumn! in a \env{list}-like environment \emph{included} in
+% a \env{paracol} environment causes an ugly result without any error\slash
+% warning messages.  This caution is effectual for all \csenv{}s too.
 % 
 % \item
 % If $\meta{col}\notin\LBRP0n$, an error is reported and, if you dare to
@@ -106,7 +183,9 @@
 % deferred floats are put in the pages up to $p-1$ and at the top of $p$ if
 % possible.  Then, if a non-\lcolumn{} has footnotes and/or bottom floats
 % and they cannot be pushed down below the \sync{}ation point, the point is
-% moved to the next page top.
+% moved to the next page top\footnote{

+% 

+% Or below top floats deferred to the page.}.
 % 
 % \item
 % In a page having one or more \sync{}ation points, stretch and shrink
@@ -115,9 +194,9 @@
 % the page is typeset as if \!\raggedbottom! were specified.
 % 
 % \item
-% After a sync{}ation point is set, top floats will not be put in the page
+% After a \sync{}ation point is set, top floats will not be put in the page
 % having the point any more and thus will be deferred to the next or
-% succeeding page.
+% a succeeding page.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % 
@@ -127,9 +206,9 @@
 % The environment \env{column} contains \meta{body} for the column next to
 % what we are in just before \!\begin!|{|\env{column}|}|.  The starred
 % version \env{column*} does the same after \sync{}ation and, if specified,
-% the optional multi-column \meta{text} is put.
+% the optional spanning \meta{text} is put.
 % 

-% \Index{multi-column text}

+% \Index{spanning text}

 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
@@ -144,7 +223,7 @@
 % if it is not preceded by \!\switchcolumn! nor other \csenv{}s.
 % 
 % \item
-% The \meta{body} of the environments cannot have \!\switchcolumn! nor other
+% The \meta{body} of the environments cannot have \!\switchcolumn! nor
 % \csenv{}s including \env{column}(|*|) themselves, or you will have an
 % error message of illegal use of command\slash environment.
 % 
@@ -161,10 +240,9 @@
 % \Item[\ENV{nthcolumn*}{\marg{col}\oarg{text}}]\mbox{}\par
 % The environment \env{nthcolumn} contains \meta{body} for the column
 % \meta{col}.  The starred version \env{nthcolumn*} does the same after
-% \sync{}ation and, if specified, the optional multi-column \meta{text} is
-% put.
+% \sync{}ation and, if specified, the optional spanning \meta{text} is put.
 % 

-% \Index{multi-column text}

+% \Index{spanning text}

 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
@@ -177,7 +255,7 @@
 % \end{quote}
 % 
 % \item
-% The \meta{body} of the environments cannot have \!\switchcolumn! nor other
+% The \meta{body} of the environments cannot have \!\switchcolumn! nor
 % \csenv{}s including \env{nthcolumn}(|*|) themselves, or you will have an
 % error message of illegal use of command\slash environment.
 % 
@@ -190,7 +268,6 @@
 % 
 % 
 % 
-% \newpage
 % \item[\ENV{leftcolumn}{}]\mbox{}
 % \Item[\ENV{leftcolumn*}{\oarg{text}}]\mbox{}
 % \Item[\ENV{rightcolumn}{}]\mbox{}
@@ -199,9 +276,9 @@
 % column 0, while \env{rightcolumn} for the column 1 being the right column
 % in two-column typesetting.  The starred versions \env{leftcolumn*} and
 % \env{rightcolumn*} do the same after \sync{}ation and, if specified, the
-% optional multi-column \meta{text} is put.
+% optional spanning \meta{text} is put.
 % 

-% \Index{multi-column text}

+% \Index{spanning text}

 % 

 % \begin{itemize}
 % \item
@@ -223,18 +300,20 @@
 % \end{description}
 % 
 % 
-% \subsection{Command to Control Column Width} 
+% 
+% \subsection{Commands for Column Width, Position and Color} 
 % \label{sec:ref-columnratio}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2012/05/11}
-% 	{Add description of \cs{columnratio}.}
 % 
 % \begin{description}
 % \item[\Midx{\!\columnratio!}\Arg{$r_0,r_1,\cdots,r_k$}]\mbox{}\par
+% \changes{v1.1}{2012/05/11}
+% 	{Add description of \cs{columnratio}.}

+% 

 % The command defines the width of each column by the fraction $r_i$ to
 % specify the portion which $i$-th ($i=0$ for the leftmost) column
 % occupies.  More specifically, the width $\Midx{\w}_i$ of the $i$-th column
 % is defined as follows, where $W$ is \!\textwidth!, $S$ is \!\columnsep!,
-% and $n$ is the numnber of columns given to \beginparacol.
+% and $n$ is the number of columns given to \beginparacol.
 % 

 % \begin{eqnarray*}
 % W'&=&W-(n-1)S\\
@@ -273,8 +352,153 @@
 % shown in Section~\ref{sec:man-close}.
 % 
 % \item
+% \changes{v1.2-5}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Modify the description about \cs{linewidth} reflecting the fact
+%	 that \string\texttt{paracol} may be included in a
+%	 \string\texttt{list}-like environment.}

+% 

 % In the $i$-th column, \!\columnwidth! has $w_i$ and, for outermost
-% paragraphs in the column, \!\linewidth! and \!\hsize! have $w_i$ as well.
+% paragraphs in the column, \!\hsize! has $w_i$ as well.  As for
+% \!\linewidth!, it has $w_i-(\!\textwidth!-l)$ where $l$ is what
+% \!\linewidth! had at \beginparacol{}, i.e., the \!\linewidth! for the
+% \env{list}-like environment surrounding \env{paracol} if any, or
+% \!\textwidth! otherwise.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \item[\Midx{\!\swapcolumninevenpages!}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\noswapcolumninevenpages!}]\mbox{}\par
+% \changes{v1.2-4}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add description of \cs{[no]swapcolumninevenpages}.}

+% 

+% In a book with unbalanced parallel columns, sometimes it is preferable
+% that, for example, wider columns are always \emph{inside} while narrower
+% ones are \emph{outside}.  This {\em\Uidx\cswap} to \emph{print} columns in
+% even pages in reverse order is enabled by \!\swapcolumninevenpages!.  The
+% other command \!\noswapcolumninevenpages! disables this function to give
+% the default setting.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% The \cswap{} affects not only columns but also marginal notes and, more
+% subtlely, the column to which \mctext{}s is put.  That is, with the natural
+% ordering of column printing, column-0 accommodate \mctext{}s and its marginal
+% notes go to left margin while those of other columns are placed at their
+% right, but with reverse ordering the role of column-0 is delegated to
+% column-$(n-1)$ in $n$-parallel-column typesetting.  Since the printing
+% position of each column is decided \emph{after} the page number for columns
+% are fixed, columns are placed always correctly.  As for marginal notes and
+% \mctext{}s, however, we have to decide which column is the leftmost
+% \emph{before} the page in which they reside is fixed.  Therefore, the
+% \textsf{paracol} can misunderstand the page parity to misplace
+% these items.  In particular, it is almost impossible to produce a good
+% result when a \mctext{} crosses a page boundary to lie in two pages whose
+% parities of course disagree.  Therefore, you are requested to insert
+% \!\newpage! before the such stuff if you have weird results.
+% 
+% \item\label{pag:cswap}
+% The commands have to be outside of \env{paracol} environments to decide
+% the action in the environments following them.  If they appear in a
+% \env{paracol} environment, you will have a warning message saying they are
+% ignored.
+% 
+% \swapcolumninevenpages\columnratio{0.6}\columnsep0pt
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \hfuzz2pt
+% \item
+% Here is an example of column swapping.  Since this page
+% \pageref{pag:cswap} is even, this wider column-0 with roman font is placed
+% in right side and thus inside at the begining, but now we are in a odd
+% page in which this column is in left side.
+% 
+% \switchcolumn
+% \item\it
+% This narrower, outside and italicized column-1 is at first in left
+% side but the page break has changed the position to the right.
+% \end{paracol}
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \item[\Midx{\!\columncolor!}\oarg{mode}\marg{color}\oarg{col}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\normalcolumncolor!}\oarg{col}]\mbox{}\par
+% \changes{v1.2-1}{2013/05/11}
+%	{Add description of \cs{columncolor} and \cs{normlcolumncolor}.}

+% 

+% The command \!\columncolor! declares that the \emph{default color} of a
+% column is 
+% \meta{color} or what it specifies by the combination with the optional
+% \meta{mode}.  The command \!\normalcolumncolor! declares the default color
+% is what \!\normalcolor! specifies, i.e., black usually.  The target column
+% of these commands is that in which the commands reside, or \meta{col} if
+% it specified.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% The command may be outside of \env{paracol} environment.  If so and
+% \meta{col} is not provided, the target column is the leftmost 0.
+% 
+% \item
+% The default color declaration is \emph{global}.  Therefore, even if the
+% command appears in a \env{paracol} environment (and even in some grouping
+% structure in it), the declaration will be kept effective after
+% \Endparacol{} to determine the default color of the specified column in
+% succeeding \env{paracol} environments.
+% 
+% \item
+% To give a color to texts (and maybe other stuff) in a column correctly,
+% you need to load \textsf{color} package or its relative (e.g.,
+% \textsf{xcolor}) which the implementation of coloring in \textsf{paracol}
+% relies on.
+% 
+% \item
+% Coloring with \!\color!\oarg{mode}\marg{color} and other coloring commands
+% in \env{paracol} environments is of course allowed.  One caution is that
+% the \!\color! decides the color for following texts until other
+% specificatoin is given or the group surrounding the command is closed.
+% Therefore, \!\switchcolumn! does not affect the coloring but a color given
+% to the texts in a column is also applied to the texts in the column to be
+% switched to.  This irrelativeness of coloring and \cswitch{} is shown in
+% the example below.
+% 
+% \noswapcolumninevenpages\columnratio{0.5}\columnsep0pt
+% \tolerance5000\hbadness5000
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \columncolor{blue}
+% This column is colored blue because\\
+% \mbox{}\qquad \!\columncolor!|{blue}|\\
+% is specfied.  Here we have a \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \switchcolumn
+% \columncolor{red}
+% This column is colored red because\\
+% \mbox{}\qquad\!\columncolor!|{red}|\\
+% is specified.
+% 
+% \begin{color}{green}
+% Now the color of the right column is changed to green because\\
+% \mbox{}\qquad\!\begin!|{color}{green}|\\
+% is given prior to this paragraph.  Now we have another \!\switchcolumn! to
+% go back to the left.
+% \switchcolumn
+% The color of this paragraph is green because we are still in the
+% environment of green coloring, which we are now closing.\par
+% \end{color}%
+% 
+% Since the coloring environment has been closed, the color of this
+% paragraph is the default blue.  Now we have yet another and the last
+% \!\switchcolumn! to the right.
+% \switchcolumn
+% Since this paragraph is outside of the coloring environment, its color is
+% the default red.
+% \end{paracol}
+% 
+% \normalcolumncolor[0]\normalcolumncolor[1]
+% The default coloring of columns does not affect anything outside of
+% \env{paracol} environment of course, and thus this sentence is not
+% colored\footnote{

+% 

+% Or colred black as \cs{normalcolor} specifies.}.
 % \end{itemize}
 % \end{description}
 % 
@@ -307,6 +531,23 @@
 % 

 % Direct reference to \counter{page} may give an inconsisent result, as you
 % might have in ordinary \LaTeX{} documents.}.
+% 
+% \item
+% Globalizing a \meta{ctr} being already global is just ignored without any
+% complaints.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \item[\Midx{\!\localcounter!}\marg{ctr}]\mbox{}\par
+% The command declares that the counter \meta{ctr} is local for each column.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% Though this command is intended for localizing a \meta{ctr} which is once
+% globalized, localizing a local counter does not causes any error but is
+% just ignored.  Localizing the permanently global \counter{page} is also
+% just ignored without any complaints.
 % \end{itemize}
 % 
 % 
@@ -330,6 +571,100 @@
 % 
 % 
 % 
+% \subsection{Single-Columned Footnotes}
+% \label{sec:ref-scfnote}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add the sub-section ``Single-Columned Footnotes'' to describe newly
+%	 introducerd commands for single-columned footnotes.}
+% 
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\Midx{\!\singlecolumnfootnotes!}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\mergedfootnotes!}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\multicolumnfootnotes!}]\mbox{}\par
+% The command \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! makes footnotes in \env{paracol}
+% environments {\em\Uidx\scfnote} so that footnotes in all columns are
+% gathered to be typeset spanning all columns, i.e., single-columned, and are
+% put at the bottom of the page in which they appear.  The command
+% \!\mergedfootnotes! also makes footnotes \scfnote{} and \emph{merges}
+% 

+% \Uidx{\Index{merged footnote}}

+% 

+% them with footnotes in outside of the environment but in the same page,
+% i.e., those in \Preenv{} and \postenv{}, while with
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! \Preenv{} footnotes are put above multi-columns
+% and those in the \lpage{} of the environment is put below multi-columns
+% to separate single- and multi-column stuff.  The command
+% \!\multicolumnfootnotes! is to choose the default {\em\Uidx\mcfnote}
+% footnote typesetting, i.e., footnotes in each column are put below the
+% column itself and are separated from \Preenv{} and \Postenv{} footnotes.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% An example of \Mgfnote{} is found in p.~\pageref{sec:ref-paracol} while
+% you will see many of them in Section~\ref{sec:fnnp}\footnote{

+% 

+% The left-column footnote \ref{fn:flush} in p.~\pageref{fn:flush} looks like
+% a merged footnote because it is at the bottom of the page and the marked
+% text is above the single-column text.  However, it is an ordinary
+% multi-columned one produced by a trick with \cs{footnotemark} and
+% \cs{footnotetext} in different \env{paracol} environments.}.
+% 
+% \item
+% In any styles of footnote typesetting, a footnote cannot have page breaks
+% in it, i.e., a footnote is always put in a page as a whole.  This makes it
+% impossible to have a footnote taller than \!\textheight! and thus you will
+% see a warning message if you give a very long footnote which will be
+% printed intruding into the area for page footer (or out of the paper bound).
+% 
+% \item
+% The commands \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! and \!\mergedfootnotes! make
+% \counter{footnote} counter global and perform \!\fncounteradjustment!
+% shown below inside them.  The command \!\multicolumnfoot~notes! does
+% the opperations oppositely, i.e., localizes \counter{footnote} and does
+% \!\nofncounteradjustment!.  Though these settings are usually appropriate
+% for each footnote typesetting but you can override them by explictly using
+% commands like \!\localcounter!|{footnote}|.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \item[\Midx{\!\footnote!}\texttt{*}\oarg{num}\marg{text}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\footnotemark!}\texttt{*}\oarg{num}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\footnotetext!}\texttt{*}\oarg{num}\marg{text}]\mbox{}\par
+% The starred version of \!\footnote!, \!\footnotemark! and \!\footnotetext!
+% are for the adjustment of the footnote numbering, the order of footnote
+% marks in main texts, and the stacking order of footnotes at page
+% bottom.  Their usages with various examples are given in
+% Section~\ref{sec:fnnp}.
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \item[\Midx{\!\fncounteradjustment!}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\nofncounteradjustment!}]\mbox{}\par
+% The maintenance of \counter{footnote} with the starred footnote commands
+% such as \!\footnote!|*| shown above causes out-of-order progress of the
+% counter to make it hard to have a consistent counter value at
+% \Endparacol.  The command \!\fncounteradjustment! is to let \Endparacol{}
+% adjust the value of the counter based on its value at
+% \beginparacol{} and the number of footnote commands in the environment.
+% The command \!\nofncounteradjustment! is to tell \Endparacol{} to do
+% nothing as in default.
+% 
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% Though \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! and \!\mergedfootnotes! do
+% \!\fncounteradjustment! and \!\multi~columnfootnotes! does
+% \!\nofncounteradjustment! inside of them, you can override these settings
+% by explicitly putting a counter adjustment command after a footnote
+% typesetting command.
+% 
+% \item
+% The effect of \!\fncounteradjustment! is shown in Section~\ref{sec:fnnp}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{description}
+% 
+% 
+% 
 % \subsection{Control of Contents Output}
 % \label{sec:ref-contents}
 % 
@@ -375,9 +710,9 @@ or the table should have % duplicated entries of sub-sections.
 % \item[\Midx{\!\clearpage!}]\mbox{}\par
 % The command does what \!\flushpage! does and then flushes all floats still
 % deferred if any.  The deferred float flushing beyond the \tpage{} takes
-% place at first for single-column ones creating \fcolumn{}s for them, and
-% then for multi-column ones creating {\em\Uidx\fpage{}s} only with
-% multi-column floats, as \LaTeX's \!\clearpage! does outside \env{paracol}
+% place at first for column-wise ones creating \fcolumn{}s for them, and
+% then for page-wise ones creating {\em\Uidx\fpage{}s} only with
+% page-wise floats, as \LaTeX's \!\clearpage! does outside \env{paracol}
 % environment.
 % \end{description}
 \endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/scfnote.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/scfnote.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..df09316f43c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/paracol/scfnote.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,770 @@
+% \def\Dotfill{\leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to.44em{\hss.\hss}\hfill\kern0pt}
+% \def\Dotquad{\leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to.44em{\hss.\hss}%
+%   \hskip\parindent\kern0pt}
+% \def\fnpar#1#2{#1 paragraph\Dotfill\\\Dotfill with a footnote#2\Dotfill
+%   in it.\par}
+% \def\Fnpar#1#2#3{#1 paragraph\Dotfill\\\Dotfill with a footnote#2\Dotfill
+%   in it.\\#3\par}
+% \def\Hrule{\hbox to\hsize{\hrulefill}}
+% 
+% \section{Numbering and Placement of Single-Columned Footnotes}
+% \label{sec:fnnp}
+% \changes{v1.2-2}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add the section ``Numbering and Placement of Single-Columned
+%	 Footnotes'' to describe single-columned footnotes in detail.}
+% 
+% Here we have a simple example of single-columned but not-merged
+% footnotes\footnote{
. 
+% 

+% Because of the non-merged typesetting, this footnote is put above the
+% example.\par\Hrule\label{fn:preenv}}.
+%
+% \singlecolumnfootnotes
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \fnpar{First left-column}{\footnote{First left-column footnote.}}
+% \fnpar{Second left-column}{\footnote{Second left-column footnote.}}
+% \switchcolumn
+% \fnpar{First right-column}{\footnote{First right-column footnote.}}
+% \fnpar{Second right-column}{\footnote{Second right-column footnote.
+% This and all other footnotes above are single-columned and, since
+% footnote typesetting is non-merged, they are put above the \postenv.}}
+% \end{paracol}
+% \Hrule
+% 
+% As shown above, it is easy to have a reasonable result of footnote
+% numbering and placement as far as your \env{paracol} environment is
+% completely included in a page and you accept the numbering in
+% left-column-first manner constructing the environment as follows
+% exploiting the fact \counter{footnote} is made global, where $b$ is the
+% value of \counter{footnote} counter at \beginparacol, i.e., the number
+% given to the footnote just preceding the environment, and thus
+% $b=\ref{fn:preenv}$ in the example above.
+% 

+% \begin{quote}\vskip-1pt
+% |\begin{paracol}{2}|\\
+% \textit{left-column stuff having $n$ footnotes numbered $b+1$, $b+2$,
+% \ldots, $b+n$}\\
+% |\switchcolumn|\\
+% \textit{right-column stuff having $m$ footnotes numbered $b+n+1$, $b+n+2$,
+% \ldots, $b+n+m$}\\
+% |\end{paracol}|
+% \end{quote}\vskip-1pt
+% 

+% The real life is, however, togher than that with the too optimistic
+% assumptions above, as described in the following subsections.
+% \vskip-3pt\vskip0pt
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{Multiple \cs{switchcolumn} in a Page}
+% \label{sec:fnnp-multsc}
+% 
+% Here we have an example with three \!\switchcolumn! commands in a page
+% having six footnotes.  Hereafter, footnotes are typeset with
+% \!\mergedfootnotes!\footnote{

+% 

+% And thus this footnote is merged with those in the \env{paracol}
+% environment.}.
+% 
+% \mergedfootnotes
+% \Hrule
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \fnpar{First left-column}{\footnote{First left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:2L1}}}
+% \Fnpar{Second left-column}{\footnote{Second left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:2L2}}}{

+% It is followed by a \cs{switchcolumn}.}
+% \switchcolumn
+% \Fnpar{First right-column}{\footnote{First right-column footnote but
+% following the second left-column one.\label{fn:2R1}}}{It is followed by a
+% \cs{switchcolumn*}.}
+% \switchcolumn*
+% \Fnpar{Third and synchroized left-column}{\footnote{Third left-column
+% footnote but following the first right-column one.\label{fn:2L3}}}{It is
+% followed by a \cs{switchcolumn}.}
+% \switchcolumn
+% \fnpar{Second and synchronized right-column}{\footnote{Second right-column
+% footnote but following the third left-column one.\label{fn:2R2}}}
+% \fnpar{Third right-column}{\footnote{Third right-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:2R3}}}
+% \end{paracol}
+% \newpage
+% 
+% The example in the previous page should look weird because the order of
+% the third footnote in the left column \ref{fn:2L3} and the first in the
+% right \ref{fn:2R1} are reversed in their numbers and in the stack at the
+% page bottom.  However, the result is \emph{natural} because they are
+% numbered and stacked in the order of occurence in the source |.tex| as
+% always done in any documents without \textsf{paracol} and with it but
+% \mcfnote{} typesetting.  Since the \textsf{paracol} cannot maintain the
+% order automatically\footnote{

+% 

+% So far, because the maintenace is extremely tough.  But since it is not
+% impossible, some day you could have an improved version of
+% \textsf{paracol} with the automatic ordering.},
+% 

+% you have to maitain it by yourself.
+% 
+% The problem is partly solved by using \!\footnote! with its optional
+% argument \oarg{num} to number the first right-column and the third
+% left-column footnotes explicitly, i.e., to give
+% $\mathit{num}=\ref{fn:2L3}$ to the former and $\mathit{num}=\ref{fn:2R1}$
+% to the latter.  One caution is that you have to remember that \!\footnote!
+% with the optional \meta{num} does not update \counter{footnote} counter
+% and thus you have to do
+% \!\setcounter!|{footnote}{|\texttt{\ref{fn:2L3}}|}| or
+% \!\addtocounter!|{footnote}{2}| after the third left-column footnote.
+% 
+% This remeady, however, cannot change the stacking order of these two
+% footnotes of cource.  Therefore, you need another trick with
+% \!\footnotemark! and \!\footnotetext! to stack the third left-column
+% footnote above the first right-column one.  More specifically, you can
+% solve the problem inserting
+% 

+% \begin{quote}
+% \!\footnotetext!\texttt{[\ref{fn:2R1}]}

+%     |{|\textit{text for the third left footnote}|}|
+% \end{quote}
+% 

+% somewhere between \!\footnote! commands for the second left-column and the
+% first right-column ones, e.g., at the end of the second left-column
+% paragraph, and attaching its mark to the appropriate word for the footnote
+% by \!\footnotemark!\texttt{[\ref{fn:2R1}]}, to have the following.
+% 
+% \Hrule
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \fnpar{First left-column}{\footnote{First left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:3L1}}}
+% \Fnpar{Second left-column}{\footnote{Second left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:3L2}}}{

+% It is followed by \cs{footnotetext}\texttt{[\ref{fn:3L3}]}\marg{text}
+% and a \cs{switchcolumn}.}
+% \addtocounter{footnote}{1}
+% \footnotetext[\arabic{footnote}]{Third left-column footntoe given by
+% \cs{footnotetext}\texttt{[\ref{fn:3L3}]}\marg{text} placed at the end of
+% the second left-column paragraph.\label{fn:3L3}}
+% \switchcolumn
+% \addtocounter{footnote}{1}
+% \Fnpar{First right-column}{\footnote[\arabic{footnote}]{First right-column
+% footnote whose number \ref{fn:3R1} is explicitly given by
+% \cs{footnote}\texttt{[\ref{fn:3R1}]}\marg{text}.\label{fn:3R1}}}{It is
+% followed by a \cs{switchcolumn*}.}
+% \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}
+% \switchcolumn*
+% Third and synchroized left-column paragraph\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote whose mark
+% here\footnotemark[\arabic{footnote}]\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill is given by \!\footnotemark!\texttt{[\ref{fn:3L3}]}\Dotfill in
+% it.\\
+% It is followed by \!\addtocounter!|{footnote}{2}| and a \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \addtocounter{footnote}{1}
+% \switchcolumn
+% \fnpar{Second and synchronized right-column}{\footnote{Second right-column
+% footnote correctly following the first right-column one.\label{fn:3R2}}}
+% \fnpar{Third right-column}{\footnote{Third right-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:3R3}}}
+% \end{paracol}
+% \Hrule
+% 
+% Though this solution gives a good result, however, it has the following
+% two problems.  First, you have to explicitly specify the footnote number
+% through the optional arguments \oarg{num} of \!\footnote!,
+% \!\footnotetext! and \!\footnotemark!.  This problem is quite severe
+% because, for example, if you add a footnote somewhere preceeding the
+% \env{paracol} environment in question, you have to modify all
+% \oarg{num} arguments of footnote-related commands in the environment.
+% This means that when the footnote addition is done in the first page of a
+% 100-page document having \env{paracol} environments with explicitly numbered
+% footnotes in every page, you have to make the corrections for environments
+% in 99 pages.  The other a little bit less severe problem is that you have
+% to keep \counter{footnote} counter having correct value by
+% \!\setcounter!, \!\addtocounter! or \!\stepcounter! for footnotes following
+% those with explicit numbering so that their numbers are given by the
+% default action of \!\footnote!.
+% 
+% To cope with these two problems, \textsf{paracol} provides you with the
+% \emph{starred} versions of \!\footnote! and its relatives as introduced in
+% Section~\ref{sec:ref-scfnote} and detailedly explained in the next
+% Section~\ref{sec:fnnp-starred}.
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{Commands \cs{footnote*} and Relatives}
+% \label{sec:fnnp-starred}
+% 
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\Midx{\!\footnote!}\texttt{*}\oarg{|+|disp}\marg{text}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\footnote!}\texttt{*}\oarg{|-|disp}\marg{text}]\mbox{}
+% \Item[\Midx{\!\footnote!}\texttt{*}\oarg{disp}\marg{text}]\mbox{}\par
+% The command is similar to its non-starred counterpart but the expicit
+% numbering with the optional argument is done in \emph{self-relative} or
+% \emph{base-displacemnt} style.  That is, if the optional argument has a
+% leading `|+|' or `|-|',  the number given to the footnote is
+% $f+\meta{disp}$ or $f-\meta{disp}$ respectively where $f$ is the value of
+% \counter{footnote} counter, or in other words the number given to the last
+% footnote\footnote{

+% 

+% If it is put by the ordinary \cs{footnote}.}.
+% 

+% Otherwise, i.e., the optioal argument is a number without |+|/|-| sign,
+% the number given to the footnote is $b+\meta{disp}$ where $b$ is the base
+% value of \counter{footnote} counter at \beginparacol{} for the environment
+% in which the command appears, or in other words the number given to the
+% last \Preenv{} footnote\footnote{

+% 

+% Or the last footnote in the previous \env{paracol} environment,
+% etc.\label{fn:4L0}}.
+% 
+% In addition, unlike the non-starred version, this command updates
+% \counter{footnote} counter with the number given to the footnote, i.e.,
+% $f\gets f+\meta{disp}$, $f\gets f-\meta{disp}$ or $f\gets b+\meta{disp}$
+% is performed, so that following \!\footnote! without explicit numbering
+% option have numbers $f+1$, $f+2$ and so on with new $f$.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% If the optional argument is not provided, it is assumed that |[+1]| is
+% given and thus \!\footnote!|*|\marg{text} acts as \!\footnote!\marg{text}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+% \item[\Midx{\!\footnotemark!}\rm|*[|{[|+-|]}\meta{disp}{|]|}]\mbox{}\par
+% This command is a mixture of its non-starred counterpart and
+% \!\footnote!|*|.  That is the number for the footnote mark is calculated
+% in the way of \!\footnote!|*| and \counter{footnote} counter is updated.
+% 
+% \item[\Midx{\!\footnotetext!}\rm|*[|{[|+-|]}\meta{disp}{|]|}\marg{text}]
+% \mbox{}\par
+% Without the optional argument |[|[|+-|]\meta{disp}|]|, this command does what
+% \!\footnotetext!\marg{text} does but in addition increments
+% \counter{footnote} counter before that.  With the optional argument, on
+% the other hand, the number given to the footntoe \meta{text} is calculated
+% as done in \!\footnote!, but the \counter{footnote} counter is not
+% updated.
+% \end{description}
+% 
+% With these starred commands, you can produce the following using the
+% base-displacement mechanism without worrying about the absolute value of
+% \!\footnote! counter and its change.
+% 
+% \Hrule
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \tolerance5000\hbadness5000
+% \fnpar{First left-column}{\footnote{First left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:4L1}}}
+% \Fnpar{Second left-column}{\footnote{Second left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:4L2}}}{

+% It is followed by \cs{footnotetext}|*[3]|\marg{text} and a
+% \cs{switchcolumn}.}
+% \footnotetext*[3]{Third left-column footntoe given by
+% \cs{footnotetext}|*[3]|\marg{text} placed at the end of
+% the second left-column paragraph to have
+% $\ref{fn:4L3}=\ref{fn:4L0}+3$.\label{fn:4L3}}
+% \switchcolumn
+% \Fnpar{First right-column}{\footnote*[4]{First right-column
+% footnote whose number \ref{fn:4R1} is given by
+% \cs{footnote}|*[4]|\marg{text} because
+% $\ref{fn:4R1}=\ref{fn:4L0}+4$.\label{fn:4R1}}}{It is followed by a
+% \cs{switchcolumn*}.}
+% \switchcolumn*
+% Third and synchroized left-column paragraph\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote whose mark
+% here\footnotemark*[3]\Dotfill\\
+% is given by \!\footnotemark!|*[3]| because $\ref{fn:4L3}=\ref{fn:4L0}+3$.
+% It is followed by a \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \switchcolumn
+% \fnpar{Second and synchronized right-column}{\footnote*[5]{Second right-column
+% footnote produced by \cs{footnote}|*[5]|\marg{text} because
+% $\ref{fn:4R2}=\ref{fn:4L0}+5$.\label{fn:4R2}}}
+% \fnpar{Third right-column}{\footnote{Third right-column
+% footnote procdued by \cs{footnote}\marg{text} because
+% $\ref{fn:4R3}=\ref{fn:4R2}+1$.\label{fn:4R3}}}
+% \end{paracol}
+% \newpage
+% 
+% The other way to produce the same result except for the absolute footnote
+% numbers is to use the self-relative mechansim and to exploit the progress
+% of \counter{footnote} counter as follows.
+% 
+% \Hrule
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% \tolerance5000\hbadness5000
+% \fnpar{First left-column}{\footnote{First left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:5L1}}}
+% \Fnpar{Second left-column}{\footnote{Second left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:5L2}}}{

+% It is followed by \cs{footnotetext}|*|\marg{text} and a
+% \cs{switchcolumn}.}
+% \footnotetext*{Third left-column footntoe given by
+% \cs{footnotetext}|*|\marg{text} placed at the end of
+% the second left-column paragraph because it follows the second footnote
+% \ref{fn:5L2}.\label{fn:5L3}}
+% \switchcolumn
+% \Fnpar{First right-column}{\footnote{First right-column
+% footnote whose number \ref{fn:5R1} is given by
+% \cs{footnote}\marg{text} because
+% $\ref{fn:5R1}=\ref{fn:5L3}+1$ and \cs{footnotetext*} for \ref{fn:5L3} lets
+% \counter{footnote} have the value.\label{fn:5R1}}}{It is followed by a
+% \cs{switchcolumn*}.}
+% \switchcolumn*
+% Third and synchroized left-column paragraph\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote whose mark
+% here\footnotemark*[-1]\Dotfill\\
+% is given by \!\footnotemark!|*[-1]| because $\ref{fn:5L3}=\ref{fn:5R1}-1$.
+% It is followed by a \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \switchcolumn
+% \fnpar{Second and synchronized right-column}{\footnote*[+2]{Second
+% right-column footnote produced by \cs{footnote}|*[+2]|\marg{text} because
+% $\ref{fn:5R2}=\ref{fn:5L3}+2$.\label{fn:5R2}}}
+% \fnpar{Third right-column}{\footnote{Third right-column
+% footnote procdued by \cs{footnote}\marg{text} because
+% $\ref{fn:5R3}=\ref{fn:5R2}+1$.\label{fn:5R3}}}
+% \end{paracol}
+% \Hrule
+% 
+% It depends on the structure of your document which of the
+% base-displacement and self-relative is better.  If your document has
+% frequent switching between single- and multi-column text typesettings and
+% thus the contents of a \env{paracol} environment is relatively small, the
+% base-displacement is a good choice because you may concentrate on one
+% base value of \counter{footnote} counter.  Otherwise, especially when your
+% document consists of one single and large \env{paracol} environment, the
+% base-displacement is almost equivalent to maitaining absolute values and
+% thus the self-relative should be preferred.
+% 
+% Note that if the last \!\footnote! or \!\footnotemark! in a \env{paracol}
+% environment is starred, the command lets \counter{footnote} counter have
+% some value smaller than that for the last stacked footnote.  For example, 
+% if the second and third right-column footnotes \ref{fn:5R2} and
+% \ref{fn:5R3} are omitted from the example above, the last footnote-related
+% command will be \!\footnotemark!|*[-1]| which makes the counter at
+% \Endparacol{} \ref{fn:5L3} rather than \ref{fn:5R1}.  You may not worry
+% about this problem, however, becaues \Endparacol{} automatically maintains
+% the counter letting it have $b+n$ where $n$ is the number of \!\footnote!
+% and \!\footnotemark! in the environment, if the maintenance is ordered by
+% the command \!\fncounteradjustment! which is automatically executed by
+% \!\singlecolumnfootnotes! and \!\mergedfootnotes!.
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \subsection{Page Break}
+% \label{sec:fnnp-pbreak}
+% 
+% When a \env{paracol} environment with footnotes lays accross a page boundary,
+% you could have some weird result even if the environment have just one
+% \!\switchcolumn! as shown below.
+% 
+% \Hrule
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% First left-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{First left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:6L1}}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill in it.
+% \par
+% Second left-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{Second left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:6L2}}

+% \Dotfill in it.
+% \switchcolumn
+% First right-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{First right-column
+% footnote weirdly placed here while the footnoted main text is in the
+% previous page.\label{fn:6R1}}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill in it.
+% \par
+% Second right-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{Second right-column
+% footnote whose mark in the main text gives impression that footnote
+% numbering jumps from \ref{fn:6L2} to \ref{fn:6R2}.\label{fn:6R2}}

+% \Dotfill in it.
+% \end{paracol}
+% \Hrule
+% 
+% Since the part of the source |.tex| for this example above is
+% foundamentally same as that in p.~\pageref{sec:fnnp} at the beginning of
+% this Section~\ref{sec:fnnp}, footnotes are simply numbered in
+% left-column-first manner without any trickes.  However it results in
+% giving an impression that two paragraphs in each of both columns at the
+% bottom of the last page has footnote marks of inconsecutive numbers
+% \ref{fn:6L1} and \ref{fn:6R1} due to the second left-column paragraph and
+% the footnote \ref{fn:6L2} in it.  More weirdly, the first right-column
+% footnote \ref{fn:6R1} is not put in the last page where its mark is shown
+% but is stacked below \ref{fn:6L2} in this page.
+% 
+% The resason why this happens is that a footnote is not immediately put to
+% the bottom of the page where its mark resides but to the page constructing
+% at the time when the footnote is processed at the end of the paragraph in
+% which the corresponding \!\footnote! (or \!\footnotetext!)
+% occurs\footnote{

+% 

+% More accurately, the footnote is kept in a place in \TeX{} together with
+% other preceding but still unprocessed footnotes and then \TeX{} examines
+% them at the end of a paragraph in which a page break is found to decide
+% whether each of them is included in the page just being completed.}.
+% 

+% Therefore, it may happen even in an ordinary single-column document or a
+% \env{paracol}ed multi-column one with multi-columned footnotes that a
+% footnote is thrown to the page $p+1$ next to the page $p$ in which its
+% mark is left, when the mark is placed around the bottom of the page
+% $p$.
+% 
+% This footnote placement mechanism becomes clearly visible in the example
+% above in which the footnote \ref{fn:6R1} is processed {\em after} the
+% second left-column paragraph is processed to complete the last page giving
+% no chance to the footnote placed in the page\footnote{%
+% 

+% In fact, even \cs{footnote} for the footnote is processed after the page
+% break in this case.}.
+% 

+% Therefore, the solution of this placement problem is to let the first
+% right-column footnote processed {\em before} the page is broken by the
+% progress of the left-column.  That is, in the solution shown below the
+% author inserted \!\switchcolumn! after the first left-column paragraph to
+% let the first right-column paragraph and its footnote are processed, and
+% then did \!\switchcolumn! again after the right-column paragraph to go
+% back to the left-column.
+% 
+% \Hrule
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% First left-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{First left-column
+% footnote.\label{fn:7L1}}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill in it.\\
+% It is followed by a \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \par\switchcolumn
+% First right-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{First right-column
+% footnote which is now placed in this page where its mark \ref{fn:7R1}
+% resides.\label{fn:7R1}}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\ \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill in it.\\
+% It is followed by a \!\switchcolumn! to go back to the left column.
+% \par\newpage\switchcolumn
+% Second left-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{Second left-column
+% footnote whose number \ref{fn:7L2} follows the righ-column footnote
+% \ref{fn:7R1} in the last page.\label{fn:7L2}}

+% \Dotfill in it.\\
+% It is also followed by a \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \switchcolumn
+% Second right-column paragraph \Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill with a footnote\footnote{Second right-column
+% footnote whose number \ref{fn:7R2} follows the left-column footnote
+% \ref{fn:7L2}.\label{fn:7R2}}

+% \Dotfill in it.
+% \end{paracol}
+% \Hrule
+% 
+% Unfortunately, this tactics does not always solve the problem.  If a
+% left-column paragraph has a page break in it and a footnote before the
+% break, doing \!\switchcolumn! after the paragraph is too late to let
+% right-column footnotes reside in the page just having been broken, while
+% inserting \!\switchcolumn! before the paragraph should cause incorrect
+% stacking order.
+% 
+% The remedy for this problem is similar to that shown in
+% Section~\ref{sec:fnnp-multsc} to cope with multiple \!\switchcolumn! in a
+% \env{paracol} environment.  Here it is shown a little bit more formally.
+% Suppose we have a page in a \env{paracol} environment in which a page
+% break occurs in $p_l$-th and $p_r$-th paragraphs in the left and right
+% columns respecitively.  Thus we have $p_l-1$ and $p_r-1$ completed
+% paragraphs in each of both columns.  Let $n_l$ (resp.\ $n_r$) be the
+% number of footnotes in the pre-break left-column (resp.\ right-column)
+% paragraphs, and $m_l$ (resp.\ $m_r$) be the number of pre-break footnotes
+% in the $p_l$-th (resp.\ $p_r$-th) paragraph.  Thus we have $n_l+m_l$
+% (resp.\ $n_r+m_r$) footnotes in the left (resp.\ right) column of the page
+% before the break.  The following construct assures that those footnotes
+% are properly numbered and stacked at the bottom of the page.
+% 

+% \begin{list}{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin \itemindent-.5\leftmargin
+% \listparindent\itemindent \leftmargin1.5\leftmargin \parsep0pt}\it\item
+% First to $(p_l-1)$-th paragraphs with $n_l$ footnotes in total given by
+% {\rm\!\footnote!\marg{text}}.\par
+% {\rm\!\footnotetext!|*{|{\it 1st footnote in $p_l$-th paragraph}|}|}\par
+% \mbox{\qquad}\ldots\par
+% {\rm\!\footnotetext!|*{|{\it$m_l$-th footnote in $p_l$-th paragraph}|}|}\par
+% \!\switchcolumn!\par
+% First to $(p_r-1)$-th paragraphs with $n_r$ footnotes in total given by
+% {\rm\!\footnote!\marg{text}}.\par
+% {\rm\!\footnotetext!|*{|{\it 1st footnote in $p_r$-th paragraph}|}|}\par
+% \mbox{\qquad}\ldots\par
+% {\rm\!\footnotetext!|*{|{\it$m_r$-th footnote in $p_r$-th paragraph}|}|}\par
+% \!\switchcolumn!\par
+% $p_l$-th paragraph whose first footnote mark is given by
+% {\rm\!\footnotemark!|*[-|$(m_l{+}n_r{+}m_r{-1})$|]|}, while second to
+% $m_l$-th ones are given by \!\footnotemark! without {\rm|*|} nor optional
+% {\rm\oarg{num}}.  The first subsequent footnotes beyond the page break, if
+% any, is given by {\rm\!\footnote!|*[+|$(n_r{+}m_r{+1})$|]|\marg{text}}
+% while further subsequent ones are given by
+% {\rm\!\footnote!\marg{text}}.\par
+% \!\switchcolumn!\par
+% $p_r$-th paragraph whose first footnote mark is given by
+% {\rm\!\footnotemark!|*[-|$(m_r{+}k_l{-1})$|]|} where $k_l$ is the number
+% of left-column footnotes beyond the break, while second to $m_r$-th ones
+% are given by \!\footnotemark!.  The first subsequent footnotes beyond the
+% page break, if any, is given by
+% {\rm\!\footnote!|*[+|$(k_l{+1})$|]|\marg{text}}, while further subsequent
+% ones are given by {\rm\!\footnote!\marg{text}}.
+% \end{list}
+% %
+% The example shown in the next two pages is for the case of
+% $p_l=p_r=n_l=n_r=m_l=m_r=k_l=2$.
+% 
+% \newpage
+% \Hrule
+% \begin{paracol}{2}
+% First left-column paragraph with two footnotes\break
+% \mbox{}\Dotquad here\footnote{First left-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote}\marg{text}.\label{fn;8L1}} by
+% \!\footnote!\marg{text}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and here\footnote{Second left-column footnote also given by
+% \cs{footnote}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8L2}} also by
+% \!\footnote!\marg{text}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% followed by a series of \!\footnotetext!|*|\marg{text} and then a
+% \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \footnotetext*{Third left-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote*}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8L3}}
+% \footnotetext*{Fourth left-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote*}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8L4}}
+% 
+% \switchcolumn
+% First right-column paragraph with two footnotes\break
+% \mbox{}\Dotquad here\footnote{First right-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote}\marg{text}.\label{fn;8R1}} by
+% \!\footnote!\marg{text}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and here\footnote{Second right-column footnote also given by
+% \cs{footnote}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8R2}} also by
+% \!\footnote!\marg{text}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% followed by a series of \!\footnotetext!|*|\marg{text} and then a
+% \!\switchcolumn!.
+% \footnotetext*{Third right-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote*}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8R3}}
+% \footnotetext*{Fourth right-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote*}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8R4}}
+% 
+% \switchcolumn
+% Second left-column paragraph across two pages\break
+% \mbox{}\Dotquad with two prebreak footnotes\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad here\footnotemark*[-5] by \!\footnotemark!|*[-5]|
+% because $m_l+n_r+m_r-1=2+2+2-1=5$ and thus
+% $\ref{fn:8L3}=\ref{fn:8R4}-5$\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and here\footnotemark{} by \!\footnotemark!\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and two post-break footnotes\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad here\footnote*[+5]{Fifth left-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote}|*[+5]| because $n_r+m_r+1=2+2+1=5$ and thus
+% $\ref{fn:8L5}=\ref{fn:8L4}+5$.\label{fn:8L5}} by
+% \!\footnote!|*[+5]|\marg{text}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and here\footnote{Sixth left-column foootnote given by
+% \cs{footnote}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8L6}} by
+% \!\footnote!\marg{text}\Dotfill\\
+% followed by a \!\switchcolumn!.
+% 
+% \switchcolumn
+% Second right-column paragraph across two pages\break
+% \mbox{}\Dotquad with two prebreak footnotes\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad here\footnotemark*[-3] by \!\footnotemark!|*[-3]|
+% because $m_r+k_l-1=2+2-1=3$ and thus
+% $\ref{fn:8R3}=\ref{fn:8L6}-3$\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and here\footnotemark{} by \!\footnotemark!\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotfill\\\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and two post-break footnotes\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad here\footnote*[+3]{Fifth right-column footnote given by
+% \cs{footnote}|*[+3]| because $k_l+1=3$ and thus
+% $\ref{fn:8R5}=\ref{fn:8R4}+3$.\label{fn:8R5}} by
+% \!\footnote!|*[+3]|\marg{text}\Dotfill\\
+% \Dotquad and here\footnote{Sixth right-column foootnote given by
+% \cs{footnote}\marg{text}.\label{fn:8R6}} by
+% \!\footnote!\marg{text}\Dotfill.
+% \end{paracol}
+% \Hrule
+% 
+% Note that though the remedy works well as shown above, it is not a good
+% idea to do that when you are writing draft versions of your document
+% because page break points go up and down by your modifications to the
+% document.  Therefore, it is recommended to put all footnotes by
+% non-starred \!\footnote! until your document become perfect except for
+% footnote numbering and placement and then to adjust them by the techique
+% described in this section.
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \section{Known and Unknown Problems}
+% \label{sec:problem}
+% \changes{v1.2-7}{2013/05/11}
+% 	{Add the section ``Known and Unknown Problems'' to summarize a few
+% 	 typesetting issues and warn users of the possiblity of bugs.}

+% 
+% Here a few problems you could face in the use of \textsf{paracol} are
+% summerized.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% If your (e.g.,) left column goes ahead too farther than the right column,
+% \LaTeX{} could stop with the following error message.
+% 

+% \begin{quote}
+% |! Package paracol Error: Too many unprocessed columns/floats.|
+% \end{quote}
+% 

+% This usually means that the internal space to keep materials in the left
+% column is exhosted.  More specifically, suppose at some point in your
+% |.tex| your left column is in the page $p$ while the right is in $q<p$.
+% We need $(p-q)$ \emph{boxes} to keep the left column contents in the pages
+% $q$, $q+1$, \ldots, $p-1$ because these pages cannot be \emph{printed} yet
+% until the right column fills them.  In addition, we also need two boxes
+% for the left column in $p$ and the right column in $q$ so that you make
+% \cswitch{} between them keeping unprinted contents in them.  Therefore, at
+% least we need to have $(p-q)+2$ boxes, while the number of them provided
+% by \LaTeX{} is only 18\footnote{

+% 

+% Readers who is acquainted with \LaTeX{} implementation will understand
+% that 18 is the cardinarity of the set $\{\cs{bx@A},\ldots,\cs{bx@R}\}$ for
+% floats aquired by \cs{newinsert}.}.
+% 

+% Therefore, \textsf{paracol} cannot continue its work if $(p-q)$ reaches
+% 17.  Furthermore, other stuff also consumes the boxes as follows.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% If there are $n$ pages in $q$, $q+1$, \ldots, $p$ having \preenv{} or
+% page-wise floats, $n$ boxes are consumed by them.  Similarly, if $m$ pages
+% in them have \Scfnote{}s, $m$ boxes are given to them.
+% 
+% \item
+% If the left (resp.\ right) column has \Mcfnote{}s in $p$ (resp.\ $q$), a box
+% is used for them.
+% 
+% \item
+% If the left (resp.\ right) column has $k$ floats to be placed in $p$
+% (resp.\ $q$) or to be deferred to $p+1$ (resp.\ $q+1$) or a succeeding page,
+% $k$ boxes are reserved for them.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 

+% Therefore, it should be safe to keep $(p-q)$ from exceeding 10 or so
+% placing \!\switchcolumn! in both columns fairly frequently.
+% 
+% \item
+% As discussed in Section~\ref{sec:ref-switchcolumn}, setting a \sync{}ation
+% point in a page brings the following side effects.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% Stretch and shrink factors of all vertical skips in the page are
+% nullified.  The nullification of stretch factors could make a sparse
+% column in the page have a vertical space at its bottom as if
+% \!\raggedbottom! setting is in effect even with \!\flushbottom! one,
+% rather than distributing the amount of the space to the skips so that the
+% bottom line is aligned at the page bottom.  As for the nullification of
+% shrink factors, it makes the page have lines a little bit less than that
+% it would have without \sync{}ation because lines above the (last)
+% \sync{}ation point cannot be compressed.  The other effect is a little bit
+% subtle because the shrink factors below the last \sync{}ation point are
+% taken care of by \TeX{}'s page builder when it examine the appropriateness
+% of each breakable point, but they are nullified when the page is printed.
+% That is, if \TeX{} finds a good break point which needs that the stuff
+% between the \sync{}ation and break points is compressed a little bit, the
+% stuff is printed without compression making its bottom edge a little
+% bit below the page bottom.
+% 
+% \item
+% After a \sync{}ation point is set, columns in the page cannot have top
+% floats any more even if a column has space above the \sync{}ation point
+% and large enough to place the float.  Therefore, if you like to exploit
+% the space, you have to place the \env{figure} or \env{table} environment
+% in question prior to the \cswitch{} command or environment for the
+% \sync{}ation.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+% \item
+% As confessed in Section~\ref{sec:ref-columnratio}, \textsf{paracol} can
+% misplace marginal notes and/or \mctext{}s if \cswap{} is in effect by
+% \!\swapcolumninevenpages! and these stuff appear near the bottom edge of a
+% page\footnote{

+% 

+% The author has an idea to solve the problem for \mctext{}s, and plans to
+% implement the solutoin in the next version 1.3.}.
+% 
+% \item
+% As shown in Section~\ref{sec:fnnp}, it is not easy to have good numbering
+% and stacking order of \Scfnote{}s even with the supports from
+% \!\footnote!|*| and its relatives.  In addition, a footnote in a
+% \env{paracol} environment cannot be broken into two (or more) pages.
+% 
+% \item
+% Vertical lines separating columns will \emph{not} be printed even if you
+% let \!\columnseprule! have non-zero width.  This is because the author
+% has not yet find a good solution to prevent the lines from overlaying
+% \mctext{}s\footnote{

+% 

+% But the solution for the placement of \mctext{}s with column-swapping
+% seems to give us the solution of this problem as well, and thus maybe
+% version 1.3 allows non-zero \cs{columnseprule}}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 
+% In addition to the problems above known to the author, there may be (or
+% should be, honestly speaking) other unknown problems in \textsf{paracol}
+% because it cannot be perfect though the author has made his best effort
+% for debugging it.  Particulally, sometimes it is very tough, if not
+% impossible, to make \textsf{paracol} combatible with other packages,
+% especially with those having dark magic as \textsf{paracol} has in
+% it\footnote{

+% 

+% For example, the author knows it is almost impossible to make
+% \textsf{paracol} with one of the author's own package available in CTAN.}.
+% 

+% Therefore, though reporting incompatibleness with a package you use is
+% very welcome\footnote{

+% 

+% For example, \textsf{paracol} is now compatible with \textsf{color}
+% package thanks to a report from a user.},
+% 

+% you should kindly understand the toughness of the compatibility issue.
+% 
+% Furthermore, even without such problematic packages, \textsf{paracol}
+% might produce weird results due to its bug.  If your document has
+% something to make unknown bugs visible, you might have one (or more) of
+% the followings which the author encountered in his debugging work.
+% 

+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% A page, a column, a footnote and/or a float disappear\footnote{

+% 

+% In fact, a bug fixed in version 1.2 caused page losing though it happens
+% very very rarely but an unlucky user encountered it.}.
+% 
+% \item
+% A page, a column, a footnote and/or a float are duplicated.
+% 
+% \item
+% A message like ``{\tt Overfull |\vbox| (1.23456pt too high) has occurred
+% while |\ouptut| is active}'' is shown.
+% 
+% \item
+% A message ``{\tt Underfull |\vbox| (badness 10000) has occurred while
+% |\ouptut| is active}'' is shown.
+% \end{itemize}
+% 

+% If you encounter anything like them (or whatever you cannot solve by
+% yourself), don't hesitate to report it to the author with minimum source
+% file to produce the problem\footnote{

+% 

+% And with patience because your problem might not be solved quickly.}.
+% 
+% \endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/paracol/paracol.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/paracol/paracol.sty
index d0a08c46511..f4f82d09360 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/paracol/paracol.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/paracol/paracol.sty
@@ -9,26 +9,64 @@
 
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{paracol}
-[2012/05/11 v1.1 ]
+[2013/05/11 v1.2 ]
 
 %% Register Declaration
 
-\newcount\pcol@currcol
+\newcount\pcol@currcol \global\pcol@currcol\z@
 \newcount\pcol@nextcol
 \newcount\pcol@ncol
 \newcount\pcol@page
 \newcount\pcol@basepage
 \newcount\pcol@toppage
+\newcount\pcol@footnotebase
+\newcount\pcol@nfootnotes
+\newif\ifpcol@output \global\pcol@outputfalse
 \newif\ifpcol@nospan
 \newif\ifpcol@sync \pcol@syncfalse
 \newif\ifpcol@mctext \pcol@mctextfalse
 \newif\ifpcol@clear \pcol@clearfalse
+\newif\ifpcol@flush
 \newif\ifpcol@outputflt
 \newif\ifpcol@lastpage
+\newif\ifpcol@lastpagesave
+\newif\ifpcol@scfnote \pcol@scfnotefalse
+\newif\ifpcol@mgfnote \pcol@mgfnotefalse
+\newif\ifpcol@fncounteradjustment \pcol@fncounteradjustmentfalse
+\newif\ifpcol@swapcolumn \global\pcol@swapcolumnfalse
 \newdimen\pcol@prevdepth
 \newdimen\pcol@colht
 \newdimen\pcol@textfloatsep
+\newdimen\pcol@lrmargin
 \newskip\pcol@topskip
+\newbox\pcol@topfnotes
+
+%% Logging Tools
+
+\def\pcol@ShowBox#1{\message{(\the\ht#1+\the\dp#1)x(\the\wd#1)}%
+  {\showboxdepth\@M \showboxbreadth\@M \setbox\z@\vbox to\z@{\unvcopy#1}}}
+\def\pcol@LogLevel#1#2#3{%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#1}{pcol@Log}%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#2}{pcol@Logstart}%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#2}{pcol@Logend}%
+  \pcol@iLogLevel{#3}{pcol@Logfn}}
+\def\pcol@iLogLevel#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@a
+    \csname #2@\romannumeral#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname #2\endcsname\reserved@a}
+\def\pcol@Log@iii#1#2#3{\message{\string#1{#2%
+    (\number\pcol@page:\number\pcol@currcol/\number\pcol@toppage)}}%
+  \pcol@ShowBox#3\message{end\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Log@ii#1#2#3{\message{\string#1{#2%
+    (\number\pcol@page:\number\pcol@currcol/\number\pcol@toppage)}=\the\ht#3}}
+\def\pcol@Log@i#1#2#3{}
+\def\pcol@Logstart@ii#1{\message{S\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Logend@ii#1{\message{E\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Logstart@i#1{}
+\def\pcol@Logend@i#1{}
+\def\pcol@Logfn@ii#1{\message{\string#1}}
+\def\pcol@Logfn@i#1{}
+\pcol@LogLevel111
 
 %% \output Routine
 
@@ -36,14 +74,22 @@
   \PackageError{paracol}{Too many unprocessed columns/floats}\@ehb}
 
 \def\pcol@output{\let\par\@@par
+  \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@output\number\outputpenalty}%
   \ifnum\outputpenalty<-\@M
     \pcol@specialoutput
-  \else
+  \else\ifpcol@output
     \pcol@makecol
     \pcol@opcol
-    \pcol@startcolumn
-    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn}%
-  \fi
+    \pcol@startcolumn\@ne
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn\@ne}%
+  \else
+    \@twocolumnfalse \let\@combinefloats\pcol@@combinefloats
+    \@makecol
+    \@opcol
+    \@startcolumn
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@opcol\@startcolumn}%
+  \fi\fi
+  \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
   \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@Miv
     \ifdim\@colroom<1.5\baselineskip
       \ifdim\@colroom<\textheight
@@ -58,22 +104,41 @@
     \fi
   \else
     \global\vsize\maxdimen
-  \fi}
+  \fi
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output}
 
 %% Completing Column-Page
 
+\def\pcol@@makecol{\@makecol
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth \unvbox\@outputbox}}
 \def\pcol@makecol{\let\pcol@textbottom\@textbottom
-  \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen\else \ifpcol@lastpage\else
-    \def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@\@plus.0001fil\@minus.0001fil}\fi\fi
-  \@makecol \let\@textbottom\pcol@textbottom}
+  \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen\else
+    \def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@\@plus.0001fil\@minus.0001fil}\fi
+  \def\pcol@currfoot{\voidb@x}%
+  \ifpcol@scfnote \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\footins
+    \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\pcol@unvbox@cclv\footins}%
+    \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@makecol{save}\footins
+      \pcol@savefootins\pcol@currfoot
+    \else
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@makecol{discard}\footins
+      \setbox\@tempboxa\box\footins
+    \fi
+  \fi\fi
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@makecol
+  \ifvoid\footins\else \pcol@Log\@makecol{put}\footins \fi
+  \@makecol
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@makecol
+  \let\@textbottom\pcol@textbottom}
 \def\pcol@combinefloats{%
+  \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth
   \ifx\@toplist\@empty\else
     \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen \@cflt \else \pcol@cflt \fi
   \fi
   \ifx\@botlist\@empty\else \@cflb
     \ifpcol@lastpage
-      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\unvbox\@outputbox \vskip\textfloatsep
-        \@tempdima\textfloatsep \vskip\z@\@minus\@tempdima}%
+      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\box\@outputbox \vskip\textfloatsep}%
     \fi
   \fi}
 \def\pcol@cflt{%
@@ -81,7 +146,7 @@
   \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{}%
   \@toplist
   \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{
-    \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+    \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
     \box\@tempboxa
     \vskip-\floatsep
     \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep>5000\p@
@@ -96,7 +161,9 @@
   \global\let\@toplist\@empty}
 
 \def\pcol@opcol{%
-  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}\pcol@ovf
+  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox to\@colht{
+      \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+      \pcol@clearcst@unvbox\@outputbox}}\pcol@ovf
   \expandafter\@cons\csname pcol@shipped\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname\@currbox
   \ifnum\pcol@currcol=\z@ \pcol@setpageno \fi
   \pcol@nextpage
@@ -113,40 +180,29 @@
   \global\let\pcol@pages\@empty \global\let\pcol@currpage\@empty
   \let\@elt\pcol@setpnoelt \reserved@a
   \endgroup}
-\def\pcol@setpnoelt#1{%
+\def\pcol@setpnoelt#1#2#3{%
   {\let\@elt\relax \xdef\pcol@pages{\pcol@pages\pcol@currpage}}%
-  \pcol@nospantrue
-  \ifnum#1<\z@         \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}}%
-  \else\ifnum#1>\@cclv \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}}%
-  \else                \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt#1}\pcol@nospanfalse
-  \fi\fi
-  \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@\else
-    \ifpcol@nospan \pcol@setordpage
-    \else          \global\count#1\c@page
-    \fi
+  \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@ \gdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}#2#3}%
+  \else \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}{#2}{#3}%
     \advance\c@page\@ne
   \fi
   \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}
-\def\pcol@setordpage{\begingroup
-  \@tempcnta\c@page
-  \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@\else \advance\@tempcnta\@cclvi \fi
-  \let\@elt\relax \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{\number\@tempcnta}}
-  \endgroup}
+\def\pcol@defcurrpage#1#2#3{{%
+  \let\@elt\relax \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt{#1}#2#3}}}
 
 \def\pcol@nextpage{\begingroup
   \@tempcnta\pcol@page \advance\@tempcnta-\pcol@basepage
   \@tempswatrue
-  \let\@elt\pcol@nextpelt \pcol@pages\pcol@currpage
+  \let\@elt\pcol@nextpelt \pcol@pages
   \global\advance\pcol@page\@ne
   \endgroup}
-\def\pcol@nextpelt#1{%
+\def\pcol@nextpelt#1#2#3{%
   \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@
-    \ifnum#1<\z@ \@tempswafalse
-    \else\ifnum#1>\@cclv \@tempswafalse
+    \ifvoid#2\@tempswafalse
     \else\ifdim\dimen#1<\z@
       \if@tempswa \global\advance\pcol@page\@ne \fi
     \else \@tempswafalse
-    \fi\fi\fi
+    \fi\fi
   \fi
   \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}
 
@@ -160,20 +216,19 @@
   \@tempcnta\pcol@page \advance\@tempcnta-\pcol@basepage
   \let\@elt\pcol@getpelt \pcol@pages\pcol@currpage
   \endgroup}
-\def\pcol@getpelt#1{%
+\def\pcol@getpelt#1#2#3{%
   \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@
-    \pcol@getpinfo{#1}{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}\fi
+    \pcol@getpinfo{#1}#2#3{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}\fi
   \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}
-\def\pcol@getpinfo#1#2#3#4{\count@#1\relax \pcol@nospantrue
-  \ifnum\count@>\@cclv
-    \advance\count@-\@cclvi #2\count@ #3\textheight #4\pcol@topskip
-  \else\ifnum\count@<\z@
-    #2\count@ #3\textheight #4\pcol@topskip
-  \else #2\count\count@  #3\dimen\count@ #4\skip\count@ \pcol@nospanfalse
-  \fi\fi}
-\def\pcol@getcurrpinfo#1{%
-  \edef#1{\expandafter\@cdr\pcol@currpage\@nil}%
-  \pcol@getpinfo#1}
+\def\pcol@getpinfo#1#2#3#4#5#6{\pcol@nospantrue
+  \gdef\pcol@spanning{#2}\gdef\pcol@footins{#3}%
+  #4#1\relax
+  \ifvoid#2\relax #5\textheight #6\pcol@topskip
+  \else #5\dimen#2\relax #6\skip#2\relax \pcol@nospanfalse
+  \fi}
+\def\pcol@getcurrpinfo{%
+  \edef\reserved@a{\expandafter\@cdr\pcol@currpage\@nil}%
+  \expandafter\pcol@getpinfo\reserved@a}
 
 %% Starting New Page
 
@@ -181,9 +236,9 @@
   \global\let\pcol@firstprevdepth\relax
   \global\pcol@toppage\pcol@page
   \ifx\pcol@currpage\@empty\else
-    \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@currbox{\global\c@page}\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+    \pcol@getcurrpinfo{\global\c@page}\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+    \@cons\pcol@pages{{\number\c@page}\pcol@spanning\pcol@currfoot}%
     \stepcounter{page}%
-    \xdef\pcol@pages{\pcol@pages\pcol@currpage}%
   \fi
   \global\@colht\textheight
   \global\topskip\pcol@topskip
@@ -192,10 +247,9 @@
   \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{%
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{%
       \global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}\pcol@ovf
-    \global\count\@currbox\c@page
     \global\dimen\@currbox-\maxdimen
     \global\skip\@currbox\pcol@topskip
-    \@cons\pcol@pages\@currbox
+    \@cons\pcol@pages{{\number\c@page}\@currbox\voidb@x}
     \stepcounter{page}%
     \global\advance\pcol@page\@ne \global\pcol@toppage\pcol@page
     \@tryfcolumn\@dbldeferlist}%
@@ -206,7 +260,7 @@
     \reserved@b
   \endgroup
   \ifx\@dbltoplist\@empty
-    \pcol@setordpage
+    \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}\voidb@x\voidb@x
   \else
     \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{}%
     \begingroup
@@ -220,13 +274,12 @@
           \unvbox\@tempboxa \vskip-\dblfloatsep \dblfigrule
           \vskip\dbltextfloatsep}}%
         \pcol@ovf
-      \global\count\@currbox\c@page
       \global\dimen\@currbox\@colht
       \global\skip\@currbox\pcol@topskip
-      \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt\@currbox}%
+      \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}\@currbox\voidb@x
     \endgroup
   \fi
-}
+  \gdef\pcol@footins{\voidb@x}}
 
 %% Shipping Page Out
 
@@ -235,43 +288,47 @@
   \let\reserved@b\pcol@pages \gdef\pcol@pages{}%
   \reserved@b
   \endgroup}
-\def\pcol@outputelt#1#2{%
+\def\pcol@outputelt#1#2#3#4{%
   \setbox\@outputbox\box\voidb@x
-  \def\@currbox{#2}%
-  \pcol@getpinfo\@currbox\c@page\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+  \pcol@getpinfo{#2}#3#4\c@page\@tempdima\@tempskipa
   \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@
     \ifpcol@outputflt
-      \setbox\@outputbox\box\@currbox
-      \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
+      \setbox\@outputbox\box\pcol@spanning
+      \@cons\@freelist\pcol@spanning
     \else
-      \@cons\pcol@pages\@currbox
+      \@cons\pcol@pages{{#2}#3#4}
     \fi
   \else\if@tempswa
     \ifnum#1=\z@ \@tempswafalse \fi
+    \pcol@Logstart\pcol@outputelt
     \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{%
       \ifpcol@nospan\else
-        \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
-        \unvbox\@currbox
+        \@cons\@freelist\pcol@spanning
+        \unvbox\pcol@spanning
       \fi
       \hb@xt@\textwidth{%
         \let\pcol@hfil\relax
         \@tempcnta\z@ \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+          \pcol@swapcolumn\@tempcnta\@tempcntb
           \expandafter\@next\expandafter\@currbox
-            \csname pcol@shipped\number\@tempcnta\endcsname
+            \csname pcol@shipped\number\@tempcntb\endcsname
             \relax{\let\@currbox\voidb@x}%
           \ifvoid\@currbox\else \@cons\@freelist\@currbox \fi
           \expandafter\@tempdima
-            \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\@tempcnta \endcsname
+            \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\@tempcntb \endcsname
           \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\@tempdima{\box\@currbox\hss}%
           \let\pcol@hfil\hfil
-         \advance\@tempcnta\@ne}}}%
+         \advance\@tempcnta\@ne}}%
+      \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@outputelt{output}\pcol@footins
+        \pcol@putfootins\pcol@footins
+        \@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins
+      \fi
+      \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth}%
+    \pcol@Logend\pcol@outputelt
   \else
     \pcol@outputfltfalse
-    \ifpcol@nospan
-      \@cons\pcol@pages{{\@currbox}}
-    \else
-      \@cons\pcol@pages\@currbox
-    \fi
+    \@cons\pcol@pages{{#2}#3#4}%
   \fi\fi
   \ifvoid\@outputbox\else
     \@outputpage \global\advance\pcol@basepage\@ne
@@ -279,10 +336,28 @@
 
 %% Starting New Column Page
 
-\def\pcol@startcolumn{%
+\def\pcol@startcolumn#1{%
+  \@tempdima\@colht \@tempdimb\z@
+  \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
   \global\@colroom\@colht
   \@tryfcolumn\@deferlist
-  \if@fcolmade\else \pcol@trynextcolumn \fi}
+  \if@fcolmade\else
+    \pcol@trynextcolumn
+    \ifpcol@scfnote \ifnum#1>\z@
+      \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+        \edef\pcol@currfoot{\pcol@footins}%
+        \pcol@getcurrfoot\copy
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@startcolumn{insert}\footins
+        \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}%
+      \fi
+      \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+        \pcol@deferredfootins\pcol@startcolumn \fi
+    \fi\fi
+  \fi
+  \advance\@tempdima-\@colht
+  \global\advance\@colroom\@tempdima
+  \global\advance\@colht\@tempdima
+  \pcol@savecolorstack}
 \def\pcol@trynextcolumn{\begingroup
   \let\reserved@b\@deferlist
   \global\let\@deferlist\@empty
@@ -310,6 +385,9 @@
     \let\reserved@a\pcol@output@end
   \else \let\reserved@a\@specialoutput
   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Miv\relax
+    \ifvoid\footins\else \pcol@Log\dummy{dummy}\footins
+  \fi\fi
   \ifx\reserved@a\@specialoutput\else
     \global\setbox\@holdpg\vbox{\unvbox\@holdpg \unvbox\@cclv
       \setbox\@tempboxa\lastbox \unskip}%
@@ -320,33 +398,39 @@
 %% Special Output Routines: Building First Page
 
 \def\pcol@output@start{%
-  \pcol@makenormalcol
-  \global\advance\@colht-\ht\@outputbox
-  \global\advance\@colht-\dp\@outputbox
+  \global\pcol@outputtrue
   \global\pcol@page\z@ \global\pcol@toppage\z@ \global\pcol@basepage\z@
   \global\let\pcol@pages\@empty
   \global\let\@dbldeferlist\@deferlist \global\let\@deferlist\@empty
-  \ifdim\@colht<1.5\baselineskip
+  \setbox\z@\box\pcol@topfnotes
+  \@tempdima\@colroom
+  \advance\@tempdima-\ht\@holdpg \advance\@tempdima-\dp\@holdpg
+  \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \advance\@tempdima-\skip\footins
+    \advance\@tempdima-\ht\footins \advance\@tempdima-\dp\footins
+  \fi
+  \ifx\@botlist\@empty\else \advance\@tempdima-\textfloatsep \fi
+  \ifdim\@tempdima<1.5\baselineskip
+    \pcol@makenormalcol\z@
     \@outputpage
     \global\let\pcol@currpage\@empty \pcol@startpage
     \global\topskip\pcol@topskip
   \else
+    \pcol@makenormalcol\@ne
+    \@tempdima\ht\@outputbox \advance\@tempdima\dp\@outputbox
+    \global\advance\@colht-\@tempdima
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}\pcol@ovf
-    \global\count\@currbox\c@page \global\dimen\@currbox\@colht
-    \@tempskipa\z@
-    \ifdim\ht\@currbox=\z@ \ifdim\dp\@currbox=\z@
-      \@tempskipa\topskip
-    \fi\fi
+    \global\dimen\@currbox\@colht
+    \ifdim\@tempdima=\z@ \@tempskipa\topskip \else \@tempskipa\z@ \fi
     \global\skip\@currbox\@tempskipa \global\topskip\@tempskipa
-    \xdef\pcol@currpage{\@elt\@currbox}%
+    \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\c@page}\@currbox\voidb@x
   \fi
   \global\@colroom\@colht
   \pcol@floatplacement
   \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{%
       \ifdim\topskip=\z@ \hrule\@height\z@\@width\z@
-      \fi}}
-      \pcol@ovf
+      \fi}}\pcol@ovf
     \pcol@setcurrcolnf
     \global\count\@currbox\z@
     \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
@@ -354,26 +438,27 @@
    \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
   \global\pcol@currcol\z@
   \pcol@getcurrcol
-  \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
-  \unvbox\@currbox}
+  \gdef\pcol@colorstack{}\pcol@savecolorstack
+  \@cons\@freelist\@currbox \unvbox\@currbox
+  \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \pcol@Log\pcol@output@start{insert}\footins
+    \insert\footins{\box\footins\penalty\interlinepenalty}%
+  \fi}
 
-\def\pcol@makenormalcol{%
-  \ifvoid\footins \setbox\@outputbox\box\@holdpg
+\def\pcol@makenormalcol#1{%
+  \ifvoid\footins \@tempswafalse \else \@tempswatrue \fi
+  \ifpcol@mgfnote \ifnum#1=\@ne \@tempswafalse \fi\fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \pcol@Log\pcol@makenormalcol{output}\footins
+    \pcol@combinefootins\@holdpg\footins
   \else
-    \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{
-      \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
-      \unvbox\@holdpg
-      \vskip\skip\footins
-      \color@begingroup
-        \normalcolor
-        \footnoterule
-        \unvbox\footins
-      \color@endgroup}%
-   \fi
+    \setbox\@outputbox\box\@holdpg
+  \fi
   \let\@elt\relax
   \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}%
   \global\let\@midlist\@empty
-  \@combinefloats}
+  \ifnum#1=\@ne \pcol@lastpagetrue \fi
+  \pcol@combinefloats \pcol@lastpagefalse}
 
 \def\pcol@floatplacement{%
   \global\@mparbottom\z@ \global\@textfloatsheight\z@
@@ -383,28 +468,38 @@
 %% Special Output Routines: Column-Switching
 
 \def\pcol@output@switch{%
-  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@holdpg}\pcol@ovf
-  \ifvoid\footins
-    \def\pcol@currfoot{\voidb@x}%
-  \else
-    \@next\pcol@currfoot\@freelist{%
-      \global\setbox\pcol@currfoot\box\footins
-      \global\count\pcol@currfoot\count\footins
-      \global\dimen\pcol@currfoot\dimen\footins
-      \global\skip\pcol@currfoot\skip\footins}\pcol@ovf
+  \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{
+      \pcol@clearcst@unvbox\@holdpg}}\pcol@ovf
+  \def\pcol@currfoot{\voidb@x}%
+  \ifvoid\footins\else
+    \ifpcol@scfnote
+      \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+        \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@tempcnta\@tempdima\@tempskipa
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@output@switch{save}\footins
+        \pcol@savefootins\pcol@footins
+        \pcol@defcurrpage{\number\@tempcnta}\pcol@spanning\pcol@footins
+      \else
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@output@switch{discard}\footins
+        \setbox\@tempboxa\box\footins
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@output@switch{save}\footins
+      \pcol@savefootins\pcol@currfoot
+    \fi
   \fi
   \ifnum\pcol@currcol=\z@ \pcol@setpageno \fi
   \pcol@setcurrcol
   \global\count\@currbox\pcol@page
   \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
   \@tempswafalse
+  \let\reserved@a\@nobreakfalse \let\reserved@b\@afterindentfalse
   \ifpcol@sync
     \ifpcol@mctext
-      \if@nobreak \@tempswatrue \fi
+      \if@nobreak \let\reserved@a\@nobreaktrue \fi
+      \if@afterindent \let\reserved@b\@afterindenttrue \fi
       \@temptokena\everypar
       \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
-        \pcol@getcurrcol \if@tempswa \@nobreaktrue \fi
-        \everypar\@temptokena
+        \pcol@getcurrcol \reserved@a \reserved@b \everypar\@temptokena
         \pcol@setcurrcol
        \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
     \fi
@@ -413,7 +508,10 @@
   \fi
   \ifpcol@clear \@tempswatrue \fi
   \if@tempswa \pcol@sync \fi
-  \ifpcol@clear\else \pcol@restartcolumn \fi}
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \ifpcol@clear \ifpcol@sync\else \@tempswafalse \fi\fi
+  \if@tempswa \pcol@restartcolumn \fi
+  \global\pcol@syncfalse}
 
 \def\pcol@restartcolumn{%
   \global\pcol@currcol\pcol@nextcol
@@ -422,18 +520,41 @@
   \global\@colroom\dimen\@currbox
   \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
   \pcol@getcurrpage
-  \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot \fi
-  \pcol@getcurrfoot
-  \ifvoid\footins\else \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}\fi
-  \unvbox\@currbox
-  \if@nobreak \nobreak \else \addpenalty\interlinepenalty \fi}
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \ifpcol@scfnote
+    \edef\pcol@currfoot{\pcol@footins}%
+    \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage\else \@tempswatrue \fi
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa\else
+    \pcol@restorecst@restart
+    \if@nobreak \nobreak \else \addpenalty\interlinepenalty \fi
+  \fi
+  \@tempdima\@colht \@tempdimb\z@
+  \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else
+    \if@tempswa
+      \pcol@getcurrfoot\copy
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@restartcolumn{insdmy}\footins
+    \else
+      \pcol@getcurrfoot\box \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot
+      \pcol@Log\pcol@restartcolumn{insert}\footins
+    \fi
+    \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\footins
+    \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \pcol@restorecst@restart
+    \if@nobreak \nobreak \else \addpenalty\interlinepenalty \fi
+  \fi
+  \ifpcol@scfnote \ifnum\pcol@page=\pcol@toppage
+    \pcol@deferredfootins\pcol@restartcolumn
+  \fi\fi
+  \@colht\@tempdima}
 
 \def\pcol@getcurrcol{%
   \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\pcol@igetcurrcol
     \csname pcol@col\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
   \expandafter\global\expandafter\columnwidth
-    \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
-  \global\hsize\columnwidth \global\linewidth\columnwidth}
+    \csname pcol@columnwidth\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname}
 \def\pcol@igetcurrcol#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
   \def\@currbox{#1}\def\pcol@currfoot{#2}\global\pcol@prevdepth#3sp\relax
   \gdef\@toplist{#4}\gdef\@midlist{#5}\gdef\@botlist{#6}\gdef\@deferlist{#7}%
@@ -450,10 +571,10 @@
     \relax
   \fi
   \global\everypar{#9}}
-\def\pcol@getcurrfoot{%
+\def\pcol@getcurrfoot#1{%
   \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot \global\setbox\footins\box\voidb@x
   \else
-    \global\setbox\footins\box\pcol@currfoot
+    \global\setbox\footins#1\pcol@currfoot
     \global\count\footins\count\pcol@currfoot
     \global\dimen\footins\dimen\pcol@currfoot
     \global\skip\footins\skip\pcol@currfoot
@@ -468,34 +589,174 @@
      {\number\@colnum}{\number\@tempcnta}{\the\everypar}}}}}
 \def\pcol@setcurrcolnf{\def\pcol@currfoot{\voidb@x}\pcol@setcurrcol}
 
+%% Special Output Routines: Color
+
+\def\pcol@set@color@push{\pcol@set@color
+  \@cons\pcol@colorstack{{\current@color}}}
+\def\pcol@reset@color@pop{\pcol@reset@color \begingroup
+  \let\reserved@a\pcol@colorstack
+  \gdef\pcol@colorstack{}\let\@elt\pcol@reset@color@elt
+  \reserved@a\@elt\@nil \endgroup}
+\def\pcol@reset@color@elt#1\@elt#2{\def\reserved@b{#2}%
+  \ifx\reserved@b\@nnil \let\reserved@b\relax
+  \else \@cons\pcol@colorstack{{#1}}\def\reserved@b{\@elt{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \reserved@b}
+
+\def\pcol@magicpenalty{12345}
+\def\pcol@ifempty#1#2#3{%
+  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\penalty\pcol@magicpenalty
+    \unvcopy#1\xdef\@gtempa{\number\lastpenalty}}%
+  \ifnum\@gtempa=\pcol@magicpenalty\relax \def\reserved@a{#2}%
+  \else                                   \def\reserved@a{#3}%
+  \fi
+  \reserved@a}
+
+\def\pcol@clearcst@unvbox#1{%
+  \pcol@ifempty#1\relax
+   {\pcol@restorecst\pcol@colorstack@saved
+    \unvbox#1\pcol@clearcolorstack}}
+\def\pcol@clearcolorstack{{\def\@elt##1{\pcol@reset@color}%
+  \pcol@colorstack@full}}
+
+\def\pcol@restorecst@restart{%
+  \pcol@ifempty\@currbox
+    \pcol@savecolorstack
+   {\gdef\pcol@colorstack@saved{}\unvbox\@currbox \pcol@restorecolorstack}}
+\def\pcol@restorecolorstack{\pcol@restorecst\pcol@colorstack@full}
+\def\pcol@restorecst#1{{\let\@elt\pcol@set@color@elt#1}}
+\def\pcol@set@color@elt#1{\def\current@color{#1}\let\aftergroup\@gobble
+  \pcol@set@color}
+
+\def\pcol@savecolorstack{{\let\@elt\relax
+  \xdef\pcol@colorstack@saved{\pcol@colorstack@full}}}
+\def\pcol@colorstack@full{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname pcol@columncolor\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname\relax
+    \@empty
+  \else \@nameuse{pcol@columncolor\number\pcol@currcol}\fi
+  \pcol@colorstack}
+
+\def\columncolor{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  \pcol@xcolumncolor\pcol@ycolumncolor}
+\def\pcol@xcolumncolor[#1]#2{\pcol@columncolor{\color[#1]{#2}}}
+\def\pcol@ycolumncolor#1{\pcol@columncolor{\color{#1}}}
+\def\pcol@columncolor#1{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  {\pcol@icolumncolor{#1}}{\pcol@icolumncolor{#1}[\number\pcol@currcol]}}
+\def\normalcolumncolor{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  {\pcol@icolumncolor\normalcolor}%
+  {\pcol@icolumncolor\normalcolor[\number\pcol@currcol]}}
+\def\pcol@icolumncolor#1[#2]{%
+  \ifx\set@color\relax\else
+    \ifx\pcol@paracol\paracol\else \pcol@clearcolorstack \fi
+    \begingroup
+    \let\@elt\relax \let\set@color\relax #1%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname pcol@columncolor#2\endcsname
+      {\@elt{\current@color}}%
+    \endgroup
+    \ifx\pcol@paracol\paracol\else \pcol@restorecolorstack \fi
+  \fi}
+
+%% Special Output Routines: Footnote Handling
+
+\def\pcol@savefootins#1{%
+  \@next#1\@freelist{%
+    \global\setbox#1\box\footins
+    \global\count#1\count\footins
+    \global\dimen#1\dimen\footins
+    \global\skip#1\skip\footins}{\def#1{\voidb@x}\pcol@ovf}}
+
+\def\pcol@shrinkcolbyfn#1{%
+  \@tempdimb-\skip#1\relax
+  \advance\@colht-\ht#1\advance\@colht-\dp#1\advance\@colht\@tempdimb}
+\def\pcol@unvbox@cclv#1{%
+  \@tempdima\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv
+  \vskip \ifdim\@tempdima>\@maxdepth -\@maxdepth \else -\@tempdima \fi
+  \vskip\skip#1\@tempdima\skip#1\vskip-\@tempdima}
+
+\def\pcol@deferredfootins#1{%
+  \ifdim\@tempdimb=\z@ \@tempdimb-\skip\footins \fi
+  \advance\@tempdimb\@colht\relax
+  \ifvoid\pcol@topfnotes\else \ifdim\@tempdimb>\z@
+    \begingroup
+      \splitmaxdepth\@maxdepth \splittopskip\z@ \vbadness\@M
+      \setbox\@tempboxa\vsplit\pcol@topfnotes to\@tempdimb
+      \ifvoid\pcol@topfnotes\else
+        \global\setbox\pcol@topfnotes\vbox{\penalty\interlinepenalty
+          \unvbox\pcol@topfnotes}%
+      \fi
+      \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
+      \ifdim\ht\@tempboxa>\z@
+        \pcol@Log#1{add}\@tempboxa
+        \insert\footins{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
+      \fi
+    \endgroup
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\def\pcol@combinefootins#1#2{%
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{
+    \boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+    \unvbox#1\relax
+    \pcol@putfootins#2\unskip}}
+\def\pcol@putfootins#1{%
+  \vskip\skip#1\relax
+  \color@begingroup
+    \normalcolor
+    \footnoterule
+    \unvbox#1\relax
+  \color@endgroup \vskip\z@}
+
 %% Special Output Routines: Synchronization
 
 \def\pcol@sync{%
   \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@flushcolumn
   \pcol@outputpage\@ne
-  \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@currbox{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}%
+  \pcol@getcurrpinfo{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}{\global\topskip}%
   \@tempdima-\maxdimen \@tempdimb-\maxdimen \pcol@colht-\maxdimen
-  \@tempdimc\maxdimen \@pagedp\maxdimen
+  \@pageht-\maxdimen \@tempdimc\maxdimen \@pagedp\maxdimen \@tempcntb\z@
   \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@measurecolumn
-  \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@\else
-    \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima
-    \@tempswafalse
-    \ifdim\@tempdimb<\@colht \ifpcol@clear\else
-      \@tempswatrue
+  \@tempswatrue \global\pcol@flushfalse
+  \ifpcol@clear
+    \ifpcol@lastpage \@tempdimb\pcol@colht \else \@tempdimb\@pageht \fi
+    \ifpcol@sync \@tempswafalse \fi
+  \else
+    \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@      \@tempswafalse
+    \else\ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@ \@tempdimb\@tempdima
+    \else                     \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima
     \fi\fi
-    \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@synccolumn
   \fi
-  \global\pcol@syncfalse}
+  \ifpcol@scfnote\ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+    \ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@ \@tempdimb\z@ \fi
+    \advance\@tempdimb\ht\pcol@footins \advance\@tempdimb\dp\pcol@footins
+    \advance\@tempdimb\skip\pcol@footins
+  \fi\fi
+  \ifdim\@tempdimb>\@colht
+    \global\pcol@flushtrue \@tempswafalse \pcol@nextcol\@tempcntb
+  \fi
+  \ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@\else \if@tempswa
+    \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do\pcol@synccolumn
+  \fi\fi}
 
 \def\pcol@flushcolumn{%
   \pcol@getcurrcol
   \ifnum\count\@currbox<\pcol@toppage
+    \ifpcol@lastpage \pcol@lastpagesavetrue \else \pcol@lastpagesavefalse \fi
+    \pcol@lastpagefalse
     \pcol@page\count\@currbox
     \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@currbox \vfil}%
     \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot \fi
-    \pcol@getcurrfoot
+    \pcol@getcurrfoot\box
     \pcol@getcurrpage
-    \@makecol
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+      \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins
+      \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\pcol@unvbox@cclv\pcol@footins}%
+    \fi
+    \pcol@Logstart\pcol@flushcolumn
+    \ifdim\@toproom=\maxdimen
+      \setbox\@outputbox\pcol@makefcolpage \global\@toproom\z@
+    \else
+      \pcol@@makecol
+    \fi
+    \pcol@Logend\pcol@flushcolumn
     \global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox
     \expandafter\@cons\csname pcol@shipped\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
       \@currbox
@@ -503,6 +764,7 @@
     \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else
       \@whilenum\pcol@page<\pcol@toppage\do{%
         \pcol@getcurrpage
+        \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
         \@makefcolumn\@deferlist
         \if@fcolmade
           \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\box\@outputbox}%
@@ -512,8 +774,11 @@
         \fi
        \advance\pcol@page\@ne}%
     \fi
+    \ifpcol@lastpagesave \pcol@lastpagetrue \fi
     \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{}}\pcol@ovf
-    \pcol@getcurrpinfo\reserved@a\@tempcnta{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
+    \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@tempcnta{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
+    \@pageht\@colht
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
     \global\@colroom\@colht \pcol@floatplacement
     \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else
       \ifpcol@clear
@@ -523,7 +788,8 @@
     \fi\fi
     \pcol@setcurrcolnf
     \global\count\@currbox\pcol@page
-    \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
+    \advance\@pageht-\@colht \advance\@pageht\@colroom
+    \global\dimen\@currbox\@pageht
   \fi %\ifnum\count\@currbox<\pcol@toppage
   \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}
 
@@ -541,12 +807,7 @@
     \ifpcol@lastpage \ifx\@deferlist\@empty \ifdim\@colroom<\@fpmin
       \@tempswafalse \global\@toproom\maxdimen
     \fi\fi\fi
-    \if@tempswa
-      \setbox\@currbox\vbox to\@colht{\vskip\@fptop \vskip-\@fpsep
-        \def\@elt##1{\vskip\@fpsep\box##1}\@toplist \vskip\@fpbot \vfilneg}%
-      \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@toplist}%
-      \global\let\@toplist\@empty
-    \fi
+    \if@tempswa \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\pcol@makefcolpage} \fi
   \fi}
 \def\pcol@makefcolelt#1{%
   \@tempdimb\ht#1{}\advance\@tempdimb\dp#1{}\advance\@tempdimb\@tempdimc
@@ -555,20 +816,20 @@
   \else \@cons\@toplist#1\relax
     \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb \global\advance\@colroom\@tempdimb
   \fi}
+\def\pcol@makefcolpage{\vbox to\@colht{
+    \vskip\@fptop \vskip-\@fpsep
+    \def\@elt##1{\vskip\@fpsep\box##1}\@toplist \vskip\@fpbot}%
+  \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@toplist}\global\let\@toplist\@empty}
 
-\def\pcol@magicpenalty{12345}
 \def\pcol@measurecolumn{%
   \pcol@getcurrcol
   \@tempswafalse
   \dimen@\z@ \pcol@addflhd\@toplist\pcol@textfloatsep
   \global\skip\@currbox\dimen@
   \advance\dimen@\ht\@currbox \advance\dimen@\dp\@currbox \dimen@ii\dimen@
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\penalty\pcol@magicpenalty
-    \unvcopy\@currbox \xdef\@gtempa{\number\lastpenalty}}%
-  \ifnum\@gtempa=\pcol@magicpenalty\relax \global\pcol@prevdepth\maxdimen
-    \pcol@setcurrcol
-  \else \@tempswatrue
-  \fi
+  \pcol@ifempty\@currbox
+   {\global\pcol@prevdepth\maxdimen \pcol@setcurrcol}%
+   {\@tempswatrue}%
   \pcol@measureupdate\@tempdima\dimen@ii\@tempdimc\pcol@prevdepth
   \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot \dimen@\z@
   \else
@@ -579,6 +840,9 @@
   \pcol@addflhd\@botlist\maxdimen
   \ifdim\dimen@>\@tempdimb \@tempdimb\dimen@ \fi
   \advance\dimen@\dimen@ii
+  \if@tempswa \ifdim\dimen@>\@pageht
+    \@pageht\dimen@ \@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
+  \fi\fi
   \dimen@ii\pcol@prevdepth
   \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else \dimen@ii\dp\pcol@currfoot \fi
   \ifx\@botlist\@empty\else \dimen@ii\z@ \advance\dimen@\textfloatsep \fi
@@ -605,7 +869,13 @@
 
 \def\pcol@synccolumn{%
   \pcol@getcurrcol
-  \if@tempswa
+  \ifpcol@clear
+    \global\pcol@prevdepth\@m\p@
+    \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\unvbox\@currbox
+      \ifdim\pcol@textfloatsep=\maxdimen \vfil
+      \else \vskip\z@\@plus1fil\@minus.0001fil
+      \fi}%
+  \else
     \@tempdimb\@tempdima
     \advance\@tempdimb-\skip\@currbox
     \ifdim\@tempdimc=\maxdimen
@@ -634,9 +904,6 @@
           \vbox to\@tempdimb{\unvbox\@currbox \vskip\z@\@plus.0001fil}
         \fi}%
     \fi
-  \else
-    \global\pcol@prevdepth\@m\p@
-    \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{\unvbox\@currbox \vfil \penalty-\@M}%
   \fi
   \global\@topnum\z@ \pcol@setcurrcol
   \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}
@@ -645,31 +912,36 @@
 
 \def\pcol@output@flush{%
   \pcol@makeflushedpage\@colht
-  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@output@flush
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+    \unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output@flush
   \@outputpage
   \pcol@freshpage}
 
 \def\pcol@output@clear{%
   \pcol@makeflushedpage\@colht
-  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@output@clear
+  \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+    \unvbox\@outputbox}%
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output@clear
   \@outputpage
   \pcol@flushfloats
   \begingroup
     \@dblfloatplacement
     \@makefcolumn\@dbldeferlist
-    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@outputpage
-      \@makefcolumn\@dbldeferlist}%
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@outputpage \@makefcolumn\@dbldeferlist}%
   \endgroup
   \pcol@freshpage}
 
 \def\pcol@makeflushedpage#1{%
   \pcol@cleartrue \pcol@output@switch \pcol@clearfalse
-  \pcol@getcurrpinfo\@currbox{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
+  \pcol@getcurrpinfo{\global\c@page}{\global\@colht}\@tempskipa
   \global\@fcolmadefalse
   \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{%
     \ifpcol@nospan\else
-      \unvbox\@currbox
-      \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
+      \unvbox\pcol@spanning
+      \@cons\@freelist\pcol@spanning
     \fi
     \ifdim#1=-\maxdimen
       \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
@@ -678,29 +950,47 @@
        \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
     \else
       \hb@xt@\textwidth{%
+        \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \pcol@shrinkcolbyfn\pcol@footins \fi
         \let\pcol@hfil\relax \@pageht\@colht \ifdim#1<\@colht \@colht#1\fi
-        \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+        \@tempcntb\z@ \@whilenum\@tempcntb<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+          \pcol@swapcolumn\@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
           \pcol@getcurrcol
           \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else \global\@fcolmadetrue \fi
           \setbox\@cclv\box\@currbox
           \ifvoid\pcol@currfoot\else \@cons\@freelist\pcol@currfoot \fi
-          \pcol@getcurrfoot
+          \pcol@getcurrfoot\box
           \@tempswafalse
-          \ifdim\@toproom=\maxdimen
-            \global\@toproom\topfraction\@pageht \let\topfigrule\relax
-            \ifdim\@colht=\@pageht \@tempswatrue \fi
-          \fi
-          \if@tempswa
-            \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\vskip\@fptop \vskip-\@fpsep
-              \def\@elt##1{\vskip\@fpsep\box##1}\@toplist \vskip\@fpbot}%
-            \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@toplist}\global\@toplist\@empty
-          \else \@makecol
-          \fi
-          \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\columnwidth{\box\@outputbox\hss}%
+          \begingroup
+            \ifdim\@toproom=\maxdimen
+              \let\topfigrule\relax \ifdim\@colht=\@pageht \@tempswatrue \fi
+            \fi
+            \if@tempswa
+              \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@makeflushedpage(1)}%
+              \setbox\@outputbox\pcol@makefcolpage
+              \pcol@Logend{\pcol@makeflushedpage(1)}%
+            \else
+              \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@makeflushedpage(2)}%
+              \pcol@@makecol
+              \pcol@Logend{\pcol@makeflushedpage(2)}%
+            \fi
+            \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\columnwidth{\box\@outputbox\hss}%
+          \endgroup
           \let\pcol@hfil\hfil
           \pcol@setcurrcolnf
-         \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}}%
-    \fi}}
+         \advance\@tempcntb\@ne}}%
+    \fi
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+      \@tempswatrue \ifpcol@mgfnote\ifpcol@lastpage \@tempswafalse \fi\fi
+      \if@tempswa
+        \pcol@Log\pcol@makeflushedpage{output}\pcol@footins
+        \pcol@putfootins\pcol@footins
+        \@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins \gdef\pcol@footins{\voidb@x}%
+        \ifpcol@lastpage \ifdim\pcol@colht=-\maxdimen
+          \global\pcol@colht\z@
+        \fi\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi}%
+  }
 
 \def\pcol@flushfloats{%
   \global\@colht\textheight
@@ -708,16 +998,16 @@
     \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\hb@xt@\textwidth{%
       \let\pcol@hfil\relax
       \@tempswafalse
-      \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+      \@tempcntb\z@ \@whilenum\@tempcntb<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+        \pcol@swapcolumn\@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
         \pcol@getcurrcol
         \@makefcolumn\@deferlist
         \pcol@hfil \hb@xt@\columnwidth{\if@fcolmade \box\@outputbox \fi \hss}%
         \ifx\@deferlist\@empty\else \@tempswatrue \fi
         \let\pcol@hfil\hfil
         \pcol@setcurrcolnf
-       \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
-      \global\@fcolmadefalse
-      \if@tempswa \global\@fcolmadetrue \fi}}%
+       \advance\@tempcntb\@ne}%
+      \if@tempswa \global\@fcolmadetrue \else \global\@fcolmadefalse \fi}}%
     \@outputpage}}
 
 \def\pcol@freshpage{%
@@ -729,8 +1019,8 @@
     \let\pcol@currboxsave\@currbox
     \pcol@getcurrpage
     \pcol@floatplacement
-    \pcol@startcolumn
-    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn}%
+    \pcol@startcolumn\z@
+    \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\pcol@opcol \pcol@startcolumn\z@}%
     \let\@currbox\pcol@currboxsave
     \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{}%
     \global\count\@currbox\pcol@page \global\dimen\@currbox\@colroom
@@ -741,13 +1031,23 @@
 %% Special Output Routines: Last Page
 
 \def\pcol@output@end{%
-  \pcol@lastpagetrue \pcol@makeflushedpage\pcol@colht
-  \@tempswafalse
+  \pcol@Logstart\pcol@output@end
+  \pcol@makeflushedpage\pcol@colht
+  \global\pcol@outputfalse \@tempswafalse
   \if@fcolmade
     \ifdim\pcol@colht>-\maxdimen \@tempswatrue \fi
     \ifpcol@nospan\else \@tempswatrue \fi
+    \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else \@tempswatrue \fi
     \if@tempswa
-      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\unvbox\@outputbox \vfil}%
+      \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@output@end(1)}%
+      \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{\boxmaxdepth\@maxdepth
+        \unvbox\@outputbox \vfil
+        \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+          \pcol@Log\pcol@output@end{output}\pcol@footins
+          \pcol@putfootins\pcol@footins
+          \@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins \gdef\pcol@footins{\voidb@x}%
+        \fi}%
+      \pcol@Logend{\pcol@output@end(1)}%
       \@outputpage
     \fi
     \pcol@flushfloats
@@ -766,7 +1066,14 @@
   \else
     \topskip\z@ \box\@outputbox
   \fi\fi
-  \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+  \ifvoid\pcol@footins\else
+    \pcol@Log\pcol@output@end{insert}\pcol@footins
+    \insert\footins{\unvbox\pcol@footins}\@cons\@freelist\pcol@footins
+  \fi
+  \ifvoid\pcol@topfnotes\else \insert\footins{\unvbox\pcol@topfnotes}\fi
+  \expandafter\let\csname pcol@columncolor\number\z@\endcsname\relax
+  \pcol@currcol\z@ \pcol@restorecolorstack
+  \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
     \pcol@getcurrcol \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
    \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}%
   \global\pcol@prevdepth\@pagedp
@@ -774,16 +1081,25 @@
   \global\@colroom\textheight
   \global\let\@deferlist\@dbldeferlist \gdef\@dbldeferlist{}%
   \pcol@floatplacement
+  \pcol@lastpagefalse
   \if@tempswa
-    \pcol@lastpagefalse
     \@startcolumn \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@opcol\@startcolumn}%
-  \fi}
+  \fi
+  \pcol@Logend\pcol@output@end
+}
 
 %% Starting Environment
 
 \def\pcol@invokeoutput#1{%
+  \pcol@Logstart{\pcol@invokeoutput
+    {#1:\the\pcol@currcol/\the\pcol@nextcol%
+     \ifnum#1=-10011:\ifpcol@sync s\fi \ifpcol@clear c\fi\fi}}%
   \penalty-\@Miv \global\pcol@prevdepth\prevdepth \vbox{}%
-  \penalty#1\relax \prevdepth\pcol@prevdepth}
+  \penalty#1\relax \prevdepth\pcol@prevdepth
+  \linewidth\columnwidth \advance\linewidth-\pcol@lrmargin
+  \ifdim\pcol@lrmargin>\z@ \parshape\@ne\@totalleftmargin\linewidth \fi
+  \hsize\columnwidth
+  \pcol@Logend{\pcol@invokeoutput{#1}}}
 
 \def\paracol#1{\par
   \global\pcol@ncol#1\relax
@@ -795,15 +1111,33 @@
     \let\@elt\pcol@cmpctrelt \global\let\@gtempa\@empty \pcol@counters
     \pcol@synccounter\@gtempa
   \endgroup
+  \global\@twocolumntrue \col@number\@ne
+  \pcol@swapcolumn\z@\@tempcntb
+  \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@ \global\@firstcolumntrue \else \global\@firstcolumnfalse
+  \fi
   \pcol@setcolumnwidth
-  \expandafter\global\expandafter\columnwidth
-    \csname pcol@columnwidth0\endcsname
-  \global\hsize\columnwidth \global\linewidth\columnwidth
-  \global\@twocolumntrue \global\@firstcolumntrue \col@number\@ne
+  \pcol@lrmargin\textwidth \advance\pcol@lrmargin-\linewidth
   \global\pcol@topskip\topskip
   \global\pcol@textfloatsep\maxdimen
   \pcol@lastpagefalse \xdef\pcol@firstprevdepth{\number\prevdepth}%
-  \let\@combinefloats\pcol@combinefloats
+  \let\pcol@@combinefloats\@combinefloats \let\@combinefloats\pcol@combinefloats
+  \let\pcol@set@color\set@color \let\pcol@reset@color\reset@color
+  \ifx\set@color\relax\else
+    \let\set@color\pcol@set@color@push \let\reset@color\pcol@reset@color@pop
+  \fi
+  \pcol@footnotebase\c@footnote \global\pcol@nfootnotes\z@
+  \let\footnote\pcol@footnote
+  \let\footnotemark\pcol@footnotemark
+  \let\footnotetext\pcol@footnotetext
+  \ifpcol@scfnote
+    \def\footnoterule{{\columnwidth\textwidth \pcol@footnoterule}}%
+  \fi
+  \let\@footnotetext\pcol@fntext
+  \def\swapcolumninevenpages{\pcol@ignore\swapcolumninevenpages}%
+  \def\noswapcolumninevenpages{\pcol@ignore\noswapcolumninevenpages}%
+  \def\multicolumnfootnotes{\pcol@ignore\multicolumnfootnotes}%
+  \def\singlecolumnfootnotes{\pcol@ignore\singlecolumnfootnotes}%
+  \def\mergedfootnotes{\pcol@ignore\mergedfootnotes}%
   \let\@elt\pcol@defcomelt \pcol@localcommands
   \def\column{\pcol@com@column}%
   \@namedef{column*}{\@nameuse{pcol@com@column*}}%
@@ -819,6 +1153,7 @@
   \pcol@nextcol\z@
   \@ifnextchar[%]
     \pcol@mctext\relax}
+\let\pcol@paracol\paracol
 
 \def\columnratio{\gdef\pcol@columnratio}
 \columnratio{}
@@ -843,6 +1178,9 @@
     \advance\@tempcnta\@ne}%
 }
 
+\def\pcol@ignore#1{\PackageWarning{paracol}{The command \string#1 is not
+  effective in paracol environment and thus ignored}}
+
 \def\pcol@localcommands{%
   \@elt{switchcolumn}%
   \@elt{endcolumn}\@elt{endcolumn*}%
@@ -858,20 +1196,30 @@
 
 %% Counter Opearations
 
-\def\globalcounter#1{\@cons\pcol@gcounters{{#1}}}
+\def\globalcounter#1{{%
+  \@tempswafalse \def\reserved@a{#1}%
+  \def\@elt##1{\def\reserved@b{##1}%
+    \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b \@tempswatrue \fi}%
+  \pcol@gcounters
+  \if@tempswa\else \@cons\pcol@gcounters{{#1}}\fi}}
 \gdef\pcol@gcounters{\@elt{page}}
+\def\localcounter#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname c@#1\endcsname\c@page\else
+    \pcol@removecounter\pcol@gcounters{#1}%
+  \fi}
 \def\pcol@remctrelt#1{%
   \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@a\csname cl@#1\endcsname
   \expandafter\let\csname pcol@cl@#1\endcsname\reserved@a
   \expandafter\ifx\csname c@#1\endcsname\c@page\else
     \@namedef{cl@#1}{\pcol@stepcounter{#1}}%
   \fi
-  \def\reserved@a{#1}\let\reserved@b\pcol@counters
-  \global\let\pcol@counters\@empty
-  {\let\@elt\pcol@iremctrelt \reserved@b}}
-\def\pcol@iremctrelt#1{%
-  \def\reserved@b{#1}%
-  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\else \@cons\pcol@counters{{#1}}\fi}
+  \pcol@removecounter\pcol@counters{#1}}
+\def\pcol@removecounter#1#2{%
+  \def\reserved@a{#2}\let\reserved@b#1\relax \global\let#1\@empty
+  {\def\@elt{\pcol@iremctrelt#1}\reserved@b}}
+\def\pcol@iremctrelt#1#2{%
+  \def\reserved@b{#2}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\else \@cons#1{{#2}}\fi}
 
 \def\definethecounter#1#2#3{\@namedef{pcol@thectr@#1#2}{#3}}
 \def\pcol@thectrelt#1{%
@@ -906,7 +1254,7 @@
   \let\@elt\relax \edef\reserved@a{#1}%
   \pcol@currcol\z@ \@whilenum\pcol@currcol<\pcol@ncol\do{%
     \let\@elt\pcol@loadctrelt \@nameuse{pcol@counters\number\pcol@currcol}%
-    \let\@elt\pcol@syncctrelt\reserved@a
+    \let\@elt\pcol@syncctrelt \reserved@a
     \pcol@storecounters
     \advance\pcol@currcol\@ne}}}
 \def\pcol@syncctrelt#1{%
@@ -965,10 +1313,13 @@
 
 \long\def\pcol@mctext[#1]{%
   \@tempcnta\pcol@nextcol
-  \global\pcol@synctrue \pcol@nextcol\z@
+  \global\pcol@synctrue \pcol@swapcolumn\z@\pcol@nextcol
   \pcol@switchcol
   \begingroup
-    \hsize\textwidth \col@number\@ne #1\pcol@par
+    \columnwidth\textwidth \hsize\columnwidth
+    \linewidth\columnwidth \advance\linewidth-\pcol@lrmargin
+    \ifdim\pcol@lrmargin>\z@ \parshape\@ne\@totalleftmargin\linewidth \fi
+    \col@number\@ne #1\pcol@par
     \global\pcol@mctexttrue
     \expandafter\global\expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar}%
   \endgroup
@@ -976,15 +1327,34 @@
 
 \def\pcol@switchcol{%
   \pcol@savecounters
-  \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
-  \ifnum\pcol@currcol=\z@ \global\@firstcolumntrue
-  \else                   \global\@firstcolumnfalse
+  \ifpcol@sync
+    \global\pcol@syncfalse \pcol@visitallcols\@@par \global\pcol@synctrue
+    \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+    \@whilesw\ifpcol@flush\fi{%
+      \vfil \penalty-\@M
+      \global\pcol@syncfalse \pcol@visitallcols\newpage \global\pcol@synctrue
+      \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch}%
+  \else
+    \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+  \fi
+  \pcol@swapcolumn\pcol@currcol\@tempcntb
+  \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@ \global\@firstcolumntrue \else \global\@firstcolumnfalse
   \fi
   \let\@elt\pcol@setctrelt
   \csname pcol@counters\number\pcol@currcol\endcsname
   \let\@elt\pcol@aconlyelt \pcol@aconly
   \let\@elt\relax}
 
+\def\pcol@visitallcols#1{\begingroup
+  \@tempcnta\z@ \@tempcntb\pcol@currcol
+  \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pcol@ncol\do{%
+    \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb\else
+      \pcol@nextcol\@tempcnta \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch #1%
+    \fi
+    \advance\@tempcnta\@ne}%
+  \pcol@nextcol\@tempcntb \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+  \endgroup}
+
 \def\pcol@defcolumn{%
   \gdef\pcol@com@column{\pcol@switchenv{column}\relax}%
   \global\@namedef{pcol@com@column*}{\pcol@switchenv{column*}*}}
@@ -1051,20 +1421,121 @@
 
 %% Page Flushing Commands
 
-\def\pcol@com@flushpage{\pcol@par
-  \pcol@nextcol\pcol@currcol
+\def\pcol@com@flushpage{\pcol@flushclear\voidb@x
   \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@flush}
-\def\pcol@com@clearpage{\pcol@par
-  \pcol@nextcol\pcol@currcol
+\def\pcol@com@clearpage{\pcol@flushclear\voidb@x
   \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@clear}
+\def\pcol@flushclear#1{\pcol@par
+  \pcol@nextcol\pcol@currcol
+  \pcol@visitallcols\@@par
+  \pcol@cleartrue \global\pcol@synctrue
+  \ifpcol@lastpage \pcol@lastpagesavetrue \else \pcol@lastpagesavefalse \fi
+  \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch \ifvoid#1\else \global\pcol@flushtrue \fi
+  \@whilesw\ifpcol@flush\fi{%
+    \pcol@lastpagefalse
+    \vfil \penalty-\@M \pcol@cleartrue \global\pcol@synctrue
+    \ifpcol@lastpagesave \pcol@lastpagetrue \fi
+    \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@switch
+    \ifvoid#1\else \global\pcol@flushtrue \fi}%
+  \pcol@clearfalse}
+
+%% Commands for Footnotes
+
+\def\multicolumnfootnotes{\global\pcol@scfnotefalse \global\pcol@mgfnotefalse
+  \localcounter{footnote}\nofncounteradjustment}
+\def\singlecolumnfootnotes{\global\pcol@scfnotetrue \global\pcol@mgfnotefalse
+  \globalcounter{footnote}\fncounteradjustment}
+\def\mergedfootnotes{\singlecolumnfootnotes \global\pcol@mgfnotetrue}
+
+\def\pcol@fntext{%
+  \let\reserved@a\pcol@fntexttop
+  \ifpcol@scfnote \ifnum\pcol@page<\pcol@toppage
+    \let\reserved@a\pcol@fntextother
+  \fi\fi
+  \reserved@a}
+\long\def\pcol@fntexttop#1{%
+  \pcol@Logfn{\pcol@fntexttop{\@thefnmark}}%
+  \insert\footins{\pcol@fntextbody{#1}\penalty\interlinepenalty}}
+\long\def\pcol@fntextother#1{%
+  \global\setbox\pcol@topfnotes\vbox{\unvbox\pcol@topfnotes
+    \penalty\interlinepenalty\pcol@fntextbody{#1}}}
+\long\def\pcol@fntextbody#1{\setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{%
+    \reset@font\footnotesize
+    \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+    \splittopskip\footnotesep
+    \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM
+    \hsize \ifpcol@scfnote \textwidth \else \columnwidth \fi
+    \@parboxrestore
+    \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\p@footnote\@thefnmark}%
+    \color@begingroup
+    \@makefntext{%
+      \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces#1\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+    \color@endgroup}%
+  \@tempdima\ht\@tempboxa \advance\@tempdima\dp\@tempboxa
+  \@tempdimb\textheight \advance\@tempdimb-\skip\footins
+  \ifdim\@tempdima>\@tempdimb
+    \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox to\@tempdimb{\unvbox\@tempboxa\vss}%
+    \PackageWarning{paracol}{Too tall footnote}%
+  \fi
+  \box\@tempboxa}
+
+\def\fncounteradjustment{\global\pcol@fncounteradjustmenttrue}
+\def\nofncounteradjustment{\global\pcol@fncounteradjustmentfalse}
+\nofncounteradjustment
+
+\let\pcol@footnoterule\footnoterule
+\let\pcol@@footnote\footnote
+\let\pcol@@footnotemark\footnotemark
+\let\pcol@@footnotetext\footnotetext
+\def\pcol@footnote{\@ifstar{\pcol@adjustfnctr\pcol@ifootnote}\pcol@ifootnote}
+\def\pcol@ifootnote{\global\advance\pcol@nfootnotes\@ne \pcol@@footnote}
+\def\pcol@footnotemark{\@ifstar
+  {\pcol@adjustfnctr{\pcol@ifootnotemark\relax}}%
+  \pcol@ifootnotemark}
+\def\pcol@ifootnotemark{\global\advance\pcol@nfootnotes\@ne
+  \pcol@@footnotemark}
+\def\pcol@adjustfnctr#1{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  {\pcol@iadjustfnctr{#1}}{\pcol@iadjustfnctr{#1}[+1]}}
+\def\pcol@iadjustfnctr#1[#2]{\pcol@calcfnctr#2\@nil
+  \global\c@footnote\@tempcnta \global\advance\c@footnote\m@ne#1}
+\def\pcol@calcfnctr#1#2\@nil{\@tempcnta\c@footnote
+  \def\reserved@a{#1}\def\reserved@b{+}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b \advance\@tempcnta#2\relax
+  \else \def\reserved@b{-}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b \advance\@tempcnta-#2\relax
+  \else \@tempcnta\pcol@footnotebase \advance\@tempcnta#1#2\relax
+  \fi\fi}
+\def\pcol@footnotetext{\@ifstar\pcol@ifootnotetext\pcol@@footnotetext}
+\def\pcol@ifootnotetext{\@ifnextchar[%]
+  \pcol@iifootnotetext{\stepcounter{footnote}\pcol@@footnotetext}}
+\def\pcol@iifootnotetext[#1]{\pcol@calcfnctr#1\@nil
+  \expandafter\pcol@@footnotetext\expandafter[\number\@tempcnta]}
+
+%% Column Swapping
+
+\def\swapcolumninevenpages{\global\pcol@swapcolumntrue}
+\def\noswapcolumninevenpages{\global\pcol@swapcolumnfalse}
+\def\pcol@swapcolumn#1#2{%
+  \ifpcol@swapcolumn
+    \ifodd\c@page\relax #2#1\relax
+    \else #2\pcol@ncol \advance#2-#1\relax \advance#2\m@ne
+    \fi
+  \else #2#1\relax
+  \fi}
 
 %% Closing Environment
 
 \def\endparacol{\pcol@par
   \pcol@nextcol\z@ \pcol@switchcol
+  \pcol@lastpagetrue
+  \ifpcol@mgfnote \pcol@flushclear\voidb@x
+  \else \pcol@flushclear\pcol@topfnotes
+  \fi
   \pcol@invokeoutput\pcol@op@end
   \global\columnwidth\textwidth
-  \global\hsize\columnwidth
-  \global\linewidth\columnwidth
   \global\@twocolumnfalse
-  \global\topskip\pcol@topskip}
+  \global\topskip\pcol@topskip
+  \ifpcol@fncounteradjustment
+    \global\c@footnote\pcol@footnotebase
+    \global\advance\c@footnote\pcol@nfootnotes
+  \fi}